S-1 1 ds1.htm FORM S-1 Form S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 3, 2007

Registration No. 333-            

 


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 


FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 


ICx Technologies, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware   3826   77-0619113

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1350 I Street, NW

Suite 670

Washington, DC 20005

(202) 536-5699

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 


Daniel T. Mongan

Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

ICx Technologies, Inc.

1350 I Street, NW

Suite 670

Washington, DC 20005

(202) 536-5699

Fax (202) 659-5690

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

 

Michael J. Danaher, Esq.

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

(650) 493-9300

Fax (650) 493-6811

 

Kirk A. Davenport II, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

(212) 906-1200

 


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 


Title of each class of securities to be registered   Proposed maximum aggregate
offering price(1)
  Amount of
registration fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $ 184,000,000   $ 5,650

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes shares that may be purchased by the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS

Subject to completion, dated August 3, 2007

            Shares

LOGO

ICx Technologies, Inc.

 


We are offering              shares of our common stock in this initial public offering. No public market currently exists for our common stock.

We intend to apply to have our common stock listed for trading on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ICXT.” We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $             per share.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors” beginning on page 11.

 

     Per share    Total
Initial public offering price    $                 $             
Underwriting discounts and commissions    $                 $             
Proceeds to ICx (before expenses)    $                 $             
     

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional              shares on the same terms and conditions as set forth above if the underwriters sell more than              shares of common stock in this offering.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Lehman Brothers, on behalf of the underwriters, expects to deliver the shares on or about                     , 2007.

 


LEHMAN BROTHERS

 

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

JPMORGAN

 

MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY, INC.

NEEDHAM & COMPANY, LLC

                    , 2007


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   11

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   25

Use of Proceeds

   26

Dividend Policy

   26

Capitalization

   27

Dilution

   28

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

   30

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   32

Business

   65

Management

   86
     Page

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

   94

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

   109

Principal Stockholders

   112

Description Of Capital Stock

   114

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   116

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations For Non-U.S. Holders Of Common Stock

   118

Underwriting

   121

Legal Matters

   126

Experts

   126

Where You Can Find Additional Information

   128

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1

 


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or any information to which we have referred you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer to sell or seeking an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus is accurate as of their respective dates only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

We use the marks AirSentinel®, bagSPEC™, barrelSPEC™, BioCapture®, BioBadge™, CAD-Kit™, Callisto™, Cameleon™, cdsSPEC™, Cerberus™, DefendIR™, dsciSPEC™, Fido®, Griffin™, ICx™, IdentiFINDER™, IdentifIR™, Illuminator™, Interceptor™, MarkIR™, MDAS™, Oasys™, Orion™, PaxPointTM, PulsIR, SAFgate™, SensiQ™, SensorChip™, SentiSPEC™, SkyWatch™, SmartGate™, Spreeta™, StarWatch™, STS™, VisionIR™, VisionSense™ and webMATE™ and the ICx logo in connection with the sale or license of our products and technology. We have registered or applied for registration of selected marks and the ICx logo in the United States and other countries around the world. This prospectus also refers to the products or services of other companies by the trademarks and trade names used and owned by those companies.

Until                     , 2007 (25 days after the commencement of this offering) all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Although we believe this summary is materially complete, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the matters set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and the financial statements and notes thereto for each our subsidiaries appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to “ICx,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to ICx Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

ICx Technologies, Inc.

Overview

We are a leading developer, manufacturer, marketer and integrator of advanced sensing technologies, products and solutions. Our first and for now principal market is homeland security. Our high precision, proprietary technologies provide a strong foundation upon which we have built a comprehensive line of products that detect, identify and prevent a broad range of critical security threats. Through our proven ability to develop and convert next generation technologies into unique, commercially successful products, we are able to offer a wide range of high quality, compact detection and surveillance products that we believe are more sensitive, more accurate and more cost-effective than conventional products. Our business is organized into three divisions—Detection, Surveillance and Solutions—through which we develop, manufacture and market complete solutions that proactively address some of the most sophisticated and severe security threats facing the world today.

We believe our ability to understand the nature of sophisticated security threats, the technological potential of security solutions and the complex procurement processes of both government and private sector customers differentiates us from other companies in the market. We have developed what we believe is the most comprehensive line of products and integration capabilities for the homeland security market available through a single company. Our revenue grew 187% from 2005 to 2006, primarily as a result of acquisitions in 2005, and grew 38% in the first three months of 2007 as compared to the same period in 2006.

We have achieved and intend to expand our leadership position in the homeland security market by developing innovative technologies. More than half of our approximately 750 employees are highly skilled technologists. From the beginning of 2004 through March 31, 2007, we and the companies we have acquired have invested approximately $37 million of internal funds in research and development and in addition have received approximately $109 million under contracts to conduct research and development for programs we believe will advance our technology and products and strengthen our leadership position in the homeland security market. Through these directed resources, we believe we have developed best-in-class technology and products. For example, our explosives detection systems use amplifying fluorescence polymer technology to detect trace levels of explosives with a level of precision that is in excess of 1,000 times more sensitive than currently deployed systems. We believe we have developed the most stable and accurate gamma and neutron radiation detection systems available in the market today with immediate isotope identification that allows our systems to differentiate between benign and potentially threatening radiation sources. We also have developed new approaches to identify and amplify DNA fragments for more precise and reliable identification of biological agents.

Building on our technological expertise, we have successfully commercialized and marketed a portfolio of products and solutions that we believe are more sensitive, accurate, compact and affordable than those of our competitors. For example, we build the most sensitive portable explosive detector, the smallest spectroscopic radiation detector and the most accurate mobile solutions for perimeter surveillance available in the market

 

 

1


Table of Contents

today. We will continue converting our innovative technology pipeline into new growth platforms, enabling us to pursue new market opportunities.

We sell our products and services both directly through a global sales force and indirectly through leading industry participants with whom we have developed strategic alliances and partnerships. Due to the breadth and diverse nature of our product offerings and technology portfolio, as well as our ability to deliver solutions for a comprehensive range of critical security applications, the future success of our business is not dependent upon a single product, technology, customer or government program.

Our direct customers include federal agencies, such as the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Customs & Border Protection (Border Patrol) and the Transportation Security Administration, as well as various state and local governments and agencies, including the New York Police Department and the Port of Long Beach. We also sell our products, components and sub-systems to leading integrators in the security and defense industries who either resell our products or integrate them into comprehensive security installations for their end customers. The value-added-resellers and system integrators that we sell products to include The Boeing Company, Honeywell International, Inc., Northrop Grumman Corp., Raytheon Company, SAIC, Inc. and Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. We sell to military customers such as the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD), the U.S. Air Force, the U.S. Marines and the U.S. Army. Additionally, we are expanding our addressable markets by selling to private sector customers such as Federal Express Corporation, The Walt Disney Company and two international airports serving the city of Houston, Texas and surrounding communities.

Industry Overview

The proliferation of global security threats has reached unprecedented levels. These threats not only jeopardize innocent lives, but also have the potential to inflict severe damage upon the global economy. Both the government and private sectors are preparing to address increasingly sophisticated types of terrorist attacks, including chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear and explosive threats, as well as other major security risks and natural disasters. As a result, the homeland security market has grown from approximately $33 billion in 2004 to approximately $55 billion in 2006, and is expected to grow 21% annually to $140 billion by 2011. Because of the importance of security to the global economy, we believe the homeland security market is less exposed to economic downturns and will continue to grow rapidly over the next decade.

The U.S. military is facing challenges adapting to a new style of asymmetric warfare that requires tactics similar to those used in the homeland security market. An increasingly large amount of the DoD budget is expected to shift in fiscal year 2007 toward advanced technologies that better equip U.S. military forces to face such threats. We have identified $20 billion in the $450 billion fiscal year 2007 DoD budget that is associated with the types of programs we can address. We expect such spending to increase in future years as the full extent of the new threats become more apparent and the DoD works through the aftermath of the current conflicts.

The demand for new security products and technologies also extends to the $145 billion private sector, a rapidly growing market in which many large commercial organizations have made detection, access control and advanced video surveillance a focal point for their security initiatives. Private sector organizations are expected to spend approximately $30 billion on these technologies in 2007.

In addition, we believe our technologies will have utility in a wide range of applications outside the homeland security and military markets. Historically, advanced technologies developed for security and military applications have later been found to have applications in other commercial markets, such as biological research and energy, and have led to the creation of entirely new markets. We believe our technologies may in the future be used in products and solutions for markets that surpass the size of the markets we currently serve.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Market Opportunity

Conventional security products typically are not portable, are either not sensitive enough or generate too many false positives, are difficult to network, or are too expensive for many users to buy and operate. In addition, due to the fragmented nature of the market, many market participants have either focused on manufacturing specific products or acted as integrators who network the products of other companies without having a detailed understanding of the capabilities of these products. As a result, customers are demanding single-source providers in order to allow them to streamline their procurement processes and isolate accountability with fewer vendors.

We provide an expansive portfolio of technology products and solutions that address many of the specific demands of our customers. Our products not only address the shortcomings of conventional products, but also interact in a manner that facilitates the interchange of critical security information. We believe that our ability to network advanced sensors into highly effective, integrated solutions will enable us to capture market share and deliver our customers high-value solutions that warrant premium pricing. We believe our ability to understand the nature of sophisticated security threats, the technological potential of security solutions and the complex procurement processes of both government and private sector customers differentiates us from other companies in the market. By leveraging our unique technical expertise, we develop, produce and market what we believe are the most advanced sensor and surveillance products available in the homeland security market today. We believe we will be able to apply our technological expertise in security to develop new products in non-security markets.

Our Competitive Strengths

We develop, manufacture, market and integrate products and solutions that detect, identify and prevent a broad range of critical security threats. We believe the following competitive strengths will continue to enhance our leadership position in the homeland security market and the broader security industry.

Leading proprietary technologies.    We are a leading innovator developing high precision, proprietary security technologies that are more accurate, compact and less susceptible to false positives than most conventional technologies. More than half of our approximately 750 employees are highly skilled technologists. From the beginning of 2004 through March 31, 2007, we and companies we have acquired have invested approximately $37 million in research and development and have received approximately $109 million under contracts to conduct research and development for programs we believe will advance our technology and products and strengthen our leadership position in the homeland security market. Our emphasis on innovation has resulted in over 50 issued patents, over 25 pending patents and over 40 licensed patents and patent applications. We also have strong connections with leading research laboratories and universities which foster innovation and advance our technology leadership.

Proven ability to develop, market and commercialize products.    We have been successful in utilizing our advanced technologies to develop commercially viable products and solutions. We have received and expect to continue to receive substantial government funding to carry out our research and product development. Since 2005, we have quadrupled the size of our product line through acquisitions and individual development from 10 to 40 products. We also understand and are able to successfully navigate the complex security procurement processes of our customers. The growth in sales of our products demonstrates our commercial success.

Broad and diversified product portfolio.    Leveraging our unique technical expertise, we develop, produce and market what we believe are the most advanced products and solutions that detect, identify and prevent a broad range of critical security threats. We believe that our solutions are more sensitive, accurate, compact and affordable than those of our competitors. Due to our diverse product portfolio and our ability to provide solutions for a wide range of critical security applications, the future success of our business is not dependent on a single product, technology, customer or government program.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Ability to deliver comprehensive integrated solutions to key customers.    Our ability to integrate our technology and products into comprehensive, reliable and affordable solutions provides our customers a single source to help address a broad range of critical security threats. We have developed our products in a manner that facilitates interoperability and functional efficiency and also accommodates third-party hardware and software. Our ability to understand the nature of complex security threats, our breadth of product offerings and broad integration capabilities allows us to deliver and implement effective solutions to meet our customers’ needs.

Experienced management team.    Our management team and advisory board has a mix of government and private sector experience across different geographies, industries and functions. Our team promotes entrepreneurial creativity and emphasizes the importance of attracting, developing and retaining the most highly-qualified personnel in our industry. Since our inception, our management team has acquired and integrated 15 diverse companies that have enhanced our capabilities and technology leadership.

Our Growth Strategy

Our objective is to strengthen our position as a leading provider of technologies, products and solutions that detect, identify and prevent a broad range of critical security threats for the homeland security and military markets and to expand on that leadership position by developing products for other markets. As part of our growth strategy, we seek to:

Strengthen our technological leadership.    We intend to continue to develop and acquire next generation technologies to strengthen our technological leadership position. We will continue to work closely with our customers and partners and will seek further government development funding. We will also invest a substantial amount of our own funds in research and development to further enhance our technology leadership position.

Enhance and extend our product line.    We plan to introduce new models of our current products with enhancements to the capabilities of those products in order to address our customers’ evolving needs. We will continue converting our innovative technologies in our research and development pipeline into new products and platforms to pursue new market opportunities.

Provide integrated solutions.    We intend to continue to provide integrated, single-source solutions that prevent a broad range of critical security threats. We believe that significant opportunities exist for companies that understand the nature of complex security threats and meet customers’ needs by developing and delivering effective solutions that respond to those threats and make it easier to capture data from advanced, multifunctional products through integrated networked command platforms.

Scale our distribution channels.    We intend to continue to build and strengthen our direct sales force and expand our indirect channels to extend our geographic reach and market penetration. We have hired key personnel from companies such as FLIR Systems Inc., General Electric Company, Johnson Controls, Inc., Smiths Detection and Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., as well as from government agencies including the DoD, the U.S. Air Force and the Executive Office of the White House. In addition, in 2007, we significantly expanded our network of sales representatives to market our products to private sector customers and state and local governments and agencies.

Expand into non-security markets.    While in the near-term we intend to continue to focus primarily on products and solutions for the homeland security and military markets, we have developed technologies that are being used in non-security applications, such as chemical sensors for pesticide detection and thermal cameras used to inspect brakes on commercial trucks. We believe our technologies have utility in a wide variety of non-security applications and we intend to continue to explore applications for our technologies in markets that are not related to security. We believe this will allow us to leverage our existing intellectual property and infrastructure to expand our addressable markets and further accelerate our growth.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Grow through complementary acquisitions.    We aim to grow our business, relationships and product offerings by acquiring select companies and assets that enhance our technology leadership, broaden our product offerings or expand our customer relationships. We maintain a highly disciplined approach in our pursuit of acquisitions and their integration, including a rigorous assessment of technological strengths, growth prospects, synergy potential, management strengths and the intrinsic value of potential targets. Since our inception, we have acquired and integrated 15 companies.

Summary Risks

There are numerous risks and uncertainties that may affect our financial and operating performance and our growth. You should carefully consider all of the risks discussed in “Risk Factors,” which begins on page 11, before investing in our common stock. These risks include the following:

 

   

our limited operating history, the nature of our business and the development of the markets we serve;

 

   

our reliance on sales to the U.S. government that could be affected by changes in federal funding levels;

 

   

our reliance on sales to prime contractors, systems integrators and original equipment manufacturers;

 

   

the highly competitive nature of the homeland security market, and the adverse consequences if we are unable to compete effectively;

 

   

risks related to our ability to innovate successfully and quickly; and

 

   

operational risks that cannot be adequately covered by insurance or indemnity.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in 2003. Our principal executive offices are located at 1350 I Street, NW, Suite 670, Washington, DC 20005 and our telephone number is (202) 536-5699. Our website is located at www.icxt.com. Information on our website should not be considered part of this prospectus.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

            shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after the offering

            shares

 

Use of proceeds

We will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $            million, based on an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, which we will use for general corporate purposes, including working capital, the expansion of our sales and marketing organizations, acceleration of our research and development efforts, the expansion of our manufacturing capabilities, purchases of capital equipment and potential acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies that we believe are complementary to our business. We have no definitive agreements with respect to future acquisitions and have no commitments with respect to the net proceeds of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

“ICXT”

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2007, and includes            shares that we will issue upon conversion to common stock of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock, effective immediately prior to completion of this offering. The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes the following shares:

 

   

            shares issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2007, which have a weighted average exercise price of $            per share;

 

   

            shares of unvested restricted stock awards and restricted stock units as of March 31, 2007; and

 

   

            additional shares reserved as of March 31, 2007, for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans.

Unless otherwise stated, all information contained in this prospectus:

 

   

gives effect to a                 -for-                 stock split with respect to our common stock, effected on                    , 2007;

 

   

gives effect to the conversion into common stock of all of our outstanding preferred stock;

 

   

gives effect to amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective upon completion of this offering;

 

   

assumes no exercise of the option to purchase                     additional shares of common stock granted to the underwriters; and

 

   

assumes an initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Information

The following tables summarize the financial data of our business. You should read this information along with our discussion in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, and the actual summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2007, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited summary consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2007 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of this data in all material respects. We have completed a number of acquisitions over the last three fiscal years, each of which was accounted for as a purchase transaction, which may affect year-over-year comparisons of our consolidated summary financial data. For a more detailed description of such acquisitions, see note 4, “Business Combinations and Related Intangibles,” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Accordingly, in addition to our actual financial information, we have also included pro forma operating results for 2006 and 2005, prepared as if our 2005 business acquisitions had been consummated as of the beginning of 2004. The pro forma financial information is for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have been achieved had the businesses been acquired at that time, nor are they intended to be a projection of future results.

 

 

7


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  
     (unaudited)                    

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Products

          

Revenue

   $ 16,397     $ 12,505     $ 59,341     $ 20,439     $ 929  

Cost of revenue

     8,833       6,799       31,329       11,203       1,086  

Gross profit

     7,564       5,706       28,012       9,236       (157 )

Contract research and development and services

          

Revenue

     7,777       6,115       25,694       10,436       2,128  

Cost of revenue

     5,202       4,084       15,840       6,135       1,276  

Gross profit

     2,575       2,031       9,854       4,301       852  

Maintenance, service and other

          

Revenue

     2,786       911       5,125       525       —    

Cost of revenue

     1,467       516       2,843       253       —    

Gross profit

     1,319       395       2,282       272       —    

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     4,622       3,455       14,501       7,257       1,969  

Selling, general and administrative

     13,572       11,200       55,424       14,789       2,171  

Goodwill impairment loss

     —         —         66,043       —         —    

Depreciation and amortization

     3,469       4,683       17,236       5,289       825  

Loss in equity method investees

     —         —         —         839       487  

Total operating expenses

     21,663       19,338       153,204       28,174       5,452  

Loss from operations

     (10,205 )     (11,206 )     (113,056 )     (14,365 )     (4,757 )

Interest income

     61       116       371       126       21  

Interest expense

     (90 )     (99 )     (372 )     (145 )     (1 )

Other, net

     76       176       1,039       541       1,074  

Loss before income taxes

     (10,158 )     (11,013 )     (112,018 )     (13,843 )     (3,663 )

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     75       (70 )     (296 )     (1,943 )     —    

Net loss from continuing operations

     (10,233 )     (10,943 )     (111,722 )     (11,900 )     (3,663 )

Discontinued operations, net(1)

     780       (1,922 )     (15,766 )     (2,852 )     (1,386 )

Net loss

     (9,453 )     (12,865 )     (127,488 )     (14,752 )     (5,049 )

Accretion on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     2,461       2,283       9,480       5,562       —    

Net income attributable to common stockholders

   $ (11,914 )   $ (15,148 )   $ (136,968 )   $ (20,314 )   $ (5,049 )

Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders

   $       $       $       $      

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

          

(1) In August 2006, we realized a $3.1 million gain on the sale of substantially all of the assets of a non-strategic operation owned by Nomadics, Inc. that was acquired in August 2005. In December 2006, we adopted a plan for the sale of three companies that did not align with our overall strategic plans. In February, March and April 2007, we sold Nuvonyx Europe, Harbinger Technologies Group, Inc. and Nuvonyx, Inc., respectively, pursuant to this plan. Loss from discontinued operations was $18.9 million in 2006, which includes a $13.1 million impairment loss to write-down the carrying amounts of two of the discontinued companies to their estimated fair values less costs associated with the sale of the companies.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
     As of March 31,    As of December 31,
     2007     2006    2006     2005    2004
     (in thousands, except per share data)
     (unaudited)                

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,314     $ 11,679    $ 7,236     $ 23,354    $ 1,493

Working capital

     32,913       21,575      27,312       24,072      1,100

Total assets

     174,177       254,856      184,248       267,469      17,377

Long-term debt

     396       947      449       508      —  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     204,400       157,214      197,732       151,831      —  

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (63,045 )   $ 64,849    $ (51,507 )   $ 77,811    $ 11,758

 

 

9


Table of Contents

We have completed a number of acquisitions over the last three fiscal years, each of which was accounted for as a purchase transaction, which may affect year-over-year comparisons of our consolidated summary financial data. Accordingly, in addition to our actual financial information, we have also included pro forma operating results for 2005 and 2004, prepared as if our 2005 business acquisitions had been consummated as of the beginning of 2004. The pro forma financial information is for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have been achieved had the businesses been acquired at that time, nor are they intended to be indicative of future results. For a more detailed description of such acquisitions, see note 4, “Business Combinations and Related Intangibles”, in the notes of our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  
     (actual)     (pro forma)  
           (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

      

Products

      

Revenue

   $ 59,341     $ 46,528     $ 45,681  

Cost of revenue

     31,329       24,810       28,608  

Gross profit

     28,012       21,718       17,073  

Contract research and development and services

      

Revenue

     25,694       28,961       46,224  

Cost of revenue

     15,840       20,144       30,897  

Gross profit

     9,854       8,817       15,327  

Maintenance, service and other

      

Revenue

     5,125       2,438       2,013  

Cost of revenue

     2,843       1,310       825  

Gross profit

     2,282       1,128       1,188  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     14,501       9,119       8,548  

Selling, general and administrative

     55,424       34,142       25,113  

Goodwill impairment loss

     66,043       —         —    

Depreciation and amortization

     17,236       14,425       18,626  

Total operating expenses

     153,204       57,686       52,287  

Loss from operations

     (113,056 )     (26,024 )     (18,699 )

Interest income

     371       157       47  

Interest expense

     (372 )     (1,174 )     (1,023 )

Other, net

     1,039       766       (32 )

Loss before income taxes

     (112,018 )     (26,275 )     (19,708 )

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (296 )     (1,943 )     1,384  

Net loss from continuing operations

     (111,722 )     (24,332 )     (21,092 )

Discontinued operations, net(1)

     (15,766 )     (4,824 )     (6,524 )

Net loss

     (127,488 )     (29,156 )     (27,616 )

Accretion on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     9,480       5,562       —    

Net income attributable to common stockholders

   $ (136,968 )   $ (34,718 )   $ (27,616 )

Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders

   $       $      

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

      

(1) In August 2006, we realized a $3.1 million gain on the sale of substantially all of the assets of a non-strategic operation owned by Nomadics, Inc. that was acquired in August 2005. In December 2006, we adopted a plan for the sale of three companies that did not align with our overall strategic plans. In February, March and April 2007, we sold Nuvonyx Europe, Harbinger Technologies Group, Inc. and Nuvonyx, Inc., respectively, pursuant to this plan. Loss from discontinued operations was $18.9 million in 2006, which includes a $13.1 million impairment loss to write-down the carrying amounts of two of the discontinued companies to their estimated fair values less costs associated with the sale of the companies.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Any investment in shares of our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following information about these risks, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, before making an investment in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected. Any adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations could result in a decline in the trading price of our common stock and the loss of part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Operations and Corporate Structure

Our future performance may be difficult to predict due to our limited operating history and the nature of our business.

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to predict our future performance. We were incorporated in 2003 and commenced operations as a holding company in 2004. However, most of our business is based on acquisitions that we have completed since June 2005. We have had a limited period of time to integrate and manage our business, which increases the possibility that we will encounter new or unexpected difficulties in our future operations or fail to achieve expected benefits from these acquisitions. We may also have difficulty forecasting our future results because our business is affected by fluctuations in demand for our products, including fluctuations caused by new security threats, new products introduced by our competitors and customer order cancellations. If we underestimate demand and build too little inventory, we could lose sales opportunities and disappoint customers. If we overestimate demand and build too much inventory, we could consume working capital unnecessarily and experience inventory write-offs.

Our business depends on the development of markets for detection and surveillance products and solutions.

Our products and services are designed to address the markets for detection, surveillance and integrated solutions. Our products and services are targeted to both governmental and the private sector. These markets and the types of products and services sold in these markets are emerging. Our ability to grow will depend in part on the rate at which markets for our products develop and on our ability to adapt to emerging demands in these markets. In particular, our business depends on our ability to offer a broader range of products and services to meet demand for integrated solutions. In addition, geopolitical developments, terrorist attacks and government mandates may cause sharp fluctuations in the demand for our products.

A substantial portion of our future sales will depend on the success of products that we have introduced recently. It is too early to predict how commercially successful these products may be. Some of them define new market categories with no historical record of demand and in which demand may develop slowly. Some of our new products are still undergoing trials, or have too short of a history of operation in the field to establish evidence that they meet long-term customer needs. This may slow the adoption of these products by security conscious customers that demand proof of long term reliability. Some of our products could encounter unanticipated problems in deployment and use, or when attempts are made to integrate them into existing systems and operations. Our ability to maintain or grow our revenues will be significantly limited if our new products fail to gain market acceptance.

A substantial portion of our revenues depends on sales to the U.S. government and could be affected by changes in federal funding levels.

Agencies and departments of the U.S. government account for a substantial portion of our revenues from product sales and substantially all of our revenues from research and development contracts. We are counting on significant revenues from U.S. government contracts for the foreseeable future. U.S. government programs are limited by budgetary constraints and are subject to uncertain future funding levels that could result in the

 

11


Table of Contents

termination of programs. A decline in security-related government spending, or a shift away from programs that we address, could hurt our sales, put pressure on our prices and reduce our revenues and margins.

We rely in part on original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), and distribution partners to sell some of our products, and we may be adversely affected if those parties do not actively promote our products or pursue installations that use our products.

A significant portion of our revenue comes from sales to partners, including OEMs, systems integrators, distributors and resellers. Some of these relationships have not been formalized in a detailed contract and may be subject to termination at any time. Even where these relationships are formalized in a detailed contract, the agreements can often be terminated with little or no notice and subject to periodic amendment. We cannot control the amount and timing of resources that our partners devote to activities on their behalf. We intend to continue to seek strategic relationships to distribute, license and sell certain of our products. However, we may not be able to negotiate acceptable relationships in the future and cannot predict whether current or future relationships will be successful.

A substantial portion of our revenues depends on sales to prime contractors and system integrators.

We rely on a substantial portion of our revenues on contracts in which we act as a subcontractor to other contractors, typically prime contractors and system integrators who sell directly to government agencies or private customers. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, we derived approximately 31%, 17% and 41%, respectively, of our revenues from these contracts. We expect to continue to depend on these relationships for a significant portion of our revenues in the foreseeable future. Our sales will suffer if these contractors and system integrators fail to compete successfully against their competitors, if government agencies cut relevant spending, or if these contractors and system integrators purchase products from our competitors, or develop competing products of their own, or reduce their purchases from us for other reasons. Our ability to sell to customers who prefer to work with large system integrators will depend on our ability to develop and maintain strong relationships with the large system integrators. Furthermore, when our existing subcontracts expire, our subcontracting revenues may decline because prime contractors and system integrators will no longer be able to fulfill targets for small-business purchases by buying products from us or our subsidiaries.

If we do not successfully expand our direct sales and service organizations and partnering arrangements, we may not be able to increase our sales or adequately support our customers.

We sell substantially all of our services and license substantially all of our products through our direct sales organization. Our future success depends on substantially increasing the size and scope of our direct sales force and partnering arrangements, both domestically and internationally. We will face intense competition for personnel and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to attract, assimilate or retain additional qualified sales personnel on a timely basis. Moreover, given the large-scale deployment required by some of our customers, we will need to hire and retain a number of highly-trained customer service and support personnel. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to increase the size of our customer service and support organization on a timely basis to provide the high quality of support required by our customers. Failure to add additional sales and customer service representatives could result in our inability to increase sales and support our customers.

The lengthy sales cycles of our products may cause our revenues to fluctuate substantially.

Customers evaluating our products must often make very difficult choices about product capabilities and costs. Many of our customers buy our products to implement or enhance large security projects. Our larger customers take longer to evaluate our products and place new orders. For these and other reasons, our products have long sales cycles. Sales are often delayed or cancelled for reasons that we cannot control. Delays and cancellations could significantly affect revenues reported for any given financial quarter.

 

12


Table of Contents

We compete against companies that have longer operating histories, more established products and greater resources.

We face substantial competition in the advanced security technology industry. Many companies are actively developing and marketing detection, surveillance and systems and software products that compete against our products, or may soon do so. Our competitors include very large and experienced enterprises, including BAE Systems, plc, Canberra Industries, Inc., DRS Technologies, Inc., FLIR Systems Inc., General Electric Company, Goodrich Corporation, Honeywell International, Inc., L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc., RAE Systems, Inc., SAIC, Inc., Smiths Industries, Ltd. and United Technologies Corporation. Our competitors also include many smaller companies, including companies established to pursue new and emerging technologies.

Our competitors may successfully develop technologies that outperform our technologies, respond better to customer requirements, cost less or otherwise gain greater market acceptance. Many of our competitors have longer operating histories, greater financial, engineering, manufacturing, sales and marketing resources, greater name recognition, a larger base of customers and longer standing customer relationships than we have. Our larger competitors may be able to better manage large or complex contracts, maintain a broader geographic presence, compete more effectively on price, or provide a greater level of customer support. Our smaller competitors typically focus on fewer products than we do, and they are often well entrenched in their chosen markets. Any of these competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new technology, market developments or pursue new sales opportunities more effectively that we can.

Our ability to compete depends on our ability to innovate successfully and quickly.

We may lose our competitive position if we fail to innovate and develop new products quickly. Advanced security technologies are evolving rapidly, product life cycles are short and technologies can become obsolete. Our ability to compete will depend on our ability to design, develop, manufacture, assemble, test, market, sell and support new products and enhancements quickly and cost effectively. Our business will depend on how well we respond to evolving government and industry standards, and changing customer requirements. The lack of standardization in our industry may impede market acceptance of innovative products that we successfully develop. If, for any of these or other reasons, any of our technologies fail to gain acceptance in the market, we will not recoup our development costs, and we will have to attempt to develop new technologies and products. We cannot assure that we can do so successfully, cost effectively or quickly enough.

Some of our customers and operations are located outside of the United States, which subjects us to additional international risks.

We conduct some of our business with and through companies located outside the United States. We have manufacturing facilities in several foreign countries including Germany and Canada. As a result of our international operations and sales, we face a number of challenges, including:

 

   

increased complexity and costs of managing and staffing international operations;

 

   

compliance with foreign technical standards;

 

   

compliance with domestic and foreign laws and regulations, including import and export control laws, tariffs and other barriers;

 

   

timing and availability of import and export licenses;

 

   

longer and more difficult collection of receivables;

 

   

limited protection of our intellectual property and limited ability to enforce legal rights and remedies;

 

   

unanticipated changes in foreign and domestic legal and regulatory requirements, including tax regulations; and

 

   

foreign currency exchange fluctuations relating to our international operating activities.

 

13


Table of Contents

Because we anticipate that we will continue to depend on companies operating in various countries around the world for a significant part of our revenues and growth, these risks and issues that we cannot anticipate could adversely affect our ability to conduct business outside of the United States and our results of operations.

Our business has inherent operational risks that cannot be adequately covered by insurance or indemnity, and our products and technologies may not qualify for protection under the SAFETY Act.

We may face unanticipated risks of legal liability for damages caused by the actual or alleged failure of technologies or services that we supply. Our products may be deployed in response to an emergency or terrorist attack, which may increase our exposure to third-party claims. Many of our technologies are unproven. We may face liabilities related to these products. While we have attempted to secure appropriate insurance coverage at appropriate cost, it is impossible to insure against all risks that inhere in our industry, nor can we assure you that our insurers will pay a particular claim, or that we will be able to maintain coverage at reasonable rates in the future. Substantial claims resulting from an accident in excess or not otherwise covered by indemnity or insurance could harm our financial condition and operating results. Our insurance policies also contain deductibles, limitations and exclusions which increase our costs in the event of a claim.

Under the “SAFETY Act” provisions of The Homeland Security Act of 2002, the federal government provides liability limitations and the “government contractor” defense applies if the Department of Homeland Security “designates” or “certifies” technologies or products as “qualified anti-terrorism technologies,” and if certain other conditions apply. We may seek to qualify some or all of our products and technologies under the SAFETY Act’s provisions in order to obtain such liability protections, but there is no guarantee that the U.S. Department of Homeland Security will designate or certify our products and technologies as a qualified anti-terrorism technology. Our Fido Portable Explosives Detector has been designated as a qualified anti-terrorism technology, but our other products have been sold without such qualification, and we may continue to sell our products and technologies without such qualification. To the extent we do so, we will not be entitled to the benefit of the SAFETY Act’s cap on tort liability or U.S. government indemnification. Any indemnification that the U.S. government may provide may not cover certain potential claims.

We have incurred operating losses since our inception and as a result we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception. We had consolidated operating losses of approximately $14.8 million in 2005, $127.5 million in 2006 and $9.5 in the three months ended March 31, 2007. As of March 31, 2007, we had an accumulated deficit of $157.1 million. We expect to incur significant additional expenses for the expansion and integration of our businesses, including expenditures for sales, marketing and manufacturing. As a public company, we also expect to incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We also expect to incur additional expenses to expand our research and development programs, and in developing new products and services we may obtain through acquisitions. As a result, we may continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future.

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with our business, we are unable to predict when or if we will achieve profitability. If our revenues do not increase, or if our expenses increase at a greater rate than our revenues, we will not become profitable. Even if we do become profitable, we may not be able to sustain or increase our profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

A number of other factors may cause our consolidated operating results to fluctuate on a quarterly or annual basis, which may make it difficult to predict our future operating results.

We expect our consolidated revenues and expenses to fluctuate, making it difficult to predict our future operating results. Factors that could cause our operating results to fluctuate include:

 

   

demand in the markets that we serve;

 

14


Table of Contents
   

our ability to define, design and release new products that meet customer needs, and to do so quickly and cost effectively;

 

   

market acceptance of new and enhanced versions of our products;

 

   

the forecasting, scheduling, rescheduling or cancellation of orders by our customers;

 

   

the timing, performance and pricing of new product introductions by our competitors;

 

   

variations in the performance of our businesses;

 

   

the timing and availability of adequate manufacturing capacity from our manufacturing suppliers;

 

   

our ability to forecast demand in the markets that we serve;

 

   

the mix of products that we sell;

 

   

the length of our sales cycles;

 

   

the lack of backlog of orders for our products;

 

   

liquidity and cash flow of our distributors and end-market customers;

 

   

the timing of our acquisitions;

 

   

general economic conditions in the countries where we operate or our products are used; and

 

   

changes in accounting principles or practices, exchange rates, interest rates, tax rates and tax withholding.

Any of the above factors, many of which are beyond our control, could significantly harm our business and results of operations. The results of a prior quarter or annual period should not be relied upon as an indicator of future operating performance.

We may have difficulty scaling production to large volumes. If we are unable to meet demand or efficiently increase production, customers may turn to products offered by competitors and our operating results could be harmed.

We could have substantial difficulty dealing with rapid growth. If demand for our products increases rapidly, we will need to expand internal production capacity or implement additional outsourcing. Success in developing, manufacturing and supporting products manufactured in small volumes does not guarantee comparable success in operations conducted on a larger scale. Modifying our facilities to increase production capacity may delay delivery of our products. Manufacturing efficiencies, yields and product quality may decline as production volumes increase. In addition, component costs, overhead and other production costs may rise. If we are unable to meet the demand of our customers and deliver products quickly and cost effectively, customers may turn to our competitors. The costs associated with implementing new manufacturing technologies, methods and processes, including the purchase of new equipment, and any resulting delays, inefficiencies and loss of sales, could harm our results of operations.

We purchase certain component parts from a limited number of third-party suppliers, and are therefore subject to limitations in supply which could result in delays of product shipments and damage our business and operating results.

We currently purchase component parts used in the manufacture of our products from a limited number of third-party suppliers and currently rely on a single source of supply in some cases, including for certain semiconductor components. We depend on these suppliers to meet our needs. Moreover, we depend on the quality of the products supplied to us over which we have limited control. From time to time in the future, we may encounter shortages and delays or transportation problems in obtaining components or if there are defects in

 

15


Table of Contents

the components we purchase, there will be interruptions in the manufacture of our products and we might not be able to supply products in a timely manner or with the quality required by our customers, and our revenues and customer relationships could be harmed.

Our ability to operate and grow our business effectively will depend on retaining key employees and management, and hiring skilled and experienced personnel. If we lose the services of any key personnel or are unable to hire additional personnel, our business could be harmed.

Our success has been highly dependent on the experience, relationships and technical knowledge of our key senior management and technical employees. Our future will depend on our ability to retain their services. The loss of key employees could harm development and sales of our products, slow our growth and otherwise harm our business.

Our ability to operate and grow our business also depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled scientists, engineers and other technical personnel. We face intense competition for the services of such employees. The nature of our business also makes it difficult for us to hire employees who are not citizens or permanent residents of the United States.

If we fail to retain and motivate our current employees, or fail to attract new employees with comparable skills, we will be unable to enhance existing products and develop new ones, and our business will suffer. Hiring difficulties may also force us to incur higher than anticipated costs in recruiting, relocating and compensating employees who have the skills we need, and these increased costs may hurt our margins and limit our ability to make necessary hires.

Several of our officers may have divided responsibilities which could divert management time and create potential conflicts of interest.

Our chief executive officer, Hans Kobler, serves on the investment advisory committee of Digital Power Capital, LLC, which is indirectly our largest stockholder and an affiliate of Wexford VI Advisors LLC, and has an interest in the profits earned on certain Wexford investments, including Wexford’s investment in us. Some of our other executives may serve on outside boards from time to time, as well. These divided responsibilities divert management time from our business and could create potential conflicts of interest. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Wexford Capital, LLC and its affiliates, our principal stockholders, will beneficially own and control a significant amount of our common stock, giving them substantial influence over our corporate transactions and other matters. Their interests may conflict with yours, and the concentration of ownership of our common stock will limit your influence and the influence of our other stockholders.

Upon completion of this offering, Wexford and its affiliates will beneficially own and control approximately     % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, Wexford will continue to be able to exercise control over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, changes to our charter documents, mergers, corporate control contests and other significant corporate transactions. As long as this concentration of ownership persists, it is unlikely that any other holder or group of holders of our common stock will be able to affect the way we are managed or the direction of our business. The interests of Wexford could conflict with the interests of our other stockholders. This concentration of ownership could also discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, or could otherwise delay or prevent a change in control transaction or other business combination, which could in turn have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

We may divest assets to reflect changes in our strategy.

From time to time, we have divested businesses and assets which we have determined no longer fit our strategy. For example, we sold one business in 2006 and three of our businesses in 2007. We may undertake

 

16


Table of Contents

divestiture transactions when we believe there is a financial or strategic benefit to us in doing so. Such divestitures, should they occur, may result in losses. There may also be costs and liabilities that we incur or retain in connection with these divestitures. We may be unable to successfully divest non-strategic assets and, if we incorrectly evaluate the strategic fit and valuation of divested businesses or assets, we may forego opportunities that would otherwise have benefited our business.

Our strategy for future acquisitions may be costly to implement and difficult to manage.

We intend to continue to grow our business through acquisitions of additional companies. Successful execution of our acquisition strategy will depend on many factors including locating suitable companies, negotiating acceptable terms, successfully consummating the acquisitions and obtaining required financing on acceptable terms. We may incorrectly assess new businesses or technologies that we do acquire, fail to realize anticipated benefits from these acquisitions or fail to exploit anticipated opportunities. Since December 31, 2006, we have sold three previously acquired companies that no longer aligned with our strategic plan. In addition, we may face difficulties retaining qualified personnel, managing relationships with customers and integrating newly acquired businesses and operations into our existing infrastructure. We also may enter markets in which we have limited or no prior experience or incur future impairment charges and other charges which could adversely affect our results of operations.

As part of our acquisition strategy, we intend to evaluate transactions that are large in relation to our current size. One or more such transactions, should it occur, may entail risks that are currently unforeseen. A large acquisition or similar transaction could entail fundamental changes to the nature of our business and assets, and could result in changes in our strategic direction that may ultimately prove unsuccessful.

Our acquisition strategy may require more capital and result in more expenses than we anticipate, including greater than anticipated acquisition purchase prices and operating and other acquisition-related expenses. There also may be costs and liabilities that we fail or are unable to discover in the course of performing due diligence investigations on each company or business that we have already acquired or may acquire in the future. If acquisition purchase prices, liabilities and transaction costs exceed our estimates, we may need to raise more capital by incurring debt or issuing more stock, which may significantly reduce the equity interests of our stockholders.

We may have difficulty integrating our businesses.

Our company was formed by acquiring a number of geographically and technologically diverse businesses, and we continue to seek to selectively acquire companies or assets that we believe will complement or extend our existing businesses. Integrating our acquisitions is a difficult, complex, time-consuming and expensive process that has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our management and financial resources. We have encountered, and may encounter in the future, risks associated with the integration of our acquired businesses, such as:

 

   

difficulty coordinating geographically dispersed operations, workforces and corporate cultures;

 

   

difficulty integrating our operational, financial and management information systems, internal controls and reporting systems as we seek to establish uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies across our company;

 

   

increased operating expenses resulting from management, transaction and other costs associated with our acquisition and integration activities;

 

   

exposure to unknown liabilities of acquired companies or assets;

 

   

diversion of our management’s attention from other business matters;

 

   

loss of key employees, suppliers and customers of our acquired businesses;

 

   

potential conflicts between business cultures;

 

17


Table of Contents
   

disruption of ongoing business;

 

   

failure to maximize our financial and strategic position by the successful incorporation of acquired technology; and

 

   

failure to realize the potential of acquired technologies, complete product development, or properly obtain or secure appropriate protection of intellectual property rights.

In addition, the companies we have acquired have historically operated independently and have had only limited opportunity to collaborate with each other. Part of our business strategy is to allow each company to maintain a high degree of operational autonomy while integrating certain management, administrative and sales functions. Accordingly, we may have difficulty integrating businesses that operate independently from one another into our corporate structure. If we fail to successfully integrate our businesses, we may not be able to achieve operating economies or synergies that help reduce expenses or increase revenues, and we may not be able to broaden our product offering in a timely manner to remain competitive.

If we fail to maintain an accurate system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, which could adversely affect our stock price.

Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related requirements will be costly and will place a burden on our management. At the time we complete this offering, we will have only limited experience operating with the internal controls and procedures required of a public company. We are in the process of documenting, reviewing and where appropriate improving our internal controls and procedures in anticipation of being a public company and eventually being subject to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which will require management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Management will be required to conduct an annual evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting and include a management report on our internal control over financial reporting, along with a report by our independent registered public accounting firm addressing these assessments, beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. We cannot assure you that measures we have taken, or future measures we may take, will enable us to provide accurate and timely financial reports, particularly if we are unable to hire additional personnel in our accounting and financial department, or if we lose personnel in this area. Any failure to maintain an effective system of internal controls, or any other problems with our financial systems or internal controls, could result in delays or inaccuracies in reporting financial information or failure to comply with SEC reporting and other regulatory requirements, any of which could adversely affect our business and stock price.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating losses (NOLs) to offset future taxable income. We may have undergone an ownership change in the past in connection with issuances of our stock in financings and acquisitions. The existing NOLs of some of our subsidiaries currently will be subject to limitations arising from ownership changes prior to their acquisition by us. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. If we undergo an ownership change after this public offering, our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.

We may not realize the full amount of revenues reflected in our backlog, which could harm our operations and significantly reduce our future revenues.

There can be no assurances that our backlog estimates will result in actual revenues in any particular fiscal period because our clients may modify or terminate projects and contracts and may decide not to exercise contract options. Our backlog represents sales value of firm orders for products and services not yet delivered and, for long term executed contractual arrangements (contracts, subcontracts, and customer commitments), the

 

18


Table of Contents

estimated future sales value of estimated product shipments, transactions processed and services to be provided over the term of the contractual arrangements, including renewal options expected to be exercised. For contracts with indefinite quantities backlog reflects estimated quantities based on current activity levels. Our backlog includes estimates of revenues the receipt of which require future government appropriation, option exercise by our clients and/or is subject to contract modification or termination. At March 31, 2007, our backlog approximated $47 million, $43 million of which is estimated to be realized in the following twelve months. These estimates are based on our experience under such contracts and similar contracts, and we believe such estimates to be reasonable. However, we believe that the receipt of revenues reflected in our backlog estimate for the following twelve months will generally be more certain than our backlog estimate for periods thereafter. If we do not realize a substantial amount of our backlog, our operations could be harmed and our future revenues could be significantly reduced.

Our success and competitive position depend significantly on our ability to obtain and protect intellectual property. Failure to protect our intellectual property rights would impair our ability to compete effectively and defend ourselves from any third party claims that we are infringing others’ intellectual property rights.

We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, confidentiality provisions and licensing arrangements to establish and protect our intellectual property. For example, we have entered into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and business partners and have controlled access to, and distribution of, our documentation and other proprietary information. We intend to continue filing patent applications to protect most of the new processes and technologies that we develop. However, we anticipate that patent protection will not be available for some of these processes or technologies. Failure to protect our intellectual property could affect our ability to secure additional contracts or preserve market advantages when we commercialize our products.

Our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights may not:

 

   

prevent challenges to, or the invalidation or circumvention of, our existing intellectual property rights;

 

   

prevent our competitors from independently developing similar products, duplicating our products or designing around any patents that may be issued to us;

 

   

provide adequate protection for our intellectual property rights;

 

   

prevent disputes with third parties regarding ownership of our intellectual property rights;

 

   

prevent disclosure of our trade secrets and know-how to third parties or their release into the public domain; or

 

   

result in valid patents, including international patents, from any of our pending applications.

Others may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary technologies without our consent. Monitoring the unauthorized use of our technologies is difficult. There is a significant risk that our customers or their end-user customers may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary technologies without our consent.

We may find it necessary to litigate against others, including our customers, to protect our intellectual property and to challenge the validity and scope of the proprietary rights asserted by others, and we could face counterclaims. Legal disputes with customers could substantially harm our relationships and sales. Litigation is inherently uncertain, and an adverse outcome could subject us to significant liability for damages or invalidate our proprietary rights. The complexity of the technology involved and inherent uncertainty and cost of intellectual property litigation increases our risks.

Third parties may claim that we are infringing on their intellectual property rights, and we may already be infringing without knowing it. We may face additional liability when we agree to indemnify our customers

 

19


Table of Contents

against third party infringement. If a third party establishes that we are infringing its intellectual property rights, or that our intellectual property rights are invalid, we may be forced to change our products, services, or manufacturing processes, and such changes may be expensive or impractical. We may then be forced to seek royalty or license agreements. If we are unable to agree on acceptable terms we may be required to discontinue products or halt other aspects of our operations. We may also be liable for significant damages. Even if intellectual property claims brought against us are without merit, the litigation may be costly and time consuming, and may divert our management and key personnel from operating our business.

The U.S. government’s right to use technology developed by us limits our intellectual property rights.

We seek to protect the competitive benefits we derive from our patents, proprietary information and other intellectual property. However, we do not have the right to prohibit the U.S. government from using certain technologies developed by us or to prohibit third party companies, including our competitors, from using those technologies in providing products and services to the U.S. government. The U.S. government has the right to royalty-free use of technologies that we have developed under U.S. government contracts. We are free to commercially exploit those government-funded technologies and may assert our intellectual property rights to seek to block other non-government users thereof, but we cannot assure you that we could successfully do so.

Our efforts to protect our intellectual property may be less effective in some foreign countries where intellectual property rights are not as well protected as in the United States.

Our subsidiaries have not consistently sought patent protection or registered our trademarks outside the United States, which may impair our ability to use or protect our technology and brand in foreign jurisdictions. The laws of some foreign countries, including countries in which we have sold and will continue to sell our products, protect proprietary rights less broadly than do the laws of the United States. Many U.S. companies have encountered substantial problems in protecting their proprietary rights in such countries, and there is a risk that we will encounter similar problems. If our competitors in these countries copy our technology without our permission, our sales and operations will be harmed.

Our business is subject to environmental regulation that could result in compliance costs. Any violations or liability under environmental laws could harm our business.

We are subject to environmental and safety laws and regulations governing the use, storage and disposal of hazardous substances or wastes and imposing liability for the cleanup of contamination from these substances. We cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these substances or wastes, and, in the event of such an incident, we could be held liable for any damages that result. In addition, we may be required to incur significant additional costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations in the future.

Risks Associated with Government Contracts and Regulation

The U.S. government may terminate or modify its existing contracts with us or with government contractors for which we are a subcontractor.

We must comply with and are affected by laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration and performance of U.S. government contracts and subcontracts thereunder, which affect how we do business as a contractor or subcontractor to U.S. government customers and which may impose additional expenses on our business.

There are inherent risks in contracting with the U.S. government. The U.S. government can typically terminate, reduce orders under or otherwise modify any of its contracts with us for its convenience (i.e., without cause) whether or not we have failed to perform under the terms of the applicable contract. In such case, the

 

20


Table of Contents

government would not be required to pay us for the lost profits for the unperformed work. A termination arising out of our default could expose us to liability and harm our ability to compete for future contracts and orders. In addition to unfavorable termination provisions, our U.S. government contracts and related regulations contain provisions that allow the U.S. government to unilaterally suspend us from receiving new contracts pending resolution of alleged violations of procurement laws or regulations, reduce the value of existing contracts, issue modifications to a contract and control and potentially prohibit the export of our services and associated materials. U.S. government contracts may also be terminated if Congress fails to provide funds for the contract.

Our business is subject to laws and regulations that are more restrictive because we are a contractor and subcontractor to the U.S. government.

As a contractor and subcontractor to the U.S. government, we are subject to various laws and regulations that are more restrictive than those applicable to non-government contractors, including the Federal Acquisition Regulation and its supplements, which comprehensively regulate the formation, administration and performance of U.S. government contracts, and the Truth in Negotiations Act and various other laws, which require certain certifications and disclosures. These laws and regulations, among other things:

 

   

require that we obtain and maintain material governmental authorizations and approvals to conduct our business as it is currently conducted;

 

   

require certification and disclosure of cost and pricing data in connection with certain contract negotiations;

 

   

impose rules that define allowable and unallowable costs and otherwise govern our right to reimbursement under certain cost-based U.S. government contracts;

 

   

restrict the use and dissemination of information classified for national security purposes and the export of certain products and technical data; and

 

   

impose requirements relating to ethics and business practices, which carry penalties for noncompliance ranging from monetary fines and damages to loss of the ability to do business with the U.S. government as a prime contractor or subcontractor.

In addition, we are subject to industrial security regulations of the U.S. Department of Defense and other federal agencies that are designed to safeguard against unauthorized access by foreigners and others to classified and other sensitive information. If we were to come under foreign ownership, control or influence, our U.S. government customers could terminate, or decide not to renew, our contracts, and such a situation could also impair our ability to obtain new contracts and subcontracts. The government may also change its procurement practices or adopt new contracting rules and regulations that could be costly to satisfy or that could impair our ability to obtain new contracts.

We may not be able to receive or retain the necessary licenses or authorizations required for us to export our products and we may incur regulatory penalties for past compliance failings of our acquired companies.

We must obtain a license from the U.S. government before we may export certain products or technologies from the United States. We cannot be certain that we will obtain any licenses required to export our products to foreign customers or receive authorization from the U.S. government for sales to foreign governments. For example, export control delays precluded the delivery of approximately $2 million in orders for our radar products in 2006. Failure to receive required licenses or authorizations in a timely manner or at all will limit our ability to export our products and could reduce our revenues.

Any seizure or delay in shipment of our products for failure to obtain a required export license could harm our financial condition and results of operations. Export control laws may also inhibit the free interchange of technical discussions among our employees. Absent license authorization from the appropriate agency, technologies related to our military or dual-use products cannot be discussed with our foreign national employees

 

21


Table of Contents

who are not permanent residents, nor with our foreign subsidiaries. Licensing requirements may delay product development and other engineering or sales activities. In addition, many of our subsidiaries had not adopted formal export compliance programs prior to being acquired by us. For example, two of our subsidiaries engaged in research and development activities that involved the sharing of technical information with foreign national employees related to the development of explosives detectors and nerve gas sensors. This early development work occurred without license approvals and prior to our acquisition of these companies. These subsidiaries have now identified possible gaps in compliance, have made voluntary disclosures to the U.S. Department of State, and have adopted compliance measures to address compliance deficiencies.

Export control agencies are authorized to impose monetary penalties or even to suspend export privileges. While such actions have not been taken against our company to date, such risks exist in this highly regulated field, and we cannot entirely eliminate the possibility that such agency action may occur in the future.

We are subject to audits by the U.S. government which could adversely affect our business.

U.S. government agencies routinely audit and investigate government contractors to monitor performance, cost allocations, cost accounting and compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards. Since some of our contracts are cost plus a fixed fee, the U.S. government has the right to audit our costs even after job completion and after we have booked the corresponding revenue. The U.S. government also may review the adequacy of, and a contractor’s compliance with, its internal control systems and policies, including the contractor’s purchasing, property, estimating, compensation and management information systems. Any costs found to be improperly allowed or improperly allocated to a specific contract will not be reimbursed, and any such costs that have already been reimbursed must be refunded. While we intend to implement uniform procurement and compliance programs for all of our business, we may be subject to more risks from these audits until we are able to implement such a program effectively. Notwithstanding current compliance, we may be responsible for the lack of compliance, if any, in the past by the companies we have acquired or acquire in the future.

Responding to governmental audits, inquiries, or investigations may involve significant expense and divert the attention of our management. If a government review or investigation uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, damages, fines and suspension or debarment from doing business with U.S. government agencies. In addition, our reputation could be seriously harmed by allegations of impropriety, even if unfounded.

Our business may increasingly depend upon obtaining and maintaining required security clearances.

We may bid for U.S. government contracts that require our employees to maintain various levels of security clearances and require us or our subsidiaries to maintain certain facility security clearances in compliance with DoD and other government requirements. Obtaining and maintaining security clearances for employees involves a lengthy process, and it is difficult to identify, recruit and retain employees who already hold security clearances. If our employees are unable to obtain or retain security clearances, or if our employees who hold security clearances stop working for us, we may face delays in fulfilling contracts, or be unable to fulfill or secure new contracts, with any customer involved in classified work. Any breach of security for which we are responsible could seriously harm our business, damage our reputation and make us ineligible to work on any classified programs.

Cost over-runs on our contracts could subject us to losses or adversely affect our future business.

Certain of our contracts with the U.S. government are subject to fixed prices, in which we receive a fixed price irrespective of the actual costs we incur. Consequently, any costs in excess of the fixed price are ordinarily absorbed by us. Under time-and-materials contracts, we are paid for labor at negotiated hourly billing rates and for certain expenses. Under cost reimbursement contracts, which are subject to a contract-ceiling amount, we are

 

22


Table of Contents

reimbursed for allowable and allocable costs and ordinarily paid a fee, which may be fixed or performance based. We may not be able to obtain reimbursement for any costs that exceed the contract limits or are not allowable or allocable under the provisions of the contract or applicable regulations. Under each type of contract our financial condition and operating results could be affected materially and adversely if we fail to anticipate technical problems, estimate costs accurately or control costs we incur in performing under the contract. Cost over-runs also may adversely affect our ability to sustain existing programs and obtain future contract awards.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

There is no guarantee that an active and liquid public market will develop for our common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. A liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop. The initial public offering price will be determined in negotiations between the representatives of the underwriters and us and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the market. We cannot assure you that you will be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

After this offering, the price of our common stock may be volatile and we cannot assure you that the price of our shares will not decline.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

political, military and security developments in the United States and worldwide;

 

   

the development of fundamentally new detection, surveillance, active denial and systems and software technologies;

 

   

general and industry-specific economic conditions;

 

   

changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

   

sales of our common stock or other actions by investors with significant shareholdings; and

 

   

general market conditions.

The stock markets in general have experienced substantial volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

In the past, stockholders have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of their securities. Any similar litigation against us could result in substantial costs, divert management’s attention and resources and harm our business.

Purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. This is referred to as dilution. If you purchase common stock in the offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share from the price you pay for our common stock. If the holders of outstanding stock options and warrants exercise those securities, you will incur additional dilution. See “Dilution.”

 

23


Table of Contents

Future sales of our common stock by our stockholders could depress the price of our common stock.

Sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of a large number of shares for sale, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise funds in subsequent stock offerings. Upon completion of this offering, we will have shares of common stock outstanding and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue              shares of common stock. Substantially all of our current stockholders will be subject to agreements with the underwriters that restrict their ability to transfer their stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Lehman Brothers Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, may in its sole discretion and at any time waive the restrictions on transfer in these agreements during this period. After these agreements expire, approximately             these shares will be eligible for sale in the public market subject to the volume and other restrictions under Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. As of March 31, 2007, we had options to purchase a total of              shares outstanding, of which              were vested, and an additional              were available for grant under our stock based compensation plans. In addition, as of March 31, 2007, we had a total of              shares of unvested restricted stock awards and restricted stock units. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and as a result, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

We do not expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. For more information, see “Dividend Policy.” As a result, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in us will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. The market price for our common stock after this offering may never exceed the price that you pay for our common stock in this offering.

Our organizational documents and Delaware law have anti-takeover provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company.

In addition to Wexford Capital LLC’s and its affiliates’ ownership of a majority of our common stock after this offering, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and Delaware law contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company that stockholders may consider favorable. These provisions include the following:

 

   

the ability of our Board of Directors to issue, without stockholder approval, up to              shares of preferred stock with terms set by the Board of Directors, commonly referred to as “blank check” preferred stock, with rights senior to those of our common stock;

 

   

the prohibition of cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow less than a majority of stockholders to elect director candidates; and

 

   

requirements for advance notice of nominations for election to the Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

These provisions in our organizational documents and under Delaware law could allow our Board of Directors to affect your rights as a stockholder by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace board members and could discourage takeover attempts. Because our Board of Directors is responsible for appointing members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt to replace the current management team. In addition, these provisions could deprive our stockholders of opportunities to realize a premium on their shares of common stock.

 

24


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance and achievements to be materially different from the future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue,” and similar expressions, whether in the negative or affirmative. These statements are only predictions and may be inaccurate. Actual events or results may differ materially and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider a number of important factors, including the risks outlined under “Risk Factors” and in other parts of this prospectus. These factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, investments or strategic alliances we may make. Except as may be required by the federal securities laws, we are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.

This prospectus contains statistical data that we obtained from industry publications and reports. These publications generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. Although we believe the publications are reliable, we have not independently verified their data.

 

25


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $            million, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of             shares at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised if the underwriters sell more than             shares in connection with this offering. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option in full, we estimate that the net proceeds to us from such exercise will be approximately $             million. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds of this offering by $             million, assuming the sale of              million shares of our common stock and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use our net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital, the expansion of our sales and marketing organizations, acceleration of our research and development efforts, expansion of our manufacturing capabilities and purchases of capital equipment. We anticipate we will also use a portion of the proceeds in acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies that are complementary to our business. Although we have from time to time evaluated possible acquisitions, we currently have no definitive commitments or agreements to make any acquisitions, and we cannot assure you that we will make any acquisitions in the future. Until we use the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the funds in United States government securities and other short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments or high-grade corporate notes. Management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds from this offering.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock. We expect to retain future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and contractual restrictions.

 

26


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2007:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on an as adjusted basis (i) to give effect to the conversion into common stock of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into            shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering; and (ii) to give effect to the our issuance and sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and our receipt of the net proceeds of the shares of common stock we are offering, as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

You should read the following table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Capital Stock” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2007
     Actual     As
Adjusted
     (in thousands)

Long-term debt

   $ 396     $  

Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock, $.001 par value: 41,000,000 shares authorized, actual;            shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued or outstanding as adjusted and pro forma as adjusted

     204,400    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $0.001 par value: 120,000,000 shares authorized, actual;                      shares authorized, pro forma; shares issued and outstanding, actual;            shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted;            shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     20    

Additional paid-in capital

     92,822    

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,192    

Accumulated deficit

     (157,079 )  

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (63,045 )  
              

Total capitalization

   $ 141,751     $             
              

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of additional paid-in capital, stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

 

27


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Our pro forma net tangible book value on March 31, 2007 was approximately $44.4 million, or $0.78 per share. “Pro forma net tangible book value” is total assets minus the sum of liabilities and intangible assets. “Pro forma net tangible book value per share” is pro forma net tangible book value divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on a pro forma basis giving effect to the conversion to common stock of our outstanding preferred stock.

After giving effect to adjustments relating to the offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value on March 31, 2007 would have been $            million, or $            per share. The adjustments made to determine pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share consist of:

 

   

an increase in total assets to reflect the net proceeds to us of the offering as described under “Use of Proceeds;” and

 

   

the addition of the number of shares offered by us in this prospectus to the number of shares outstanding.

The following table illustrates the increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $            per share and the dilution (the difference between the offering price per share and net tangible book value per share) to new investors:

 

Assumed public offering price per share         $            

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2007

   $                

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to the offering

     

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2007 after giving effect to the offering

     

Dilution per share to new investors in the offering

      $             

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price would increase (decrease): (1) our net tangible book value after giving effect to this offering by $             million; (2) the net tangible book value per common share after giving effect to this offering by $            ; and (3) the dilution per common share to investors in this offering by $            , in each case, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table shows the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price paid per share. The table assumes the initial public offering price will be $              per share.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration    

Average Price
Per Share

      Number    Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing stockholders

           %   $                      %   $             

New public investors

          
                          

Total

      100.0 %   $      100.0 %  
                          

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and the total average price per share by $             million and $            , respectively, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The preceding tables are based on our shares outstanding at March 31, 2007, and assume no exercise of any outstanding stock options or vesting of restricted stock awards or restricted stock units after that date. At

 

28


Table of Contents

March 31, 2007, there were outstanding options to purchase a total of              shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $            per share. To the extent any of these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. The preceding tables also do not reflect as outstanding approximately             shares of our common stock subject to stock options and restricted stock awards that we intend to issue prior to the closing of this offering pursuant to our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. No sale or (with certain exceptions for estate planning purposes) other disposition of the shares subject to these awards will be permitted prior to the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. The exercise price of the options to be granted prior to the closing of this offering pursuant to the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan will be equal to the initial public offering price. If all options outstanding at March 31, 2007 had been exercised as of that date:

 

   

our pro forma net tangible book value, giving effect to those transactions, would be $            per share, and the dilution per share to new investors in the offering would be $            per share; and

 

   

the average price per share paid by all existing stockholders for their shares, giving effect to those transactions, would be $            , and existing stockholders would own     % of our outstanding shares and would have paid     % of the total consideration paid for all our outstanding shares.

If all the foregoing options, including the additional options to be granted immediately prior to the closing of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, had been exercised and the anticipated restricted stock awards referred to above had been granted, each as of March 31, 2007:

 

   

our pro forma net tangible book value, giving effect to those transactions, would be $            per share, and the dilution per share to new investors in the offering would be $            per share; and

 

   

the average price per share paid by all existing stockholders for their shares, giving effect to those transactions, would be $            , and existing stockholders would own     % of our outstanding shares and would have paid     % of the total consideration paid for all our outstanding shares.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price would increase (decrease) (i) pro forma net tangible book value per share and dilution per share to new investors by $             and $            , respectively, and (ii) the average price per share paid by all existing stockholders for their shares by $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

29


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 from our audited consolidated financial statements, which were audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2007, are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and include all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for the fair presentation of this data. We have completed a number of acquisitions over the last three fiscal years, each of which was accounted for as a purchase transaction, which may affect year-over-year comparisons of our consolidated summary financial data. See a description of such acquisitions fully described in note 4, “Business Combinations and Related Intangibles” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
           2007                 2006           2006     2005     2004  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  
     (unaudited)                    

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Products

          

Revenue

   $ 16,397     $ 12,505     $ 59,341     $ 20,439     $   929  

Cost of revenue

     8,833       6,799       31,329       11,203       1,086  

Gross profit

     7,564       5,706       28,012       9,236       (157 )

Contract research and development and services

          

Revenue

     7,777       6,115       25,694       10,436       2,128  

Cost of revenue

     5,202       4,084       15,840       6,135       1,276  

Gross profit

     2,575       2,031       9,854       4,301       852  

Maintenance, service and other

          

Revenue

     2,786       911       5,125       525       —    

Cost of revenue

     1,467       516       2,843       253       —    

Gross profit

     1,319       395       2,282       272       —    

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     4,622       3,455       14,501       4,957       1,969  

Sales and marketing

     4,723       3,566       17,679       3,524       859  

General and administrative

     8,849       7,634       37,745       11,265       1,312  

Goodwill impairment loss

     —         —         66,043       —         —    

Depreciation and amortization

     3,469       4,683       17,236       5,289       825  

Acquired in-process R&D

     —         —         —         2,300       —    

Other

     —         —         —         839       487  

Total operating expenses

     21,663       19,338       153,204       28,174       5,452  

Loss from operations

     (10,205 )     (11,206 )     (113,056 )     (14,365 )     (4,757 )

Interest income

     61       116       371       126       21  

Interest expense

     (90 )     (99 )     (372 )     (145 )     (1 )

 

30


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
           2007                 2006           2006     2005     2004  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  
     (unaudited)                    

Other, net

     76       176       1,039       541       1,074  

Loss before income taxes

     (10,158 )     (11,013 )     (112,018 )     (13,843 )     (3,663 )

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     75       (70 )     (296 )     (1,943 )     —    

Net loss from continuing operations

     (10,233 )     (10,943 )     (111,722 )     (11,900 )     (3,663 )

Discontinued operations, net(1)

     780       (1,922 )     (15,766 )     (2,852 )     (1,386 )

Net loss

     (9,453 )     (12,865 )     (127,488 )     (14,752 )     (5,049 )

Accretion on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     2,461       2,283       9,480       5,562       —    

Net income attributable to common stockholders

   $ (11,914 )   $ (15,148 )   $ (136,968 )   $ (20,314 )   $ (5,049 )

Basic and diluted earnings per share

   $       $       $       $       $    

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

          

 

     As of March 31,    As of December 31,
     2007     2006    2006     2005    2004
     (in thousands, except per share data)
     (unaudited)                

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,314     $ 11,679    $ 7,236     $ 23,354    $ 1,493

Working capital

     32,913       21,575      27,312       24,072      1,100

Total assets

     174,177       254,856      184,248       267,469      17,377

Long-term debt

     396       947      449       508      —  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     204,400       157,214      197,732       151,831      —  

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (63,045 )   $ 64,849    $ (51,507 )   $ 77,811    $ 11,758

(1) In August 2006, we realized a $3.1 million gain on the sale of substantially all of the assets of a non-strategic operation owned by Nomadics, Inc., that was acquired in August 2005. In December 2006, we adopted a plan for the sale of three companies that did not align with our overall strategic plans. In February, March and April 2007, we sold Nuvonyx Europe, Harbinger Technologies Group, Inc. and Nuvonyx, Inc., respectively, pursuant to this plan. Loss from discontinued operations was $18.9 million in 2006, which includes a $13.1 million impairment loss to write-down the carrying amounts of two of the discontinued companies to their estimated fair values less costs associated with the sale of the companies.

 

31


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus statement. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to those identified below, and those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a leading developer, manufacturer, marketer and integrator of advanced sensor and surveillance technologies, products and solutions. Our first and currently our principal market is homeland security. We were incorporated in 2003, and our business was primarily formed through the acquisition of 18 companies. As more fully described below, we sold the non-stretegic operations of one of our companies in 2006 and three companies in 2007.

We operate our business in three reportable segments: Detection, Surveillance and Solutions. Our Detection segment develops products and conducts research and development in the areas of chemical, biological, radiation, nuclear and explosives detection. Our Surveillance segment provides products and services for perimeter security and wide area surveillance. Our Solutions segment integrates our technologies and products to provide single source solutions that address a broad range of customer specific security and surveillance needs.

Our direct customers include federal agencies such as the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Customs & Border Protection (Border Patrol) and the Transportation Security Administration, as well as various state and local governments and agencies, including the New York Police Department and the Port of Long Beach. We also provide products, components and sub-systems to leading integrators in the security and defense industries who either resell our products or integrate them into comprehensive security installations for their end customers. The value-added-resellers and system integrators that we sell products to include The Boeing Company, Honeywell International, Inc., Northrop Grumman Corp., Raytheon Company, SAIC, Inc. and Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. We also sell to military customers such as the U.S. Department of Defense, the U.S. Air Force, the U.S. Marines and the U.S. Army. We have also begun to expand our addressable markets by selling to private sector customers such as Federal Express Corporation, The Walt Disney Company and two international airports serving the city of Houston, Texas and surrounding communities. Due to the breadth and diverse nature of our product and technology portfolio and our ability to deliver solutions for a comprehensive range of critical security applications, the future success of our business is not dependent upon a single product, technology, customer or government program.

Our objective is to grow our business organically and through the acquisition of complementary companies. To achieve this objective, we plan to:

 

   

continue to develop and acquire next generation technologies to strengthen our technological leadership position;

 

   

continue converting our innovative technologies in our research and development pipeline into new products and platforms to pursue new market opportunities;

 

   

continue to provide integrated, single-source solutions that prevent a broad range of critical security threats;

 

   

continue to build and strengthen our direct sales force and expand our indirect channels to extend our geographic reach and market penetration;

 

   

leverage our existing intellectual property and infrastructure to expand our addressable markets and further accelerate our growth; and

 

32


Table of Contents
   

grow our business, relationships and product offerings by acquiring select companies and assets that enhance our technology leadership, broaden our product offerings or expand our customer relationships.

Business Acquisitions

We were incorporated in 2003, and our business was primarily formed through the acquisitions of 18 companies beginning in 2003. In 2007, we sold three of these companies. The following table includes information about our acquisitions.

 

Businesses Acquired(1)

  

Acquisition Dates

Detection Segment

  

GHC Technologies, Inc.

  

December 2006

target systemelectronic, GmbH

  

November 2005

Target Instruments, Inc.

  

November 2005

MesoSystems Technology, Inc.

  

November 2005

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc.

  

November 2005

Agentase, LLC

  

September 2005

Nomadics, Inc.

  

August 2005

Surveillance Segment

  

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

  

December 2005

IonOptics, Inc.(2)

  

October 2005 and January 2004

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc.

  

August 2005

Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc.

  

August 2005

Amphitech(3)

  

July 2005 and November 2003

Solutions Segment

  

Security 2000, Inc.

  

November 2006

360 Surveillance, Inc./PBA Engineering Ltd./Chilkoot Designs Ltd./Peter Boudreau Associates Ltd./Davidson Technologies (360/PBA)

  




December 2005

DAQ Electronics, Inc.

  

April 2005


(1) In February, March and April 2007, we sold Nuvonyx Europe, Harbinger Technologies Group, Inc. and Nuvonyx, Inc., respectively.
(2) We acquired a portion of this company in 2004 and the remainder in 2005.
(3) We acquired a portion of this company in 2003 and the remainder in 2005.

In connection with these business acquisitions, we acquired approximately $59 million in amortizable intangible assets, which primarily include our core technology, customer relationships and firm contracts. The estimated lives of these intangible assets range from four to 10 years for core technology, one to five years for customer relationships and one year for firm contracts.

Key Business Metrics

We monitor a number of key metrics to help forecast growth, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts, accelerate product development and measure operational effectiveness.

Product Revenue.    We were incorporated in 2003, and our business was formed through the acquisition of 18 companies. Many of these businesses were in the early stages of transitioning advanced technologies into products, integrating solutions and developing marketing and sales strategies. Beginning in 2005, we began to

 

33


Table of Contents

develop a more comprehensive sales and marketing structure to support our business segments. A key measure of our success is product revenue growth. Because our financial statements present the results of operations of acquired businesses from the date of acquisition, we monitor revenue growth by comparing current periods against pro forma results of operations as if we had acquired the businesses as of the beginning of the prior comparable periods.

Product Gross Profit.    Our goal is to grow product gross profit to increase the profitability of our business. Because of the emerging stage of many of our products, gross profit has been inconsistent and unpredictable. Key factors affecting our gross profit are volume pricing, warranty costs, product mix, economies of scale and the ability to absorb fixed costs. Our ability to effectively monitor and manage these factors is important in attaining business profitability.

Research and Development.    Our primary source of research and development funds is through direct contracts with the U.S. government and subcontracts with other commercial entities that contract with the U.S. government. We refer to this externally funded research and development as contract research and development. We also invest in research and development activities using our own internal funds in an effort to accelerate new and enhanced product offerings and to expand our technological leadership. We refer to this internally funded research and development as internal research and development. One of our key objectives is to expand our market share by continuing to convert advanced technologies into products and single source integrated solutions. Accordingly, we intend to continue our research and development activities through both contract research and development and internal research and development programs to advance our technologies and release new products and provide integrated solutions.

Description of Certain Factors Affecting our Revenue, Gross Profit and Operating Expenses

Product Revenue and Gross Profit.    In our Detection segment, we primarily derive product revenue through the sale of our Fido explosive detectors, IdentiFINDER and Interceptor radiation detectors, AirSentinel bioaerosol sensors and our Griffin gas chromatography/mass spectrometry line of products. In our Surveillance segment, we primarily derive product revenue from the sale of our Cerberus and SkyWatch towers, our thermal imaging cameras, including DefendIR and Orion, our STS line of radar products and our infrared sensors product—MarkIR. In our Solutions segment, we primarily derive product revenue from the sale of our Cameleon advanced camera control systems, Cameleon ITS transportation management software, StarWatch security command and control software and Callisto, a non-security related product for process management of diverse supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) applications.

Our gross profit on product sales is primarily impacted by the relative mix of higher and lower margin products, the efficiency and scale of our manufacturing operations, the relative mix of direct sales to end customers and sales through original equipment manufacturers and other resellers, and the relative mix of products that are manufactured by us and those that are manufactured by third parties. We typically earn a higher gross profit on products that we sell directly to end customers and on products that we manufacture ourselves. Because of the emerging stage of many of our products and our plans for new product introductions, we anticipate that our gross profit may continue to be impacted in the future by fixed overhead costs related to the expansion of our manufacturing capacity. As a result of these factors, our product gross profit has been inconsistent and may continue to be inconsistent for the foreseeable future.

Contract Research and Development Revenue and Gross Profit.    We earn contract research and development revenue by performing research and development primarily under contracts that we enter into directly with the U.S. government or as subcontractors to other commercial entities that contract with the U.S. government. Most of our research and development contracts are either based on our cost plus a fixed fee which is subject to a dollar cap, or are fixed price. We account for earnings under long-term contracts using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. See “Critical Accounting Policies—Revenue RecognitionContract Research and Development and Service.”

 

34


Table of Contents

Gross profit on contract research and development revenue is primarily impacted by the mix of contract type and the estimates inherent in recognizing revenue using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Our fee, or profit, under cost plus fixed fee contracts is based on a percentage of contract spending and is subject to a cap. On a fixed price contract, we are generally only required to incur the costs necessary to complete the contract. The degree of accuracy in determining the costs to complete our deliverables may impact gross profit under both contract types.

Maintenance, Service and Other Revenue and Gross Profit.    We derive maintenance, service and other revenue, in all of our segments, from training, installation and warranty contracts. Additionally, in our Solutions segment we derive revenue from project management and technology integration services. Most of our project management and integration service contracts are for a fixed price and revenue is recognized under the percentage of completion method. Revenue from training and installation contracts is recognized upon completion of services. Revenue under product maintenance and extended warranty contracts is generally recognized over the requisite service period. See “Critical Accounting Policies— Revenue RecognitionMaintenance, Service and Other Revenue.”

Gross profit under fixed price project management and integration service contracts is primarily impacted by the degree of accuracy in estimating the costs to complete our deliverables under those contracts. Because our product training, installation, maintenance and warranty contracts are generally based on standard services, we have historically recognized higher margins on those services than on our project management and integration services.

General and Administrative Expenses.    General and administrative expenses represent the costs and expenses of managing and supporting our operations. We increased our general administrative expenses in 2006 and 2007 through the use of consultants and other professionals to complete certain accounting and legal functions. We also increased general and administrative expenses by hiring additional executive officers and advisors and in connection with our expansion into additional facilities. Following the completion of this offering, we believe that our general and administrative expenses will increase further in connection with becoming a public company. This increase will consist of legal and accounting fees and additional expenses related to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other regulations. Such increase also will result from accounting support services, filing annual and quarterly reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), investor relations, directors’ fees, directors’ and officers’ insurance and registrar and transfer agent fees. As a result, we believe that our general and administrative expenses for 2008 will significantly increase and that these increased expenses may affect the comparability of our financial statements with periods leading up to the completion of this offering. Beginning in 2009, and in the longer term, we expect our general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenue.

Selling and Marketing Expenses.    In 2006, we increased our spending on sales, marketing and other related business development matters to support our early stage products and emerging technologies and to support anticipated future growth in our business. We anticipate our sales and marketing expense will continue to increase in future periods in connection with new product introductions and the overall expansion of our business.

Research and Development.    In addition to external funding we receive and record as revenue from the U.S. government and other commercial entities for contract research and development activities, we also invest in research and development activities using our own internal funds in an effort to provide additional means for accelerating the development of new and enhanced product offerings and to expand our technological leadership. The costs of our internally funded research and development are included in our operating expenses. In 2006, we increased our spending on internally funded research and development activities and the integration of products and technologies among our reportable segments. One of our key objectives is to expand our market share by continuing to convert advanced technologies into products and single source integrated solutions. Accordingly, we anticipate our research and development expense will increase in future periods.

 

35


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Results of Operations Presentation

We present results of operations that have been derived from our financial statements, which were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and that include the results of operations from companies we have acquired beginning on the dates of their respective acquisitions. We refer to these results of operations as our Actual results of operations. We also have presented supplemental financial information that includes results of operations of businesses we have acquired in 2004 and 2005 as though we had acquired those businesses at the beginning of 2004. We refer to these results of operations as our Pro Forma results of operations. We have included our Pro Forma results of operations as supplemental information that is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have been achieved had we actually acquired these companies at the beginning of 2004, nor are the Pro Forma results of operations intended to be indicative of future results. The companies we acquired in 2006 are not included in the Pro Forma results of operations because they were not significant to our consolidated financial statements.

Comparison of First Quarters of 2007 and 2006

The following table presents selected summarized consolidated financial information for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2007      2006  
     (dollars in thousands)  
     (unaudited)  

Product revenue

   $ 16,397      $ 12,505  

Gross profit %

     46.1%        45.6%  

Contract research and development revenue

     7,777        6,115  

Gross profit %

     33.1%        33.2%  

Maintenance, service and other revenue

     2,786        911  

Gross profit %

     47.3%        43.4%  
                 

Total revenue

   $ 26,961      $ 19,531  

Gross profit %

     42.5%        41.6%  
                 
     

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (10,233 )    $ (10,943 )

Loss from discontinued operations, net

     (1,302 )      (1,922 )

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net

     2,082        —    
                 

Net loss

   $ (9,453 )    $ (12,865 )
                 

Product revenue and Gross Profit.    Product revenue increased $3.9 million, or 31%, to $16.4 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $12.5 million in the first quarter of 2006. Approximately 92% of this increase, or $3.6 million, resulted from increased sales of new and enhanced products in our Detection segment. Gross profit as a percentage of product revenue was relatively consistent at 46.1% and 45.6% in the first quarters of 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Contract Research and Development Revenue and Gross Profit.    Contract research and development revenue increased $1.7 million, or 27%, to $7.8 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $6.1 million in the first quarter of 2006. This increase was primarily related to additional contract research and development revenue contributed by a company we acquired in December 2006. Gross profit as a percentage of contract research and development revenue was relatively consistent at 33.1% and 33.2% in the first quarters of 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

36


Table of Contents

Maintenance, Service and Other Revenue and Gross Profit.    Maintenance, service and other revenue increased $1.9 million, or 206%, to $2.8 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $0.9 million in the first quarter of 2006. Maintenance, service and other revenue in our Solutions segment accounted for approximately 88%, or $1.7 million, of the increase, of which 57%, or $0.9 million, was contributed by a company we acquired in October 2006 and the remaining increase related primarily to new project management and integration contracts in connection with intelligent transportation systems and video networking and surveillance. Gross profit as a percentage of maintenance, service and other revenue was 47.3% and 43.4% in the first quarters of 2007 and 2006, respectively. Gross profit increased in the first quarter of 2007 because we had a higher relative mix of standard service contracts.

Loss from Continuing Operations.    Our loss from continuing operations decreased $0.7 million, or 6%, to $10.2 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $10.9 million in the first quarter of 2006. Our $7.4 million revenue increase in the first quarter of 2007 was partially offset by increased spending on internal research and development programs, selling and marketing activities and our expansion into new facilities. We increased spending in these areas in an effort to introduce new products and to integrate our products and technologies into broader integrated solutions.

Discontinued Operations.    In December 2006, we adopted a plan for the sale of three companies. Those businesses did not align with our overall strategic plans. We completed two of the sales in the first quarter of 2007 and the third sale during the second quarter of 2007. In the first quarter of 2007, our loss from discontinued operations was $1.3 million compared to $1.9 million in the first quarter of 2006. The $0.6 million, or 32%, decrease in loss from discontinued operations primarily related to two of the businesses being sold prior to the close of the first quarter. We also realized a gain on the sale of discontinued operations of $2.1 million related to the sale of one of the businesses in the first quarter of 2007.

Net Loss.    Net loss decreased $3.4 million, or 27%, to $9.5 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $12.9 million in the first quarter of 2006 primarily due to a $2.1 million gain on the sale of discontinued operations during the first quarter of 2007. Our $7.4 million revenue increase during the first quarter of 2007 also contributed to a decrease in our net loss but was partially offset by increased spending on internal research and development projects, selling and marketing activities and our expansion into new facilities. We increased spending in these areas in an effort to introduce new products and to integrate our products and technologies into broader solutions.

 

37


Table of Contents

Comparison of 2006, 2005 and 2004

The following table presents our Actual results of operations for 2006, 2005 and 2004. This table includes the results of operations of companies we acquired as of the dates of their actual acquisitions.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006      2005      2004  
     (dollars in thousands)  
     (Actual)  

Product revenue

   $ 59,341      $ 20,439      $ 929  

Gross profit %

     47.2%        45.2%        (17.0% )

Contract research and development revenue

     25,694        10,436        2,128  

Gross profit %

     38.4%        41.2%        40.1%  

Maintenance, service and other revenues

     5,125        525        —    

Gross profit %

     44.5%        52.0%        —    
                          

Total revenue

   $ 90,160      $ 31,400      $ 3,057  

Gross profit %

     44.5%        44.0%        22.7%  
                          

Operating loss

   $ (113,056 )    $ (14,753 )    $ (4,757 )

Goodwill impairment

     66,043        —          —    

Depreciation and amortization

     17,236        5,289        825  
                          

Operating loss excluding goodwill impairment depreciation and amortization

   $ (29,777 )    $ (9,076 )    $ (3,932 )
                          

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (111,722 )    $ (11,900 )    $ (3,663 )

Loss from discontinued operations, net

     (18,903 )      (2,852 )      (1,386 )

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net

     3,137        —          —    
                          

Net loss

   $ (127,488 )    $ (14,752 )    $ (5,049 )
                          

 

38


Table of Contents

The following table presents our Actual results of operations for 2006 and our Pro Forma results of operations for 2005 and 2004. The Pro Forma results of operations in this table include results of operations of companies we acquired during 2004 and 2005 as though we had acquired those companies at the beginning of 2004. The Pro Forma results do not include the results of operations of businesses we acquired in 2006 because those acquisitions were not material to our business.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006      2005      2004  
     (dollars in thousands)  
     (Actual)     

(Pro Forma)

(unaudited)

 

Product revenue

   $ 59,341      $ 46,528      $ 45,681  

Gross profit %

     47.2%        46.7%        37.4%  

Contract research and development revenue

     25,694        28,961        46,224  

Gross profit %

     38.4%        30.4%        33.2%  

Maintenance, service and other revenue

     5,125        2,438        2,013  

Gross profit %

     44.5%        46.2%        59.0%  
                          

Total revenue

   $ 90,160      $ 77,927      $ 93,917  

Gross profit %

     44.5%        40.6%        35.8%  
                          

Operating loss

   $ (113,056 )    $ (26,024 )    $ (18,699 )

Goodwill impairment

     66,043        —          —    

Depreciation and amortization

     17,236        14,425        18,626  
                          

Operating loss excluding goodwill impairment depreciation and amortization

   $ (29,777 )    $ (11,599 )    $ (73 )
                          

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (111,722 )    $ (24,332 )    $ (21,092 )

Loss from discontinued operations, net

     (18,903 )      (4,824 )      (6,524 )

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net

     3,137        —          —    
                          

Net loss

   $ (127,488 )    $ (29,156 )    $ (27,616 )
                          

Product Revenue and Gross Profit.    On an Actual basis, product revenue increased $38.9 million, or 191%, to $59.3 million in 2006 from $20.4 million in 2005, and increased $19.5 million, or 2,101%, in 2005 from $0.9 million in 2004. In both periods, increases in revenue were principally related to business acquisitions that occurred in the final six months of 2005. On an Actual basis, gross profit as a percentage of product revenue was 47.2%, 45.2% and (17.0%) in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Product mix, business acquisitions and the scale and efficiency of our manufacturing operations have the most significant impact on gross profit. In 2004, warranty costs and the smaller scale of our manufacturing operations resulted in negative gross profit.

On a Pro Forma basis, product revenue increased $12.8 million, or 27.5%, to $59.3 million in 2006 from $46.5 million in 2005, and increased $0.8 million, or 2%, in 2005 from $45.7 million in 2004. The increase in 2006 is primarily due to increased product sales resulting from the introduction of new and enhanced products in our Detection segment and increases in sales of radar products in our Surveillance segment. On a Pro Forma basis, gross profit as a percentage of product revenue was 47.2%, 46.7% and 37.4% in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Increases in gross profit resulted primarily from the introduction of new higher margin products in late 2004 and 2005.

Contract Research and Development Revenue and Gross Profit.    On an Actual basis, contract research and development revenue increased $15.3 million, or 146%, to $25.7 million in 2006 from $10.4 million in 2005, and increased $8.3 million, or 390%, in 2005 from $2.1 million in 2004. In both periods, increases in contract research and development revenue were principally related to business acquisitions that primarily occurred in the last six months of 2005. Gross profit as a percentage of contract research and development revenue was 38.4%, 41.2% and 40.1% in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Contract research and development gross profit varied according to the mix of contract types and changes in estimates of the costs to complete those contracts.

 

39


Table of Contents

On a Pro Forma basis, contract research and development revenue decreased $3.3 million, or 11.3%, to $25.7 million in 2006 from $29.0 million in 2005, and decreased $17.3 million, or 37%, in 2005 from $46.2 million in 2004. In 2004 and 2005, a significant portion of our contract research and development revenue resulted from small business government programs in which some of the businesses we acquired participated. Those businesses were no longer eligible to secure contracts under the government small business program after the acquisitions in late 2005. Our inability to renew or enter into new contracts under these programs contributed to the decline in contract research and development revenue in 2006 compared to 2005. In 2004, one contract related to the development of our radar technology accounted for approximately $22.0 million, or 48%, of our total contract research and development revenue. This contract was completed in 2004 and, accordingly, our contract research and development revenue decreased in 2005 compared to 2004. Gross profit as percentage of contract research and development revenue was 38.4%, 30.4% and 33.2% in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Contract research and development gross profit varies according to the mix of contract types and changes in estimates of the costs to complete those contracts.

Maintenance, Service and Other Revenue and Gross Profit.    On an Actual basis, maintenance, service and other revenue increased $4.6 million, or 876%, to $5.1 million in 2006 from $0.5 million in 2005. The increase in revenue was principally related to business acquisitions that primarily occurred in the last six months of 2005. Gross profit as a percentage of maintenance, service and other revenue was 44.5% and 52.0% in 2006 and 2005, respectively. The decrease is primarily due to a higher percentage of revenue derived from fixed price project management and integration service contracts in 2006 compared to more standard product maintenance, training and installation contracts in 2005.

On a Pro Forma basis, maintenance, service and other revenue increased $2.7 million, or 110%, to $5.1 million from $2.4 million in 2005, and increased $0.4 million, or 21% in 2005 from $2.0 million in 2004. The increase in maintenance, service and other revenue in 2006 compared to 2005 is attributable to our securing additional fixed price contracts related to intelligent transportation solutions. In addition, revenue increased in 2006 due to revenue contributed by a business we acquired in October 2006 and growth in our video networking and surveillance service business. Gross profit as a percentage of maintenance, service and other revenue was 44.5%, 46.2% and 59.0% in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The decrease was primarily due to a higher percentage of revenue derived from fixed price project management and integration service contracts in 2006 and 2005 compared to more standard product maintenance, training and installation contracts in 2004.

Goodwill Impairment.    In 2006, the estimated fair value of certain of our reporting units was less than book value of those units resulting in goodwill impairment of $66.0 million.

Depreciation and Amortization.    On an Actual basis, approximately 91%, 84% and 89% of the depreciation and amortization of $17.2 million, $5.3 million and $0.8 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, were comprised of amortization of our identifiable intangibles. On a Pro Forma basis, we assumed that the identifiable intangible amortization began at the beginning of 2004. Accordingly, on a Pro Forma basis, certain intangibles became fully amortized by 2005. On an Actual basis, the same intangibles did not become fully amortized until 2006. Therefore, we believe it is more meaningful to compare 2006 Actual to 2004 Pro Forma depreciation and amortization expense. Approximately 92% of the $18.6 million 2004 Pro Forma depreciation and amortization was comprised of intangible amortization.

Operating Loss Excluding Goodwill Impairment and Depreciation and Amortization.    Operating loss excluding goodwill impairment and depreciation and amortization is a non-GAAP financial measure that is derived by reducing our operating loss by goodwill impairment and depreciation and amortization. The goodwill impairment and depreciation and amortization primarily represent costs associated with our business acquisitions that do not correspond to an outlay of current and future cash flow. Accordingly, we believe operating loss excluding goodwill impairment and depreciation and amortization is a more meaningful measure of our recurring operations and an indicator of our working capital requirements.

 

40


Table of Contents

On an Actual basis, operating loss excluding goodwill impairment and depreciation and amortization increased $20.7 million, or 228%, to $29.8 million in 2006 from $9.1 million in 2005 and increased $5.1 million, or 131%, in 2005 from $3.9 million in 2004. Our business acquisitions, the majority of which occurred in the final six months of 2005, was the primary reason for the increase in both 2006 and 2005.

On a Pro Forma basis, our operating loss excluding goodwill impairment and depreciation and amortization increased $18.2 million, or 157%, to $29.8 million in 2006 from $11.6 million in 2005. Our increased revenue in 2006 was offset by increased spending on internal research and development, selling and marketing activities, our expansion into new facilities and general and administrative expenses. Operating loss excluding goodwill impairment and depreciation and amortization increased $11.5 million in 2005 from $0.07 million in 2004 primarily due to a decrease in revenue resulting from the completion of a research and development contract in our Surveillance segment in 2004.

Discontinued Operations.    In August 2006, we realized a $3.1 million gain on the sale of substantially all of the assets of a subdivision in our Detection segment. In December 2006, we adopted a plan for the sale of three businesses that did not align with our overall strategic plans. Loss from discontinued operations was $18.9 million in 2006 and included a $13.1 million impairment loss to write-down the carrying amounts of two of our discontinued businesses to their fair values less costs associated with the sale of the businesses. We completed two of the three sales in the first quarter of 2007 and the third sale during the second quarter of 2007.

Net Loss.    On an Actual basis, net loss increased $112.7 million, or 764%, to $127.5 million in 2006 from $14.8 million in 2005 and increased $9.7 million, or 192%, in 2005 from $5.0 million in 2004. The acquisition of businesses, the majority of which occurred in the final six months of 2005, was the primary reason that revenue increased in both 2006 and 2005. In addition, a goodwill impairment charge of $66.0 million and our loss from discontinued operations of $18.9 million resulted in an increased net loss in 2006.

On a Pro Forma basis, net loss increased $98.3 million, or 337%, to $127.5 million in 2006 from $29.2 in 2005 primarily due to a $66.0 million goodwill impairment loss and losses associated with our discontinued operations. Increased revenue in 2006 was offset by increased spending on internal research and development, selling and marketing activities, the expansion into new facilities and general and administrative expenses. As a result, our net loss is expected to be higher than the Pro Forma comparative periods.

Reportable Segments

We operate our business in three reportable segments: Detection, Surveillance and Solutions. Our Detection segment develops products and conducts research and development in the areas of chemical, biological, radiation, nuclear and explosives detection. Our Surveillance segment provides products and services for perimeter security and wide area surveillance. Our Solutions segment integrates our technologies and products to provide single source solutions that address a broad range of customer specific security and surveillance needs.

Detection Segment

In our Detection segment, we develop products and conduct research in the areas of chemical, biological, radiation, nuclear and explosives detection. Product revenue is primarily derived from the sale of our Fido explosive detectors, Identifinder and Interceptor radiation detectors, AirSentinel bioaerosol sensors and our Griffin gas chromatography/mass spectrometry line of products. Contract research and development revenue is primarily derived from direct contracts with the U.S. government and subcontracts with other commercial entities that contract with the U.S. government. The Detection segment was formed through the acquisition of six companies in 2005 and one company in 2006.

 

41


Table of Contents

Detection Segment Comparison of First Quarters of 2007 and 2006

The following table includes Actual financial information for the first quarters ended March 31, 2007 and 2006.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2007      2006  
     (dollars in thousands)  
     (unaudited)  

Revenue and gross profit %

     

Product revenue

   $ 7,694      $ 4,101  

Gross profit %

     44.9%        55.9%  

Contract research and development revenue

     7,086        4,849  

Gross profit %

     31.3%        30.5%  

Maintenance, service and other revenue

     38        37  
                 

Total revenue

   $ 14,818      $ 8,987  

Gross profit %

     38.3%        42.1%  
                 

Operating expenses

     

General and administrative

   $ 2,683      $ 2,308  

% of revenue

     18.1%        25.7%  

Selling and marketing

     1,912        1,728  

% of revenue

     12.9%        19.2%  

Research and development

     1,903        1,094  

% of revenue

     12.8%        12.2%  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,908        2,289  
                 

Total operating expenses

   $ 8,406      $ 7,419  
                 

Operating loss

   $ (2,727 )    $ (3,633 )
                 

Product Revenue and Gross Profit.    Product revenue increased $3.6 million, or 88%, to $7.7 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $4.1 million in the first quarter of 2006 primarily resulting from the increased adoption of new and enhanced products that we have introduced beginning in 2005. Gross profit as a percentage of product sales decreased from 55.9% in the first quarter of 2006 to 44.9% in the first quarter of 2007 primarily due to a change in the mix of sales directly to end customers and sales to original equipment manufacturers in the first quarter of 2007. We typically earn lower gross profit on sales to original equipment manufacturers than on sales directly to end customers, and approximately 26% of our first quarter 2007 revenue was generated by sales through original equipment manufacturers compared to 14% in the first quarter of 2006. To a lesser extent, we experienced lower gross profit in the first quarter of 2007 compared to the first quarter of 2006 because we were required to absorb increased fixed overhead costs due to the expansion of our manufacturing capacity and increased warranty costs.

Contract Research and Development Revenue and Gross Profit.    Contract research and development revenue increased $2.3 million, or 46%, to $7.1 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $4.8 million in the first quarter of 2006. Approximately 90% of the increase, or $2.0 million, is attributable to contract research and development revenue contributed in the first quarter of 2007 by a business that we acquired in December 2006. For the first quarter of 2007 compared to 2006, our gross profit as a percentage of contract research and development was relatively flat.

General and Administrative Expenses.    General and administrative expenses increased $0.4 million, or 16%, to $2.7 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $2.3 million in the first quarter of 2006. Approximately 56% of the increase, or $0.2 million, is attributable to general and administrative expenses included in the first

 

42


Table of Contents

quarter of 2007 by a business that we acquired in December 2006. The remaining increase primarily resulted from the expansion of our operations into additional facilities. General and administrative expense as a percentage of revenue decreased to 18.1% from 25.7% in the first quarter of 2007 compared to the first quarter of 2006 primarily due to an increase in revenue in the first quarter of 2007 compared to the first quarter of 2006.

Selling and Marketing Expenses.    Selling and marketing expenses increased $0.2 million, or 11%, to $1.9 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $1.7 million in the first quarter of 2006 primarily due to the hiring of additional personnel to support the direct sales of our emerging products.

Research and Development Costs.    Research and development costs increased $0.8 million, or 74%, to $1.9 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $1.1 million in the first quarter of 2006. Approximately 65% of the increase, or $0.5 million, is due to spending on internal research and development projects intended to accelerate the release of our new and enhanced gas chromatography/mass spectrometry line of products. The remaining portion of the increase is attributable to spending on several internal research and development projects for potential applications of our technology in both security and non-security markets.

Depreciation and Amortization.    Depreciation and amortization decreased $0.4 million, or 17%, in the first quarter of 2007 compared to the first quarter of 2006 primarily due to certain customer relationships and firm contracts becoming fully amortized in 2006. Approximately 87% and 94% of the $1.9 million and $2.3 million depreciation and amortization balance in the first quarter of 2007 and 2006, respectively, was comprised of amortization of our identifiable intangibles, the majority of which was recorded at the time that the Detection businesses were acquired in 2005.

Operating Loss.    Operating loss decreased $0.9 million, or 25%, to $2.7 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $3.6 million in the first quarter of 2006. Revenue growth of $1.9 million for the comparable quarters was offset by $1.0 million in increased operating expenses related to an increase in spending on selling and marketing activities and internal research and development projects.

Detection Segment Comparison of 2006, 2005 and 2004

The following table presents our Actual results of operations for 2006, 2005 and 2004. This table includes the results of operations of companies we acquired as of the dates of their actual acquisitions.

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2006      2005      2004
     (dollars in thousands)
     (Actual)

Revenue and gross profit %

        

Product revenue

   $ 21,538      $ 4,173      $   —  

Gross profit %

     47.8%        41.8%        —  

Contract research and development revenue

     21,698        7,146        —  

Gross profit %

     37.7%        39.2%        —  

Maintenance, service and other revenue

     (13 )      9        —  
                        

Total revenue

   $ 43,223      $ 11,328      $ —  

Gross profit %

     42.9%        40.2%        —  
                        

Operating expenses

        

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 17,605      $ 3,608      $ —  

% of revenue

     40.7%        31.9%        —  

Research and development

     4,807        467        —  

% of revenue

     11.1%        4.1%        —  

Goodwill impairment loss

     33,785        —          —  

Depreciation and amortization

     8,569        1,813        —  
                        

Total operating expenses

   $ 64,766      $ 5,888      $ —  
                        

Operating loss

   $ (46,210 )    $ (1,333 )    $ —  
                        

 

43


Table of Contents

The following table presents our Actual results of operations for 2006 and our Pro Forma results of operations for 2005 and 2004. The Pro Forma results of operations in this table include results of operations of companies we acquired during 2004 and 2005 as though we had acquired those companies at the beginning of 2004. The Pro Forma results do not include the results of operations of companies we acquired in 2006 because those acquisitions were not material to our business.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006      2005      2004  
     (dollars in thousands)  
     (Actual)     

(Pro Forma)

(unaudited)

 

Revenue and gross profit %

        

Product revenue

   $ 21,538      $ 15,898      $ 19,367  

Gross profit %

     47.8%        50.1%        35.6%  

Contract research and development revenue

     21,698        23,557        16,518  

Gross profit %

     37.7%        31.4%        38.7%  

Maintenance, service and other revenue

     (13 )      451        380  
                          

Total revenue

   $ 43,223      $ 39,906      $ 36,265  

Gross profit %

     42.9%        38.7%        37.5%  
                          

Operating expenses

        

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 17,605      $ 15,141      $ 13,568  

% of revenue

     40.7%        37.9%        37.4%  

Research and development

     4,807        1,366        1,237  

% of revenue

     11.1%        3.4%        3.4%  

Goodwill impairment loss

     33,785        —          —    

Depreciation and amortization

     8,569        7,244        8,778  
                          

Total operating expenses

   $ 64,766      $ 23,751      $ 23,583  
                          

Operating loss

   $ (46,210 )    $ (8,289 )    $ (10,000 )
                          

Product Revenue and Gross Profit.    On an Actual basis, product revenue increased $17.3 million, or 416%, to $21.5 million in 2006 from $4.2 million in 2005 primarily due to the acquisition of five businesses in our Detection segment in 2005 and the acquisition of one business in our Detection segment in 2006. On an Actual basis, gross profit as a percentage of product revenue was 47.8% and 41.8% in 2006 and 2005, respectively. Gross profit on product sales was impacted by our business acquisitions and product mix.

On a Pro Forma basis, product revenue increased $5.6 million, or 35%, to $21.5 million in 2006 from $15.9 million in 2005, and decreased $3.5 million, or 18%, in 2005 from $19.4 million in 2004. In 2005 and 2004, the majority of product revenue in our Detection segment was derived from sales of our radiation products due to the fact that other significant products were not introduced until late in 2004 and in 2005. Approximately 75% of the decrease in revenue from 2004 to 2005, or $2.6 million, resulted from a large one time order that was delivered to a customer through an original equipment manufacturer sale in 2004. In 2006, the increase in product revenue resulted primarily from the introduction of explosive detection and gas chromatography/mass spectrometry products in late 2004 and in 2005.

On a Pro Forma basis, gross profit as a percentage of product revenue was 47.8%, 50.1% and 35.6% in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Gross profit is primarily impacted by the mix of products we sell and the mix of direct and original equipment manufacturer product sales. Approximately 19%, 29% and 30% of our product revenue in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, was derived from sales to one original equipment manufacturer customer. Because of the introduction of new products in late 2004 and 2005, our product revenue in 2006 and 2005 was attributable to a more diverse and higher margin product base which resulted in better absorption of the lower gross profit derived from original equipment manufacturer sales in 2004. In 2006, gross profit decreased to

 

44


Table of Contents

47.8% from 50.1% in 2005 primarily due to product mix, efficiency and scale of our manufacturing operations and increased warranty costs.

Contract Research and Development Revenue and Gross Profit.    On an Actual basis, contract research and development revenue increased $14.6 million, or 204%, to $21.7 million in 2006 from $7.1 million in 2005 primarily due to the acquisition of five companies in our Detection segment in 2005 and the acquisition of one company in our Detection segment in 2006. On an Actual basis, gross profit as a percentage of contract research and development revenue was 37.7% and 39.2% in 2006 and 2005, respectively.

On a Pro Forma basis, contract research and development revenue decreased $1.9, or 8%, to $21.7 million in 2006 from $23.6 million in 2005, and increased $7.1 million, or 43%, in 2005 from $16.5 million in 2004. The increase in contract research and development revenue in 2005 compared to 2004 is primarily due to increased government spending on defense and security related programs. In 2004 and 2005, a significant portion of our contract research and development revenue resulted from small business government programs in which some of the businesses we acquired participated. These businesses were no longer eligible to secure contracts under the government small business program after the acquisition in late 2005. Our inability to renew or enter into new contracts under these programs contributed to the decline in contract research and development revenue in 2006 compared to 2005. On a Pro Forma basis, gross profit as a percentage of contract research and development revenue was 37.7%, 31.4% and 38.7% in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Contract research and development gross profit varies according to the mix of contract types and changes in estimates of the costs to complete those contracts.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    On an Actual basis, selling, general and administrative expenses increased $14.0 million, or 388%, to $17.6 million in 2006 from $3.6 million in 2005 primarily due to the acquisition of five businesses in our Detection segment in 2005 and the acquisition of one business in our Detection segment in 2006.

On a Pro Forma basis, selling, general and administrative expenses increased $2.5 million, or 16%, to $17.6 million in 2006 from $15.1 million in 2005, and increased $1.5 million, or 12%, in 2005 from $13.6 million in 2004. The increases in 2006 and 2005 were related to increased spending on hiring additional personnel, including in particular sales and marketing personnel, expanded facilities and sales and marketing activities, such as tradeshows, demo units and travel, due to the introduction of new products in the Detection segment.

Research and Development Costs.    On an Actual basis, research and development costs increased $4.3 million, or 929%, to $4.8 million in 2006 from $0.5 million in 2005 primarily resulting from the inclusion of internal research and development costs from five businesses we acquired in our Detection segment in 2005 and one business we acquired in our Detection Segment in 2006.

On a Pro Forma basis, research and development costs increased $3.4 million, or 252%, to $4.8 million in 2006 from $1.4 million in 2005, and increased $0.2 million, or 10%, in 2005 from $1.2 million in 2004. In 2006, approximately 57% of the research and development costs in the Detection segment related to spending on internal research and development projects intended to accelerate the release of new and enhanced radiation, explosive and other detection products, and the remaining portion of the increase is attributable to several internal research and development projects related to potential applications of our technology in both security and non-security markets.

Goodwill Impairment.    In 2006, our goodwill impairment was $33.8 million because the estimated fair value of our Detection reporting unit was less than its book value.

Depreciation and Amortization.    On an Actual basis, approximately 90% of the $8.6 million depreciation and amortization balance in 2006 was comprised of amortization of our identifiable intangibles, the majority of which was recorded at the time the Detection businesses were acquired in 2005.

 

45


Table of Contents

On a Pro Forma basis, we assumed that the identifiable intangible amortization began at the beginning of 2004. Accordingly, on a Pro Forma basis, certain intangibles became fully amortized by 2005. On an Actual basis, the same intangibles became fully amortized in 2006. Therefore, we believe it is more meaningful to compare 2006 Actual to 2004 Pro Forma depreciation and amortization expense. Approximately 94% of the 2004 Pro Forma balance was comprised of intangible amortization.

Operating Loss. In 2006, operating loss included a goodwill impairment loss of $33.8 million. On an Actual basis, operating loss excluding the goodwill impairment increased $11.1 million, or 854%, to $12.4 million from $1.3 million in 2005 primarily due to the acquisition of five businesses in our Detection segment in 2005 and the acquisition of one business in our Detection segment in 2006.

On a Pro Forma basis, operating loss excluding goodwill impairment increased $4.1 million, or 50%, to $12.4 million in 2006 from $8.3 million in 2005, and decreased $1.7 million, or 17%, in 2005 from $10.0 million in 2004. The Pro Forma impact of the amortization of our identifiable intangibles represents substantially all of the decline in our Pro Forma operating loss from 2004 to 2005. As more fully described above, the emerging nature of our product business requires investment in internal research and development programs and sales and marketing activities to accelerate the advancement of our technologies into new and enhanced products and to penetrate our markets. As a result, our operating loss (excluding goodwill impairment) was expected to be higher in 2006 than in the Pro Forma comparative periods.

Surveillance Segment

The Surveillance segment provides products and services for perimeter security and wide area surveillance. Product revenue is derived from the sale of our Cerberus and SkyWatch towers, our thermal imaging cameras, including DefendIR and Orion, our STS line of radar products and our infrared sensors product—MarkIR. Contract research and development revenue is primarily derived from direct contracts with the U.S. government and subcontracts with other commercial entities that contract with the U.S. government. Maintenance, service and other revenue is primarily derived from training, installation and warranty contracts. The Surveillance segment was formed through the acquisition of one company in 2003, one company in 2004 and three companies in 2005.

 

46


Table of Contents

Surveillance Segment Comparison of First Quarters of 2007 and 2006

The following table includes Actual financial information for the first quarters ended March 31, 2007 and 2006.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2007      2006  
     (dollars in thousands)  
     (unaudited)  

Revenue and gross profit %

     

Product revenue

   $ 6,871      $ 6,310  

Gross profit %

     49.9%        39.0%  

Contract research and development revenue

     692        1,265  

Gross profit %

     51.1%        43.7%  

Maintenance, service and other revenue

     366        152  
                 

Total revenue

   $ 7,929      $ 7,727  

Gross profit %

     49.8%        39.1%  
                 

Operating expenses

     

General and administrative

   $ 1,663      $ 1,684  

% of revenue

     21.0%        21.8%  

Selling and marketing

     1,336        996  

% of revenue

     16.8%        12.9%  

Research and development

     2,032        1,834  

% of revenue

     25.6%        23.7%  

Depreciation and amortization

     945        1,554  
                 

Total operating expenses

   $ 5,976      $ 6,068  
                 

Operating loss

   $ (2,028 )    $ (3,045 )
                 

Product Revenue and Gross Profit.    Product revenue increased $0.6 million, or 9%, to $6.9 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $6.3 million in the first quarter of 2006. Revenue growth in our surveillance segment was limited by export control restrictions that precluded the delivery of approximately $2.0 million in firm orders for our radar products. These restrictions were removed in the third quarter of 2007, and we expect to deliver on unfulfilled orders by the end of 2007. Our limited radar product sales were offset by increased sales of our SkyWatch and Cerberus products.

Gross profit as a percentage of product revenue was 49.9% and 39.0% in the first quarters of 2007 and 2006, respectively, primarily due to the mix of revenue derived from the sales of products manufactured by us and products manufactured by third party contract manufacturers. Approximately 40% of our first quarter 2006 revenue was derived from the sales of products that were manufactured by third parties compared to 3% in the first quarter of 2007. Gross profit on products that are manufactured by third parties is typically lower than gross profit on products that we manufacture ourselves. Our gross profit was also impacted by product mix, increased fixed overhead costs related to the expansion of our manufacturing capabilities and increased warranty costs.

Contract Research and Development Revenue and Gross Profit.    Contract research and development revenue decreased $0.6 million, or 45%, to $0.7 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $1.3 million in the first quarter of 2006 primarily due to the completion of contracts in 2006. Gross profit as a percentage of contract research and development revenue was 51.1% and 43.7% in the first quarters of 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase in gross profit in the first quarter of 2007 resulted from $0.3 in additional funding on a project that was substantially completed in 2006.

 

47


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses.    General and administrative expenses were $1.7 million for the first quarters of 2007 and 2006.

Selling and Marketing Expenses.    Selling and marketing expenses increased $0.3 million, or 34%, to $1.3 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $1.0 million in the first quarter of 2006 primarily due to the hiring of additional personnel to support the direct sale of our products.

Research and Development Costs.    Research and Development costs increased $0.2 million, or 11%, to $2.0 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $1.8 million in the first quarter of 2006 primarily due to several internally funded research and development projects that relate to potential applications of our technology in both security and non-security markets.

Depreciation and Amortization.    Depreciation and amortization decreased $0.7 million, or 39%, to $0.9 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $1.6 million in the first quarter of 2006 primarily due to certain customer relationships and firm contracts that became fully amortized in 2006. Approximately 85% and 92% of depreciation and amortization in the first quarter of 2007 and 2006, respectively, was comprised of amortization of our identifiable intangibles, the majority of which was recorded at the time the Surveillance businesses were acquired in 2004 and 2005.

Operating Loss.    Operating loss decreased $1.0 million, or 33%, to $2.0 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $3.0 million in the first quarter of 2006. This decrease resulted from $0.9 million in improved gross profit that resulted primarily from a higher mix of our product revenue from internally manufactured products and a $0.09 million decrease in operating costs that resulted primarily from a decrease in intangible amortization.

Surveillance Segment Comparison of 2006, 2005 and 2004

The following table presents our Actual results of operations for 2006, 2005 and 2004. This table includes the results of operations of companies we acquired as of the dates of their actual acquisitions.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006      2005      2004  
     (dollars in thousands)  
     (Actual)  

Revenue and gross profit %

        

Product revenue

   $ 27,048      $ 10,951      $ 929  

Gross profit %

     48.4%        49.0%        (17.0% )

Contract research and development revenue

     3,996        3,290        2,128  

Gross profit %

     41.8%        45.6%        40.1%  

Maintenance, service and other revenue

     946        336        —    
                          

Total revenue

   $ 31,990      $ 14,577      $ 3,057  

Gross profit %

     47.1%        47.7%        22.7%  
                          

Operating expenses

        

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 12,636      $ 3,517      $ 2,171  

% of revenue

     39.5%        24.1%        71.0%  

Research and development

     7,455        3,596        1,969  

% of revenue

     23.3%        24.7%        64.4%  

Goodwill impairment loss

     25,021        —          —    

Depreciation and amortization

     5,631        1,557        214  
                          

Total operating expenses

   $ 50,743      $ 8,670      $ 4,354  
                          

Operating loss

   $ (35,713 )    $ (1,722 )    $ (3,659 )
                          

 

48


Table of Contents

The following table presents our Actual results of operations for 2006 and our Pro Forma results of operations for 2005 and 2004. The Pro Forma results of operations in this table include results of operations of companies we acquired during 2004 and 2005 as though we had acquired those companies at the beginning of 2004.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006      2005      2004  
     (dollars in thousands)  
     (Actual)      (Pro Forma)  
            (unaudited)  

Revenue and gross profit %

        

Product revenue

   $ 27,048      $ 20,042      $ 15,643  

Gross profit %

     48.4%        44.6%        35.2%  

Contract research and development revenue

     3,996        5,405        29,706  

Gross profit %

     41.8%        26.3%        30.1%  

Maintenance, service and other revenue

     946        437        —    
                          

Total revenue

   $ 31,990      $ 25,884      $ 45,349  

Gross profit %

     47.1%        40.9%        31.9%  
                          

Operating expenses

        

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 12,636      $ 9,126      $ 7,678  

% of revenue

     39.5%        35.3%        16.9%  

Research and development

     7,455        6,514        4,090  

% of revenue

     23.3%        25.2%        9.0%  

Goodwill impairment loss

     25,021        —          —    

Depreciation and amortization

     5,630        4,396        6,119  
                          

Total operating expenses

   $ 50,742      $ 20,036      $ 17,887  
                          

Operating loss

   $ (35,713 )    $ (9,442 )    $ (3,436 )
                          

Product Revenue and Gross Profit.    On an Actual basis, product revenue increased $16.0 million, or 147%, to $27.0 million in 2006 from $11.0 million in 2005, and increased $10.1 million, or 1,078%, in 2005 from $0.9 million in 2004 primarily due to the acquisition of one company in our Surveillance segment in 2004 and the acquisition of three companies in our Surveillance segment in 2005. On an Actual basis, gross profit as a percentage of product revenue was 48.4%, 49.0%, and (17.0)% in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

On a Pro Forma basis, product revenue increased $7.0 million, or 35%, to $27.0 million in 2006 from $20.0 million in 2005 and increased $4.4 million, or 28%, in 2005 from $15.6 million in 2004 primarily due to the introduction of our radar products in late 2004 and 2005. On a Pro Forma basis, gross profit as a percentage of product revenue was 48.4%, 44.6% and 35.2% in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. On a Pro Forma basis, in 2004, our revenue was primarily derived from the sale of SkyWatch towers and cameras. Our cameras were introduced in 2004 and as a marketing strategy we sold those cameras at lower prices to penetrate our target markets, which resulted in lower gross profit in 2004. Additionally, higher than normal warranty costs on our cameras in 2004 resulted in lower gross profit. The sales of our more advanced technology radar systems in 2006 and 2005 increased prices on our cameras, and the correction of our warranty issues resulted in the improvement in our 2006 and 2005 gross profit as compared to 2004.

Contract Research and Development Revenue and Gross Profit.    On an Actual basis, contract research and development revenue increased $0.7 million, or 21%, to $4.0 million in 2006 from $3.3 million in 2005, and increased $1.2 million, or 55%, in 2005 from $2.1 million in 2004 primarily due to the acquisition of one business in our Surveillance segment in 2004 and the acquisition of three businesses in our Surveillance segment in 2005. On an Actual basis gross profit as a percentage of contract research and development revenue was 41.8%, 45.6% and 40.1% in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

49


Table of Contents

On a Pro Forma basis, contract research and development revenue decreased $1.4 million, or 26%, to $4.0 million in 2006 from $5.4 million in 2005, and decreased $24.3 million, or 82%, in 2005 from $29.7 million in 2004. Substantially all of our contract research and development revenue was derived from U.S. government related contracts. In the 2005 and 2004, the majority of our contract research and development revenue was related to programs for the advancement of our radar technologies. One contract that accounted for approximately 74% of our total contract research and development revenue in 2004 was completed and, accordingly, contract research and development revenue decreased in 2005 compared to 2004. We completed other radar related programs late in 2005, which accounts for the decrease in 2006 contract research and development revenue compared to 2005. In 2006, contract research and development revenue was primarily related to programs for the advancement of technology for our surveillance towers.

On a Pro Forma basis, gross profit as a percentage of contract research and development revenue was 41.8%, 26.3%, and 30.1% in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Contract research and development gross profit varies according to the mix of contract types. We earned a fixed price on most of our contract research and development contracts in 2006. We had a higher number of cost plus fixed fee contracts in 2004 and 2005, which resulted in lower gross profit. In addition, in 2004, 74% of contract research and development revenue resulted from one cost plus fixed fee contract which impacted gross profit in that year. We use the percentage of completion method for revenue recognition. The estimates inherent in our revenue recognition impact gross profit in the comparative periods.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    On an Actual basis, selling, general and administrative expenses increased $9.1 million, or 259%, to $12.6 million in 2006 from $3.5 million in 2005, and increased $1.3 million, or 62%, in 2005 from $2.2 million in 2004 primarily due to the acquisition of one business in our Surveillance segment in 2004 and the acquisition of three businesses in our Surveillance segment in 2005.

On a Pro Forma basis, selling, general and administrative expenses increased $3.5 million, or 38%, to $12.6 million in 2006 from $9.1 million in 2005, and increased $1.4 million, or 19%, in 2005 from $7.7 million in 2004 primarily due to increased spending on hiring additional personnel, including in particular sales and marketing personnel, expanded facilities and sales and marketing activities for trade shows, demo units and travel, in connection with the introduction of new products in this segment.

Research and Development Costs.    On an Actual basis, research and development costs increased $3.9 million, or 107%, to $7.5 million in 2006 from $3.6 million in 2005, and increased $1.6 million, or 83%, in 2005 from $2.0 million in 2004 primarily due to the acquisition of one business in our Surveillance segment in 2004 and the acquisition of three businesses in our Surveillance segment in 2005.

On a Pro Forma basis, research and development costs increased $1.0 million, or 14%, to $7.5 million in 2006 from $6.5 million in 2005, and increased $2.4 million, or 59%, in 2005 from $4.1 million 2004. In 2006, spending on internal research and development projects related to infrared sensor accounted for approximately 90% of the increase, or $0.8 million, in research and development costs. The remaining increase is attributable to various internal research and development projects that relate to potential applications of our technology in both security and non-security markets.

Goodwill Impairment.    Our impairment was $25.0 million in 2006 because the estimated fair value of certain reporting units in the Surveillance segment was less than their book value.

Depreciation and Amortization.    Approximately 90% of the depreciation and amortization balance of $5.6 million in 2006 was comprised of amortization of our identifiable intangibles, the majority of which was recorded at the time the Surveillance businesses were acquired in 2005. On a Pro Forma basis, we assumed that the identifiable intangible amortization began at the beginning of 2004. Accordingly, certain intangibles became fully amortized on a Pro Forma basis by 2005. On an Actual basis, the same intangibles did not become fully amortized until 2006. Accordingly, we believe it is more meaningful to compare 2006 Actual to the 2004 Pro

 

50


Table of Contents

Forma depreciation and amortization. Approximately 94% of the $6.1 million depreciation and amortization in 2004 on a Pro Forma basis was comprised of intangible amortization.

Operating Loss.    On an Actual basis, excluding the goodwill impairment loss, our 2006 operating loss of $10.7 million increased $9.0 million, or 519%, from $1.7 million in 2005, and decreased $2.0 million, or 53%, in 2005 from $3.7 million in 2004 primarily due to expanded product mix resulting from the acquisition of three businesses in our Surveillance segment in 2005.

On a Pro Forma basis, operating loss excluding goodwill impairment increased $1.3 million, or 13%, to $10.7 million in 2006 from $9.4 million in 2005, and increased $6.0 million, or 175%, in 2005 from $3.4 million in 2004. Improved gross profit for the Surveillance segment was offset by higher operating costs, particularly for selling and marketing activities and internal research and development. As a result, our operating loss (excluding goodwill impairment) was expected to be higher in 2006 than in the Pro Forma comparative periods.

Solutions Segment

The Solutions segment sells products and integrates our technologies and product portfolio to provide single source solutions that address a broad range of customer specific security and surveillance needs. Product revenue is primarily derived from the sale of our Cameleon advanced camera control systems, Cameleon ITS transportation management software, StarWatch security command and control software and Callisto, a non-security related product for process management of diverse SCADA applications. Maintenance, service and other revenue is primarily derived from project management services for the integration of technologies, product training and installation, software maintenance and extended warranty contracts. The Solutions segment was formed through the acquisition of three companies in 2005 and one company in 2006.

Solutions Segment Comparison of First Quarters of 2007 and 2006

The following table includes Actual financial information for the first quarters ended March 31, 2007 and 2006.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2007     2006  
     (dollars in thousands)  
     (unaudited)  

Revenue and gross profit %

    

Product revenue

   $ 1,832     $ 2,094  

Gross profit %

     36.9%       45.4%  

Maintenance, service and other revenue

     2,382       723  

Gross profit %

     48.2%       51.2%  
                

Total revenue

   $ 4,214     $ 2,817  

Gross profit %

     43.3%       46.9%  
                

Operating expenses

    

General and administrative

   $ 1,376     $ 591  

% of revenue

     32.7%       21.0%  

Selling and marketing

     735       349  

% of revenue

     17.4%       12.4%  

Research and development

     687       526  

% of revenue

     16.3%       18.7%  

Depreciation and amortization

     573       840  
                

Total operating expenses

   $ 3,371     $ 2,306  
                

Operating loss

   $ (1,541 )   $ (985 )
                

 

51


Table of Contents

Product Revenue and Gross Profit.    Product revenue decreased $0.3 million, or 13%, to $1.8 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $2.1 million in the first quarter of 2006 primarily due to a delay in approval for supplemental funding under the ICIDS military program. We believe that the supplemental funding will be approved in 2007 but we cannot guarantee that the funding will be approved or, if approved, that we will be able to manufacture and deliver the same level of products as in prior years. Gross profit as a percentage of product revenue was 36.9% and 45.4% in the first quarters of 2007 and 2006, respectively. This decrease primarily resulted from the absorption of our relatively fixed overhead costs by revenue derived from a smaller volume of product sales.

Maintenance, Service and Other Revenue and Gross Profit.    Maintenance, service and other revenue increased $1.7 million, or 230%, to $2.4 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $0.7 million in the first quarter of 2006. Approximately 57% of the increase, or $0.9 million, was attributable to maintenance, service and other revenue included in the first quarter of 2007 contributed by a business that we acquired in October 2006. The remaining increase primarily resulted from two fixed price contracts for the project management and integration of technologies for intelligent transportation systems. Gross profit on maintenance, service and other revenue varies according to the mix of contract types.

General and Administrative Expenses.    General and administrative expenses increased $0.8 million, or 133%, to $1.4 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $0.6 million in the first quarter of 2006. Approximately 54% of the increase, or $0.4 million, in the first quarter of 2007 resulted from the inclusion of general and administrative expenses from a business that we acquired in October 2006. The remaining increase primarily resulted from the hiring of additional personnel and the expansion of our operations into additional facilities.

Selling and Marketing Expenses.    Selling and marketing expenses increased $0.4 million, or 111%, to $0.7 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $0.3 million in the first quarter of 2006. Approximately 28% of the increase, or $0.1 million, in the first quarter of 2007 resulted from the inclusion of selling and marketing expenses from a business that we acquired in October 2006. The remaining increase was primarily related to the hiring of additional personnel to support the direct sale of our products and the bid and proposal process for service contracts.

Research and Development Costs.    Research and Development costs increased $0.2 million, or 31%, to $0.7 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $0.5 million in the first quarter of 2006 primarily due to several projects in connection with potential applications of our technology in both security and non-security markets.

Depreciation and Amortization.    Depreciation and amortization decreased $0.2 million, or 32%, to $0.6 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $0.8 million in the first quarter of 2006 primarily due to certain customer relationships and firm contracts becoming fully amortized in 2006. Approximately 94% and 97% of the depreciation and amortization in the first quarters of 2007 and 2006, respectively, was comprised of amortization of our identifiable intangibles, the majority of which was recorded at the time the Solutions businesses were acquired in 2005.

Operating Loss.    Operating loss increased $0.5 million, or 56%, to $1.5 million in the first quarter of 2007 from $1.0 million in the first quarter of 2006 primarily due to increased operating costs related to hiring new personnel and the expansion of our facilities.

 

52


Table of Contents

Solutions Segment Comparison of 2006, 2005 and 2004

The following table presents our Actual results of operations for 2006, 2005 and 2004. This table includes the results of operations of companies we acquired as of the dates of their actual acquisitions.

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2006     2005     2004
     (dollars in thousands)
     (Actual)

Revenue and gross profit %

      

Product revenue

   $ 10,755     $ 5,315     $ —  

Gross profit %

     43.1%       40.0%       —  

Maintenance, service and other revenue

     4,192       180       —  

Gross profit %

     46.0%       100.0%       —  
                      

Total revenue

   $ 14,947     $ 5,495     $ —  

Gross profit %

     43.9%       42.0%       —  
                      

Operating expenses

      

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 5,823     $ 1,735     $ —  

% of revenue

     29.2%       31.6%       —  

Research and development

     2,239       3,194       —  

% of revenue

     15.0%       58.1%       —  

Goodwill impairment loss

     7,237       —         —  

Depreciation and amortization

     3,007       1,240       —  
                      

Total operating expenses

   $ 18,306     $ 6,169     $   —  
                      

Operating loss

   $ (11,743 )   $ (3,864 )   $ —  
                      

The following table presents our Actual results of operations for 2006 and our Pro Forma results of operations for 2005 and 2004. The Pro Forma results of operations in this table include results of operations of companies we acquired during 2004 and 2005 as though we had acquired those companies at the beginning of 2004. The Pro Forma results do not include the results of operations of companies we acquired in 2006 because those acquisitions were not material to our business.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  
     (dollars in thousands)  
     (Actual)     (Pro Forma)  
           (unaudited)  

Revenue and gross profit %

      

Product revenue

   $ 10,755     $ 10,587     $ 10,670  

Gross profit %

     43.1%       45.5%       43.7%  

Maintenance, service and other revenue

     4,192       1,550       1,633  

Gross profit %

     46.0%       50.6%       54.5%  
                        

Total revenue

   $ 14,947     $ 12,137     $ 12,303  

Gross profit %

     43.9%       46.2%       45.1%  
                        

Operating expenses

      

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 5,823     $ 3,812     $ 3,867  

% of revenue

     39.0%       31.4%       31.4%  

Research and development

     2,239       1,240       3,221  

% of revenue

     15.0%       10.2%       26.2%  

Goodwill impairment loss

     7,237       —         —    

Depreciation and amortization

     3,007       2,241       3,118  
                        

Total operating expenses

   $ 18,306     $ 7,293     $ 10,206  
                        

Operating loss

   $ (11,743 )   $ (1,687 )   $ (4,652 )
                        

 

53


Table of Contents

Product Revenue and Gross Profit.    On an Actual basis, product revenue increased $5.5 million, or 102%, to $10.8 million in 2006 from $5.3 million in 2005 primarily due to the acquisition of three businesses in the Solutions segment in 2005 and the acquisition of one company in the Solutions segment in 2006.

On a Pro Forma basis, revenue in 2006 increased $0.2 million, or 2%, to $10.8 million in 2006 from $10.6 million in 2005, and decreased $0.1 million, or 1%, from $10.7 million in 2004. Approximately 80% of the product revenue in each of the three years is derived from SCADA related applications, a product line that historically contributed relatively consistent product revenue and gross profit due to the maturity of the product line and the stable base of customers.

Maintenance, Service and Other Revenue and Gross Profit.    On an Actual basis, maintenance, service and other revenue increased $4.0 million, or 2,229%, to $4.2 million in 2006 from $0.2 million in 2005 primarily due to the acquisition of two companies in the Solutions segment in 2005.

On a Pro Forma basis, maintenance, service and other revenue increased $2.6 million, or 171%, to $4.2 million in 2006 from $1.6 million in 2005. Maintenance, service and other revenue was relatively flat at $1.6 million in 2005 and 2004. Substantially all of the maintenance, service and other revenue in 2005 and 2004 was derived from video networking and surveillance projects for transportation and other non-security related systems. Approximately 30% of the increase, or $0.8 million, in 2006 compared to 2005 is attributable to securing additional fixed price contracts related to intelligent transportation solutions by hiring managers and engineers with existing customer relationships in the transportation market. Approximately 22% of the increase, or $0.6 million, in 2006 compared to 2005 is attributable to the integration, training, installation and extended warranty service contracts from our business acquisition in October 2006. The remaining increase is primarily derived from growth in our video networking and surveillance service business and software maintenance contracts.

Maintenance, service and other revenue gross profit was 46%, 50.6% and 54.5% in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Gross profit as a percentage of maintenance, service and other revenue varies according to the mix of contract types.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    On an Actual basis, selling, general and administrative expenses increased $4.1 million, or 236%, to $5.8 million in 2006 from $1.7 million in 2005 primarily due to the acquisition of three businesses in the Solutions segment in 2005 and the acquisition of one business in the Solutions segment in 2006.

On a Pro Forma basis, selling, general and administrative expenses increased $2.0 million, or 53%, to $5.8 million in 2006 from $3.8 million in 2005, and decreased $0.1 million, or 3%, in 2005 from $3.9 million in 2004. Approximately 38% of the increase, or $0.8 million, in 2006 compared to 2005 related to the hiring of new personnel to service the transportation market and the expansion of our office space. Approximately 16% of the increase, or $0.4 million, resulted from the inclusion of selling, general and administrative expenses by a business that we acquired in 2006. The remaining increase resulted from an overall increase in spending related to sales and marketing activities to support our growth.

Research and Development Costs.    On an Actual basis, research and development costs decreased $1.0 million, or 30%, to $2.2 million in 2006 from $3.2 million in 2005. In 2005, research and development costs included $2.3 million in acquired in process research and development. Excluding the impact of the acquired in process research and development, research and development increased $1.3 million, or 144%, to $2.2 million in 2006 from $0.9 million in 2005.

On a Pro Forma basis, research and development increased $1.0 million, or 81%, to $2.2 million in 2006 from $1.2 million in 2005, and decreased $2.0 million, or 62%, in 2005 from $3.2 million in 2004 primarily due to $2.3 million in acquired in process research and development that was assumed in 2004. In 2006, approximately

 

54


Table of Contents

61% of the increase in research and development costs related to spending on internal research and development projects in connection with our Cameleon product line and the integration of that technology into surveillance applications. The remaining portion of our 2006 increased research and development costs was related to several internal research and development projects that relate to potential applications of our technology in both security and non-security markets.

Goodwill Impairment.    Our goodwill impairment was $7.2 million in 2006 because the estimated fair value of a reporting unit within the Solutions segment was less than its book value.

Depreciation and Amortization.    Approximately 96% of the depreciation and amortization of $3.0 million in 2006 was comprised of amortization of our identifiable intangibles, the majority of which was recorded at the time the Solutions businesses were acquired in 2005. On a Pro Forma basis, we assumed that the identifiable intangible amortization began at the beginning of 2004, and therefore certain intangibles became fully amortized on a Pro Forma basis by 2005. On an Actual basis, the same intangibles became fully amortized in 2006. Accordingly, we believe it is more meaningful to compare Actual 2006 to the Pro Forma 2004 depreciation and amortization. Approximately 99% of the 2004 Pro Forma depreciation and amortization of $3.1 million was comprised of intangible amortization. We are not a capital intensive business and therefore the impact of depreciation on our operating results is not material.

Operating Loss.    On an Actual basis, excluding the goodwill impairment loss, our 2006 operating loss of $4.5 million increased $0.6 million, or 17%, from $3.9 million in 2005 primarily due to the acquisition of three businesses in the Solutions segment in 2005 and the acquisition of one business in the Solutions segment in 2006.

On a Pro Forma basis, operating loss excluding goodwill impairment increased $2.8 million, or 167%, to $4.5 million in 2006 from $1.7 million in 2005, and decreased $3.0 million, or 64%, in 2005 from $4.7 million in 2004, which was primarily due to $2.3 million of acquired in process research and development being included in 2004. Increased spending on personnel and expansion of facilities specific to the transportation market, the acquisition of a business in 2006 and additional investments in selling and marketing activities and internal research and development were the primary factors that increased our operating loss in 2006 compared to 2005. Our plans to grow this segment through sales of integrated solutions will require additional spending on selling, marketing, project management and engineering personnel as well as internal research and development. As a result, our operating loss (excluding goodwill impairment) is expected to be higher than the Pro Forma comparative periods.

Reconciliation of Reportable Segment Operating Losses to the Consolidated Loss from Continuing Operations

The following tables provides a reconciliation of operating losses from reportable segments to our consolidated net loss from continuing operations for the first quarters ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
     (dollars in thousands)  
     (unaudited)                    

Reconciliation of segment operating losses to consolidated loss from continuing operations

          

Segment operating losses

   $ (6,297 )   $ (7,663 )   $ (93,667 )   $ (6,918 )   $ (3,659 )

Unallocated general and administrative expenses

     (3,866 )     (3,543 )     (19,360 )     (6,063 )     —    

Unallocated depreciation and amortization expenses

     (42 )     —         (29 )     (545 )     (611 )

Interest expense

     61       116       371       126       21  

Interest income

     (90 )     (99 )     (372 )     (145 )     (1 )

Loss in equity investees

     —         —         —         (839 )     (487 )

Other nonoperating gains (losses), net

     76       176       1,040       (98 )     112  

Minority interest in subsidiaries’ losses

     —         —         —         (639 )     (962 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

     75       (70 )     (295 )     (1,943 )     —    
                                        

Consolidated loss from continuing operations

   $ (10,233 )   $ (10,943 )   $ (111,722 )   $ (11,900 )   $ (3,663 )
                                        

 

55


Table of Contents

We began incurring significant unallocated general administrative expenses in August 2005 in an effort to begin to centralize and build an operating infrastructure to support our acquired businesses. We did not incur unallocated general administrative expenses prior to that time. As described in note 1 to our consolidated financial statements, for the year ended 2004 we presented consolidated or equity method results of certain of our 2005 business acquisitions if those businesses had previously received investment dollars from Wexford Capital LLC (Wexford). Wexford is our majority shareholder through its affiliate investments. Our unallocated general administrative expenses primarily include personnel costs for executive and senior management, corporate accounting and finance, facilities’ costs, professional fees for audit, tax, legal and other professional services, board of director and advisory board fees, travel, supplies and communication related expenses. Unallocated corporate costs included $0.1 million at March 31, 2007 and 2006 and $0.4 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, for fees paid to Wexford pursuant to an administrative services agreement.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of March 31, 2007, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents of $14.3 million and accounts receivable of $20.3 million.

Our primary sources of cash historically have been proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock, customer payments for our products and services, lines of credit and short term loans and proceeds from the sale of businesses. We were incorporated in 2003 and have primarily grown our business organically and through the acquisition of eighteen companies, most of which were completed in the final six months of 2005. Many of the acquired businesses have early stage products and/or emerging products and engage in research and development activities that are funded both through external government contracts and internal resources.

During 2006 and through the first quarter of 2007, we began to increase our investment in sales, marketing and other related business development structures to support our early stage products and emerging technologies. Additionally, we increased our investment in internally funded research and development activities and the integration of products and technologies among our operating units. We also increased our general administrative expenses in 2006 through the use of consultants and other professionals to complete certain accounting and legal functions. Consequently, our cumulative net losses, which amounted to approximately $157.0 million at March 31, 2007, were expected based on the nature of our business, the early stage of our products and technologies and our ongoing research and development activities. Since our inception in 2003 and through March 31, 2007, we have received approximately $180 million in funding through the issuance of series A convertible preferred stock (Series A), contributed capital and other common equity sources, the proceeds of which have been used to fund our acquisitions and net losses. As more fully described in notes 3 and 4 to our consolidated financial statements, the majority of the funding was from Wexford affiliates.

In 2007, we plan to reduce our losses through a variety of means, including but not limited to the potential sale of certain assets, relying less on external consultants, professionals and advisors, prioritizing our internal research and development spending and increasing revenue through organic growth in product sales. In connection with such loss reduction plans, we adopted a plan in 2006 to seek a purchaser for three of our businesses (see note 10 to our consolidated financial statements). We completed the sale of two of those businesses in the first quarter of 2007 and received net cash proceeds of $8.9 million. We completed the sale of the third business in the second quarter of 2007 and received net cash proceeds of $10.9 million. We believe that we have sufficient working capital and the ability to raise additional equity to fund operations for at least the next twelve months.

We may need to raise additional capital or incur additional indebtedness to continue to fund our operations in the future. Our future capital requirement will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, the timing and extent of new product releases and the acceptance of our products in the marketplace. We may also enter into acquisition agreements for complementary businesses that would require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all.

 

56


Table of Contents

The following table shows our cash and cash equivalents and working capital as of March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and 2005:

 

    

As of
March 31,

2007

  

As of

December 31,

        2006    2005
     (dollars in thousands)
     (unaudited)          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,314    $ 7,236    $ 23,354

Working capital

   $ 32,913    $ 27,312    $ 24,072

The following table shows our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the three months ended March, 31, 2007 and 2006, and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. The 2005 and 2004 sections of the table show cash flows for our business acquisitions from the date of acquisition in those years.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2006     2006     2005     2004  
     (dollars in thousands)  
     (unaudited)                    

Summary of cash flow:

          

Cash flows used in operating activities

   $ (7,630 )   $ (14,696 )   $ (43,190 )   $ (9,998 )   $ (4,955 )

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities

     7,913       (1,156 )     (4,675 )     (92,181 )     (8,529 )

Cash flows provided by financing activities

     6,785       4,058       31,450       124,041       14,396  

Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash

     10       119       295       —         —    
                                        

Consolidated net change in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,078     $ (11,675 )   $ (16,120 )   $ 21,862     $ 912  
                                        

Cash Flows from Operating Activities.    Our cash flows from operating activities are significantly influenced by spending required to support the growth of our business in areas such as research and development, sales and marketing, facilities’ expansion and certain general and administrative costs. Our operating cash flows are also influenced by our working capital needs to support growth and fluctuations in inventory, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current assets and liabilities. The concentration of business with the U.S. government also impacts operating cash flow, particularly for fixed price contracts in which revenue recognition under the percentage of completion method may not coincide with billing. Cash flow used in operating activities decreased $7.1 million, or 48%, to $7.6 million for the first quarter of 2007 from $14.7 million in 2006. The decrease is primarily the result of reduced net losses and an increase in customer collections. For the years ended 2006, 2005 and 2004, our net losses and the timing of customer collections had a significant influence on operating cash flows. Additionally, in 2006, the introduction of new and enhanced products and the overall growth of our business resulted in additional working capital needs to build inventory.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities.    Cash flows from investing activities primarily relate to business acquisitions and dispositions and capital expenditures. In the first quarter of 2007, cash flows from investing activities included $8.9 million of cash proceeds for the sale of two businesses offset by $1.0 million in capital expenditures. In the first quarter of 2006, cash flows used in investing activities related to $1.2 million in capital expenditures. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, cash flows used in investing activities included $4.2 million and $90.4 million, respectively, for the cash portion of our business acquisitions. In 2006, 2005 and 2004, we incurred capital expenditures of $4.8 million, $1.8 million and $0.5 million, respectively. Capital expenditures for all periods presented primarily pertain to the expansion of facilities, computer equipment and manufacturing and lab equipment. In 2004, we also invested $8.0 million of capital into companies in which we had a minority interest.

 

57


Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Financing Activities.    Cash flows from financing activities primarily relate to the issuance of our Series A, and the issuance and repayment of our lines of credit, notes payable and long-term debt. In the first quarter of 2007 and 2006, we issued $3.5 million and $3.1 million of Series A, respectively, which was used for working capital purposes. In 2006 and 2005, we issued $32.0 million and $122.1 million in Series A, respectively, which was used for business acquisitions and working capital purposes. Debt issuances, net of repayments, in the first quarter of 2007 and 2006 were $3.2 million and $0.5 million respectively. In the first quarter of 2007, our debt proceeds included a $3.0 million bridge loan from Wexford to be used for working capital purposes. The $3.0 million bridge loan from Wexford was repaid during the second quarter of 2007. For the years ended 2006 and 2005, debt repayments, net of issuances, were $1.1 million and $3.4 million, respectively. In 2005 and 2004, financing cash flows included $5.0 million and $13.8 million of cash contributions from Wexford affiliates to be used for business combinations in those years.

Contractual Obligations

The following table is a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2006:

 

     Payments Due by Period
     Total    Less than
1 Year
   1-3
Years
   3-5
Years
   More than
5 Years
     (dollars in thousands)

Contractual obligations

              

Long-term debt, including current portion

   $ 657    $ 207    $ 406    $ 44    $ —  

Operating lease obligations

     11,941      2,813      4,929      2,308      1,891

Payments due for prior business combinations

     1,022      1,022      —        —        —  
                                  

Total contractual obligations

   $ 13,620    $ 4,042    $ 5,335    $ 2,352    $ 1,891
                                  

The long-term debt excludes interest payments on each obligation. In July 2007 we entered into a new operating lease agreement for our corporate headquarters. As a result of this new lease agreement our obligations will increase in total by approximately $1.4 million over the term of the lease. Payments due for prior business combinations represent cash amounts held in escrow and a notes payable related to our 2006 business combinations.

Other Notes Payable and Lines of Credit.    At March 31, 2007, we had $0.5 million outstanding under a promissory note which bears interest at 8%. The principal is due and payable on demand and interest payments are made on a monthly basis. The note is secured by substantially all assets of one of our Surveillance businesses. We must obtain consent from the lender prior to incurring additional debt for that business. We also had $0.2 million outstanding under a promissory note which bears interest at 5% and is due and payable on demand; payments of principal and interest are made on a monthly basis. The note is unsecured and is payable to one of our minority shareholders.

In connection with one of our 2006 acquisitions, we issued a $0.3 million note payable as partial consideration. The note bore interest at 8% and was paid in full during 2007.

Certain of our businesses have operating lines of credit with banks in which borrowing is generally collateralized by and based on a percentage of certain eligible accounts receivable, inventory and/or property and equipment. Interest is based on prime or, in some cases, percentage points above prime. The aggregate maximum borrowing amount under those agreements is $3.0 million. At March 31, 2007, we had $1.9 million outstanding under those agreements.

 

58


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make assumptions and prepare estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and revenues and expenses. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable; however, actual results may differ. See note 1 to our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of our significant accounting policies.

Revenue RecognitionProducts.    The majority of our revenue is derived from the sale of our products. We recognize revenue from product sales at the time the product is shipped, title and risk have passed to the customer and collection from the customer is reasonably assured.

Revenue RecognitionContract Research and Development and Services.    We follow the guidelines of American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Statement of Position 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts, for our contract research and development and contract service revenue. We account for sales and earnings under long-term contracts using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Under the percentage-of-completion method, we recognize revenue as the work progresses—either as the products are produced and delivered or as services are rendered, as applicable. We estimate profit as the difference between total estimated revenue and total estimated cost of a contract and recognize that profit over the remaining life of the contract based on either input (e.g., costs incurred) or output (e.g., units delivered) measures, as appropriate. If a revised estimate of contract profitability reveals an anticipated loss on the contract, we recognize the loss in the period it is identified.

The percentage-of-completion method of accounting involves the use of various estimating techniques to project costs at completion, and in some cases includes estimates of recoveries asserted against the customer for changes in specifications. Contract estimates involve various assumptions and projections relative to the outcome of future events over a period of several months or years, including future labor productivity and availability, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, the cost and availability of materials, the impact of delayed performance, the availability and timing of funding from the customer and the timing of product deliveries. These estimates are based on our best judgment. A significant change in one or more of these estimates could affect the profitability of one or more of our contracts. We principally use hours of work and contract milestones to measure the progress of contract completeness. Certain contracts provide for billings and/or payments that may not coincide with revenue recognition. To the extent that customer billings or payments are in excess of revenues, we record the excess as deferred revenue. To the extent that we recognize revenue under the percentage of completion method prior to billings as defined in the contracts, we record such amounts as unbilled revenue, and we expect them to be collected within one year of recognition. Substantially all of the unbilled revenue is due from various agencies of the U.S. government.

We review our contract estimates monthly to assess revisions in contract values and estimated costs at completion and reflect changes in estimates in the current and future periods under the reallocation method.

Revenue RecognitionMaintenance, Service and Other.    Maintenance, service and other revenue is primarily derived from project management and technology integration services, product training and installation and software maintenance and extended warranty contracts. We recognize revenue from project management and integration services using the percentage of completion method described above. We recognize revenue from product training and installation services when the services are provided. We generally recognize revenue for software maintenance and extended warranty contracts on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract. We recognize software revenue under the provisions of the Accounting Standards Executive Committee’s Statement of Position 97-2 (SOP 97-2), Software Revenue Recognition (as amended by SOP 98-9). Under the terms of

 

59


Table of Contents

SOPs 97-2 and 98-9, companies are required to defer all revenue from multiple-element software arrangements if sufficient vendor specific objective evidence does not exist for the allocation of revenue to the various elements of the arrangement. As a result, we recognize any revenue on multi-year software license agreements ratably over the life of the arrangement.

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets.    In accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations (SFAS 141), we allocate the cost of business acquisitions to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition (commonly referred to as the purchase price allocation). As part of the purchase price allocations for our business acquisitions, identifiable intangible assets are recognized as assets apart from goodwill if they arise from contractual or other legal rights, or if they are capable of being separated or divided from the acquired business and sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged. However, in accordance with SFAS 141, we do not recognize any intangible assets apart from goodwill for the assembled workforces of our business acquisitions.

A significant component of the businesses we have acquired historically is the presence of advanced security products and technologies that the business has developed. The most significant identifiable intangible asset that we have separately recognized in accordance with SFAS 141 is core technologies. Our intellectual property and proprietary rights for these core technologies are typically protected through a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, confidentiality provisions and licensing arrangements. The fair value for core technologies is determined, as of the date of acquisition, using the “Relief from Royalty Method,” an approach commonly used in valuing intangible assets. The basic tenet of the “Relief from Royalty Method” is that without ownership of the subject intangible asset, the user of that intangible asset would have to make a stream of payments to the owner of the asset in return for the rights to use that asset. By acquiring the intangible asset, the user avoids these payments. The valuation of the core technologies takes into consideration the percentage of forecasted revenues directly attributable to the underlying core/developed technologies. The royalty rate was selected based on consideration of several factors including external research, industry practices and margin considerations. Also factoring into the valuations of core technologies are the estimated technological useful lives of the products that use the technologies and the present value of future cash flows. The discount rates used to determine the present value of future cash flows is based on consideration of the weighted average cost of capital and internal rates of return as well as the risk and return characteristics of the core technologies.

Customer contractual relationships also constitute a significant portion of identifiable intangible assets recognized in accordance with SFAS 141. All of our contractual relationships are established through written customer contracts (revenue arrangements). The fair value for customer contractual relationships is determined, as of the date of acquisition, based on estimates and judgments regarding expectations for the estimated future after-tax earnings and cash flows (including cash flows from working capital) arising from the follow-on sales on contract (revenue arrangement) renewals expected from customer contractual relationships over their estimated lives, including the probability of expected future contract renewals and sales, less a contributory asset charge, all of which is discounted to present value.

The value assigned to goodwill equals the amount of the purchase price of the business acquired in excess of the sum of the amounts assigned to identifiable acquired assets, both tangible and intangible, less liabilities assumed. At December 31, 2006, we had goodwill of $62.9 million and identifiable intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, of $37.0 million.

Intangible assets are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives ranging from one to ten years. The useful life of an intangible asset is the period over which the asset is expected to contribute directly or indirectly to our future cash flows rather than the period of time that it would take us to internally develop an intangible asset that would provide similar benefits. The estimate of the useful lives of our intangible asset is based on an analysis of all pertinent factors, in particular:

 

   

the expected use of the asset by the entity;

 

60


Table of Contents
   

the expected useful life of another asset or group of assets to which the useful life of the intangible asset may relate;

 

   

any legal, regulatory or contractual provisions that may limit the useful life;

 

   

any legal, regulatory, or contractual provisions that enable renewal or extension of the asset’s legal or contractual life without substantial cost (provided there is evidence to support renewal or extension and renewal or extension can be accomplished without material modifications of the existing terms and conditions);

 

   

the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors (such as the stability of the industry, known technological advances, legislative action that results in an uncertain or changing regulatory environment, and expected changes in distribution channels); and

 

   

the level of regular maintenance expenditures (but not enhancements) required to obtain the expected future cash flows from the asset (for example, a material level of required maintenance in relation to the carrying amount of the asset may suggest a limited useful life).

If no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, or other factors limit the useful life of an intangible asset, the useful life of the asset is considered to be indefinite. The term indefinite does not mean infinite. An intangible asset with a finite useful life is amortized over that useful life; an intangible asset with an indefinite useful life is not amortized. We have no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), goodwill is not amortized.

We review goodwill and intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable, and also review goodwill annually in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS 142). SFAS 142 requires that goodwill be tested, at a minimum, annually for each reporting unit using a two-step process. A reporting unit is an operating segment, as defined in paragraph 10 of SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, or a component of an operating segment. A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and is reviewed. Two or more components of an operating segment may be aggregated and deemed a single reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing purposes if the components have similar economic characteristics. The first step is to identify any potential impairment by comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit to its fair value. If a potential impairment is identified, the second step is to measure the impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying value of goodwill of the reporting unit. The fair value of a reporting unit is estimated using a discounted cash flow valuation approach and is dependent on estimates for future sales, operating income, depreciation and amortization, income tax payments, working capital changes and capital expenditures as well as expected growth rates for cash flows and long-term interest rates, all of which are affected by economic conditions related to the industries in which we operate as well as conditions in the U.S. capital markets.

The most significant assumptions used in a discounted cash flow valuation regarding the estimated fair values of our reporting units in connection with goodwill valuation assessments are:

 

   

detailed long-range (approximating 10 years) cash flow projections for each of our reporting units;

 

   

a risk adjusted discount rate including the estimated risk-free rate of return; and

 

   

the expected long-term growth rate of our business, which approximates the expected long-term growth rate for the U.S. economy and the industries in which we operate.

The risk adjusted discount rate represents the estimated weighted average cost of capital. The weighted average cost of capital focuses on rates of return for equity and debt, and a corresponding capital structure.

 

61


Table of Contents

A decline in the estimated fair value of a reporting unit could result in a goodwill impairment and a related non-cash impairment charge against earnings, if estimated fair value for the reporting unit is less than the carrying value of the net assets of the reporting unit, including its goodwill. For the year ended December 31, 2006, we recognized a goodwill impairment loss of $66.0 million.

Stock-based Compensation.    Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for employee stock options using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25), and FASB Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB No. 25, and had adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123(R)), and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure. In accordance with APB 25, we recognized no stock-based compensation expense for options granted with an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method. Under the modified prospective transition method, share-based awards granted or modified on or after January 1, 2006 are recognized in compensation expense over the applicable vesting period. Also, any previously granted awards that were not fully vested as of January 1, 2006, are recognized as compensation expense over the remaining vesting period. We recognize this expense on a straight-line basis over the options’ expected terms. We estimate the grant date fair value of stock option awards under the provisions of SFAS 123(R) using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, which requires, among other inputs, an estimate of the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant and the expected term of the options.

Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, we engaged independent third parties to perform valuations of our common stock for 16 separate dates in 2005 and five separate dates in 2006. We based the estimated fair value of our common stock on these independent third-party valuations. These valuations used a discounted cash flow model for 2005 and the probability weighted expected return method for 2006.

We also engaged independent third parties to calculate the Black-Scholes fair value of each option granted during the related stock valuation periods. Separate values were determined for options having pre-split exercise prices ranging from $0.08 to $5.00 in 2005 and for options having pre-split exercise prices of $5.00 per share and $7.50 per share in 2006. The independent third parties applied the resulting fair values for one share of common stock as of each of the valuation dates to our Black-Scholes option valuation model to arrive at the fair value of the related options granted during the valuation period.

For 2005 options, the independent third party calculated expected option terms of two to five years based primarily on the vesting dates. For 2006 options, the independent third party calculated expected option terms based on the “simplified” method for “plain vanilla” options contained in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Valuation of Share-Based Payment Arrangements for Public Companies. The “simplified method” calculates the expected term as the average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the options. The expected term affects the assumed rate of forfeitures. If the actual number of forfeitures differs from that estimated by management, we may be required to record adjustments to stock-based compensation expense in future periods. As our common stock has no market, the independent third parties calculated volatility using the annualized daily volatilities of similar publicly-traded entities.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, we recognized stock-based compensation expense of $1.1 million for “in the money” stock options resulting from unvested stock options assumed in connection with our business acquisitions. Our pro forma stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 would have been $7.4 million had we followed the fair value provisions of SFAS 123(R). For the year ended December 31, 2006, we recognized stock-based compensation expense of $4.9 million. In future periods, stock-based compensation expense may increase as we issue additional equity-based awards to continue to attract and

 

62


Table of Contents

retain key employees. Additionally, SFAS 123(R) requires that we recognize compensation expense only for the portion of stock options that are expected to vest. As of December 31, 2006, our total unrecognized compensation expense related to stock-based awards granted to employees and non-employee directors was $5.6 million.

Income Taxes.    We use an asset and liability approach for accounting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences and carryforwards by applying enacted tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. We establish a valuation allowance if it is probable that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Our determination of whether a valuation allowance is appropriate requires the exercise of judgment. At December 31, 2006, we had net operating loss carryforwards available for U.S. federal and state income taxes of $69.5 million which begin to expire in 2011. The net operating loss carryforwards that we acquired in connection with our business acquisitions may also be limited by provision of the Internal Revenue Code regarding changes in ownership. We have provided a valuation allowance against net U.S. deferred tax assets and operating loss carryforwards in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions. We have recorded a valuation allowance because of the emerging nature of our business and our history of losses. We will continue to evaluate income generated in future periods in determining the reasonableness of our position. If we determine that future income is sufficient or insufficient to cause the realization of the net operating loss carryforwards within the required time, the valuation allowance will be adjusted as necessary.

Liabilities for Pending and Threatened Litigation.    We are subject to litigation, investigations, proceedings, claims or assessments and various contingent liabilities incidental to our business or assumed in connection with certain business acquisitions. In accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies, we accrue a charge for a loss contingency when we believe it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. If the loss is within a range of specified amounts, the most likely amount is accrued, and if no amount within the range represents a better estimate we accrue the minimum amount in the range. Generally, we record the loss contingency at the amount we expect to pay to resolve the contingency and the amount is generally not discounted to the present value. Amounts recoverable under insurance contracts are recorded as assets when recovery is deemed probable. Contingencies that might result in a gain are not recognized until realized. Changes to the amount of the estimated loss, or resolution of one or more contingencies could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) periodically issues new accounting standards in a continuing effort to improve standards of financial accounting and reporting. The Company has reviewed the recently issued pronouncements and concluded that the following new accounting standards are applicable to the Company.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has not yet determined the effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, if any, upon adoption of SFAS 157.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (SFAS 159). SFAS 159 permits companies to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value at specified election dates. Upon adoption, an entity shall report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. Most of the provisions apply only to entities that elect the fair value option. However, the amendment to SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain

 

63


Table of Contents

Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” applies to all entities with available for sale and trading securities. SFAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that SFAS 159 will have, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Foreign Currency Risk.    Our international businesses generate revenue and incur expenses that are denominated in foreign currencies. These transactions could be materially affected by currency fluctuations. Our exposures are to fluctuations in exchange rates for the U.S. dollar versus the Euro and the Canadian dollar. Changes in currency exchange rates could adversely affect our consolidated results of operations or financial position. We also maintain cash balances denominated in foreign currencies. At March 31, 2007, we had $1.4 million of cash in foreign accounts. We have not hedged our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and, as a result, could incur unanticipated translation gains and losses.

Interest Rate Risk.    We had cash and cash equivalents balance of $14.3 million at March 31, 2007. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We do not believe that we have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of these investments as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, will reduce future income.

We had $1.9 million outstanding under line of credit agreements at March 31, 2007, which bore interest at variable rates adjusted monthly based on the prime rate plus applicable margins. Based on the amounts outstanding and the maximum amount available for borrowing, we do not believe that changes in interest rates create material exposure to our business. Increases in interest rates, however, will increase future interest expense.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of March 31, 2007, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

64


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

We are a leading developer, manufacturer, marketer and integrator of advanced sensing technologies, products and solutions. Our first and for now principal market is homeland security. Our high precision, proprietary technologies provide a strong foundation upon which we have built a comprehensive line of products that detect, identify and prevent a broad range of critical security threats. Through our proven ability to develop and convert next generation technologies into unique, commercially successful products, we are able to offer a wide range of high quality, compact detection and surveillance products that we believe are more sensitive, more accurate and more cost-effective than conventional products. Our business is organized into three divisions—Detection, Surveillance and Solutions—through which we develop, manufacture and market complete solutions that proactively address some of the most sophisticated and severe security threats facing the world today.

We believe our ability to understand the nature of sophisticated security threats, the technological potential of security solutions and the complex procurement processes of both government and private sector customers differentiates us from other companies in the market. We have developed what we believe is the most comprehensive line of products and integration capabilities for the homeland security market available through a single company. Our revenue grew 187% from 2005 to 2006, primarily as a result of acquisitions in 2005 and grew 38% in the first three months of 2007 as compared to the same period in 2006.

We have achieved and intend to expand our leadership position in the homeland security market by developing innovative technologies. More than half of our approximately 750 employees are highly skilled technologists. From the beginning of 2004 through March 31, 2007, we and the companies we have acquired have invested approximately $37 million of internal funds in research and development and in addition have received approximately $109 million under contracts to conduct research and development for programs we believe will advance our technology and products and strengthen our leadership position in the homeland security market. Through these directed resources, we believe we have developed best-in-class technology and products. For example, our explosives detection systems use amplifying fluorescence polymer technology to detect trace levels of explosives with a level of precision that is in excess of 1,000 times more sensitive than currently deployed systems. We believe we have developed the most stable and accurate gamma and neutron radiation detection systems available in the market today with immediate isotope identification that allows our systems to differentiate between benign and potentially threatening radiation sources. We also have developed new approaches to identify and amplify DNA fragments for more precise and reliable identification of biological agents.

Building on our technological expertise, we have successfully commercialized and marketed a portfolio of products and solutions that we believe are more sensitive, accurate, compact and affordable than those of our competitors. For example, we build the most sensitive portable explosive detector, the smallest spectroscopic radiation detector and the most accurate mobile solutions for perimeter surveillance available in the market today. We will continue converting our innovative technology pipeline into new growth platforms, enabling us to pursue new market opportunities.

We sell our products and services both directly through a global sales force and indirectly through leading industry participants with whom we have developed strategic alliances and partnerships. Due to the breadth and diverse nature of our product offerings and technology portfolio, as well as our ability to deliver solutions for a comprehensive range of critical security applications, the future success of our business is not dependent upon a single product, technology, customer or government program.

Our direct customers include federal agencies, such as the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Customs & Border Protection (Border Patrol) and the Transportation Security Administration, as well as various state and local governments and agencies, including the New York Police Department and the Port of Long Beach. We also sell our products, components and sub-systems to leading integrators in the security and defense industries who either resell our products or integrate them into comprehensive security installations for their end

 

65


Table of Contents

customers. The value-added resellers and system integrators that we sell products to include The Boeing Company, Honeywell International, Inc., Northrop Grumman Corp., Raytheon Company, SAIC, Inc. and Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. We sell to military customers such as the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD), the U.S. Air Force, the U.S. Marines and the U.S. Army. Additionally, we are expanding our addressable markets by selling to private sector customers such as Federal Express Corporation, The Walt Disney Company and two international airports serving the city of Houston, Texas and surrounding communities.

Industry Overview

The proliferation of global security threats has reached unprecedented levels. These threats not only jeopardize innocent lives, but also have the potential to inflict severe damage upon the global economy. Both the government and private sectors are preparing to address increasingly sophisticated types of terrorist attacks, including chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear and explosive threats, as well as other major security risks and natural disasters. As a result, the homeland security market has grown from approximately $33 billion in 2004 to approximately $55 billion in 2006, and is expected to grow 21% annually to $140 billion by 2011. Because of the importance of security to the global economy, we believe the homeland security market is less exposed to economic downturns and will continue to grow rapidly over the next decade.

The U.S. military is facing challenges adapting to a new style of asymmetric warfare that requires tactics similar to those used in the homeland security market. An increasingly large amount of the DoD budget is expected to shift in fiscal year 2007 toward advanced technologies that better equip U.S. military forces to face such threats. We have identified $20 billion in the $450 billion fiscal year 2007 DoD budget that is associated with the types of programs we can address. We expect such spending to increase in future years as the full extent of the new threats become more apparent and the DoD works through the aftermath of the current conflicts.

The demand for new security products and technologies also extends to the $145 billion private sector, a rapidly growing market in which many large commercial organizations have made detection, access control and advanced video surveillance a focal point for their security initiatives. Private sector organizations are expected to spend approximately $30 billion on these technologies in 2007.

In addition, we believe our technologies will have utility in a wide range of applications outside the homeland security and military markets. Historically, advanced technologies developed for security and military applications have later been found to have applications in other commercial markets, such as biological research and energy, and have led to the creation of entirely new markets. We believe our technologies may in the future be used in products and solutions for markets that surpass the size of the markets we currently serve.

Market Opportunity

Conventional security products typically are not portable, are either not sensitive enough or generate too many false positives, are difficult to network, or are too expensive for many users to buy and operate. In addition, due to the fragmented nature of the market, many market participants have either focused on manufacturing specific products or acted as integrators who network the products of other companies without having a detailed understanding of the capabilities of these products. As a result, customers are demanding single-source providers in order to allow them to streamline their procurement processes and isolate accountability with fewer vendors.

We provide an expansive portfolio of technology products and solutions that address many of the specific demands of our customers. Our products not only address the shortcomings of conventional products, but also interact in a manner that facilitates the interchange of critical security information. We believe that our ability to network advanced sensors into highly effective, integrated solutions will enable us to capture market share and deliver our customers high-value solutions that warrant premium pricing. We believe our ability to understand the nature of sophisticated security threats, the technological potential of security solutions and the complex procurement processes of both government and private sector customers differentiates us from other companies

 

66


Table of Contents

in the market. By leveraging our unique technical expertise, we develop, produce and market what we believe are the most advanced sensor and surveillance products available in the homeland security market today. We believe we will be able to apply our technological expertise in security to develop new products in non-security markets.

Our Competitive Strengths

We develop, manufacture, market and integrate products and solutions that detect, identify and prevent a broad range of critical security threats. We believe the following competitive strengths will continue to enhance our leadership position in the homeland security market and the broader security industry.

Leading proprietary technologies.    We are a leading innovator developing high precision, proprietary security technologies that are more accurate, compact and less susceptible to false positives than most conventional technologies. More than half of our approximately 750 employees are highly skilled technologists. From the beginning of 2004 through March 31, 2007, we and companies we have acquired have invested approximately $37 million in research and development and have received approximately $109 million under contracts to conduct research and development for programs we believe will advance our technology and products and strengthen our leadership position in the homeland security market. Our emphasis on innovation has resulted in over 50 issued patents, over 25 pending patents and over 40 licensed patents and patent applications. We also have strong connections with leading research laboratories and universities which foster innovation and advance our technology leadership.

Proven ability to develop, market and commercialize products.    We have been successful in utilizing our advanced technologies to develop commercially viable products and solutions. We have received and expect to continue to receive substantial government funding to carry out our research and product development. Since 2005, we have quadrupled the size of our product line through acquisitions and individual development from ten to forty products. We also understand and are able to successfully navigate the complex security procurement processes of our customers. The growth in sales of our products demonstrates our commercial success.

Broad and diversified product portfolio.    Leveraging our unique technical expertise, we develop, produce and market what we believe are the most advanced products and solutions that detect, identify and prevent a broad range of critical security threats. We believe that our solutions are more sensitive, accurate, compact and affordable than those of our competitors. Due to our diverse product portfolio and our ability to provide solutions for a wide range of critical security applications, the future success of our business is not dependent on a single product, technology, customer or government program.

Ability to deliver comprehensive integrated solutions to key customers.    Our ability to integrate our technology and products into comprehensive, reliable and affordable solutions provides our customers a single source to help address a broad range of critical security threats. We have developed our products in a manner that facilitates interoperability and functional efficiency and also accommodates third-party hardware and software. Our ability to understand the nature of complex security threats, our breadth of product offerings and broad integration capabilities allows us to deliver and implement effective solutions to meet our customers’ needs.

Experienced management team.    Our management team and advisory board has a mix of government and private sector experience across different geographies, industries and functions. Our team promotes entrepreneurial creativity and emphasizes the importance of attracting, developing and retaining the most highly-qualified personnel in our industry. Since our inception, our management team has acquired and integrated 15 diverse companies that have enhanced our capabilities and technology leadership.

 

67


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategy

Our objective is to strengthen our position as a leading provider of technologies, products and solutions that detect, identify and prevent a broad range of critical security threats for the homeland security and military markets and to expand on that leadership position by developing products for other markets. As part of our growth strategy, we seek to:

Strengthen our technological leadership.    We intend to continue to develop and acquire next generation technologies to strengthen our technological leadership position. We will continue to work closely with our customers and partners and will seek further government development funding. We will also invest a substantial amount of our own funds in research and development to further enhance our technology leadership position.

Enhance and extend our product line.    We plan to introduce new models of our current products with enhancements to the capabilities of those products in order to address our customers’ evolving needs. We will continue converting our innovative technologies in our research and development pipeline into new products and platforms to pursue new market opportunities.

Provide integrated solutions.    We intend to continue to provide integrated, single-source solutions that prevent a broad range of critical security threats. We believe that significant opportunities exist for companies that understand the nature of complex security threats and meet customers’ needs by developing and delivering effective solutions that respond to those threats and make it easier to capture data from advanced, multifunctional products through integrated networked command platforms.

Scale our distribution channels.    We intend to continue to build and strengthen our direct sales force and expand our indirect channels to extend our geographic reach and market penetration. We have hired key personnel from companies such as FLIR Systems Inc., General Electric Company, Johnson Controls, Inc., Smiths Detection and Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., as well as from government agencies including the DoD, the U.S. Air Force and the Executive Office of the White House. In addition, in 2007, we significantly expanded our network of sales representatives to market our products to private sector customers and state and local governments and agencies.

Expand into non-security markets.    While in the near-term we intend to continue to focus primarily on products and solutions for the homeland security and military markets, we have developed technologies that are being used in non-security applications, such as chemical sensors for pesticide detection and thermal cameras used to inspect brakes on commercial trucks. We believe our technologies have utility in a wide variety of non-security applications and we intend to continue to explore applications for our technologies in markets that are not related to security. We believe this will allow us to leverage our existing intellectual property and infrastructure to expand our addressable markets and further accelerate our growth.

Grow through complementary acquisitions.    We aim to grow our business, relationships and product offerings by acquiring select companies and assets that enhance our technology leadership, broaden our product offerings or expand our customer relationships. We maintain a highly disciplined approach in our pursuit of acquisitions and their integration, including a rigorous assessment of technological strengths, growth prospects, synergy potential, management strengths and the intrinsic value of potential targets. Since our inception, we have acquired and integrated 15 companies.

Products

We develop and sell proprietary products and solutions that protect people and facilities from a broad range of critical security threats. Our detection products are designed to detect potentially dangerous materials, such as chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear and explosive agents. Our surveillance products are designed to allow more effective surveillance of wide areas, borders and pipelines. Our integrated solutions combine our products and, in some cases, the products of other providers into integrated security solutions. We sell our products and solutions primarily to government and private sector customers in the homeland security and military force

 

68


Table of Contents

protection markets. Many of our products are designed for use in the field by civilian guards, border patrol officers, coast guard personnel, soldiers, airport passenger and baggage screeners and others working on the front lines of security.

Detection Products

We offer products with advanced capabilities to detect threats in all of the critical chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear and explosive segments. Our detection products are compact, portable, affordable and simple to use compared to laboratory instruments that perform similar functions. We believe that the sensitivity, accuracy and low rate of false positives of our products underscores the technological superiority of our products relative to products designed by other companies for use in the field.

We believe our Fido suite of products, first introduced in 2004, are the world’s most sensitive portable and handheld explosive detection instruments. In tests by the Defense Advanced Research Products Agency and other government laboratories, our Fido products have demonstrated sensitivity more than 1,000 times as sensitive as currently deployed systems, which we believe is comparable to the capabilities of canines. We believe Fido is the first hand-held instrument sensitive enough to detect trace airborne vapors. Fido has been used in the field by U.S. Marines deployed in Iraq and by both the U.S. Air Force and the DoD’s Special Operations Command and is also incorporated into one of iRobot’s detection-and-disarmament autonomous robot platforms. We have recently introduced Fido PaxPoint, which extends the capabilities of Fido technology to detect certain liquids.

Our radiation detectors lead the industry in portability and specificity. We believe our pager-sized radiation sensor Interceptor is the smallest and first instrument in its class that is capable of detection and identification. Other comparably-sized units only measure the intensity of radiation present in an area and sound alarms, but do not identify the material emitting the radiation which is critical to responding to the threat. We have sold radiation detectors to a broad range of customers, including the U.S. Department of Energy’s Nuclear Emergency Search Team, the New York Police Department, the International Atomic Energy Agency (for security at the Summer Olympic Games in Greece), the U.S. Coast Guard and the United Kingdom’s Home Office Border and Immigration Agency.

Our biological security components and products are used to provide reliable, affordable, first-stage detection of airborne biological particulates, such as anthrax. Our BioCapture bio-hazard air sampler is a uniquely small and efficient collector of airborne toxins. Our AirSentinel product—a next-generation “biological smoke alarm”—was selected by the Homeland Security Advanced Research Projects Agency for that agency’s Low-Cost Bio-Aerosol Detector Systems program, and by the DoD for the Pentagon Shield program. We are also developing next generation applications in molecular biological agent detection.

We sell compact and highly sensitive chemical sensors. The DoD has performed live agent testing on all five of our chemical-warfare sensors in this family of products. The U.S. Army ranked the technology that powers these sensors as one of the “10 Greatest Inventions of 2003.” Our magic-marker-sized nerve-agent sensor performs highly sensitive chemical analyses in the field. Under two separate contracts, one with the Department of Homeland Security (Lightweight Autonomous Chemical Identification System program) and one with the U.S. Marines (Field Chemical Analysis Tool program), we are now developing ruggedized, suitcase-size version of this product.

We are also incorporating our core detection technologies in a wide variety of non-security commercial products. For example, we sell chemical sensors used for pesticide detection, hospital sanitation and laboratory measurements; radiation instruments used by hospitals, laboratories and industry; gamma spectroscopy products used for environmental monitoring and food safety; gas sensors used for industrial safety and quality control; and sensors used in the construction industry to monitor the curing of concrete.

 

69


Table of Contents

ICx Detection Products

(representative list)

 

Explosive   
Fido XT   

•     Light-weight and portable

 

•     True vapor sensing and field tested

 

•     More than 1,000 times more sensitive than conventional trace detection products

 

•     Sensitivity we believe to be comparable to the capabilities of canines (detects femtogram level concentrations)

 

•     Based on sensitive amplifying fluorescent polymer

Fido On-
Board
  

•     Ultra-light version of Fido to integrate onto robots

 

•     Integrated with robot communication protocols

 

•     Comparable to Fido XT in sensing performance

Fido   

•     High sensitivity

 

•     Similar to Fido XT in ease of use

Chemical   
CAD-Kit   

•     Portable, light-weight chemical agent detection kit

 

•     Laboratory-level sensitivity with rapid, visual indication

 

•     Senses key high-threat chemical warfare agents: nerve, blood and blister

 

•     Detects well below immediately dangerous to life or health concentrations

 

•     Very few false readings

Griffin
600
  

•     Provides continuous air monitoring for infrastructure security

 

•     Competitive with ion mobility spectrometry continuous monitoring systems

 

•     Instruments can be arrayed and run remotely with a networked system

Griffin
X-Sorber
  

•     Handheld vapor sampler for chemical warfare agents, toxic industrial compounds and pollutants

 

•     Integrated heaters make the X-Sorber the smallest thermal desorber on the market

 

•     Docks with Griffin 450 to provide on-site lab quality analysis

 

•     Saves and transfers data from sampling event—GPS, sample volume, time stamp and tube ID

Griffin
450
  

•     Mobile gas chromatograph/mass spectrometer with full laboratory level detection

 

•     Detects and identifies explosives, chemical warfare agents, chemicals and organic compounds

 

•     Includes air sampling module

 

•     Suitable for mobile, transportable and remote site applications

 

•     Sensitive to parts-per-trillion concentrations in air, soil and water

 

70


Table of Contents
SensorChip 4P   

•     Micro-electro-mechanical system (MEMS) photonic crystal that emits and absorbs extremely efficiently in narrow infrared (IR) wave bands used for gas sensing

 

•     Industry-first wafer-level packaging, hermetically sealed, sensor-on-a-chip

 

•     Wearable, compact and highly reliable

 

•     Less than one-tenth of the power consumption of standard IR detectors

Biological   
BioCapture   

•     Widely deployed portable air sampler for detection of biowarfare agents

 

•     Battery powered, modular design for ease of integration

 

•     Stand-alone or incorporated as front-end for range of bio-analytical systems

AirSentinel   

•     Biological “smoke alarm” provides continuous indoor air sampler for biowarfare agents

 

•     Integrates into building HVAC automation systems

 

•     Modular architecture for ease of system integration

 

•      Can integrate with chemical, radiological and explosive sensors

BioBadge   

•     Wearable, low-cost air sampler for detection and alert of biowarfare agents

 

•     Employs key technologies of AirSentinel

SensiQ   

•     High performance biomolecular analysis system

 

•     Semi-automated high throughput system

 

•     Targeted at drug discovery market

SensiQ Discovery   

•     Manual dual-channel biomolecular analysis system

  

 

•     Based on integrated biochip

Radiation & Nuclear Material
Interceptor   

•     Pager-sized radiation detector and identifier

 

•     Gamma/neutron identification

 

•     On-the-spot identification of specific radioactive materials

 

•      Easy operation, built-in event recording and camera

 

•      Bluetooth module

 

•      On-board memory stores up to 50 spectra

identiFINDER   

•      Laboratory-level sensitivity and accuracy in a handheld radiation detector and identifier

 

•      Gamma/neutron detection and identification

 

•      Built-in laboratory-level multi-channel analyzer

 

•      Available in underwater version

 

•      Available in version optimized for explosive ordinance disposal

 

71


Table of Contents
bagSPEC   

•     Luggage monitor for radioactive materials

 

•     Mountable on standard conveyer belt system

 

•     Two-second response time

cdsSPEC   

•     Portable non-destructive testing of closed containers for possible chemical warfare agents

 

•     Chlorine detection down to 20 grams

 

•     2 to 5 minute response time

dsciSPEC   

•     Digital scintillation spectrometer with ethernet interface

 

•     Real time, remote detection of radioactive sources

 

•     Core driver for portal applications

barrelSPEC   

•     Analyzes the contents of sealed drums

 

•     Fully automatic gamma spectroscopy system

Surveillance Products

Our surveillance products are designed to secure perimeters, such as around ports, airports, nuclear power plants, vessels and vehicles, and to monitor borders, parking lots and other public and private spaces. These products incorporate technologies we have developed to create and fuse images in the infrared, visible light, microwave and millimeter wave bands.

We have developed security cameras with unique capabilities that allow users to overlay visible and infrared images with the user controlling the relative intensity of each of the two overlaid images. Our cameras were selected by over 20 commercial nuclear facilities that deployed advanced technology solutions in 2004 in response to new security mandates issued by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. These cameras are also being used to protect U.S. Navy bases and civilian ports, including the Port of Long Beach and Port of San Diego. These units are deployed at military bases around the world. Based on our millimeter wave band capabilities, the U.S. Navy awarded us an $8 million contract for our marine millimeter wave band surface search radar. We are also, we believe, the first company to receive certification for a civilian airborne obstacle warning millimeter wave band radar.

We have developed efficient, user-friendly interfaces that integrate our thermal/visible cameras with object-detection radars into a single product. We believe this is the first fully-integrated commercially available radar-camera system with automated radar that points a thermal/visible camera at a moving target that the radar has detected and alerts the human operator to the image of interest.

We have also pioneered the development of surveillance and deterrence towers that can be controlled remotely and allow for manned or un-manned operation. These towers provide a suite of surveillance systems for force protection and force multiplication, which provides greater security with fewer people. Our towers currently protect Border Patrol installations, police departments, prisons, transportation facilities and over 60 U.S. military facilities at home and abroad. Additionally, the U.S. Army Night Vision Lab selected us to design, build and deploy our Cerberus product—a portable, stand-alone, integrated, unmanned tower that incorporates such technologies as radar-cueing of infrared/visible cameras.

We are also incorporating our core surveillance technologies in products unrelated to security. These products include aviation and navigation radars, military targeting and tracking radars and thermal cameras used to inspect truck brakes for safety inspection.

 

72


Table of Contents

ICx Surveillance Products

(representative list)

 

Integrated surveillance platforms:
SkyWatch   

•     Trailer-transportable, manned surveillance and deterrence platform

 

•     Options include thermal camera, radar, spotlights, ballistic glass and ground sensors

 

•     Lifts from ground to 20-foot level

 

•     Generator or solar power options

 

•     Scalable, open-architecture control software

 

•     Available with integrated video motion detection and digital recording

 

•     Wireless transmission up to seven miles and integrates up to 20 towers

Cerberus   

•     Unmanned self-powered, integrated perimeter surveillance platform

 

•     Integrated sensor suite can include infrared or visible light cameras, ground surveillance radar, video motion detection and unattended ground sensors

 

•     Wireless local area network

 

•     Multiple towers can be networked to central location for complete perimeter coverage

Infrared Cameras:
Illuminator   

•     Low-light camera with High Powered Spotlight triggered on detection

 

•     Non-lethal deterrence

 

•     Radar, Video Motion Detection and Unattended Ground Sensors capability

 

DefendIR   

•     Dual Sensor (visible light and thermal) Pan and Tilt Thermal Imager

 

•     VisionSense Technology that combines the visible and thermal image into one output

 

•     Multiple configurations utilizing various lenses and detectors to optimize the field of view for the desired use

 

•     Radar, Video Motion Detection and Unattended Ground Sensors capability

 

Orion   

•     Long Range 5.5x continuous zoom lens

 

•     Cryogenically cooled detector

 

•     Integrated visible light camera VisionSense Technology

 

•     Precision pan/tilt mount with control and pointing accuracy

 

•     Radar, Video Motion Detection and Unattended Ground Sensors

VisionIR   

•     Mixed-range fixed infrared camera

 

•     Focus-free technology

 

•     Available with either 25 or 37.5 micron focal plane array

 

•     Environmentally sealed and low-maintenance

 

73


Table of Contents
Radar:
STS-350   

•     Millimeter wave band high-resolution radar for ground surveillance

 

•     High performance radar with unparalleled resolution and accuracy

 

•     360° field of view

 

•     Detects people walking up to 300 meters and crawling up to 100 meters

 

•     Rapid deployable, battery-operated versions

 

•     Network up to 24 units

 

•     Readily integrates to direct and control camera on targets

 

•     User-friendly programmable field-of-detection interface

 

•     Sophisticated built-in software for noise rejection

STS-1400   

•     Video area high-resolution millimeter wave band ground surveillance radar

 

•     360° field of view, one revolution per second and few false-positive readings

 

•     Easy to integrate with Ethernet/XML interface

STS-12000   

•     High performance radar with unparalleled resolution and accuracy

 

•     Remote detection and tracking system radar

 

•     Long-range and/or wide-area surveillance

 

•     Detect moving vehicles up to ten kilometers or people up to five kilometers

Miniature
Surface Search
Radar
  

•     High-resolution marine radar for obstacle detection and terrain mapping

 

•     Lightweight (less than ten pounds)

 

•     Efficient clutter suppression

 

•     Full integration with navigation

 

•     Ethernet interface

Oasys   

•     Certified aviation millimeter wave band radar for obstacle detection (towers, power lines)

 

•     Millimeter wave band radar sees through snow, light rain, smoke, dust, mist and most fog

 

•     Real-time integration with flight-path prediction and range/location of obstacles

Perimeter
Surveillance
Sensors:
  
MarkIR   

•     Friendly force infrared identification and long-range infrared beacon

 

•     Extremely narrow-band emissions in three to five or eight to twelve micron bands

 

•     100 times more infrared energy than LEDs

 

•     Based on our MEMS SensorChip tuned infrared chips

 

•     Not visible to standard imaging or night vision (visible only to narrow infrared cameras)

PulsIR   

•     Broadband infrared power source

 

74


Table of Contents

Solutions

We design, create and deploy security operating systems and video networking systems. In addition to providing platforms for our sensors and surveillance technologies, we offer software systems that are open, scalable and specifically designed to support or integrate with hardware and software developed by us and other companies.

Our StarWatch software security operating system aggregates inputs from widely dispersed sensors, detectors, portals and imaging systems, providing integrated networking, supervision, control and critical data management, including sophisticated access control. Starwatch was selected to protect the Pentagon and has become a standard for many DoD applications. StarWatch was also selected as one of the software platforms for the Integrated Commercial Intrusion Detection System (ICIDS) for military base security.

Our Cameleon video integration and command software networks, integrates and controls both analog and digital video cameras. The Cameleon software can interface with over 200 different devices and sensors, is used by state government agencies and is installed at military and classified facilities.

We also incorporate the technology used in our security operating systems into non-security solutions, such as supervisory and control systems used to monitor electric utility networks. Government transportation agencies also use our video networking software to monitor and control intelligent traffic systems. Our technologies are also being used in advanced signal processing and in telecommunications, including tunable filters and other components for optical signal processing.

 

75


Table of Contents

ICx Solution Products

(representative list)

 

Cameleon   

•      Operating system to fully integrate video command centers

 

•      Interfaces with cameras, monitors, video recorders and other types of devices

 

•      Interfaces with both analog and digital video

 

•      Allows easy, incremental migration from analog to digital formats

 

•      Scalable, distributed architecture allows video feeds to be collected from a large number of points and distributed to multiple users

 

•      Vendor agnostic

 

•      Supports over 550 types of equipment sold by mainstream vendors

StarWatch   

•      Suite of security system options for intelligent sensor network and access control

 

•      Scalable from small stand-alone through fully–integrated, wide-area PC-based networked systems

 

•      Supports composite access and alarm monitoring with full workstation performance

 

•      Supports closed circuit television, video badging and video verification options and biometric access controls

 

•      Supports all major communications systems

 

•      Compatible with a wide range of cameras, radars and chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear sensors

SmartGate   

•      Controls vehicular access to facilities and allows those facilities to link specific vehicles with specific individuals, each of which is uniquely identified as they enter the facility

 

•      The system controls all peripherals including gates, light trees and annunciations to the guard force

SAFgate   

•      Monitors and provides access control for vehicle traffic lanes entering military bases or comparable facilities

SmartGate C5   

•      Integrates access control, intrusion detection, video management and devices for chemical, biological, radiation, nuclear and explosives detection

Cameleon ITS   

•      Command and control software for Intelligent Transportation Systems

 

•      Scalable and flexible for large video sharing projects

 

•      Customizable off-the-shelf software for lane control, event management, signage, congestion warning, parking management, bridge and tunnel security, incident detection and management and vehicle access systems

 

•      NTCIP (National Transportation Communications for ITS Protocol) compliant camera, sign and detector control and information exchange

 

•      XML data transfer engine for integration with third party traffic management systems and advanced traveler information systems

 

76


Table of Contents
Cameleon
Tactical
  

•      Automated camera tracking of radar targets and known GPS-tracked objects

 

•      Supports manned or unmanned tactical platforms for wide area surveillance

 

•      Integrated geo-referenced maps with ability to determine coordinates of fixed assets and known GPS-tracked sources

Cameleon
Enterprise
  

•      Large scale enterprise-wide monitoring of disparate sites from one integrated interface

 

•      Interface permits “point and click” monitoring and alert response for any site on the network worldwide

Customers

We sell our products to a broad base of federal, state and local government customers, to all branches of the U.S. military, and to private sector businesses both in the United States and internationally. We sell our products directly through our internal sales force to agencies of the U.S. government, such as the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS), the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD), the U.S. Department of Energy (DoE), U.S. Customs & Border Protection (Border Patrol), the U.S. Transportation Security Administration (TSA), Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), U.S. Secret Service, U.S. Coast Guard, as well as agencies of various state and local governments in the United States, such as the New York Police Department (NYPD) and the Port of Long Beach. We are also beginning to sell our products directly to private sector customers such as Federal Express Corporation, The Walt Disney Company and the international airports serving the city of Houston, Texas and its surrounding communities. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 and for the three months ended March 31, 2007, no single customer accounted for over 10% of our product sales.

We also provide products, components and sub-systems to value-added-resellers and system integrators in the security and defense industries who either resell our products or integrate them into comprehensive security installations for their customers. These companies include The Boeing Company, DRS Technologies, Inc., General Dynamics, Inc., General Electric Company, Honeywell International, Inc., Johnson Controls, Inc., Motorola, Inc., Northrop Grumman Corp., Raytheon Company, SAIC, Inc. and Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. Our core technologies are also being incorporated into non-security products for industrial, environmental, medical and other applications.

The following table illustrates some representative installations for our products.

 

Customer
Installation

  

Product

  

Product Description / Deployment

U.S. Army (Iraq and Afghanistan)    Fido XT   

•      Fido XT is a field-deployable unit that can detect highly sensitive explosives on a real-time basis and has particular application in extreme battlefield conditions present in Iraq and Afghanistan

 

•      Deployed more than 500 units with squadrons of the U.S. and Iraqi armed forces

iRobot, Foster Miller, Exponents    Fido On-Board   

•      Fido On-Board is an ultra-lightweight, highly sensitive explosive sensor for robotic applications

 

•      Currently deployed on iRobot Pacbot, Forest Miller’s Talon and research platforms

 

77


Table of Contents

Customer
Installation

  

Product

  

Product Description / Deployment

NYPD / Police Departments    SkyWatch Surveillance Tower   

•      SkyWatch is a mobile crime deterrent and surveillance unit that is used to increase security and prevent crime in high risk areas and at special events

 

•      The NYPD purchased several units for crime monitoring and special events, such as the Macy’s Thanksgiving Day Parade

 

•      There are more than 14,000 police agencies in the United States

Bush and Hobby international airports (Houston)    Perimeter Security Radars   

•      STS Radars are the most accurate and precise perimeter security radars commercially available that can see through fog, rain and darkness enabling uninterrupted perimeter monitoring

 

•      Deployed over 1,300 radars at various locations, including three large commercial airports

 

•      There are more than 500 commercial airports in the United States and over 1,500 worldwide

U.S. Customs and Border Patrol    Cerberus Integrated Mobile Sensor Platform   

•      Cerberus is an advanced mobile perimeter security tower with an integrated automated radar, thermal camera and command and control center

 

•      Jointly developed with Night Vision Labs and currently installed at various locations along the southern board of the United States

 

•      Several countries including the United States, Saudi Arabia and the member states of the European Union currently seek to increase their border protection. There are 265 countries worldwide with an estimated total border length of more than 150,000 miles

National Park Service / U.S. Department of the Interior /Statue of Liberty    Advanced Sensors   

•      National monuments are regarded as primary terrorist targets due to the large amount of visitors and their national importance. They generally require perimeter protection and screening of visitors

 

•      The Statue of Liberty National Monument is one of our key pilot sites to deploy our larger product line. Visitors are being screened with our explosive and radiation detectors. We monitor the air for biological agents and protect the perimeter with our radars, cameras and command and control center

 

•      There are over 100 registered national monuments and memorials in the United States

Pentagon    Instantaneous Bioaerosol Detection System   

•      Following the 2001 anthrax attacks in the United States, many government buildings, including the Pentagon, sought to detect and defend against an attack with biological agents

 

•      We have deployed our bio detection systems at the Pentagon and have started to market to the broader commercial building market

 

•      There are over 4.8 million commercial buildings in the United States

 

78


Table of Contents

Customer
Installation

  

Product

  

Product Description / Deployment

U.S. Army    Integrated Commercial Intrusion Detection Systems   

•      ICIDS is an intrusion detection system that uses CCTV surveillance, intrusion detection sensors and equipment and pass-card enabled entry/exit portals to supervise movement of personnel in buildings

 

•      Installed by the U.S. Army and U.S. Air Force to protect their critical facilities against intrusion and security threats

 

•      The U.S. Army has approximately 185 installations

Hawaii Department of Transportation (DOT)   

Intelligent Traffic Management System

(ITMS)

  

•      ITMS is an integrated software system that can manage and deploy a complete communication, command and control system and allows for detection of security breaches, threats and natural disasters and helps respond better by managing and monitoring traffic patterns

 

•      Deployed by the Hawaii DOT in large cities that require integrated sensor networks comprising air temperature sensors, traffic lights, pop-up barriers and reversible lanes

 

•      There are approximately 100 agencies operating traffic management centers in the United States

NYPD    Video Surveillance   

•      Cameleon manages and integrates dispersed camera networks

 

•      We provided the command and control software for NYPD’s camera network installed during the 2004 Republican National Convention

 

•      The United Kingdom’s Home Office alone monitors approximately 4.2 million video surveillance cameras

Sales and Marketing

We sell our products worldwide through our direct sales force, sales representatives, value added resellers and system integrators. We sell many of our products and services to a broad range of customers in both the government and commercial sectors through our internal sales force. We recently hired sales and marketing personnel from companies in the security industry, including FLIR Systems Inc., General Electric Company, Johnson Controls, Inc., Smiths Detection and Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., and we intend to aggressively expand our direct sales force in the future. In 2006, our direct sales represented approximately 63% of our revenue.

Some of our products are designed as components or sub-systems that are sold to value added resellers or system integrators for incorporation into their products and systems. For example, we provide firmware and electronics for thermal cameras, video-integration software for security command centers, access control software and firmware for building-wide military security systems, bio-samplers for first-responder bio-alarms, spectrum analyzers and data multiplexers for radiation portals, and laser diodes for medical lasers. The value-added-resellers and system integrators that we sell products to include The Boeing Company, DRS Technologies, Inc., General Dynamics, Inc., General Electric Company, Honeywell International, Inc., Johnson Controls, Inc., Motorola, Inc., Northrop Grumman Corp., Raytheon Company, SAIC, Inc. and Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. In 2006, our sales through value-added-resellers and system integrators represented approximately 37% of our revenue.

We sell products through our various operating units. While some of our customers purchase products from more than one operating unit, we intend to further coordinate joint sales and marketing activities in the future. For example, we intend to market integrated platforms that combine two or more products, such as mobile surveillance towers integrated with thermal cameras, millimeter wave band radar and other products supplied by our various operating units networked together through our software solution.

 

79


Table of Contents

We also sell our products internationally. In 2006, sales to customers located outside of the United States accounted for approximately 16% of our revenue. We intend to expand our direct sales force or engage new distributors to target international customers and to take advantage of our business and relationships through our subsidiaries in Canada and Germany. Many security technologies require export licenses before they can be exported from the United States. Obtaining those licenses can be time consuming and expensive. We intend to continue to seek export licenses for appropriate technologies and to develop additional expertise in obtaining these licenses expeditiously and efficiently. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be successful in obtaining export licenses for key technologies because the U.S. Department of State and the U.S. Department of Commerce have broad discretion to delay or prevent the exportation of security technologies. See “Business—Regulatory” and “Risk Factors—Export Controls.”

Technology

Our key technological strengths fall into four principal categories:

 

   

developing, purifying and assembling new sensing materials;

 

   

developing technologies to enable compact design of analytic instruments;

 

   

developing technologies to facilitate the sensing and projection of power at different electromagnetic wavelengths; and

 

   

software technologies for devices and networks.

Sensing materials

Our sensors use new materials with novel characteristics, such as new semiconductors, crystals, polymers, reagents and other recently developed materials. These new materials are extraordinarily sensitive. Some of the materials respond to trace exposures of specific chemical compounds, such as explosives, nerve agents, or biological proteins. Other new materials respond to low-intensity radioactive emissions or specific types of electromagnetic energy, such as specific bands of infrared light. Many of these materials did not exist a few years ago or could not be sufficiently purified or economically assembled into functional structures. These new materials are now the key starting point in our development of extremely compact sensors, imagers and detectors.

In order to transform these materials into sensors, imagers and detectors, we must ensure that these materials are precisely powered. We have sought technologies that incorporate innovative, compact and high-speed electrical circuits, amplifiers, power supplies, communications interfaces and embedded operating systems. Many of the new security threats are so diffuse, or move so quickly, that even the best conventional sensors often give off signals with significant static that can be difficult to interpret. We embed sophisticated software into our products that helps separate static from the signal.

Our core radiation sensing technology combines advanced sensors (sodium iodide, cadmium-zinc-telluride, lithium-6-fiber and helium) with sophisticated analytical engines powered by multichannel spectrum analyzers and high-speed digital signal processors. We have developed some unique approaches to the design and assembly of the basic sensing materials that improves the ability of our units to accurately distinguish between man-made and natural sources of radioactivity. One of our handheld units, for example, provides simultaneous gamma and neutron radiation detection at very low emission rates (1 microrem/hour).

Our explosive detector’s accuracy and sensitivity are derived from a unique amplifying fluorescent polymer, which we use under an exclusive license from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. This amplifying fluorescent polymer dramatically increases the signal strength of the molecules of interest. Our Fido explosive detector, for example, has achieved detection sensitivities as low as 100 parts per quadrillion. Our various chemical detectors incorporate a number of different technologies, including enzyme-based detection, gamma spectroscopy, the same amplifying fluorescent polymer technology at the core of our explosive detectors, and gamma spectrometry adapted from our radiation detectors.

 

80


Table of Contents

Compact design

Our engineers have developed very compact, rugged products, suitable for use in the field that perform sophisticated analyses of the sort that would typically require laboratory facilities. Our various biosensors incorporate a number of different technologies, including a very small and efficient air sampler which serves as the front end for our ultraviolet fluorescence interrogation and amplifying fluorescent polymer technologies. Our AirSentinel “biological smoke alarm” uses deep-ultraviolet light-emitting diodes (LEDs) to interrogate samples. Biological proteins fluoresce under this form of deep-ultraviolet illumination. The technology is extremely compact and can be powered by a battery.

Another core detection technology allows us to incorporate biologically active proteins and enzymes within plastics and polymers. Our enzyme-in-polymer technology enables us to turn laboratory test protocols and agents into field test kits for a wide range of chemical and biological materials. We are currently completing development of a spray-on formulation using this technology that can indicate the exact location of any contamination, or confirm that decontamination efforts have succeeded.

Mass spectrometry is uniquely sensitive and accurate, and is the standard laboratory technology for detecting, differentiating and identifying trace levels of chemical compounds in complex chemical environments. All conventionally designed units, however, are much too large and cumbersome to be deployed outside of a laboratory. By contrast, our miniaturized units incorporate unique cylindrical ion trap technology developed at Purdue University, which we use under exclusive license. This technology has allowed us to build the first truly miniaturized, portable mass spectrometer capable of multiple stages of analysis. The cylindrical ion trap incorporates smaller vacuum systems and power electronics than are required in conventional systems. Software incorporated into the product provides instrument control and data analysis and allows end-users to customize operation to address specific applications.

Sensing and projecting power at different electromagnetic wavelengths

Our surveillance products sense and project power across a range of electromagnetic wavelengths to enable better surveillance and response. We believe we are a world leader in developing devices and surfaces that allow the tuning of infrared emission, absorption and transmission. Our photonic crystal technology allows precise tuning of the wavelength of infrared light emitted or absorbed by a silicon surface. Our SensorChip product implements this technology in a micro-electro-mechanical system. The SensorChip enables the single-chip gas sensors that are used to detect potentially dangerous gases, such as methane.

We believe that we have developed the first commercial ground-level surveillance radar operating in the very high frequency millimeter wave bands. Conventional radar systems operate at much lower frequencies, and are less able to discern small, slow and soft targets. Millimeter wave band radar presents very different technical challenges, requiring fundamentally different signal processing and data analysis, and optimal design of all key components, such as antennas, electrical circuitry, firmware and software. We combine these proprietary circuits with real-time operational and signal processing software. Our millimeter wave band radar technology improves image resolution by fourfold or more over conventional microwave radar, and penetrates light rain, fog, and smoke—conditions that often interfere with infrared technologies. Advanced software algorithms provide object recognition, and can control and direct visible and infrared cameras to point toward radar-identified targets.

Our infrared technology consists of the key imaging processing electronics and software to rapidly transform the latest infrared detectors into functioning products. Our pan-and-tilt, forward-looking units operate in the eight to twelve micron spectral range—the infrared band in which humans and animals radiate much of their heat—and wavelengths that readily pass through fog and dust. Our versatile software is incorporated on a modular, scalable, flexible and fully programmable electronics card set that can be used with many detectors. This card set can be readily adapted to interface with new and higher resolution detectors as they are developed by third party vendors. Our cameras can be readily customized to customer specifications.

 

81


Table of Contents

Flexible software, open interfaces, and scalable systems.

We favor open interfaces and scalability in all of our products, systems and software. We use standard communication and control protocols. We make it easy for system integrators and end-users to incorporate our products in larger systems, and easy for us to link other vendors’ products with our own. We view this as essential because many new security products are being added to legacy systems.

Our security operating systems and video network software, which collect data from large, distributed arrays of sensors and imagers, are extremely robust and stable—a core requirement of all security-related software. At the same time, these are scalable, open-architecture systems that can control and communicate with a very broad range of security hardware, wired and wireless communications networks, and support hardware (such as camera platforms, floodlights, generators, batteries, solar panels, and fuel tanks). Our objective is to make our software the industry-standard security operating system.

The software in our surveillance towers, for example, can monitor, control and integrate distributed arrays of cameras, sensors, high-intensity spotlights, fuel levels in power generators, battery levels, backup solar panels and communication systems. We integrate our infrared cameras with radar, acoustic and other sensors provided by other manufacturers. These cameras can easily link to large, integrated security systems through our Internet Protocol control and video interface. In addition, our AirSentinel product is easily connected to existing control and alarm networks in buildings. The AirSentinel’s modular architecture also makes it easy to network with chemical, radiological and explosive detectors supplied by us or other vendors.

We also embed a great deal of software directly in our products. Highly sensitive sensors and imagers require advanced algorithms and high-speed processors to separate signal from noise, and to transform large streams of raw data into readily accessible information. Our infrared cameras, for example, produce a high- resolution picture from the signal generated by a focal plane array. The software that does this incorporates a deep understanding of how focal plane arrays actually operate in thermally noisy environments. Our software skills are tied to our understanding of high-tech sensing and imaging products, on the one hand, and the practical imperatives of supervision and control on the other.

Intellectual Property

We rely on our patents, trade secret laws, contractual provisions, licenses, copyrights, trademarks and other proprietary rights to protect our intellectual property. We have over 50 issued patents, over 25 pending patents and over 40 licensed patents and patent applications. We cannot guarantee that our pending patent applications will be approved. We focus our patent efforts in the United States and, when justified by cost and strategic importance, we file corresponding foreign patent applications in foreign jurisdictions.

Much of our intellectual property resides in software, firmware, trade secrets and the technical know-how of our employees. The design of compact, efficient radars, for example, is a specialized craft, and we owe the success of our radar products in large part to the skills of our design engineers. The same principle is true for our networking and software systems.

We cannot assure you that the measures we have implemented to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property are sufficient or will be successful. Competitors may copy our technologies or products, or obtain and use information that we consider proprietary, without our permission. Competitors may also recruit our employees who have access to our proprietary technologies. Intellectual property litigation is often extremely expensive, and the cost of enforcing our patents and other intellectual property may be burdensome or prohibitive.

Many companies and inventors in the technology markets in which we operate file patents. In addition, these companies and inventors may assert other types of intellectual property rights. In the future, others may allege that we are infringing on their intellectual property. Lawsuits stemming from such allegations could limit our sales, expose us to significant liability for damages, force us to shoulder significant litigation costs and consume management time and other resources.

 

82


Table of Contents

Research and Development

From the beginning of 2004 through March 31, 2007, we and companies we have acquired have invested approximately $37 million in research and development and have received approximately $109 million under contracts to conduct research and development for programs we believe will advance our technology and products and strengthen our leadership position in the homeland security market. Government agencies have funded much of our research and development, and a substantial amount of the basic science leading to our technologies has emerged from decades of earlier federal and university-based research and development. We anticipate earning approximately $25 million in revenue under similar contracts in 2007.

We have received funding support from a wide variety of federal agencies including the Defense Threat Reduction Agency (chemical agent detection), National Institute of Standards and Technology and the National Science Foundation (photonic crystals), DARPA and DHS (biohazard and explosive sensors), DHS and the Air Force Research Labs (high-power lasers), the Army Night Vision Labs (surveillance towers) and the Naval Air Warfare Center (millimeter-wave radar). Our participation in these and other development programs has culminated in the development of a significant number of commercial products. In general, our U.S. government contracts permit us to retain all rights in patents emerging from the funded research and development, subject to the U.S. government’s non-exclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable paid-up license to practice, or to have practiced on its behalf, throughout the world, any technology developed in the performance of such contracts. In addition, the government possesses the right to allow others to use such technology if, among other things, we fail expeditiously to bring products to market or commercialize products based on such technology.

A number of our technologies and key employees came out of the science and engineering departments of leading universities. We have maintained significant connections with leading academic personnel working in fields relevant to our technology and research and development efforts and often hire these academic personnel as consultants. We maintain offices in close proximity to these universities and contract to use their laboratory instruments and tools. We participate with these universities in major government-funded development programs.

We plan to continue to seek government research and development funding for the development of core enabling technologies. We plan to focus our own research and development spending on turning technologies into commercial products, improving product performance and integrating our technologies into multi-function products.

Manufacturing

We manufacture components and products at 12 facilities in the United States and at our facilities in Canada and Germany. We generally conduct the specialized manufacturing that is specific to our technology and core expertise, such as polymer and chemical synthesis, and perform final assembly and quality assurance testing at our own facilities. We seek to avoid any single-supplier dependence, and have identified, or are in the process of identifying, qualified alternative suppliers of critical components. We typically outsource to unaffiliated third parties mold fabrication and plastics injection molding, most circuit board manufacturing and assembly, antenna manufacturing, optics manufacturing, wiring of certain electronic systems and other more routine operations. Unaffiliated third parties also supply specific components of some of our products, such as electrical components and detectors for infrared cameras. While our customers define the performance criteria or characteristics of our products, we have established internal procedures for final test and calibration of key devices and components, and in some cases the calibration process itself is a core, proprietary technology.

Although we have sufficient manufacturing capacity for our existing operations, we expect that we will need to expand some of our manufacturing capacity as our sales increase. Our operating units plan to share manufacturing expertise and resources in the future, and consolidate some of their outsourcing contracts. We believe this will increase our manufacturing efficiency and reduce costs.

 

83


Table of Contents

Competition

Our diverse product portfolio places us in competition with a wide variety of companies in the homeland security, defense and industrial sectors. Our markets are highly competitive and dynamic. Our many competitors include both a wide variety of small companies with single-point solutions or products and a number of very large and well-established enterprises, including divisions and subsidiaries of Axis AB, BAE Systems, plc, Canberra Industries, Inc., DRS Technologies, Inc., FLIR Systems Inc., General Electric Company, Goodrich Corporation, Honeywell International, Inc., L-1 Identity Solutions Inc., L-3 Communications CE Holdings, Inc., Nice Systems Ltd., RAE Systems, Inc., SAIC, Inc., Smiths Detection and United Technologies Corporation. We do not compete with any one large competitor across the full range of our product portfolio. Many of our competitors have much greater research and development, sales and marketing, manufacturing and financial resources than we have. We expect that competition will increase as other established and emerging companies enter our markets and as new products and technologies are introduced.

We expect our markets to remain highly competitive and dynamic and to reflect rapid technological evolution and continuously evolving customer requirements. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on a number of factors including our ability to:

 

   

develop, adapt and apply new technologies to meet customer needs;

 

   

develop products that reduce costs, that are easy to deploy and that can be integrated into larger systems and networks;

 

   

establish and maintain relationships with key government customers, including government agencies and prime contractors on government projects; and

 

   

recruit and retain qualified personnel, particularly technical personnel.

Employees

As of March 31, 2007, we had 752 full-time employees, of which 606 were located in the United States, 92 were located in Canada and 54 were located in Germany. As of March 31, 2007, approximately 500 of our employees were primarily engaged in engineering, research and development and production, approximately 70 of our employees were primarily engaged in sales and marketing, and approximately 175 of our employees were primarily engaged in operations, general and administration, quality assurance and customer service. Over half of our employees have science and/or engineering backgrounds and approximately 10% of our employees hold PhD degrees.

Facilities

Our principal executive offices are located in a leased facility in Washington, DC. This facility primarily accommodates certain administrative activities, as well as sales and marketing activities. We also lease facilities around the world, including a total of 22 facilities in the Unites States, four facilities in Canada and one facility in Germany. Our facilities in the United States are located in Arizona, California, Florida, Georgia, Indiana, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Tennessee and Washington, DC.

We do not own any real property. We believe that our leased facilities are adequate to meet our current needs and that additional facilities are available for lease to meet future needs. Most of our facilities are easily replaceable. Several facilities contain specialized laboratory or manufacturing equipment that would require months to replace if the facility were shut down by fire or other events.

Regulatory

A number of our advanced technology products are subject to U.S. export control laws and regulations, which have certain registration, licensing and recordkeeping requirements for sales and transfers to foreign persons. These regulations include the U.S. Department of State’s International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR), the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Export Administration Regulations (EAR), and the U.S.

 

84


Table of Contents

Department of Treasury’s economic sanctions regulations. Another key law in this regulatory field is the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA). We have a compliance system to identify those products and technologies subject to certain export control regulatory restrictions and, where required, we obtain authorization from the relevant federal agency for sales to foreign buyers or for technology transfers to foreign consultants, companies, universities, investment partners or foreign national employees.

Our products are utilized by all branches of the U.S. military and by some foreign armed forces, and much of our research is funded by DoD agencies such as DARPA and DTRA. Many of the products we develop through our research and development program are characterized as “defense articles” on the ITAR’s U.S. Munitions List, and we are registered with the U.S. Department of State as both a manufacturer and exporter of such munitions items. Other products and technologies with dual-use military and commercial application, such as chemical detectors for environmental safety purposes, are controlled under the EAR’s Commerce Control List, and we have export compliance systems for determining the proper export licensing requirements for such products and technologies. Under U.S. sanctions laws, we are prohibited from exporting our products, technology or services to embargoed countries such as Cuba, Iran, Syria or Sudan, or to terrorist-supporting entities, and our compliance system is structured to address these restrictions as well. Federal law prohibits the payment of bribes or other corrupt payments to get or retain business, and we are mindful of such prohibitions on corrupt payments. Our overseas subsidiaries must abide by the applicable provisions of U.S. export control law and the related export control laws of the countries in which they are located. The U.S. export control laws and regulations place licensing restrictions on transfers of technology to our foreign subsidiaries, and export licenses or other appropriate authorizations are obtained, as appropriate, from the U.S. Department of State or the U.S. Department of Commerce, when required by law.

Compliance with U.S. export control laws and regulations is a challenge for any high technology company involved in export activities. An effective compliance program includes periodic internal auditing and monitoring of export transactions. In any acquisition, the successor company must ensure that the acquired firm is complying with the requirements of U.S. export control regulations and must see that deficiencies are promptly identified and corrected. We have such a practice and establish export compliance standards for all of our subsidiaries, while recognizing the special compliance demands necessitated by certain sensitive technologies or workforce makeup. Violations of any of the various U.S. export control laws can result in significant civil or criminal penalties, or even a denial of export privileges. We recognize that an effective compliance program can help protect the reputation and relationship of a regulated company with the federal agencies administering these laws. Each of the regulatory agencies administering these laws has a voluntary disclosure program that offers the possibility of significantly reduced penalties, if any are applicable, and we have utilized these agency disclosure procedures as part of our overall compliance policy and system of internal controls.

Under the “SAFETY Act” provisions of The Homeland Security Act of 2002, and its implementing regulations, the federal government provides certain liability limitations and a presumption that the “government contractor” defense applies if the Department of Homeland Security “designates” or “certifies” technologies or products as “qualified anti-terrorism technologies,” and if certain other conditions apply. We may seek to qualify some or all of our products and technologies under the SAFETY Act’s provisions in order to obtain such liability protections, but there is no guarantee that the Department of Homeland Security will designate or certify our products and technologies as a qualified anti-terrorism technology. To date, our Fido Portable Explosives Detector has been designated as a qualified anti-terrorism technology, but our other products have been sold without such qualification, and we may continue to sell our products and technologies without such qualification. To the extent we do so, we will not be entitled to the benefit of the SAFETY Act’s limitations on tort liability, or to any U.S. government indemnification.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in various routine legal proceedings. We cannot predict the outcome of these lawsuits, legal proceedings and claims with certainty. Nevertheless, we believe that the outcome of these proceedings, even if determined adversely, would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

85


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers and members of our Board of Directors as of July 31, 2007:

 

Name

   Age   

Positions

Executive Officers:

     

Hans C. Kobler

   42    President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

Deborah D. Mosier

   40    Chief Financial Officer

Colin J. Cumming

   54    Chief Technology Officer, President—Detection, Director

Douglas Knight

   43    President—Solutions

Daniel L. Manitakos

   49    President—Surveillance

Kenneth P. Rapuano

   44    President—Homeland Security

Daniel T. Mongan

   43    Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Mark P. Mills(3)

   55    Chairman of the Board of Directors

E. Spencer Abraham(2)(3)(4)

   55    Director

Rodney E. Slater(3)(4)

   52    Director

Joseph M. Jacobs(1)(2)

   54    Director

Robert A. Maginn, Jr.(1)(2)(4)

   50    Director

Mark L. Plaumann(1)(4)

   52    Director

(1) Member of the audit committee.
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
(4) Our Board of Directors has determined that these directors are independent pursuant to the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market.

Hans C. Kobler, President and Chief Executive Officer, Director. Hans Kobler is a co-founder and has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the Board of Directors since our inception. Mr. Kobler also is a founding partner of Digital Power Capital LLC, a private equity firm, and has served as its Chief Executive Officer since 2001. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Kobler headed General Electric’s Energy Technology Investment Group, a joint effort by GE Equity and GE Structured Finance. From 1997 to 1998, Mr. Kobler served as Chief Quality Officer of GE Equity, heading its strategic investment initiative and overseeing the development of advanced underwriting methodologies. From 1992 to 1997, Mr. Kobler was a consultant with Bain & Company in its Boston, Munich and Sydney offices, where he was a member of the Buyout practice group. Mr. Kobler holds a Masters degree in Aerospace Engineering from the Technical University of Munich, an M.B.A. from the University of Texas at Austin and has attended INSEAD’s M.B.A. (SS) program.

Deborah D. Mosier, Chief Financial Officer. Debbie Mosier joined Nomadics, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of ICx, as its Chief Financial Officer in 2005. She became our Chief Financial Officer in 2006. From 1995 to 2004, she served in various leadership positions, including as president, chief financial officer and a director for TMS, Inc., a publicly held technology company that developed software and provided services to enable businesses to use document imaging to solve critical business issues. From 1989 to 1996, Ms. Mosier worked in the audit practice of KPMG LLP. Ms. Mosier is a graduate of Leadership Oklahoma, holds a B.S. from Oklahoma State University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Colin J. Cumming, Chief Technology Officer, President—Detection, Director. Colin Cumming has served as our Chief Technology Officer since 2006 and has been our President—Detection and a member of our Board of Directors since 2005. Mr. Cumming also serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of Nomadics, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, a position he has held since he co-founded Nomadics in 1994. From 1985 to 1994,

 

86


Table of Contents

Mr. Cumming served as Vice President of Engineering at Frontier Engineering. Mr. Cumming received a B.S. and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Oklahoma State University. He has been awarded five patents and has written numerous publications on explosives detection.

Douglas Knight, President—Solutions. Doug Knight joined us as President of our Solutions division in 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Knight was the Vice President and General Manager for Global and Federal Accounts with Johnson Controls Security Systems, LLC (Johnson Controls). Before that, he served as a key manager in Scientech, Inc.’s security group from 2002 to 2007. Upon Scientech Inc.’s acquisition by Johnson Controls, Mr. Knight managed finance and corporate support. Prior to that, Mr. Knight was a Program Manager at RJO Enterprises where he was responsible for multiple contracts providing programmatic support to the U.S. government. Mr. Knight has a B.A. and an M.A. from the University of Maryland and a J.D. from American University Washington College of Law.

Daniel L. Manitakos, President—Surveillance. Dan Manitakos joined us in 2006 after a seventeen year tenure at FLIR Systems, Inc. (FLIR). Mr. Manitakos spent the last six years of his career at FLIR as Senior Vice President and General Manager of FLIR’s Boston Operating Division where he oversaw the security camera production business. Mr. Manitakos also served for eight years as a mechanical engineer at Compugraphic Corporation. Mr. Manitakos holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Massachusetts at Lowell, an M.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Northeastern University and an Executive M.B.A. from Suffolk University.

Kenneth P. Rapuano, President—Homeland Security. Ken Rapuano joined us in 2007 following a long career in the field of national security. Prior to joining ICx, Mr. Rapuano served as the Deputy Intelligence Chief for the Other Coalition Forces Joint Special Operations Task Force in Afghanistan. From 2004 to 2006, Mr. Rapuano served as the Deputy Assistant to the President and Deputy Homeland Security Advisor in the White House. From 2001 to 2004, he served as Deputy Under Secretary for Nuclear Counterterrorism and as National Security Advisor to the Secretary, both at the Department of Energy. As a reserve member of the United States Marine Corps, he also served in Baghdad from May to October in 2003 as Deputy Chief of Operations for the Iraq Survey Group and was promoted to Chief of the Joint Interrogations and Debriefing Center. Mr. Rapuano served as an Infantry Officer in the United States Marine Corps from 1984 to 1988 and has served as a reserve officer since that time. He holds an M.A. in National Security Studies from Georgetown University, a B.A. in Political Science, with a minor in Education, from Middlebury College, and has attended the Marine Corps Air-Ground Task Force Intelligence Officer Course at the Navy and Marine Corps Intelligence School.

Daniel T. Mongan, Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Dan Mongan joined us as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in 2006. Mr. Mongan has over seventeen years of legal and strategic consulting services experience. From 1995 until 2001 and from 2004 to 2006, Mr. Mongan owned and operated a legal consulting practice that assisted W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. and other corporate clients in mergers, acquisitions and strategic relationships. From 2001 to 2004, he worked for W.L. Gore & Associates as leader of Corporate Strategy and Corporate Development. Mr. Mongan was also an associate at Shearman & Sterling’s New York office from 1990 until 1995. He received his J.D. from the University of Pennsylvania and a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from the University of Delaware.

Mark P. Mills, Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mark Mills has served as our Chairman of the Board of Directors since 2006. From 2005 to 2006, Mr. Mills also served as our Chief Technology Officer. Mr. Mills is a co-founding partner of Digital Power Capital LLC, was a technology advisor to Banc of America Securities from 2000 to 2002 , and co-author of a technology investment newsletter, the Huber-Mills Digital Power Report from 1999 to 2003. Mr. Mills founded and ran a technology consulting business. He has served as a staff consultant to The White House Science Office (under President Reagan), and has worked with a number of the Federal Research Laboratories, the (former) Congressional Office of Technology Assessment and the U.S. Department of Energy. Mr. Mills holds several patents in fiber optics, defense and solid-state devices. Mr. Mills received his

 

87


Table of Contents

BSc Honours degree in Physics from Queen’s University, Canada, and is a member of numerous professional societies.

Secretary E. Spencer Abraham, Director. Spencer Abraham is the founder of The Abraham Group LLP, an international strategic consulting firm. Secretary Abraham served as Secretary of the Department of Energy from January 2001 until he resigned in November 2004. Prior to becoming Energy Secretary, Secretary Abraham represented Michigan in the United States Senate from 1995 to 2001 where he served on the Budget, Commerce, Science and Transportation, Judiciary and Small Business Committees. Before his election to the Senate, Secretary Abraham served as co-chairman of the National Republican Congressional Committee from 1991 to 1993. He holds a J.D. from Harvard University.

Secretary Rodney E. Slater, Director. Rodney Slater is currently a partner in the Transportation and Infrastructure group at Patton Boggs LLP. Secretary Slater served under President Clinton as the 13th Secretary of the Department of Transportation from 1997 to 2001. Before becoming Secretary, Mr. Slater was Administrator of the Federal Highway Administration from 1992 to 1997. From 1987 to 1992, he was a member of the Arkansas Sate Highway Commission where he attained the position of chairman. Secretary Slater graduated from Eastern Michigan University and earned a law degree at the University of Arkansas. Additionally, he received an Honorary Doctorate from Howard University in 1999.

Joseph M. Jacobs, Director. Joseph Jacobs has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2003. Mr. Jacobs is the President of Wexford Capital LLC, an SEC registered investment advisor that he co-founded in 1994. From 1982 to 1994, Mr. Jacobs was employed by Bear Stearns & Co., Inc., where he attained the position of Senior Managing Director. From 1979 to 1982, he was employed as a commercial lending officer at Citibank, N.A. Mr. Jacobs has served on the boards and creditors’ committees of a number of public and private companies in which Wexford has held investments. Mr. Jacobs holds an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.S. in Economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Robert A. Maginn, Jr., Director. Bob Maginn has served as one of our Directors since 2006. He currently serves as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Jenzabar, Inc. (Jenzabar), a provider of software and services for higher education. Mr. Maginn joined Jenzabar’s Board of Directors in 1998 and became their Chief Executive Officer in March 2001. Prior to his tenure at Jenzabar, Mr. Maginn worked for over seventeen years at Bain & Company, where he attained the position of Senior Partner and Director. He holds an M.B.A. and an M.A. in Government from Harvard University.

Mark L. Plaumann, Director. Mark Plaumann has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2006. He is currently a Managing Member of Greyhawke Capital Advisors LLC (Greyhawke), which he co-founded in 1998. Prior to founding Greyhawke, Mr. Plaumann was a Senior Vice President of Wexford Capital LLC, which indirectly holds over ten percent of our outstanding shares of capital stock. Mr. Plaumann was formerly a Managing Director of Alvarez & Marsal, Inc. and the President of American Healthcare Management, Inc. He also earned the position of Senior Manager at Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Plaumann holds an M.B.A. and a B.A. in Business from University of Central Florida.

Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors currently consists of eight directors who will be elected annually at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws permit our Board of Directors to establish by resolution the authorized number of directors. Nine directors are currently authorized.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and functioning of these committees complies with the

 

88


Table of Contents

rules of the SEC and The NASDAQ Global Market that are currently applicable to us, and we intend to comply with additional requirements to the extent that they become applicable to us.

Audit committee.    The current members of our audit committee are Mr. Plaumann, Mr. Jacobs and Mr. Maginn, each of whom is a non-employee member of our Board of Directors. Mr. Plaumann serves as Chairman of our Audit Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that each member of our audit committee meets the requirements for financial literacy and that Mr. Maginn and Mr. Plaumann are “independent” for audit committee purposes under the applicable rules of the NASDAQ Global Market and the SEC. The audit committee’s responsibilities include, but are not limited to:

 

   

reviewing on a continuing basis the adequacy and effectiveness of our system of internal controls and procedures for financial reporting;

 

   

appointing, compensating, retaining and overseeing the work of our independent auditor, including resolving disagreements between management and our independent auditor;

 

   

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services to be provided by our independent auditor;

 

   

reviewing and providing guidance with respect to the external audit and the independence of our outside auditor, including reviewing the independent auditors’ proposed audit scope, approach and independence and reports submitted to the audit committee by the independent auditors in accordance with the applicable SEC requirements and requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditors our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

   

reviewing, approving and monitoring our code of ethics as it applies to our senior financial officers;

 

   

providing oversight and review of our risk management policies, information technology and management information systems;

 

   

reviewing and approving in advance any related-party transactions;

 

   

establishing procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns; and

 

   

acting as a “Qualified Legal Compliance Committee,” as defined by the applicable rules of the SEC.

Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Plaumann qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the applicable rules of The NASDAQ Global Market. In making its determination, our board considered the nature and scope of the experiences and responsibilities Mr. Plaumann has previously had with reporting companies.

Compensation committee.    The current members of our compensation committee are Secretary Abraham, Mr. Jacobs and Mr. Maginn. Mr. Jacobs serves as Chairman of our Compensation Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that Secretary Abraham and Mr. Maginn meet the requirements for independence under the requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market and that each is a non-employee director and an outside director, as such terms are defined under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, respectively. The charter for our Compensation Committee provides that if a member of the committee is not or ceases to be a non-employee director or an outside director, as the case may be, the member shall recuse himself or herself from the determination of awards made by the committee intended to be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 16b-3 or awards intended to be qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m), as the case may be. In the event of any recusal for any of those reasons, the remaining members of the Compensation Committee would constitute “the Committee” for the action in question for purposes of the Compensation Committee Charter and any applicable plan administered by the committee, provided that the committee as so constituted for such action shall have at least two members. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include, but are not limited to:

 

   

determining or making recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding the compensation of our chief executive officer, our other officers and certain employees designated by our Board of Directors;

 

89


Table of Contents
   

reviewing and approving our executive compensation plans, programs and policies generally, including any incentive-compensation plans and equity-based plans;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding general compensation goals for our employees and the criteria for determining bonuses and equity compensation;

 

   

administering our equity compensation plans within the authority delegated by our Board of Directors; and

 

   

preparing the compensation discussion and analysis and compensation committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

Nominating and Corporate Governance committee.    The current members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Secretary Slater, Secretary Abraham and Mr. Mills. Mr. Mills serves as Chairman of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that Secretary Abraham and Secretary Slater meet the requirements for independence under the requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include, but are not limited to:

 

   

reviewing annually the principles of corporate governance approved by our Board of Directors to ensure that they remain relevant and that they are being complied with;

 

   

determining the criteria for qualification and selection of directors for election to our Board of Directors, including developing and updating a long-term plan of the composition and size of our Board of Directors and identifying and evaluating possible director candidates against such criteria;

 

   

overseeing the evaluation of our Board of Directors, including, if necessary, recommending remedial action or termination of membership of individual directors;

 

   

reviewing periodically the charter and composition of each committee of our Board of Directors and making recommendations to our Board of Directors with respect to any changes to such charters or committee composition; and

 

   

reviewing and monitoring our code of ethics and actual or potential conflicts of interest of members of our Board of Directors and officers.

Advisory Board

Our Advisory Board guides our development and commercialization of next-generation security solutions. Our Advisory Board members have high-level experience on the front lines of military force protection, homeland security, emergency response, surveillance and intelligence. The Advisory Board is divided into three committees: United States, International and Science and Technology. Mark P. Mills, our Chairman of the Board of Directors, also serves as Chairman of the Advisory Board.

The following table sets forth our advisory board members:

 

United States

 

International

  

Science & Technology

Vincent J. Doherty   Gen. Dr. Klaus Naumann    Dr. C. Paul Robinson
Gen. Ralph Eberhart   Field Marshal The Rt. Hon Lord Inge    Dr. R. Graham Cooks
Robert P. Iorizzo   Ambassador Frank Elbe    Dr. Peter W. Huber
Lt. Col. Bob Sigl   Dr. Andrzej Karkoszka    Dr. Alan J. Russell
Maj. Gen. James Marks   Minister Eduardo Serra    Dr. Timothy M. Swager
Undersecretary Joe Reeder   Dr. Horst Teltschik   
Commissioner Howard Safir     
Michael A. Sheehan     

 

90


Table of Contents

United States

The United States Advisory Board’s objective is to guide our sales and marketing efforts in the United States, to help us better understand the procurement process and to provide valuable introductions to relevant partners. Our board members have been specifically selected for their expertise with and understanding of certain agencies in the federal, state and local government, as well as major operating partners. We also benefit from their business experience in running and participating in large programs.

Vincent J. Doherty.    Vinny Doherty is a Senior Fellow/Practitioner at the Department of Homeland Security, Preparedness Directorate. He is a 25-year decorated veteran and Captain of the Fire Department of New York City, where he served as the Executive Officer of Haz Mat Operations, Special Operations Command.

General Ralph E. Eberhart, USAF (Ret.).    General Ed Eberhart has served as President of the Armed Forces Benefit Association since December 2004. Previously, General Eberhart served on active duty for more than 36 years in the United States Air Force, culminating his career as Commander of North American Aerospace Defense Command and U.S. Northern Command.

Robert P. Iorizzo.    Robert Iorizzo career spanned 43 years at Northrop Grumman Corp., including as President of its Electronic Systems Sector and as General Manager for the Electronic Systems Space Division and the Command, Control, Communications, Intelligence and Naval Systems Division.

Lieutenant Colonel Bob Sigl, U.S. Army (Ret.).    Lt. Col. Bob Sigl is a Senior Vice President for the Army Operations of Camber Corporation, a program management and engineering firm focused on technology, management and decision making for major defense-related government programs. Previously, Lt. Col. Sigl was the Senior Military Assistant for the Secretary of the U.S. Army and a Product Manager for the U.S. Army. He is a Board certified member of the U.S. Army Acquisition Corps.

Major General James “Spider” Marks, U.S. Army (Ret.).    Major General James Marks currently serves as the Senior Vice President, Intelligence and Language Center for McNeil Technologies. Major General Marks concluded his 33-year career with the U.S. Army in 2004 as Commander, United States Army Intelligence Center at Fort Huachuca.

Undersecretary Joe Reeder.    Joe Reeder is currently the Managing Shareholder of the Mid-Atlantic Region of Greenberg Traurig, LLP. Previously, he served as the 14th Undersecretary of the U.S. Army, as Chairman of the Panama Canal Commission, as a Member of the Panama Canal Advisory Board and was a member of the Department of Defense’s Base Realignment Closure Council.

Commissioner Howard Safir.    Howard Safir served as the 39th Police Commissioner of the City of New York from 1996 to 2000. Prior to that, Commissioner Safir served as New York City’s 29th Fire Commissioner from 1994 to 1996. Commissioner Safir began his law enforcement career in 1965.

Michael A. Sheehan.    Michael Sheehan was Deputy Commissioner, Counter Terrorism for the New York City Police Department from 2003 to 2006. Previously, he served as Assistant Secretary General, Department of Peacekeeping Operations at the United Nations from 2001 to 2003 and Ambassador-at-Large for Counter Terrorism at the U.S. Department of State from 1998 to 2000. Mr. Sheehan served on the National Security Council Staff under President Bush from 1989 to 1992 and under President Clinton from 1995 to 1997 and is a former Lieutenant Colonel in the U.S. Army Special Forces.

International

The International Advisory Board’s objective is to support the expansion of our global distribution network and increase sales into international markets. We have historically focused on sales within the United States, but

 

91


Table of Contents

anticipate the potential for substantial growth outside North America. We look to our International Advisory Board members to help us identify appropriate expansion strategies and partners while navigating potential risks of dealing with foreign markets. Our International Advisory Board members have been specifically selected for their expertise in markets we expect to address in the near term.

General (Ret.) Dr. (Hon.) Klaus Naumann, KBE, Chairman.    Chairman of the NATO Military Committee from 1996 until his retirement in 1999, General Klaus Naumann served as Chief of Defense Germany from October 1991 to February 1996. General Naumann has served as a member of the Panel on U.N. Peace Operations in 2000, the International Commission on State Sovereignty on Intervention in 2001 and as a member of the support team for the U.N. High Level Panel in 2004.

Field Marshal The Rt. Hon. Lord Inge, KG, GCB, DL.    Lord Inge joined the British Army as a national serviceman in 1953 and held numerous high-ranking positions with the British military throughout his career, including as the Commander 1st British Corps in Germany, as Commander in Chief British Army of the Rhine and Chief of the General Staff. In 1994, Lord Inge was promoted to the rank of Field Marshal and made Chief of the Defense Staff, where he served until his retirement in April 1997.

Ambassador (Ret.) Frank Elbe.    Ambassador Frank Elbe is a partner at the law firm of KIETHE in Germany and is Special Envoy of the Board of Management of Volkswagen AG, International Affairs. He has previously served as the German Ambassador to India, Japan, Poland and Switzerland and as Ambassador-at-Large. Ambassador Elbe began his career in international service in 1972 as First Secretary in the German Embassy in Warsaw, Poland. From the 1980s to the 1990s, he held several key positions in German diplomacy, including Counselor for Political Affairs in London, England, Deputy Head of the German Delegation to the Conference on Disarmament in Geneva, Switzerland, and Deputy Head of the Department for Nuclear Disarmament. From the 1980s to the 1990s he held several key positions in German diplomacy, including Director of the Office of the Foreign Minister, Director of the Political Staff of the Foreign Minister, negotiator in the process of the unification of Germany, and Director General for Policy Planning.

Dr. Andrzej Karkoszka.    Dr. Andrzej Karkoszka is a Visiting Professor at the National Defense Academy in Warsaw and a Senior European Fellow of the RAND Corporation, a position he has held since 2003. From 2004 to 2005, Dr. Karkoszka served as the Acting Undersecretary of National Defense for Defense Policy and was the Director, Strategic Defense Review, Ministry of National Defense, from October 2004 through October 2006. He has held several key roles in Poland’s Ministry of Defense and served as the Head of Think Tank and as a Senior Political Advisor at the Geneva Centre for the Democratic Control of Armed Forces from October 2000 through November 2004.

Minister Eduardo Serra Rexach.    Mr. Eduardo Serra is the founder of Eduardo Serra y Asociados, a strategic consulting company. Mr. Serra served as Secretary of Defense from 1984 to 1987 and as Minister of Defense from 1996 to 2000. He is the only Spaniard to hold public office with all three governing parties within Democratic Spain. From 2000 to 2006, he served as Chairman of UBS Spain.

Dr. Horst M. Teltschik.    Dr. Horst Teltschik is Chairman of Teltschik Associates in Munich, Germany. Since leaving government service, he has been closely associated with Bertelsmann AG as CEO of Bertelsmann Foundation with BMW and as a Member of the Board of Management of the BMW Group responsible for China. Since 1999 he has been the Chairman of the Munich Conference on Security Policy. From 1982 to 1990, Dr. Teltschik was National Security Adviser to Chancellor Helmut Kohl. In October 1993, he became Deputy Chief of Staff of the Federal Chancellery.

Science & Technology

The Science & Technology Advisory Board’s objective is to help us identify, screen, acquire and further develop next generation technologies that can expand what we believe is our technological leadership. Our

 

92


Table of Contents

Science & Technology Advisory Board members have been specifically selected for their expertise in technical fields of relevance and their network in the research community.

C. Paul Robinson, Chairman.    Dr. Paul Robinson is President Emeritus and former Laboratories Director of Sandia National Laboratories. In the late 1980s, he served as Ambassador and Chief Negotiator of the U.S. Delegation to the U.S.-U.S.S.R. Nuclear Testing Talks in Geneva. He is a member of the Strategic Advisory Group for the Commander, U.S. Strategic Command and serves on the NASA Advisory Council and U.S. Department of State Council on International Security.

R. Graham Cooks.    Dr. R. Graham Cooks is the Henry Bohn Hass Distinguished Professor of Chemistry at Purdue University. His career has been devoted to the development of new types of mass spectrometers and to the analytical chemistry that they enable.

Peter W. Huber.    A co-founder of ICx, Dr. Peter Huber is a partner in the law firm of Kellogg, Huber, Hansen, Todd, Evans & Figel based in Washington, DC He was also a co-founding partner of Digital Power Capital LLC. Dr. Huber has served as a clerk to the DC Circuit Court of Appeals for then-Judge Ruth Bader Ginsburg and on the U.S. Supreme Court for Justice Sandra Day O’Connor.

Alan J. Russell.    Dr. Alan Russell is the Director of the McGowan Institute for Regenerative Medicine at the University of Pittsburgh and also serves as University Professor of Surgery. He has appointments in the Departments of Chemical Engineering, Bioengineering and Rehabilitation Sciences & Technology. Additionally, he is the Executive Director of the Pittsburgh Tissue Engineering Initiative and Director of the National Tissue Engineering Center.

Timothy M. Swager.    Dr. Tim Swager is the John D. MacArthur Professor and Head of the Department of Chemistry at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. His research is primarily focused on chemical sensors, molecular recognition and electronic polymers. In April 2007, Professor Swager was awarded the Lemelson-MIT Prize, given to innovative inventors, for his use of amplifying fluorescent polymers in detection technology.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

DP1, LLC (DPI) and Valentis SB, L.P. (Valentis) directly hold more than 5% of our capital stock. Joseph Jacobs, a member of our Board of Directors, is a member of certain affiliates of DP1 and Valentis. Mark Mills, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, and Hans Kobler, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors, each has an indirect ownership interest in DP1 and Valentis through an affiliate of DP1, but otherwise each disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by DP1. These ownership interests are described under the caption “Principal Stockholders.” Mr. Kobler serves on the investment advisory committee of Digital Power Capital, LLC, which is indirectly our largest stockholder and an affiliate of Wexford VI Advisors LLC, an affiliate of DP1 and Valentis. Mr. Kobler has an interest in the profits earned on certain Wexford investments, including Wexford’s investment in us.

Director Compensation

Our non-employee directors receive an annual retainer of $20,000, except for Mark P. Mills, the Chairman of our Board of Directors who receives $40,000, and Mr. Jacobs who receives no cash compensation for his service as a director. Our committee chairs, except for Mr. Jacobs, receive additional annual compensation of up to $20,000 for their service. Each committee member, including the committee chairs other than Mr. Jacobs, also receives an additional annual retainer of up to $20,000 for each committee on which they serve. Our Board of Directors from time to time establishes other committees. For example, Secretaries Abraham and Slater serve on the Board of Directors’ Strategic Relations Committee, for which they receive compensation within the range described above. All cash payments to Board members are paid on a quarterly basis. Since 2006, our non-employee directors, other than for Mr. Jacobs, also receive restricted stock units for their service on the Board of Directors. The amount is determined by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors based on certain criteria, such as committee membership and other valued contributions.

 

93


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Objectives of Executive Compensation Program

The objectives of our executive compensation program are to recruit and retain an executive management team with the skills necessary to achieve our business objectives and thereby create value for our shareholders. Our executive compensation program is designed to support certain key business goals, such as integrating acquired businesses and retaining key executives, that are particularly important to us as a newly established business. We implement this program through a combination of short-term fixed cash compensation, variable short-term incentive compensation and equity incentives designed to reward long-term performance and align interests of our executive officers with our shareholders.

Executive Compensation Program

Our compensation program reflects our stage of development as a company. We have a limited operating history. We were incorporated in 2003 and have grown our business since that time primarily through a series of acquisitions of geographically and technologically diverse companies. We have recruited our executive officers from other employers and our compensation for these officers reflects the outcome of negotiated recruitment and hiring process.

As an early stage company, retention of executive officers is a key business objective. Weathering undesirable personnel changes would be more difficult for us than for a more established company. Accordingly, our Board of Directors believes it is critical to pay sufficient base compensation and provide adequate incentives to our executive officers to ensure continuity of our management team.

We have not, prior to 2007, had a compensation committee of the Board of Directors. Our full board, however, has sought to perform, at least annually, a review of our executive officers’ compensation packages to determine whether they provide adequate incentives to achieve our business goals and whether compensation is adequate in comparison to other companies with whom we compete. In evaluating the market, our board has relied generally on its collective experience. Our Board of Directors has analyzed the compensation of our named executive officers (as defined below in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Summary Compensation Table”) and established general budgetary guidelines for aggregate annual cash and equity compensation. Our Chief Executive Officer participates in the process by recommending compensation allocations for individual executives other than himself. The Board of Directors sets the compensation for our Chief Executive Officer.

We have not retained a compensation consultant to review our policies and procedures. We also have not adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between long-term and short-term and between cash and non-cash compensation or among different forms of non-cash compensation. Instead our compensation program has focused on offering incentives necessary to recruit and retain executives from diverse backgrounds who possess the skills necessary to achieve our business objectives.

Recent Developments

In 2007, we established a compensation committee of the Board of Directors. As we transition to a publicly held corporation and more fully integrate acquired businesses we anticipate developing more formal policies and practices regarding executive compensation. Our compensation committee charter grants the committee authority to retain independent third-party consultants to review our compensation polices and procedures. We also have established new equity compensation plans in connection with this offering which will enable us to provide equity incentives comparable to other publicly held corporations.

In the first quarter of 2007, the Board of Directors approved a plan to grant shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units as part of the Company’s 2006 performance bonus payments. During the second quarter of

 

94


Table of Contents

2006, the Board of Directors approved the necessary amendments to the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan and approved restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants totaling 811,643 shares in connection with 2006 performance bonus payments.

Elements of Compensation

The following describes each element of our executive compensation program and discusses determinations regarding compensation for the 2006 fiscal year:

Base Compensation.    Our Board of Directors sets named executive officer base salaries based on the skills, experience and scope of responsibilities of each executive, taking into account the salaries believed to be paid by other companies for similar positions. Our Board of Directors reviews base salaries annually. Base salaries are adjusted from time to time to reflect each executive’s overall contribution and to conform salaries to market levels. Our Board of Directors relies primarily on its experience to negotiate base salaries. Our named executive officers’ base salaries were determined initially in the context of negotiated employment agreements. Our Board of Directors increased the base salary of our Chief Executive Officer in 2007 in connection with the extension of his employment agreement. This action was taken to reflect his increased responsibilities and to adjust his salary to the level of other companies comparable to ICx. We do not use a third-party compensation consultant or engage in formal benchmarking of base salaries.

Annual Incentive Bonuses.    Each named executive officer is generally eligible to receive annual discretionary cash or equity bonuses based on achievement of financial and operational goals as well as individual annual performance objectives. Our Board of Directors determines annual bonus payments, subject to limitations as set forth in individual employment agreements with our named executive officers. Annual performance objectives are approved by our Board of Directors as part of our annual business operating plan. Our Chief Executive Officer makes recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding performance objectives and awards for named executive officers other than himself. Performance objectives and awards for our Chief Executive Officer are determined solely by the Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors does not exclusively use numerical targets based on factors such as revenues or earnings to determine annual bonuses. Our Board believes strict adherence to such targets is impractical for a developing early stage business such as ours. Instead, our Board of Directors believes it is preferable to retain discretion to determine awards based on qualitative and quantitative contributions of our named executive officers. For fiscal 2006, our Board of Directors reviewed performance of our named executive officers against objectives established in our business operating plan. Bonus amounts were determined by our Board based on its determination of the success of individual executive officers during fiscal 2006 in achieving these business goals and adding long-term value, particularly in carrying out our integration plan and positioning us for this offering.

Stock Options and Equity Awards.    We design our equity programs to align employees’ interests with those of our shareholders. Equity award grants are made at the commencement of employment and thereafter from time to time following a significant change in job responsibilities or to meet other specific retention objectives. Our Board of Directors determines the size and type of equity awards taking into account recommendations of management. The terms of the initial equity grants made to each named executive officer upon joining the company are primarily based on competitive conditions applicable to the executive officer’s specific position. We grant equity awards at or above the fair market price of our common stock on the grant date. We have utilized premium price option and restricted stock unit grants to provide an increased incentive for executive officers to maximize shareholder value. We made the equity awards reflected in the following tables primarily in the context of negotiated employment agreements. Equity awards granted during 2006 reflect our policy decision to transition from granting options to granting restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards that are subject to vesting over time. Our Board of Directors believes such full-value awards are more effective than options in aligning executive interests with those of stockholders and provide a more balanced incentive to employees given the fluctuating value of underlying shares. We have not currently adopted stock ownership or equity grant guidelines but we may implement guidelines regarding the issuance of new equity awards in the future. In February 2006, our Board of Directors awarded our Chief Executive Officer an option to purchase 750,000 shares and our Chairman and at that time Chief Technology Officer an option to purchase 375,000 shares. The purpose of these awards was to ensure that our Chief Executive Officer’s and Chairman’s equity compensation was aligned with our goal of maximizing shareholder value as reflected in our stock price.

 

95


Table of Contents

Severance and Change in Control Arrangements.    We grant severance and change in control arrangements to our named executive officers. The terms of these benefits are described in each officer’s employment agreement and discussed below under “Employment Agreements and Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.” We believe these arrangements are competitive with arrangements offered to senior executives by companies with whom we compete for executives and are necessary to the achievement of our business objective of management retention.

Other Benefits.    Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans provided for employees, including 401(k), group medical and dental insurance, group life insurance and short- and long-term disability insurance.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned during the year ended December 31, 2006 by our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, our three other most highly compensated executive officers, our former Chief Financial Officer and one additional individual (who served as an executive officer during 2006, but who was not an executive officer at December 31, 2006) (collectively, our “named executive officers”).

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year   

Salary

($)

   

Bonus

($)

     Option
Awards
($)
   All Other
Compensation
($)
   

Total

($)

Hans Kobler

President and Chief

Executive Officer

   2006    $ 374,615     $ 87,000      $ 496,882    $ 11,778 (1)   $ 970,275

Deborah D. Mosier

Chief Financial Officer(2)

   2006    $ 133,577 (3)   $ 78,200 (4)    $ 25,285    $ 4,682 (5)   $ 241,744

Mark P. Mills

Chairman and Former Chief Technology Officer(6)

   2006    $ 374,615       —        $ 247,387    $ 12,480 (7)   $ 634,502

Colin J. Cumming

Chief Technology Officer and President—Detection(8)

   2006    $ 157,796     $ 189,915 (9)    $ 102,557    $ 5,522 (10)   $ 455,790

Daniel L. Manitakos

President—Surveillance

   2006    $ 223,077     $ 116,400 (11)    $ 28,314    $ 472 (12)   $ 368,263

Ronald R. Spoehel

Former Chief Financial Officer(13)

   2006    $ 160,477     $ 75,000        —      $ 379,696 (14)   $ 615,173

(1) Represents $11,238 in matching 401(k) contributions and $540 in life insurance premiums for the benefit of Mr. Kobler.
(2) Ms. Mosier was named to the position of Chief Financial Officer in September 2006. Prior to such time, she served as the Chief Financial Officer of Nomadics, Inc., one of our wholly owned subsidiaries (Nomadics). The compensation information presented in this table reflects Ms. Mosier’s compensation received from both us and Nomadics.
(3) Represents $46,269 paid by ICx from September 2006 through December 2006 and $87,308 paid by Nomadics from January 2006 to September 2006.
(4) Includes $58,200 representing the value of 15,000 shares of restricted stock granted on March 15, 2007 as part of Ms. Mosier’s bonus for 2006, and for which we will record one-third as a compensation expense in each of 2006, 2008 and 2009 to coincide with the vesting period of the award.
(5) Represents $4,538 in matching 401(k) contributions from Nomadics received during Ms. Mosier’s tenure as Nomadics Chief Financial Officer and $144 in life insurance premiums for the benefit of Ms. Mosier.
(6) Mr. Mills currently serves as our Chairman of the Board. From October 2005 through December 2006, Mr. Mills also served as our Chief Technology Officer.

 

96


Table of Contents
(7) Represents $11,238 in matching 401(k) contributions and $1,247 in life insurance premiums for the benefit of Mr. Mills.
(8) Mr. Cumming is the President of Nomadics. Except as otherwise noted, he receives his entire compensation directly from Nomadics.
(9) Includes $85,915 representing the value of 22,143 shares of restricted stock granted on March 15, 2007 as part of Mr. Cumming’s bonus for 2006, and for which we will record one-third as a compensation expense in each of 2006, 2008 and 2009 to coincide with the vesting period of the award.
(10) Represents $5,447 in matching 401(k) contributions from Nomadics and $75 paid by Nomadics with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Cumming.
(11) Includes $116,400 representing the value of 30,000 shares of restricted stock granted on March 15, 2007 as part of Mr. Manitakos’s bonus for 2006, and for which we will record one-third as a compensation expense in each of 2006, 2008 and 2009 to coincide with the vesting period of the award.
(12) Represents life insurance premiums, on a policy for which Mr. Manitakos is the beneficiary.
(13) Ronald R. Spoehel served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from September 2005 to June 2006.
(14) Reflects the total amount of Mr. Spoehel’s severance, health benefits and accrued vacation, and a payment in the amount of $254,596 for his vested options.

 

97


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

We granted both incentive and nonqualified stock options to our named executive officers in 2006. The exercise price of each grant was equal to or above the fair market value of our common stock, as determined in good faith by our Board of Directors on the date of the grant. All stock options granted to our named executive officers in 2006 were granted under our 2005 Stock Plan, except for 315,000 shares granted to Mark Mills and 690,000 shares granted to Hans Kobler, which were granted outside our 2005 Stock Plan.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006:

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 

Name

   Grant Date     All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of Shares
of Stock
or Units
(#)
  

All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options

(#)

  

Exercise
or Base Price
of

Option
Awards

($/Sh)

  

Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and

Option
Awards
($/Sh)

Hans Kobler

President and Chief Executive Officer

   2/3/06     —      750,000    $ 7.50    $ 496,883

Deborah D. Mosier

Chief Financial Officer

   3/15/07 (1)   15,000    —        —      $ 58,200

Mark P. Mills

Chairman and Former Chief Technology Officer(2)

   2/3/06     —      375,000    $ 7.50    $ 247,388

Colin J. Cumming

Chief Technology Officer and President— Detection

   3/15/07 (1)   22,143    —        —      $ 85,915

Daniel L. Manitakos

   4/12/06     —      100,000    $ 7.50    $ 28,314

President—Surveillance

   3/15/07 (1)   30,000    —        —      $ 116,400

Ronald Spoehel

Former Chief Financial Officer

   —       —      —        —        —  

(1) Shares of restricted stock were awarded on March 15, 2007 as part of the 2006 bonus for the following individuals: Deborah D. Mosier—15,000 shares; Colin J. Cumming—22,143 shares; and Daniel L. Manitakos—30,000 shares. We recorded one-third of the compensation expense for these grants in 2006 and will record one-third of the remaining expense in 2008 and one-third of the remaining compensation expense in 2009 to coincide with the vesting period of the awards.
(2) Mr. Mills currently serves as our Chairman of the Board. From October 2005 through December 2006, Mr. Mills also served as our Chief Technology Officer.

 

98


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information regarding equity awards granted to our named executive officers that are outstanding as of December 31, 2006.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

        Option Awards     Stock Awards

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
 

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options (#)

Unexercisable

 

Option

Exercise
Price
($)

 

Option

Expiration

Date

   

Number of
Shares or Units
of Stock That
Have Not
Vested

(#)

  

Market Value of
Shares or Units
of Stock That
Have Not
Vested

($)

Hans Kobler

President and Chief Executive Officer(1)

  468,748   281,252   $ 7.50   2/3/2016     —        —  

Deborah D. Mosier

  800   3,200   $ 1.75   4/1/2015 (2a)   10,000    $ 30,000

Chief Financial Officer(2)

  4,000   16,000   $ 1.75   11/21/2014 (2b)   —        —  
  2,333   5,667   $ 5.00   10/11/2015 (2c)   —        —  

Mark P. Mills

Chairman and Former Chief Technology Officer(3)

  234,374   140,626   $ 7.50   2/3/2016     —        —  

Colin J. Cumming

Chief Technology Officer and President—Detection

  —     —       —     —       —        —  

Daniel L. Manitakos

President Surveillance(4)

  38,751   61,249   $ 7.50   4/12/2016     20,000    $ 60,000

Ronald Spoehel

Former Chief Financial

Officer(5)

  —     —       —     —       —        —  

(1) Mr. Kobler’s options vests at a rate of 31,250 shares per month until September 2007.

(2)

Ms. Mosier’s shares were granted under the Nomadics stock option plan. Her options vest as follows: 2a—800 shares vest on each of April 1, 2007 and April 1, 2008; 2b—4,000 shares vest on each of April 1, 2007 and April 1, 2008; and 2c—25% of the shares vested on the grant date with the remaining vesting monthly ratably thereafter over a four year period.

(3) Mr. Mills’s options vest at a rate of 15,625 shares per month until September 2007. Mr. Mills currently serves as our Chairman of the Board. From October 2005 through December 2006, Mr. Mills also served as our Chief Technology Officer.
(4) One-fourth of Mr. Manitakos’s options vested on the grant date with the remaining vesting ratably thereafter on a monthly basis over a four year period.
(5) As part of Mr. Spoehel’s severance package, he was compensated $254,596 for his vested options representing 254,596 shares; his unvested options were forfeited.

 

99


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

None of our named executive officers exercised options during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, except for the following

Option Exercises

 

     Option Awards

Name

   Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)
   Value Realized
on Exercise ($)

Deborah D. Mosier

Chief Financial Officer

   9,600    $ 31,200

Ronald Spoehel

Former Chief Financial Officer(1)

   4,000    $ 20,000

(1) As part of Mr. Spoehel’s severance package, he was compensated $254,596 for his vested options representing 254,596 shares; his unvested options were forfeited.

Pension Benefits Table

None of our named executive officers participates in or has account balances in a qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plan sponsored by the Company.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table

None of our named executive officers participates in or has account balances in non-qualified defined contribution plans or other deferred compensation plans maintained by the Company.

Employment Agreements and Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

Hans Kobler.    We entered into an employment agreement with Hans Kobler, our President and Chief Executive Officer, which has been amended and extended through September 30, 2009. Mr. Kobler’s employment is at-will, and either we or Mr. Kobler may terminate his employment with us at any time and for any reason. Pursuant to Mr. Kobler’s extended employment agreement, we agreed to pay Mr. Kobler an annual base salary of $450,000 with an annual bonus to be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Mr. Kobler received a signing bonus of $50,000 upon entry into the extended employment agreement, and he will receive an additional bonus amount of $37,500 in cash and 200,000 restricted stock units on October 1, 2007, the effective date of the agreement. The restricted stock units qualify for monthly vesting over a twenty-four month period. If Mr. Kobler’s employment is terminated for any reason on a change of control, the qualified portions of Mr. Kobler’s restricted stock unit grant shall accelerate vesting immediately by an amount that would vest over the lesser of (i) 12 months or (ii) the number of months remaining in the term of the agreement and any unqualified restricted shares shall be forfeited to the company. Upon termination of Mr. Kobler’s employment, he will be entitled to receive (i) any base salary earned but unpaid through the date of his termination, and (ii) all accrued vacation, expense reimbursements and other benefits he is due through the date of his termination. If we terminate Mr. Kobler’s employment without cause or for reasons other than death or disability, or if Mr. Kobler resigns for good reason, including due to a change in control, he will be entitled to receive payment of cash severance of $750,000 over a period of twelve months following the date of his termination. Continued severance is conditioned on compliance with a non-compete agreement. If Mr. Kobler’s employment is terminated between September 30, 2008 and September 30, 2009, we may in our discretion elect to pay Mr. Kobler severance for up to twelve months during which time Mr. Kobler would be subject to the provisions of a non-compete agreement. In the event we elect not to pay Mr. Kobler severance, he would be released from the non-compete agreement.

Colin J. Cumming.    Nomadics, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into an employment agreement with Colin J. Cumming, our Chief Technology Officer and President—Detection, effective as of August 24, 2005.

 

100


Table of Contents

Pursuant to this employment agreement, Nomadics agreed to pay Mr. Cumming an annualized base salary and an annual bonus to be determined by Nomadics’ Board of Directors. In addition, Nomadics will continue to maintain life insurance policies for Mr. Cumming of $3,500,000 in the aggregate. Nomadics will also reimburse Mr. Cumming for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Mr. Cumming in furtherance of or in connection with the performance of his duties to Nomadics. Upon Mr. Cumming’s termination from Nomadics, he shall receive (i) any base salary earned but unpaid through the date of his termination, (ii) any accrued but unpaid bonus, (iii) all accrued vacation, expense reimbursements and any other benefits due to him and (iv) Nomadics shall assign all of the rights, titles and interests it has in the life insurance policies on Mr. Cumming to him. If Nomadics terminates Mr. Cumming’s employment without cause or for reasons other than death or disability, then, in addition to the above, Mr. Cumming will be entitled to continue to receive payment of his base salary for twelve months following the date of his termination subject to compliance with a non-competition agreement. Nomadics at its sole discretion may extend Mr. Cumming’s severance for an additional twelve month period at 200% of his base salary in connection with the extension of his non-compete agreement.

Daniel L. Manitakos.    Mr. Manitakos is our President—Surveillance. Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Manitakos’ offer letter, dated April 17, 2006, Mr. Manitakos receives an initial annual base salary of $250,000. He is eligible for an annual performance-based bonus, to be awarded at the Board of Directors’ discretion, with an initial target bonus of $125,000. Mr. Manitakos received a $50,000 signing bonus and an option to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $7.50 per share, subject to our standard four-year vesting schedule and other terms of our 2005 Stock Plan. If we terminate Mr. Manitakos other than for cause, death or disability, he shall be entitled to continue to receive payment of his base salary for a period of up twelve months following the date of his termination. Subject to compliance with a non-competition agreement, we reserve the right to decrease Mr. Manitakos’s severance period to not less than three months, in which case the post-termination non-competition agreement will be reduced to an equal number of months. Upon a change of control of the company where Mr. Manitakos’ position following such change of control is not comparable in position, title, compensation and responsibilities as immediately prior to the change of control, all of Mr. Manitakos, unvested options shall vest immediately. Mr. Manitakos’ employment is at-will, and either we or Mr. Manitakos may terminate his employment at any time for any or no reason.

 

101


Table of Contents

Estimated Termination Payments

The following table shows potential payments to our Named Executive Officers under existing contracts, agreements, plans or arrangements, whether written or unwritten, for various scenarios involving a change-in-control or termination of employment. The following table assumes a December 31, 2006 termination date for each employee and a price per share of $            , which is the assumed initial public offering price per share based of the mid-point on the front cover of this prospectus. The covered employees would also be eligible to receive their earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination, all accrued vacation, expense reimbursements and any other accrued benefits. Our Named Executive Officers that are not party to an existing contract, agreement, plan or arrangement, whether written or unwritten, involving a change-in-control or termination of employment are not included herewith.

 

Name

   Type of payment    Upon termination
for reasons other
than for cause,
death or disability
    Upon
resignation for
good reason
    Termination
following a
change-in-
control
 

Hans C. Kobler

   Salary    $ 750,000 (1)   $ 750,000 (1)   $ 750,000 (1)

President and Chief Executive Officer

   Equity acceleration      —         —       $      (2)

Mark P. Mills

Chairman and Former Chief Technology Officer(3)

   Salary    $ 80,000 (4)   $ 80,000 (4)     —    

Colin J. Cumming

Chief Technology Officer and President—Detection

   Salary    $ 200,00 (5)       —    

Daniel L. Manitakos

   Salary    $ 250,000 (6)     —         —    

President—Surveillance

   Equity acceleration      —         —       $      (7)

(1) Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Kobler’s current employment agreement, if Mr. Kobler is terminated for reasons other than cause, death or disability, or resigns for good reason, Mr. Kobler shall be entitled to severance pay of $750,000 paid over twelve months following the time of his termination conditioned on compliance with a non-compete agreement.
(2) Immediate vesting of unvested options for the exercise of 281,252 shares at December 31, 2006 at an exercise price of $7.50 per share.
(3) Mr. Mills currently serves as our Chairman of the Board. From October 2005 through December 2006, Mr. Mills also served as our Chief Technology Officer.
(4) Based on compensation as of January 1, 2007. Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Mills’s current compensation arrangement, if Mr. Mills is terminated for reasons other than cause, death or disability, or resigns for good reason, Mr. Mills shall be entitled to twelve months of severance pay at his base salary rate at the time of his termination if such termination occurs prior to September 31, 2007.
(5) Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Cumming’s current employment agreement, if Mr. Cumming is terminated for reasons other than cause, death or disability, Mr. Cumming shall be entitled to twelve months of severance pay at his base salary rate at the time of his termination.
(6) Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Manitakos’s employment agreement, if Mr. Manitakos is terminated for reasons other than cause, death or disability, Mr. Manitakos shall be entitled to twelve months of severance pay at his base salary rate at the time of his termination, conditioned on compliance with a non-compete agreement, failing which we reserve the right to reduce Mr. Manitakos’ severance to not less than three months of his base salary, in which case his post-termination non-compete will be reduced to an equal number of months.
(7) Immediate vesting of unvested options for the exercise of 61,249 shares at December 31, 2006 at an exercise price of $7.50 per share.

Former Chief Financial Officer Severance Agreement

Mr. Spoehel, our former Chief Financial Officer, terminated his employment with us on June 30, 2006. According to the terms of an agreement by and between Mr. Spoehel and us dated June 30, 2006, Mr. Spoehel received a lump sum payment of $125,000 as a severance payment. Additionally, we agreed to repurchase Mr. Spoehel’s outstanding vested options for 254,596 shares of our common stock for a total of $254,596.

 

102


Table of Contents

Current Chief Financial Officer

Deborah D. Mosier, our chief financial officer as of December 31, 2006 and the date hereof, is not a party to an existing contract, agreement, plan or arrangement, whether written or unwritten, involving a change-in-control or termination of employment that would result in a benefit to her upon such event.

Director Compensation

The following table sets forth a summary of the compensation we paid to our non-employee directors in 2006.

Director Compensation

 

Name(1)

  

Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash

($)

   Option Awards
($)
  

Total

($)

Rodney E. Slater

   $ 20,000    $ 10,236    $ 30,236

E. Spencer Abraham

   $ 30,000    $ 20,289    $ 50,289

Joseph M. Jacobs(2)

     —      $ 2,792    $ 2,792

Robert A. Maginn, Jr.

   $ 17,500    $ 5,118    $ 22,618

Mark L. Plaumann

   $ 25,000    $ 7,676    $ 32,676

(1) Mark P. Mills, our Chairman of the Board of Directors, was an employee of ICx during the last fiscal year. As such, he received no compensation in his capacity as a member of our Board of Directors. See “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation” for information on the compensation earned by Mr. Mill is in 2006.
(2) Joseph M. Jacobs is President of Wexford Capital LLC. Due to holdings of its affiliates, Wexford Capital is deemed to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock. Mr. Jacobs does not receive a cash fee for his service as a member of our Board of Directors. In 2006, Mr. Jacobs was awarded an option to purchase 2,500 shares of our common stock. Pursuant to an agreement between Mr. Jacobs and Wexford Capital, Mr. Jacobs assigned the rights to such options to Wexford Capital.

Benefit Plans

2007 Equity Incentive Plan

Our Board of Directors and stockholders adopted our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan to become effective upon the completion of this offering. Our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

We have reserved a total of             shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan plus (a) any shares that have been reserved but not issued under our 2005 Stock Plan as of the effective date of this offering and (b) any shares that otherwise would have been returned to our 2005 Stock Plan on or after the effective date of this offering as a result of termination of options or the repurchase of shares issued under the 2005 Stock Plan.

The Executive Committee of our Board of Directors administers our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, our Compensation Committee, or a subcommittee thereof consisting of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, will administer our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. The administrator has the power to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the plan, of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the

 

103


Table of Contents

exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to institute an exchange program whereby the exercise prices of outstanding awards may be reduced or outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards with a lower exercise price.

The administrator determines the exercise price of options granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. But with respect to all stock options, the exercise price may not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant, who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the term of all other options.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement, to the extent that the option is vested on the date of termination. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant and the exercise date. The administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof; however, stock appreciation rights expire under the same rules that apply to stock options.

Restricted stock may be granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. Restricted stock awards are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. Restricted stock units are awards that will be granted to a participant based on the achievement of company-wide, business unit, or individual goals. The administrator will set the vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of restricted stock that will be paid out to participants. Restricted stock units may be settled in cash, shares, or a combination of both.

Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. Performance units will have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. Payment for performance units and performance shares may be made in cash or in shares of our common stock with equivalent value, or in some combination, as determined by the administrator.

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime. The administrator has the discretion and authority to implement an awards transfer program, which would permit participants the

 

104


Table of Contents

opportunity to transfer any outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity approved by the committee.

Our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan provides that in the event of our “change in control,” the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, the administrator will provide notice to the recipient that he or she has the right to exercise the option and stock appreciation right as to all of the shares subject to the award, all restrictions on restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for performance shares and units will be deemed achieved, and all other terms and conditions met. The option or stock appreciation right will terminate upon the expiration of the period of time the administrator provides in the notice. In the event the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options and stock appreciation rights will fully vest and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for performance shares and units will be deemed achieved, and all other terms and conditions met.

Our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan will automatically terminate in 2017, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our Board of Directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant.

2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our Board of Directors and our stockholders adopted our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan prior to the completion of this offering. Offerings under our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will commence at a future date, if at all, selected by the Executive Committee of our Board of Directors in its discretion.

A total of              shares of our common stock will be made available for sale under the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In addition, our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan on the first day of each fiscal year after offerings commence under the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan equal to the lesser of:

 

   

The amount necessary to replenish the shares reserved under the plan to              shares; and

 

   

such other amount as may be determined by our Board of Directors.

The Executive Committee of our Board of Directors administers the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The Executive Committee has full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and determine eligibility.

All of our employees are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for at least 20 hours per week and more than 5 months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted an option to purchase stock if such employee:

 

   

immediately after grant owns stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

   

whose rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans accrues at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year.

Our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code and provides for consecutive, overlapping 12-month offering periods. Each offering period includes two 6-month purchase periods. After the plan is implemented by our Executive Committee, offering periods generally start on the first trading day on or after June 15 and December 15 of each year. The first such offering period will commence on a future date determined by the Executive Committee.

 

105


Table of Contents

Our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s straight time gross earnings, commissions, overtime and shift premium, exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of              shares during a 6-month purchase period, subject to an adjustment at the discretion of the administrator.

Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month purchase period. The purchase price per share is 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock at the beginning of an offering period or at the end of the applicable purchase period end. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be refunded their accumulated payroll deductions to date. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

In the event of our “change of control,” a successor corporation may assume or substitute each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding options, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set.

Our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will automatically terminate in 2027, unless we terminate it sooner. Our Board of Directors has the authority to amend or terminate our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

2005 Stock Plan

Our 2005 Stock Plan was originally adopted by our Board of Directors and approved by our stockholders on April 22, 2005. The 2005 Stock Plan was amended and restated effective June 12, 2007 to enable us to grant restricted stock and restricted stock units under the plan.

Our 2005 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock purchase rights to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2005 Stock Plan following this offering. Instead, we will grant options and other equity-based awards under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.

We have reserved a total of              shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant awards (including options) under the 2005 Stock Plan. As of July 1, 2007 options to purchase              shares of common stock were outstanding and              shares were available for future grant under this plan.

A committee appointed by our Board of Directors administers our 2005 Stock Plan. The administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards granted under our 2005 Stock Plan, including the service providers who will receive awards, the exercise or purchase price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the form of consideration for the exercise of options and the vesting or forfeiture conditions for an award.

The administrator determines the exercise price of options granted under our 2005 Stock Plan. With respect to all incentive stock options, the exercise price may not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not

 

106


Table of Contents

exceed five years and the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the term of all other options.

Restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and stock purchase rights are granted pursuant to award agreements adopted by the administrator. Shares of our common stock issued pursuant to these awards may, but need not be, subject to a repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule determined by the administrator. Unvested restricted stock awards held by a grantee who ceases to be a service provider will be repurchased by us at the original purchase price.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as the administrator may determine. In the absence of a specified time, the option will remain exercisable for three months following termination other than by reason of death or disability and for twelve months following termination for death or disability. If, on the date of termination, the employee, director or consultant is not vested as to his or her entire option, the shares covered by the unvested portion of the option will revert to the 2005 Stock Plan.

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2005 Stock Plan does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Our 2005 Stock Plan provides that in the event of our “change in control,” the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, the participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise his or her award as to all shares subject thereto and all restrictions on restricted stock will lapse. The administrator will notify the each participant that their awards are exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator, after which time unexercised awards will terminate.

Our 2005 Stock Plan will automatically terminate in 2015, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our Board of Directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2005 Stock Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant. Our Board of Directors has chosen to suspend the 2005 Stock Plan as of the completion of this offering.

401(k) Plan

We have adopted an employee savings and retirement plan qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code and covering all of our employees. Employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit and have the amount of the reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. We may make matching or additional contributions to the 401(k) plan in amounts to be determined annually by our Board of Directors.

Liability Limitations and Indemnification

Our certificate of incorporation limits the personal liability of our directors for breach of fiduciary duty as our director to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director will have personal liability to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our directors:

 

   

for any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

107


Table of Contents
   

for voting or assenting to unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

The limitations do not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies, including injunctive relief or rescission.

Our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by law, and that we will advance expenses, including attorney’s fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited exceptions.

The limited liability provisions in our certificate of incorporation and the indemnification provisions in our bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty and may reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though a derivative action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment in us may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement or damage awards against our directors and officers under these indemnification provisions.

In addition to the indemnification provisions of our bylaws and certificate of incorporation, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. These agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request and to indemnify our directors and executive officers in accordance with our bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We believe that these indemnification provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers, subject to certain exclusions.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers in which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons under our bylaws, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

108


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Since our incorporation in 2003, there has not been, nor is there currently planned, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any director, executive officer or holder of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any person affiliated with them, had or will have a material interest, other than as described under the captions “Management” and “Principal Stockholders” and in the transactions described below.

Securities Issued to Insiders

We have sold an aggregate of 27,636,477 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock to DP1, LLC (DP1) in closings held on April 22, 2005, August 19, 2005, August 24, 2005, September 27, 2005, November 22, 2005, December 9, 2005, January 18, 2006, February 14, 2006, August 8, 2006, September 22, 2006, October 26, 2006, November 29, 2006, December 15, 2006, December 21, 2006 and January 10, 2007. We sold an aggregate of 2,000,000 and 1,340,000 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock to Wexford Spectrum Investors LLC and Wexford Catalyst Investors LLC, respectively, in a closing held on January 12, 2006. We sold 520,000 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock to Debello Investors LLC in a closing held on January 18, 2006. We also issued shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock to DP1 and Valentis SB, L.P. (Valentis) in certain acquisitions of affiliates as described in this section below for each such affiliate. Each share of our Series A Preferred Stock will be converted automatically into one share of our Common Stock upon the closing of this offering.

On February 3, 2006, we issued a warrant to acquire 750,000 shares of our Common Stock to Valentis Investors LLC with an exercise price of $7.50 per share, in connection with its release of Hans Kobler, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors, from a non-compete agreement. Valentis Investors LLC indirectly beneficially owns more than 5% of our capital stock. DP1 and Valentis directly hold more than 5% of our capital stock. Joseph Jacobs, a member of our Board of Directors, is a member of certain affiliates of DP1, Valentis, Valentis Investors LLC, Wexford Spectrum Investors LLC, Wexford Catalyst Investors LLC and Debello Investors LLC that own or control DP1, Valentis, Valentis Investors LLC, Wexford Spectrum Investors LLC, Wexford Catalyst Investors LLC and Debello Investors LLC. Mark Mills, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, and Hans Kobler, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors, each has an indirect ownership interest in DP1 and Valentis through an affiliate of DP1, but otherwise each disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by DP1. These ownership interests are described under the caption “Principal Stockholders.” Mr. Kobler serves on the investment advisory committee of Digital Power Capital, LLC, which is indirectly our largest stockholder and an affiliate of Wexford VI Advisors LLC. Mr. Kobler has an interest in the profits earned on certain Wexford investments, including Wexford’s investment in us.

Acquisition Transactions and Loans

As described below, we acquired Amphitech Holdings Corp., Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc., Nomadics, Inc., Nuvonyx, Inc. and Ion Optics, Inc. in 2005. In addition, we purchased a secured promissory note from Ion Optics, Inc., as described below. DP1 and Valentis are holders of more than 5% of our capital stock. DP1 was the sole stockholder of Amphitech Holdings Corp., and DP1 and Valentis were stockholders of Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc., Nomadics, Inc., Nuvonyx, Inc. and Ion Optics, Inc. Joseph Jacobs, a member of our Board of Directors, is a member of certain affiliates of DP1 and Valentis that own or control DP1 and Valentis. Mark Mills, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, and Hans Kobler, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors, each has an indirect ownership interest in DP1 through an affiliate of DP1, but otherwise each disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by DP1. These ownership interests are described under the caption “Principal Stockholders.”

 

109


Table of Contents

Acquisition of Amphitech Holdings Corp.

On July 7, 2005 we acquired Amphitech Holdings Corp. (Amphitech) pursuant to a Stock Contribution Agreement and Plan of Reorganization. DP1 was the sole stockholder of Amphitech and received 691,353 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock and 2,265,447 shares of our Common Stock in connection with the acquisition. Hans Kobler, our President and Chief Executive Officer, served on Amphitech’s Board of Directors.

Acquisition of Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc.

On August 24, 2005, we acquired Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc. (DII) pursuant to a Stock Acquisition Agreement. DP1 was a stockholder of DII and received 142,857 shares of our Common Stock and 200,000 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock in connection with the acquisition. Valentis was a stockholder of DII and received 428,571 shares of our Common Stock and 600,000 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock in connection with the acquisition. Mark Mills, our Chairman of the Board of Directors, served on DII’s Board of Directors.

Acquisition of Nomadics, Inc.

On August 24, 2005, we acquired Nomadics, Inc. (Nomadics) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Acquisition. DP1 was a stockholder of Nomadics and received 1,700,964 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock in connection with the acquisition. Valentis was a stockholder of Nomadics and received 520,832 shares of our Common Stock and 567,376 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock in connection with the acquisition. Hans Kobler, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors, was a director of Nomadics. At the time we acquired Nomadics, Colin Cumming was the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Nomadics and had no affiliation with us. In connection with the acquisition of Nomadics, he received 2,179,912 shares of our Common Stock in exchange for his shares of Nomadics stock, negotiated and entered into a new employment agreement with Nomadics, and became a member of our Board of Directors. Mr. Kobler was a member of the Nomadics Board of Directors.

Acquisition of Nuvonyx, Inc.

On August 24, 2005, we acquired Nuvonyx, Inc. (Nuvonyx) pursuant to a Stock Acquisition Agreement. DP1, LLC was a stockholder of Nuvonyx and received 1,043,509 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock in connection with the acquisition. Valentis was a stockholder of Nuvonyx and received 1,767,699 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock in connection with the acquisition. Hans Kobler, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors, was a director of Nuvonyx.

Loan to Ion Optics, Inc.

On August 31, 2005, the Company issued a $500,000 secured promissory note to Ion Optics, Inc. (Ion Optics) pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement. The Company subsequently forgave the note upon completing the acquisition of Ion Optics on October 7, 2005. Valentis was a stockholder of Ion Optics at the time we purchased the note. Mark Mills, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, was a director of Ion Optics.

Acquisition of Ion Optics, Inc.

On October 7, 2005, we acquired Ion Optics pursuant to a Plan of Merger and Reorganization. Valentis was a stockholder of Ion Optics and received 856,878 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock in connection with the acquisition. DP1 was a stockholder of Ion Optics and received $108,707.25 in connection with the acquisition. Mark Mills, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, was a director of Ion Optics.

Loan from DP1, LLC

On March 8, 2007, the Company borrowed $3.0 million from DP1 through a convertible promissory note due April 9, 2007. The note bore interest in the form of a $60,000 origination fee deducted from the proceeds.

 

110


Table of Contents

The note was convertible into shares of our Series A preferred stock at $5.00 per share. The note was repaid on April 9, 2007.

Debt Obligations

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had $224,511 and $273,980 outstanding, respectively, under a promissory note which bears interest at 5.00% and which is due and payable on demand. The note is unsecured and is payable to Digital Infrared Imaging LLC.

Administrative Services Agreement with Wexford Capital LLC

We have entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with Wexford Capital LLC under which we may request certain legal, accounting, back office and other services. We are obligated to reimburse Wexford Capital LLC for all of its direct and indirect costs allocated to the performance of its duties and services under the agreement. We incurred general and administrative expenses of $403,629 and $1,166,449 in 2006 and 2005, respectively, pursuant to the agreement. Either party may terminate specific services or the agreement upon written notice to the other party. Wexford Capital LLC is the investment advisor or sub-advisor to investment funds that indirectly own and control DP1 and Valentis, which are holders of more than 5% of our capital stock. Joseph Jacobs, a member of our Board of Directors, is a managing member of Wexford Capital LLC and of certain affiliates of DP1, Valentis, Valentis Investors LLC, Wexford Spectrum Investors LLC, Wexford Catalyst Investors LLC and Debello Investors LLC that own or control DP1, Valentis, Valentis Investors LLC, Wexford Spectrum Investors LLC, Wexford Catalyst Investors LLC and Debello Investors LLC.

Certain of our subsidiary companies reimbursed Digital Power Management for an aggregate of $442,955 in 2005 prior to our acquisition of those companies for certain expenses associated with providing such companies management, legal, accounting, back office and other services. These payments were terminated by each of these companies after being acquired by us. In addition, we have reimbursed Digital Power Management for an aggregate of $1,643,999 since 2005 for certain expenses allocated to it by Wexford Capital LLC.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

Certain holders of our stock are entitled to registration and certain other rights with respect to Common Stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Of our directors and officers, Mr. Cumming, as an individual stockholder, has registration rights.

Support Agreement

Certain holders of our stock have entered into a support agreement pursuant to which they agreed to vote their shares in favor of certain of our acquisitions. Such holders have also agreed to vote in favor of additional sales of our Series A Preferred Stock to DP1, LLC and its affiliates for a period of two years following the date of the agreement. The support agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Right of First Refusal, Co-Sale and Voting Agreement

Certain holders of our stock have entered into a right of first refusal, co-sale and voting agreement pursuant to which they have agreed to elect our Chief Executive Officer, or president, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, and Colin Cumming to our Board of Directors. Such holders have also agreed to vote in favor of certain transactions approved by our Board of Directors and fifty percent of our outstanding capital stock. The right of first refusal, co-sale and voting agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

 

111


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table provides information about the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of July 31, 2007, by:

 

   

each person or entity known by us to own beneficially more than five percent of our common stock;

 

   

each of the named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

In accordance with SEC rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares for which a person or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power and any shares for which the person or entity has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days after July 31, 2007 through the exercise of any option or otherwise. Except as noted below, we believe that the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of common stock set forth opposite their names. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on             shares of common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2007 and, with respect to shares beneficially owned after this offering, include shares into which our outstanding preferred stock will convert upon completion of this offering, and              shares of common stock to be issued in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option. All shares included in the “Right to Acquire” column represent shares subject to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after July 31, 2007. The address of our executive officers and directors is in care of ICx Technologies, Inc., 1350 I Street, NW, Suite 670, Washington, DC 20005.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned Before Offering     Shares Beneficially Owned After Offering
     Outstanding   Right to
Acquire
  Total    Percent     Outstanding   Right to
Acquire
  Total   Percent

5% Stockholders, directors and executive officers

                

Entities affiliated with Wexford Capital LLC (1)

  42,966,442   752,500   43,718,942    75.9 %        

Mark P. Mills (1)(2)

  42,966,442   843,750   43,810,192    76.9 %        

Hans C. Kobler (1)(3)

  42,966,442   937,501   43,903,943    77.0 %        

Colin J. Cumming (4)

  2,224,198   80,000   2,304,198    4.0 %        

Douglas Knight (5)

  58,000   —     58,000    *          

Daniel L. Manitakos (6)

  130,000   35,416   165,416    *          

Daniel T. Mongan (7)

  35,000   8,854   43,854    *          

Deborah D. Mosier (8)

  24,600   14,431   39,031    *          

Kenneth Rapuano

  —     —     —      *          

E. Spencer Abraham (9)

  —     15,000   15,000    *          

Joseph M. Jacobs (1) (10)

  42,966,442   752,500   43,718,942    76.9 %        

Robert A. Maginn, Jr. (9)

  —     5,000   5,000    *          

Mark L. Plaumann (9)

  —     7,500   7,500    *          

Rodney E. Slater (9)

  —     10,000   10,000    *          

All current directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons) (11)

  2,471,798   457,452   2,929,250    5.1 %        

* Less than one percent.
(1)

Represents: (a) 33,752,330 shares held by DP1 LLC, (b) 5,354,112 shares and 750,000 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant held by Valentis SB, L.P. (the Valentis Warrant), (c) 2,000,000 shares held by Wexford Spectrum Investors LLC, (d) 1,340,000 shares held by Wexford Catalyst Investors LLC, (e) 520,000 shares held by Debello Investors LLC, and (f) options to purchase 2,500 shares of common stock, which were initially issued to Mr. Joseph Jacobs and assigned by him to Wexford Capital LLC. Wexford Capital LLC is the manager or investment manager to DP1 LLC, Valentis SB, L.P., Wexford Spectrum Investors LLC, Wexford Catalyst Investors LLC

 

112


Table of Contents
 

and Debello Investors LLC (together, the Wexford Entities) and as such, may be deemed to beneficially own all the shares of common stock which are owned by the Wexford Entities. Mr. Jacobs, as a managing member of Wexford Capital LLC, may be deemed to beneficially own all the shares of common stock which are owned by the Wexford Entities. Wexford Capital LLC and Mr. Jacobs disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities owned by the Wexford Entities, except in Mr. Jacobs case, to the extent of his direct interest in each of the members of the Wexford Entities. Each of Messrs. Kobler and Mills may be deemed to have an indirect ownership interest in the Wexford Entities through their agreements with the Wexford Entities. Each of Messrs. Kobler and Mills disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(2) Mr. Mills disclaims beneficial ownership of the 42,966,442 shares outstanding, which are owned by the Wexford Entities, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The right to acquire shares includes 93,750 shares that are subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2007 and 750,000 shares relating to the Valentis Warrant of which Mr. Mills disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(3) Mr. Kobler disclaims beneficial ownership of the 42,966,442 shares outstanding, which are owned by the Wexford Entities, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The right to acquire shares includes 187,501 shares that are subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2007 and 750,000 shares relating to the Valentis Warrant of which Mr. Kobler disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(4) Shares outstanding include 14,762 shares of unvested restricted stock that vest in two equal installments on March 15, 2008 and 2009. The right to acquire shares includes 80,000 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2007.
(5) Includes 43,500 shares of unvested restricted stock that vest in three equal installments on May 23, 2008, 2009 and 2010.
(6) Shares outstanding include 100,000 shares of preferred stock and 20,000 shares of unvested restricted stock that vest in two equal installments on March 15, 2008 and 2009. The right to acquire shares includes 35,416 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2007.
(7) Shares outstanding include 10,000 shares of preferred stock and 16,666 shares of unvested restricted stock that vest in two equal installments on March 15, 2008 and 2009. The right to acquire shares includes 8,854 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2007.
(8) Shares outstanding include 10,000 shares of unvested restricted stock that vest in two equal installments on March 15, 2008 and 2009. The right to acquire shares includes 14,431 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2007.
(9) Represents shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2007.
(10) Mr. Jacobs is a managing member of Wexford Capital LLC and of certain affiliates of the Wexford Entities. Wexford Capital LLC is an advisor or sub-advisor to the investment funds that indirectly own or control the Wexford Entities. Mr. Jacobs disclaims beneficial ownership of the 42,966,442 shares owned by the Wexford Entities and the shares relating to the Valentis Warrant except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. In addition, Mr. Jacobs has assigned to Wexford Capital LLC the option to purchase 2,500 shares of our common stock.
(11) Shares outstanding exclude 42,966,442 shares owned by the Wexford Entities of which Messrs. Kobler, Mills and Jacobs disclaim beneficial ownership except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. Right to acquire shares includes 457,452 shares that are subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2007 and excludes the option to purchase 2,500 shares of our common stock, which was issued to Mr. Jacobs and subsequently assigned by him to Wexford Capital LLC, and the shares relating to the Valentis Warrant of which Messrs. Kobler, Mills and Jacobs disclaim beneficial ownership except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein.

 

113


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General Matters

Upon completion of this offering, we will be authorized to issue              shares of common stock, $0.001 par value, and              shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value. The following is a summary description of our capital stock.

Common Stock

As of July 1, 2007, there were              shares of common stock outstanding, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of              shares of common stock upon completion of this offering. The outstanding shares were held of record by 151 stockholders.

Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive their proportionate share of dividends, if any, declared from time to time by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. See “Dividend Policy.” In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock are entitled to their proportionate share of all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, after taking into consideration the prior distribution rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. No redemption or sinking fund provisions apply to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock being offered by us will be fully paid and nonassessable as of the completion of this offering.

Preferred Stock

Immediately prior to this offering, our certificate of incorporation provided for one series of preferred stock. In connection with this offering, all outstanding shares of preferred stock will be converted into shares of common stock in accordance with the provisions of our certificate of incorporation governing the conversion of our preferred stock into common stock.

Upon the completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will be authorized, without stockholder approval, from time to time to issue up to              shares of preferred stock in one or more series, each of the series to have whatever rights and preferences, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, that the Board of Directors may determine. The rights of the holders of common stock will be affected by, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of any preferred stock that we may issue in the future. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for others to acquire, or of discouraging others from attempting to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

After completion of this offering, the holders of approximately              shares of common stock, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to registration of their shares, or “registrable securities,” under the Securities Act.

The holders of a majority of the registrable securities have the right to request at any time that we register all or a portion of the registrable securities held by them having an aggregate value of at least $1,000,000 (based on the then current market price). In addition, after the effective date of the registration statement for this offering, so long as we are qualified to register securities on Form S-3 or any successor form, the holders of the registrable

 

114


Table of Contents

securities may require us to register registrable securities held by such requesting holders having an aggregate value of at least $1,000,000 (based on the then current market price). Furthermore, if we choose to register any of our shares of common stock or other securities for any public offering other than in connection with this offering, the holders of all              shares of the registrable securities are entitled to include their registrable securities in the registration, subject to the right of the managing underwriter of such offering to reduce the number of shares to be registered in view of market conditions. We will pay all of the expenses of any registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. The registration rights described above will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the closing of this offering.

If our stockholders with registration rights cause a large number of securities to be registered and sold in the public market, those sales could cause the market price of our common stock to fall. If we were to initiate a registration and include registrable securities because of the exercise of registration rights, the inclusion of registrable securities could adversely affect our ability to raise capital.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

Provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make it more difficult to acquire us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest, open market purchases, removal of incumbent directors and otherwise. These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with us. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover or acquisition proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

We must comply with Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to an interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” includes a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years before the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. The existence of this provision generally will have an anti-takeover effect for transactions not approved in advance by the Board of Directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of candidates for election to our Board of Directors. These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

We intend to apply to have our common stock listed for trading and quotation on The NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “ICXT.”

 

115


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that sales of shares of common stock to the public or the availability of shares for sale to the public will have on the market price of the common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, if a significant number of shares of common stock are sold in the public market, or if people believe that such sales may occur, the prevailing market price of our common stock could decline and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding             shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options after                     , 2007, but giving effect to the grant of restricted stock awards for an aggregate of shares of common stock prior to the closing of this offering. Of these shares, the              shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates”, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining shares of common stock were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and are restricted securities. Of these shares, a total of              shares are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters that are described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus. The restrictions imposed by the lock-up agreements will be in effect for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension under certain circumstances for an additional period of up to 34 days, as described under “Underwriting—Lock-Up Agreements.” At any time and without notice, Lehman Brothers Inc. may, in its sole discretion, release some or all of the securities from these lock-up agreements. In addition, as of July 31, 2007, there were additional outstanding options to purchase             shares of common stock,             of which are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters or with us that prohibit their sale for at least 180 days. Also, as of July 31, 2007, we had a total of              shares of unvested restricted stock awards and restricted stock units. The following table describes the number of outstanding shares that will become eligible for sale in the public market on several relevant dates, assuming no extension of the lock-up agreements.

 

Relevant Dates

  

Number of

Shares Eligible for
Future Sale

   Comment

On effective date

     

180 days after effective date

     

More than 181 days after effective date

     

Five years after the closing of this offering

     

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year, will be entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

one percent of the then outstanding shares of common stock (approximately              shares immediately after this offering); or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks before the date on which the seller files a notice of the proposed sale with the SEC.

Sales under Rule 144 must also comply with manner-of-sale provisions and notice requirements and current information about us must be publicly available.

Rule 144(k)

Under Rule 144(k), a person who has not been an “affiliate” of ICx at any time during the three months before a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, generally

 

116


Table of Contents

including the holding period of any prior owner other than an “affiliate” from whom the holder acquired the shares for value, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, notice filing, volume limitation or public information requirements of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted, shares eligible for sale under Rule 144(k) may be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering.

Rule 701

Any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares. A total of                      of the Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of (1) the expiration of the 180-day lock-up agreements and (2) no sooner than 90 days after the offering upon obtaining the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc.

Registration of Shares in Connection with Compensatory Benefit Plans

We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 because that number will depend on the market price for the common stock, the personal circumstances of the sellers and other factors. Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering, among other things, shares of common stock covered by outstanding options under our stock plans. Based on the number of shares covered by outstanding options as of July 1, 2007 and currently reserved for issuance under the stock plans, the registration statement would cover approximately              shares. The registration statement will become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the open market immediately, after complying with Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, with applicable lock-up agreements, and with the vesting requirements and restrictions on transfer affecting any shares that are subject to restricted stock awards.

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, holders of              shares of common stock will be entitled to specific rights to register those shares for sale in the public market. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement relating to such shares.

 

117


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

This section summarizes certain material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposition of common stock to non-U.S. Holders. This summary does not provide a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations. The information provided below is based on existing authorities. These authorities may change, or the IRS might interpret the existing authorities differently. In either case, the tax considerations of owning or disposing of common stock could differ from those described below. For purposes of this summary, a “non-U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of common stock other than an individual citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, the District of Columbia or any state, a trust that is (i) subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one of more U.S. persons or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person, or an estate whose income is subject to U.S. income tax regardless of source. If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. The summary generally does not address tax considerations that may be relevant to particular investors because of their specific circumstances, or because they are subject to special rules. Finally, the summary does not describe the effects of any applicable foreign, state, or local laws.

INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE CONSEQUENCES OF FOREIGN, STATE, OR LOCAL LAWS, AND TAX TREATIES.

Dividends

Any dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder on our common stock will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30 percent rate. The withholding tax might not apply, however, or might apply at a reduced rate, under the terms of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence. A non-U.S. holder must demonstrate its entitlement to treaty benefits by certifying its nonresident status. A non-U.S. holder can meet this certification requirement by providing a Form W-8BEN or appropriate substitute form to us or our paying agent. If the holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. For payments made to a foreign partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes), the certification requirements generally apply to the partners rather than to the partnership, and the partnership must provide the partners’ documentation to us or our paying agent. Special rules, described below, apply if a dividend is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder.

Sale of Common Stock

Non-U.S. holders will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gains realized on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of common stock. This general rule, however, is subject to several exceptions. For example, the gain would be subject to U.S. federal income tax if:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a U.S. trade or business or, if a treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (in which case the special rules described below under “—Dividends or Gain Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business” apply);

 

118


Table of Contents
   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who holds our common stock as a capital asset (generally, an asset held for investment purposes) and who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met (in which case an individual non-U.S. holder will be subject to a flat 30 percent tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States);

 

   

the non-U.S. holder was a citizen or resident of the United States and thus is subject to special rules that apply to expatriates (in which case the non-U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisor to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to such holder); or

 

   

the rules of the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act (or FIRPTA) (described immediately below) treat the gain as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business.

The FIRPTA rules may apply to a sale, exchange or other disposition of common stock if we are, or were within five years before the transaction, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (or USRPHC). The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our interests in real property located outside the United States and the fair market value of our other business assets. In general, we would be a USRPHC if interests in U.S. real estate comprised 50% or more of our assets. We do not believe that we are a USRPHC or that we will become one in the future. If we are or become a USRPHC, so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, only a non-U.S. holder who, actually or constructively, holds or held (at any time during the shorter of the five year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period) more than 5 percent of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the disposition of our common stock.

Dividends or Gain Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business

If any dividend on common stock, or gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of common stock, is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder, then the dividend or gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular graduated rates unless a specific treaty applies. If the non-U.S. holder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty between the United States and the holder’s country of residence, any “effectively connected” dividend or gain would generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the holder in the United States. Payments of dividends that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, and therefore included in the gross income of a non-U.S. holder, will not be subject to the 30 percent withholding tax. To claim exemption from withholding, the holder must certify its qualification, which can be done by filing a Form W-8ECI. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, that portion of its earnings and profits that is effectively connected with its U.S. trade or business would generally be subject to a “branch profits tax.” The branch profits tax rate is generally 30 percent, although an applicable income tax treaty might provide for a lower rate.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

The estates of nonresident alien individuals are generally subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent. The U.S. federal estate tax liability of the estate of a nonresident alien may be affected by a tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

The Internal Revenue Code and the Treasury regulations require those who make specified payments to report the payments to the IRS. Among the specified payments are dividends and proceeds paid by brokers to

 

119


Table of Contents

their customers. The required information returns enable the IRS to determine whether the recipient properly included the payments in income. This reporting regime is reinforced by “backup withholding” rules. These rules require the payors to withhold tax from payments subject to information reporting if the recipient fails to cooperate with the reporting regime by failing to provide his taxpayer identification number to the payor, furnishing an incorrect identification number, or repeatedly failing to report interest or dividends on his returns. The withholding tax rate is currently 28 percent. The backup withholding rules do not apply to payments to corporations, whether domestic or foreign.

We must report annually to the IRS any dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such dividends. Copies of these reports may be made available to tax authorities in the country where the non-U.S. holder resides. Payments to non-U.S. holders of dividends on common stock will generally not be subject to backup withholding, and payments of proceeds made to non-U.S. holders by a broker upon a sale of common stock will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding, in each case so long as the non-U.S. holder certifies its nonresident status, unless the payer otherwise has knowledge or reason to know that the payee is a U.S. person. Some of the common means of certifying nonresident status are described under “—Dividends.”

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment to a holder of common stock under the backup withholding rules can be credited against any U.S. federal income tax liability of the holder. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

120


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Lehman Brothers Inc. is acting as the representative of the underwriters and sole book-running manager in connection with this offering. Under the terms of an underwriting agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Lehman Brothers Inc.

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

  

Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  
    

Total

  
    

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase shares of common stock depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, including:

 

   

the obligation to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered hereby (other than those shares of common stock covered by their option to purchase additional shares as described below), if any of the shares are purchased;

 

   

the representations and warranties made by us to the underwriters are true;

 

   

there is no material adverse change in our business or in the financial markets; and

 

   

we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

Commissions and Expenses

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to             additional shares. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us for the shares.

 

     No Exercise    Full Exercise

Per share

   $                 $             
             

Total

     
             

The representative of the underwriters has advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $              per share. The underwriters may allow, and the selected dealers may re-allow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $             per share to other dealers. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms.

The expenses of this offering payable by us are estimated to be approximately $            (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions).

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of             shares of common stock at the

 

121


Table of Contents

public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised if the underwriters sell more than            shares of common stock in connection with this offering. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be committed, so long as the conditions of the underwriting agreement are satisfied, to purchase a number of additional shares of common stock proportionate to that underwriter’s initial commitment as indicated in the preceding table, and we will be obligated to sell the additional shares of common stock to the underwriters.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, all of our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc., we and they will not directly or indirectly, (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any shares of our common stock (including, without limitation, shares of common stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and shares of common stock that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of shares of common stock or any other securities of the company, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of these actions for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

(1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

(2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period,

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 180-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

Lehman Brothers Inc., in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Lehman Brothers Inc. will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of common stock and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

Offering Price Determination

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representatives will consider:

 

   

the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

an assessment of management and our business potential and earning prospects;

 

   

the prevailing securities market conditions at the time of this offering; and

 

   

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies.

 

122


Table of Contents

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, liabilities arising from breaches of the representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to             shares offered hereby for officers, directors, employees and certain other persons associated with us. The number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby. Any participants in this program shall be prohibited from selling, pledging or assigning any shares sold to them pursuant to this program for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. This 180-day lock up period shall be extended with respect to our issuance of an earnings release or if a material news or a material event relating to us occurs, in the same manner as described above under “Lock-Up Agreements.”

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

   

A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.

 

   

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that might

 

123


Table of Contents

otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on The NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Selling Restrictions

The common stock is being offered for sale in those jurisdictions in the United States, Europe and elsewhere where it is lawful to make such offers.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date) an offer of securities to the public in that relevant member state prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the securities that have been approved by the competent authority in that relevant member state or, where appropriate, approved in another relevant member state and notified to the competent authority in that relevant member state, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the relevant implementation date, an offer of securities maybe offered to the public in that relevant member state at any time:

 

   

to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

   

to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

 

   

in any other circumstances which do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each purchaser of securities described in this prospectus located within a relevant member state will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state.

The sellers of the securities have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriter with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the securities, other than the underwriter, is authorized to make any further offer of the securities on behalf of the sellers or the underwriter.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive (Qualified Investors) that are

 

124


Table of Contents

also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant persons should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors in deciding whether to purchase any shares of common stock.

The NASDAQ Global Market

We intend to apply to list our shares of common stock for quotation on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ICXT.”

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered by them.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Relationships

The underwriters may in the future perform investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they may in the future receive customary fees and expenses. The underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business.

 

125


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus and certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York. A member of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati and an investment limited liability company comprised of current and former members of, and persons associated with, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati beneficially own an aggregate of 20,000 shares of our common stock.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of ICx Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of DAQ Electronics, Inc. as of May 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Elstein & Friedman, P.C., an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of New Heights Manufacturing, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated financial statements of Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Agentase, LLC as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Thales Laser Diodes as of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2004 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

126


Table of Contents

The financial statements of Mesosystems Technology, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Target Instruments, Inc. as of March 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of target systemelectronic GmbH as of March 31, 2005 and for the year then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Grant Thornton GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of target systemelectronic GmbH as of November 14, 2005 and for the period from April 1, 2005 to November 14, 2005 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Grant Thornton GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of 360 Surveillance Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Norgaard Neale Camden Ltd., independent chartered accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of PBA Engineering Ltd. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Norgaard Neale Camden Ltd., independent chartered accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Chilkoot Design Ltd. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Norgaard Neale Camden Ltd., independent chartered accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Davidson Technologies Ltd. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Norgaard Neale Camden Ltd., independent chartered accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Norgaard Neale Camden Ltd., independent chartered accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

127


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, schedules and amendments filed with the registration statement, under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to our company and the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement, including the exhibits to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and, where that contract is an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement is qualified in all respects by the exhibit to which the reference relates. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, may be examined without charge at the public reference room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. Information about the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 or (202) 551-8090. Copies of all or a portion of the registration statement can be obtained from the public reference room of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement, will also available to you on the SEC’s web site, www.sec.gov. As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will file annual, quarterly and other periodic reports and proxy statements and will make available to our stockholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information.

 

128


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

ICx Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

  

F-3

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-4

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2006 and 2005

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity at January 1, 2004, December 31, 2004, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006

   F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

   F-8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-9

ICx Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006

  

F-39

Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2007 and 2006

   F-40

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss at March 31, 2007 and 2006

   F-41

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 and 2006

   F-42

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007

   F-43

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-44

DAQ Electronics, Inc. Audited Financial Statements for the Fiscal Years Ended May 31, 2004 and 2003

   F-53

DAQ Electronics, Inc. Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended February 28, 2005 and 2004

   F-67

Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc. Audited Financial Statements for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

   F-74

Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc. Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

   F-88

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc. Audited Financial Statements for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

   F-97

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc. Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

   F-109

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the Three Year Period ended December 31, 2004

   F-115

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

   F-132

Agentase, LLC Audited Financial Statements for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

   F-142

Agentase, LLC Unaudited Financial Statements for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

   F-154

Thales Laser Diodes Audited Financial Statements for the Period Ended October 28, 2005 and the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

   F-162

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc. Audited Financial Statements for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

   F-179

 

F-1


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

     Page

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc. Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

   F-193

Mesosystems Technology, Inc. Audited Financial Statements for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

   F-200

Mesosystems Technology, Inc. Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

   F-220

Target Instruments, Inc. Audited Financial Statements for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 and for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

   F-230

Target Instruments, Inc. Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

   F-243

Target systemelectronic GmbH Audited Financial Statements for the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2005

   F-250

Target systemelectronic GmbH Audited Financial Statements for the Period from April 1, 2005 to November 14, 2005

   F-264

360 Surveillance Inc. Audited Financial Statements for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

   F-277

360 Surveillance Inc. Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

   F-286

PBA Engineering Ltd. Audited Financial Statements for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

   F-292

PBA Engineering Ltd. Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

   F-302

Chilkoot Design Ltd. Audited Financial Statements for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

   F-308

Chilkoot Design Ltd. Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

   F-318

Davidson Technologies Ltd. Audited Financial Statements for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

   F-324

Davidson Technologies Ltd. Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

   F-333

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd. Audited Financial Statements for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

   F-339

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd. Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

   F-349

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc. Audited Financial Statements for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

   F-355

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc. Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

   F-374

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ICX TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

ICx Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ICx Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an audit opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 1(o) to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, on a modified prospective basis effective January 1, 2006.

/s/    GRANT THORNTON LLP        

June 20, 2007

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,  
     2006     2005  
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,236,005     $ 23,354,375  

Trade accounts receivable, net

     22,461,118       13,179,866  

Inventories

     13,710,540       11,000,204  

Deferred income taxes

     350,885       248,143  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     7,711,160       3,707,934  

Current assets of discontinued operations

     7,512,660       5,008,960  
                

Total current assets

     58,982,368       56,499,482  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     6,208,612       4,326,185  

Intangible assets, net

     37,026,754       51,036,458  

Goodwill

     62,882,959       118,512,600  

Other assets

     1,696,195       717,639  

Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations

     17,450,677       36,376,981  
                

Total assets

   $ 184,247,565     $ 267,469,345  
                
Liabilities and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity     

Current liabilities:

    

Notes payable

   $ 1,010,577     $ 1,679,908  

Lines of credit

     1,686,585       1,952,532  

Current portion of long-term debt

     206,648       231,731  

Accounts payable

     9,543,300       11,113,494  

Accrued payroll expenses

     5,642,166       4,720,913  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     4,883,904       4,846,913  

Deferred revenue

     2,813,967       2,025,192  

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     5,883,559       5,856,835  
                

Total current liabilities

     31,670,706       32,427,518  

Long-term debt

     449,482       508,121  

Deferred income taxes

     3,561,213       3,876,207  

Other liabilities

     2,191,148       536,596  

Noncurrent liabilities of discontinued operations

     149,670       478,303  
                

Total liabilities

     38,022,219       37,826,745  
                

Commitments and Contingencies

    

Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share—authorized 41,000,000 and 30,000,000 shares in 2006 and 2005, respectively; issued and outstanding 36,351,190 and 29,945,190 shares in 2006 and 2005, respectively; liquidation preference $181,755,950 and $149,725,950 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively

     197,732,187       151,831,142  
                

Stockholder’s (Deficit) Equity:

    

Common stock, par value $.001 per share, authorized 120,000,000 shares in 2006 and 2005; issued and outstanding 19,516,201 and 18,119,759 shares in 2006 and 2005, respectively

     19,516       18,119  

Additional paid-in capital

     95,058,564       97,927,600  

Accumulated deficit

     (147,625,816 )     (20,137,573 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,040,895       3,312  
                

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (51,506,841 )     77,811,458  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ 184,247,565     $ 267,469,345  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Revenues:

      

Product revenues

   $ 59,340,919     $ 20,439,221     $ 928,688  

Contract research and development revenues

     25,694,492       10,435,939       2,128,232  

Maintenance, service and other revenues

     5,124,689       524,846       —    
                        

Total revenues

     90,160,100       31,400,006       3,056,920  

Cost of revenues:

      

Cost of product revenues

     31,329,376       11,202,658       1,086,468  

Cost of contract research and development revenues

     15,839,575       6,134,782       1,275,565  

Cost of maintenance, service and other revenues

     2,843,196       253,079       —    
                        

Total cost of revenue

     50,012,147       17,590,519       2,362,033  
                        

Gross profit

     40,147,953       13,809,487       694,887  
                        

Operating expenses:

      

General and administrative

     37,744,866       11,264,936       1,312,373  

Sales and marketing

     17,678,802       3,524,164       858,622  

Research and development

     14,501,426       4,956,555       1,968,663  

Goodwill impairment loss

     66,042,882       —         —    

Depreciation and amortization

     17,235,550       5,289,392       825,071  

Acquired in-process research and development

     —         2,300,000       —    

Loss in equity method investees

     —         839,639       486,889  
                        

Total operating expenses

     153,203,526       28,174,686       5,451,618  
                        

Operating loss

     (113,055,573 )     (14,365,199 )     (4,756,731 )
                        

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     370,882       125,701       21,145  

Interest expense

     (372,385 )     (144,599 )     (1,200 )

Other, net

     1,039,266       (98,377 )     111,214  
                        

Total other income (expense)

     1,037,763       (117,275 )     131,159  
                        

Loss before minority interest in subsidiaries’ loss and income taxes

     (112,017,810 )     (14,482,474 )     (4,625,572 )

Minority interest in subsidiaries’ loss

     —         (639,003 )     (962,200 )
                        

Loss before income taxes

     (112,017,810 )     (13,843,471 )     (3,663,372 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (295,452 )     (1,942,987 )     —    
                        

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (111,722,358 )   $ (11,900,484 )   $ (3,663,372 )

Loss on discontinued operations, net of tax

     (18,903,365 )     (2,852,286 )     (1,386,111 )

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     3,137,480       —         —    
                        

Net loss

   $ (127,488,243 )   $ (14,752,770 )   $ (5,049,483 )
                        

Other comprehensive income

      

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $254,976 for 2006 and $0 for 2005 and 2004

     1,037,583       3,312       —    
                        

Comprehensive loss

   $ (126,450,660 )   $ (14,749,458 )   $ (5,049,483 )
                        

Net loss

   $ (127,488,243 )   $ (14,752,770 )   $ (5,049,483 )
                        

Less: Preferred stock dividends including accretion

     9,479,965       5,561,953       —    
                        

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (136,968,208 )   $ (20,314,723 )   $ (5,049,483 )
                        

Net loss per common share:

      

Basic and diluted

   $ (7.47 )   $ (3.31 )  
                  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

 

        Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity  
    Series A Convertible
Redeemable Preferred
Stock
  Common Stock  

Additional
Paid-in

Capital

   

Accumulated

Deficit

   

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income

 

Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)

Equity

 
    Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount        

Balance as of January 1, 2004

  —     $ —     —     $ —     $ 3,357,902     $ (335,320 )   $ —     $ 3,022,582  

Contributed capital

  —       —     —       —       13,785,093       —         —       13,785,093  

Comprehensive loss:

               

Net loss

  —       —     —       —       —         (5,049,483 )     —       (5,049,483 )
                                                 

Total comprehensive loss

  —       —     —       —       —         (5,049,483 )     —       (5,049,483 )
                                                 

Balance as of December 31, 2004

  —       —     —       —       17,142,995       (5,384,803 )     —       11,758,192  

Contributed capital

  —       —     —       —       4,976,491       —         —       4,976,491  

Comprehensive income (loss):

               

Foreign currency translation, net of tax

  —       —     —       —       —         —         3,312     3,312  
                                                 

Total comprehensive loss

  —       —     —       —       —         (14,752,770 )     3,312     (14,749,458 )

Issuances of convertible preferred stock:

               

Business combinations

  5,322,070     26,610,354   —       —       (3,456,765 )     —         —       (3,456,765 )

Stock purchase agreements

  24,623,120     123,115,600   —       —       —         —         —       —    

Accretion to redemption value

  —       2,105,188   —       —       (2,105,188 )     —         —       (2,105,188 )

Issuances of common stock:

               

Business combinations

  —       —     16,412,227     16,412     68,446,534       —         —       68,462,946  

Stock options

  —       —     70,330     70     52,281       —         —       52,351  

Stock purchase agreements

  —       —     77,202     77     385,933       —         —       386,010  

Forward stock split (1:15,600)

  —       —     1,560,000     1,560     (1,560 )     —         —       —    

Stock options and warrants assumed and granted in connection with business combinations

  —       —     —       —       11,412,566       —         —       11,412,566  

Amortization of deferred stock based compensation

  —       —     —       —       1,074,313       —         —       1,074,313  
                                                 

Balances at December 31, 2005

  29,945,190   $ 151,831,142   18,119,759   $ 18,119   $ 97,927,600     $ (20,137,573 )   $ 3,312   $ 77,811,458  
                                                 

Comprehensive income (loss):

               

Net loss

  —       —     —       —       —         (127,488,243 )     —       (127,488,243 )

Foreign currency translation, net of tax

  —       —     —       —       —         —         1,037,583     1,037,583  
                                                 

Total comprehensive loss

  —       —     —       —       —         (127,488,243 )     1,037,583     (126,450,660 )

Issuance of convertible preferred stock:

               

Stock purchase agreement

  6,406,000     36,421,080   —       —       (4,391,080 )     —         —       (4,391,080 )

Accretion to redemption value

  —       9,479,965   —       —       (9,479,965 )     —         —       (9,479,965 )

Issuances of common stock:

               

Business combinations

  —       —     1,170,824     1,170     5,801,895       —         —       5,803,065  

Stock options

  —       —     225,618     227     117,551       —         —       117,778  

Stock options assumed and granted in connection with business combinations

  —       —     —       —       182,031       —         —       182,031  

Stock based compensation

  —       —     —       —       4,900,532       —         —       4,900,532  
                                                 

Balances at December 31, 2006

  36,351,190   $ 197,732,187   19,516,201   $ 19,516   $ 95,058,564     $ (147,625,816 )   $ 1,040,895   $ (51,506,841 )
                                                 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (127,488,243 )   $ (14,752,770 )   $ (5,049,483 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

     (3,137,480 )     —         —    

Loss on discontinued operations, net of tax

     18,903,365       2,852,286       1,386,111  
                        

Loss on continuing operations, net of tax

     (111,722,358 )     (11,900,484 )     (3,663,372 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Stock based compensation

     4,900,532       1,074,313       —    

Depreciation and amortization

     17,235,550       5,289,392       825,071  

Acquired in-process research and development

     —         2,300,000       —    

Minority interest in subsidiaries’ loss

     —         (639,003 )     (962,200 )

Deferred income taxes

     (526,085 )     (2,031,017 )     —    

Goodwill impairment loss

     66,042,882       —         —    

Loss in equity method investees

     —         839,639       486,889  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Trade accounts receivable, net

     (7,216,905 )     (4,865,899 )     (435,636 )

Inventories

     (2,322,141 )     670,206       442,916  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (1,870,324 )     1,687,667       (233,522 )

Accounts payable

     (2,729,685 )     1,772,972       357,698  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (327,388 )     (1,684,151 )     (796,071 )

Deferred revenue

     793,689       316,159       (20,069 )
                        

Net cash used in continuing operating activities

     (37,742,233 )     (7,170,206 )     (3,998,296 )

Cash used in operation of discontinued operations

     (5,445,837 )     (2,827,457 )     (956,715 )
                        

Net cash used in operating activities

     (43,188,070 )     (9,997,663 )     (4,955,011 )
                        

Investing activities:

      

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (4,786,322 )     (1,775,671 )     (529,334 )

Business combinations, nets of cash acquired

     (4,160,580 )     (90,405,811 )     —    

Investment in equity method investees

     —         —         (8,000,000 )
                        

Net cash used in continuing investing activities

     (8,946,902 )     (92,181,482 )     (8,529,334 )

Proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations

     4,272,200       —         —    
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (4,674,702 )     (92,181,482 )     (8,529,334 )
                        

Financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     32,030,000       122,128,100       —    

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     117,778       438,361       —    

Borrowings under lines of credit

     18,703,377       2,724,883       —    

Repayments under lines of credit

     (18,969,324 )     (4,461,221 )     —    

Proceeds from notes payable and long-term debt

     691,961       —         —    

Repayments of notes payable and long-term debt

     (1,494,142 )     (1,622,474 )     (154,689 )

Capital contributions

     —         4,976,491       13,785,093  

Other, Net

     370,045       (143,452 )     765,511  
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     31,449,695       124,040,688       14,395,915  
                        

Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash

     294,707       —         —    
                        

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (16,118,370 )     21,861,543       911,570  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     23,354,375       1,492,832       581,262  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 7,236,005     $ 23,354,375     $ 1,492,832  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidate financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

1. Description of the Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) General

ICx Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries (“ICx” or “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware in 2003 to acquire, develop, and coordinate the operations of security technology companies. ICx provides governmental agencies and private industry with advanced surveillance and detection systems that detect chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, and explosive materials. These technologies are used in nuclear power plants, military installations, natural gas storage systems and pipelines, shopping malls, public transportation systems, and port facilities.

The holders of a majority of ICx’ capital stock, DP1, LLC (“DP1”) and Valentis SB, L.P. (“Valentis”), are under the common control of Wexford Capital, LLC (“Wexford”), which is an SEC registered investment advisor. As more fully described in Notes 3 and 4, ICx acquired two companies in 2006, eleven companies in 2005, and completed the acquisition of five other companies in 2005. Of the five companies in which acquisitions were completed in 2005, DP1 and/or Valentis collectively held controlling ownership interests in Nuvonyx, Inc. (“Nuvonyx”) since January 24, 2003, Amphitech Holdings, Corp. (“Amphitech”) since November 6, 2003, and Ion Optics, Inc., (“Ion Optics”) since January 16, 2004. Additionally, DP1 and Valentis collectively held non-controlling ownership interests ranging from 27.02% to 40.14% in Nomadics, Inc. (“Nomadics”) and non-controlling ownership interests of 31.75% in Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc. (“DII”) since February 18, 2004, and July 9, 2004, respectively. In 2005, DP1 and/or Valentis exchanged the capital stock that they held in these five companies for capital stock of ICx. Accordingly, the financial position and results of operations of Nuvonyx, Amphitech, and Ion Optics have been consolidated into the accompanying financial statements from their respective controlling ownership dates in 2003 and 2004, and Nomadics and DII have been accounted for using the equity method of accounting from their respective non-controlling ownership dates in 2004 through ICx’ completion of their final acquisitions on August 24, 2005. For presentation purposes all equity transactions prior to 2005 were reported as contributed capital in the accompanying financial statements. All acquisitions in 2006, 2005 and common control companies in 2004 and 2003 have been accounted for pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 141, Business Combinations.

As more fully described in Note 10, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a plan in 2006 for the sale of three companies, including Nuvonyx. Accordingly the operating results of those three companies are included as discontinued operations, and the related assets and liabilities are included as held for discontinued operations for all periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

(b) Principles of Consolidation

In 2006 and 2005, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ICx and its wholly-owned subsidiaries as listed in Note 4. The 2004 consolidated financial statements include accounts of all subsidiaries in which the Company had the ability to control operating and financial policies. All intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in entities in which the Company has significant influence over operating and financial policies which represents equity ownership of at least 20% and not more than 50%.

(c) Use of Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

(d) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased. The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.

(e) Allowance for Trade Accounts and Notes Receivable

The Company extends credit to customers in accordance with normal industry standards and terms. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on known factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends and other information. Changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts are the result of write-offs of uncollectible receivables and provisions for bad debts. Trade accounts receivable balances are not collateralized, and the Company generally does not charge interest on past due receivables. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, trade accounts receivable, net was comprised of the following:

 

     At December 31,  
     2006     2005  

U.S. government

   $ 6,773,952     $ 5,148,853  

Commercial and other

     15,871,086       8,138,576  
                
   $ 22,645,038     $ 13,287,429  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (183,920 )     (107,563 )
                

Trade accounts receivable, net

   $ 22,461,118     $ 13,179,866  
                

Except for the U.S. government, no one customer accounted for 10% or greater of the net trade accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2006 or December 31, 2005.

See Note 10 for discussion regarding notes receivable.

(f) Inventories

Inventory primarily consists of raw material, work in process, and finished goods related to advanced surveillance and monitoring systems and detection systems that detect chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, and explosive materials. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or market. The Company writes down inventories for obsolescence equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Any write-downs are charged to operations as incurred. Manufacturing overhead is allocated to inventory and cost of revenues based on a variable of direct labor.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, inventories were comprised of the following:

 

     At December 31,  
     2006     2005  

Raw materials

   $ 8,301,312     $ 5,621,977  

Work in progress

     3,065,515       1,710,146  

Finished goods

     2,644,209       3,739,226  
                
   $ 14,011,036     $ 11,071,349  

Reserve for obsolescence

     (300,496 )     (71,145 )
                
   $ 13,710,540     $ 11,000,204  
                

(g) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company considers cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses to be financial instruments in which the carrying amounts represent fair value because of the short-term nature of the accounts. The Company also considers notes payable, lines of credit, and long-term debt to be financial instruments in which the carrying amounts approximate fair value because of their short-term nature, variable interest rates or rates that approximate market.

(h) Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at acquisition date fair values pursuant to various business combinations as more fully described in Note 4 plus the cost of any expenditures subsequent to acquisitions. Expenditures which materially increase values, change capacities, or extend useful lives are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred. Depreciation is calculated using straight line and accelerated methods once the assets are placed in service. The Company provides for depreciation over the following estimated useful lives: building and improvements—10 to 30 years; furniture and equipment—3 to 7 years; computer equipment and software—1 to 5 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the life of the asset or the lease term.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, property, plant, and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     At December 31,  
     2006     2005  

Land

   $ 49,592     $ 49,592  

Buildings and improvements

     988,295       314,731  

Furniture and equipment

     4,503,006       2,204,178  

Computer equipment and software

     1,977,833       1,243,323  

Leasehold improvements

     1,371,006       1,126,570  

Assets not yet placed in service

     239,383       —    
                
   $ 9,129,115     $ 4,938,394  

Accumulated depreciation

     (2,920,503 )     (612,209 )
                
   $ 6,208,612     $ 4,326,185  
                

Depreciation expense was $2,319,720, $515,339, and $91,030 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

(i) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is tested for impairment at least annually. Intangible assets are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives ranging from one to ten years. The Company has no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

It is the Company’s policy to evaluate its recorded goodwill for possible impairment on an annual basis, or earlier if an indicator of impairment arises. Management uses a number of different criteria when evaluating an asset for possible impairment. Indicators such as significant decreases in a reporting unit’s book value, cash flows which cannot be resolved or improved within a reasonable amount of time, sustained operating losses, adverse changes in the business climate, legal matters, losses of significant customers, and new technologies which could accelerate obsolescence of business products are used by management when making its evaluations.

In assessing the recoverability of goodwill and intangibles, the Company must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets. The fair value of an asset could vary, depending upon the estimating method employed, as well as assumptions made. This may result in a possible impairment of the intangible assets and/or goodwill, or alternatively the acceleration of amortization expense.

Goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process. The first step of the impairment test is used to identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit to the book value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its book value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired, and the second step of the impairment test is not required. If the book value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the book value of that goodwill. If the book value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. The annual impairment testing is performed in the fourth quarter. In 2005 and 2004, no impairment was indicated. See Notes 4 and 10 for more information on the goodwill impairment loss in 2006.

(j) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets held and used by the Company and intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of assets may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to future net undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets calculated using a discounted future cash flow analysis.

(k) Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from product sales at the time the product is shipped, title, and risk have passed to the customer, and collection from the customer is reasonably assured.

The Company recognizes revenue from research and development contracts using the percentage of completion method. The Company principally uses hours of work and contract milestones to measure the

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

progress of contract completeness. Certain contracts provide for billings and/or payments that may not coincide with revenue recognition. To the extent that customer billings or payments are in excess of revenues, the excess is recorded as deferred revenue. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had included in deferred revenue $1,301,822 and $1,026,279 of excess billings or customer payments, respectively, related to percentage of completion timing differences. To the extent that revenue is recognized under the percentage of completion method prior to billings as defined in the contracts, such amounts are recorded as unbilled revenue and are expected to be collected within one year of recognition. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had unbilled revenue of $2,071,820 and $1,264,471, respectively, included in other current assets in the accompanying financial statements. Substantially all of the unbilled revenue was due from the U.S. government.

The Company recognizes revenue from services at the time the services are performed. Deferred revenue includes $1,234,427 and $998,913 in the years 2006 and 2005, respectively, of prepayments on service contracts which are deferred until such time as the services are performed. Warranty income under separate agreements is recognized ratable over the life of the warranty.

The Company recognizes software revenue under the provisions of the Accounting Standards Executive Committee’s Statement of Position 97-2 (“SOP 97-2”), Software Revenue Recognition (as amended by SOP 98-9). Under the terms of SOPs 97-2 and 98-9, companies are required to defer all revenue from multiple-element software arrangements if sufficient vendor specific objective evidence does not exist for the allocation of revenue to the various elements of the arrangement. As a result, the Company recognizes any revenue on multi-year software license agreements ratably over the life of the arrangement. At December 31, 2006, $277,718 of revenue was deferred under multiple-element software arrangements.

(l) Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

(m) Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and were not significant for any period presented.

(n) Warranty Provision

The Company records a warranty provision at the time products are shipped for warranty costs expected to be incurred. The Company’s warranty period is typically one year from the time of shipment. The estimated accrual is based on the Company’s history with warranty claims.

(o) Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has one stock option plan, the 2005 Stock Plan, which authorizes the issuance of stock options, restricted stock, and other stock-based incentives to employees from authorized but unissued shares. Periodically, the Company issues stock options outside the 2005 Stock Plan at the Board of Directors’ discretion. The 2005 Stock Plan and board-discretionary options are more fully described at Note 9.

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, using the modified prospective transition method. SFAS No. 123(R) requires equity-classified, share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be valued at fair value on the date of grant and to be

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

expensed over the applicable vesting period. Under the modified prospective transition method, share-based awards granted or modified on or after January 1, 2006, are recognized in compensation expense over the applicable vesting period. Also, any previously granted awards that were not fully vested as of January 1, 2006, are recognized as compensation expense over the remaining vesting period. No retroactive or cumulative effect adjustments were required upon the Company’s adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).

Prior to adopting SFAS No. 123(R), the Company accounted for its fixed-plan employee stock options using the intrinsic-value based method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations. This method required compensation expense to be recorded on the date of grant only if the current market price of the underlying stock exceeded the exercise price.

Had the fair value provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) been applied in 2005 and 2004, the Company’s net earnings and net earnings per share would have differed from the amounts actually reported as shown in the following table:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
             2005                     2004          

Net loss available to common stockholders, as reported

   $ (20,314,723 )   $ (5,049,483 )

Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net loss, net of related tax effects

     1,074,313       —    

Deduct: Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value-based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

     (8,449,029 )     —    
                

Net loss, pro forma

   $ (27,689,439 )   $ (5,049,483 )
                

Loss per common share:

    

Basic and diluted, as reported

   $ (3.31 )  

Basic and diluted, pro forma

   $ (4.52 )  

As a result of adopting SFAS No. 123(R), the Company’s earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense in 2006 was approximately $3,800,000 lower than if the Company had continued to account for share-based compensation under APB No. 25.

Paragraph 81 of SFAS No. 123(R) provides that for purposes of calculating the pool of excess tax benefits (“APIC pool”), the Company should include the net excess tax benefits that would have qualified had the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) from inception. The FASB issued FSP 123(R)-3, which provides an alternative transition method to calculate the beginning pool of excess tax benefits. The Company elected the alternative transition method (“short cut method”) in calculating their historical APIC pool for stock based compensation and determined there was no APIC pool at the adoption date.

SFAS No. 123(R) requires the cash inflows resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation expense recognized for those stock options (“excess tax benefits”) to be classified as financing cash inflows. The Company has recognized no excess tax benefits in 2006, 2005 or 2004.

(p) Foreign Currency Translation

For foreign operations, assets and liabilities are translated at the year-end exchange rate, and income statement items are translated at the average exchange rate for the year. The opening balance sheets of business

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

combinations involving foreign entities are translated at the exchange rates in effect on the applicable acquisition dates. Resulting translation adjustments are recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are re-measured at the balance sheet date. Resulting transaction gains or losses are included as a component of current period earnings.

(q) Loss Per Share

The Company calculates loss per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share. Under SFAS No. 128, basic loss per common share is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each reporting period. Diluted loss per common share is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period adjusted for the effect of dilutive potential common shares calculated using the treasury stock method. However, the computation of diluted loss per share shall not assume the conversion or exercise of options that would have an anti-dilutive effect (a decrease in loss per share) on loss per share. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company had 18,333,522 weighted average shares outstanding and all of the Company’s potential common shares were anti-dilutive as the Company was in a net loss position. Those potential common shares consisted of 4,417,927 weighted average shares of stock options and 32,719,387 weighted average shares of convertible preferred stock. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company had 6,129,511 and 0 weighted average shares outstanding.

(r) Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss consists of net loss and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income at December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, included certain changes in equity that are excluded from net loss. Specifically, cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income.

(s) Income Taxes

Current income tax expense is the amount of income taxes expected to be payable for the current year. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed annually for the differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities. Such deferred income tax asset and liability computations are based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to periods in which the differences are expected to reverse. If necessary, a valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

(t) Reclassifications

Certain 2005 and 2004 balances in the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2006 presentation.

(u) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) periodically issues new accounting standards in a continuing effort to improve standards of financial accounting and reporting. The Company has reviewed the recently issued pronouncements and concluded that the following new accounting standards are applicable to the Company.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

In September 2006, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (“SAB 108”), Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements. SAB 108 was issued to provide consistency between how registrants quantify financial statement misstatements. Historically, there have been two widely-used methods for quantifying the effects of financial statement misstatements. These methods are referred to as the “roll-over” and “iron curtain” method. The roll-over method quantifies the amount by which the current year income statement is misstated. Exclusive reliance on an income statement approach can result in the accumulation of errors on the balance sheet that may not have been material to any individual income statement, but which may misstate one or more balance sheet accounts. The iron curtain method quantifies the error as the cumulative amount by which the current year balance sheet is misstated. Exclusive reliance on a balance sheet approach can result in disregarding the effects of errors in the current year income statement that results from the correction of an error existing in previously issued financial statements. SAB 108 established an approach that requires quantification of financial statement misstatements based on the effects of the misstatement on each of the company’s financial statements and the related financial statement disclosures. This approach is commonly referred to as the “dual approach” because it requires quantification of errors under both the roll-over and iron curtain methods. The Company has initially applied SAB 108 in connection with the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2006, and no adjustment was necessary.

In June 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on Issue No. 06-3 (“EITF 06-3”), Disclosure Requirements for Taxes Assessed by a Governmental Authority on Revenue-Producing Transactions, which provides that entities should present such taxes on either a gross or net basis based on their accounting policies. The Company’s accounting policy is to record such taxes on a net basis. EITF 06-3 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2006. The implementation of EITF 06-3 in the first quarter of fiscal 2007 will not have a material impact on our financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has not yet determined the effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, if any, upon adoption of SFAS 157.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48), which prescribes accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax positions. This interpretation defines the criteria that must be met for the benefits of a tax position to be recognized in the financial statements and the measurement of tax benefits recognized. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective as of the beginning of the Company’s 2007 fiscal year, with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. The Company is currently finalizing its analysis of the impact of adopting FIN 48, and believes that the impact, if any, will not be material to the financial statements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159). SFAS 159 permits companies to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value at specified election dates. Upon adoption, an entity shall report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. Most of the provisions apply only to entities that elect the fair value option. However, the amendment to SFAS 115, “Accounting for Certain

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” applies to all entities with available for sale and trading securities. SFAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that SFAS 159 will have, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.

2. Liquidity and Capital Resources

ICx was formed in 2003 and primarily grew its operations through the acquisition of eighteen companies (see Note 4). The acquisitions were made to further research, develop, integrate and distribute technologies in markets related to security and defense. Substantially all of the acquisitions were completed in the final six months of 2005 and many of the acquired entities had early stage products and/or emerging products and engaged in research and development activities that were funded both through external government contracts and internal resources.

During 2006 the Company began to increase its investment in sales, marketing and other related business development structure to support its early stage products and emerging technologies. Additionally, the Company increased its investment in internally funded research and development activities and the related integration of products and technologies among its operating units. The Company also increased its general administrative expenses in 2006 through the use of consultants and other professionals to complete certain accounting and legal functions. Consequently, the Company’s cumulative net losses, which amounted to approximately $148 million at December 31, 2006, were expected based on the nature of the Company, the early stage of its products and technologies and its ongoing research and development activities. Since its inception in 2003 through December 31, 2006, the Company had received approximately $176.8 million in funding through the issuance of Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock (“Series A”), contributed capital and other common equity sources, the proceeds of which have been used to fund the Company’s acquisitions and net losses. As more fully described in Notes 1 and 3, the majority of the funding was from Wexford affiliates.

In 2007, the Company plans to reduce its losses, through a variety of means, including but not limited to potential sale of certain assets, reducing general and administrative expenses by relying less on external consultants, professionals and advisors, prioritizing its internal research and development spending, and increasing revenue through organic growth in product sales. In connection with such loss reduction plans, the Company has adopted a plan to seek a purchaser for three of its subsidiaries (see Note 10). Management believes that the Company has sufficient working capital and ability to raise additional equity to fund operations for at least the next twelve months.

3. Related Party Transactions

Securities Issued to Insiders

In 2006, the Company issued an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of Series A to DP1 for a cash price of $5.00 per share pursuant to closings held throughout 2006 in April, August, September, October, November, and December. The Company also issued 520,000 shares of Series A to Debello Investors, LLC (“Debello”) in January 2006 and 500,000 shares of Series A to DP2 in September 2006 for a cash price of $5.00 per share. Also, during 2006 the Company issued 190,000 shares of Series A to certain members of executive and subsidiary management for a cash price of $5.00 per share.

In 2005, the Company issued an aggregate of 20,665,122 shares of Series A to DP1 for a cash price of $5.00 per share pursuant to closings held throughout 2005 in April, August, September, November, and December. The

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

Company also issued 2,000,000, 1,340,000, and 520,000 shares of Series A in 2005 to Wexford Spectrum Investors, LLC (“WSI”), Wexford Catalyst Investors, LLC (“WCI”), and Debello, respectively, for a cash price of $5.00 in December 2005.

DP1 directly holds more than 5% of the Company’s capital stock. Joseph Jacobs, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, is a member of certain affiliates that own or control DP1, DP2 WSI, WCI, and Debello. Mark Mills, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, and Hans Kobler, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors, each has an indirect ownership interest in DP1 and DP2 through an affiliate but otherwise each disclaims beneficial ownership of DP1 or DP2.

At December 31, 2005, the Company had $987,500 included in other current assets for amounts due from stockholders related to Series A issuances. On July 7, 2005, the Company effected a forward common stock split of 1:15,600 resulting in a stock dividend to DP1 of 1,560,000 shares.

Acquisition Transactions and Loan

Acquisition of Amphitech

On July 7, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of Amphitech pursuant to a Stock Contribution Agreement and Plan of Reorganization. DP1 was the sole stockholder of Amphitech and received 691,353 shares of Series A and 2,265,447 shares of Common Stock in connection with the acquisition. Because DP1 owned 100% of Amphitech and due to the common control as described in Note 1, the issuance of the Series A shares was treated as a preferred stock dividend totaling $3,456,765.

Acquisition of DII

On August 24, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of DII pursuant to a Stock Acquisition Agreement. DP1 was a stockholder of DII and received 142,857 shares of Common Stock and 200,000 shares of Series A in connection with the acquisition. Valentis was a stockholder of DII and received 428,571 shares of Common Stock and 600,000 shares of Series A in connection with the acquisition. Joseph Jacobs is a member of certain affiliates that own or control Valentis.

Acquisition of Nomadics

On August 24, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of Nomadics pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Acquisition. DP1 was a stockholder of Nomadics and received 784,042 shares of Common Stock and 200,000 shares of Series A in connection with the acquisition. Valentis was a stockholder of Nomadics and received 1,100,964 shares of Common Stock and 600,000 shares of Series A in connection with the acquisition. Hans Kobler was a director of Nomadics. At the time the Company acquired Nomadics, Colin Cumming was the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Nomadics and had no affiliation with the Company. In connection with the acquisition of Nomadics, Mr. Cumming received 2,179,912 shares of Common Stock in exchange for his shares of Nomadics stock and became a member of the Company’s Board of Directors.

Acquisition of Nuvonyx

On August 24, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of Nuvonyx pursuant to a Stock Acquisition Agreement. DP1 was a stockholder of Nuvonyx and received 363,507 shares of Common Stock and 679,998 shares of Series A in connection with the acquisition. Valentis was a stockholder of Nuvonyx and received

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

1,191,151 of Common Stock and 576,548 shares of Series A in connection with the acquisition. Hans Kobler was a director of Nuvonyx.

Acquisition of IonOptics

On October 7, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of IonOptics, pursuant to a Plan of Merger and Reorganization. Valentis was a stockholder of IonOptics and received 856,878 shares of Series A in connection with the acquisition. DP1 received $108,707 in cash in connection with the acquisition. Mark Mills was a director of IonOptics.

Loan to IonOptics

On August 31, 2005, the Company issued a $500,000 secured promissory note to IonOptics, pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement. The Company subsequently forgave the note upon completing the acquisition of IonOptics on October 7, 2005.

Administrative Services Agreement with Wexford

The Company entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with Wexford under which the Company may request certain legal, accounting, back office, and other services. The Company is obligated to reimburse Wexford for all of its direct and indirect costs allocated to the performance of such services. The Company incurred general and administrative expenses of $403,629 and $1,166,449 in 2006 and 2005, respectively, pursuant to the agreement. Either party may terminate specific services or cancel the agreement upon written notice to the other party.

Leases

Juergen Stein, CEO and President of Target GmbH, a subsidiary of the Company, leases facilities to the Company under a lease agreement dated January 1, 2005. The monthly lease payment is $7,500. Rent expense of $90,000 was incurred in 2006, and $7,875 in rental expense was incurred in 2005. The lease term ends on December 31, 2020, and can be renewed for one year terms thereafter.

Strange Family Holdings, LLP, leases facilities to the Company under a lease agreement dated June 15, 2005. The monthly lease payment is $5,365. Rent expense of $63,125 was incurred in 2006, and approximately $21,000 in rental expense was incurred in 2005. The lease term ends on June 15, 2008, and can then be renewed for one year terms thereafter. Certain family members of the Strange family hold senior management positions in the Company’s subsidiary, New Heights, Inc.

Debt Obligations

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had $224,511 and $273,980 outstanding, respectively, under a promissory note which bears interest at 5.00% and which is due and payable on demand. The note is unsecured and is payable to a minority shareholder of the Company.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

4. Business Combinations and Related Intangibles

Acquisitions in 2006

During 2006, ICx acquired two companies. Both of the acquired entities operate in the security technology area of business. The aggregate purchase price was $11,975,401, and included 1,075,546 shares of common stock issued as partial consideration for one acquisition. The value of the common stock was based on the fair value of the stock at the acquisition date pursuant to an independent third-party valuation. Management believes that this valuation accurately reflects the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the acquisition date.

At December 31, 2006, the Company had included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, $1,649,191 of funds held in escrow related to the Company’s acquisition of GHC Technologies, Inc. (“GHC”). Such funds included cash and 189,802 shares of common stock which are expected to be paid out within one year of the acquisition date. Upon acquisition of Security 2000, Inc. (“S2K”), the Company issued a $250,000 note payable as partial consideration for the acquisition. The note bore interest at an annual rate of 8% and was paid subsequent to December 31, 2006.

Both of the acquisitions have been accounted for as business combinations and are summarized in the following tables.

 

2006 Acquisitions

  Business
Segment
  Date of
Acquisition
  Consideration  

Form of Consideration

GHC Technologies, Inc. (“GHC”)

  Detection   December 15   $ 11,225,401   Cash, stock and stock options

Security2000, Inc. (“S2K”)

  Solutions   October 31     750,000   Cash and note payable
           
      $ 11,975,401  
           

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired as of the date of each acquisition:

 

2006 Acquisitions

  

Tangible

Net Assets

   Acquired
Intangible
Assets
   Acquired
In-Process
Research &
Development
   Goodwill    Total

GHC

   $ 900,748    $ 990,000    $ —      $ 9,334,653    $ 11,225,401

S2K

     452,992      —        —        297,008      750,000
                                  
   $ 1,353,740    $ 990,000    $ —      $ 9,631,661    $ 11,975,401
                                  

Intangible assets acquired in the business combinations during 2006 are comprised of the following:

 

2006 Acquisitions

   Core
Technology
   Customer
Relationships
   Firm
Contracts
   Non-compete    Total

GHC

   $ 970,000    $ —      $ —      $ 20,000    $ 990,000
                                  

Total

   $ 970,000    $ —      $ —      $ 20,000    $ 990,000
                                  

Weighted average life in years

     3.0      —        —        4.0   

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

Acquisitions in 2005

During 2005, ICx acquired eleven companies and completed the acquisition of five others under common control and/or ownership. As more fully described in Note 1, the five companies in which the acquisitions were completed in 2005 were under common control and/or ownership with Wexford in periods prior to 2005. All of the acquired entities operate in the security technology area of business. The aggregate purchase price was $200,316,876, and included the fair value of 5,322,070 shares of Series A, and 16,412,227 shares of the Company’s common stock issued as partial consideration for certain acquisitions. The value of the common shares was based on the fair value of the stock at each acquisition date pursuant to an independent third-party valuation. Management believes that these valuations accurately reflect the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of 2005. The value of the Series A was based on the cash price for other Series A shares issued during 2005. At December 31, 2005, the Company had $974,955 included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities for funds held in escrow related to certain business combinations. Such funds were paid out during 2006 and included the issuance of 95,278 shares of common stock. The Company may also be required to pay additional stock and/or cash consideration related to the purchase of certain entities. The maximum potential additional consideration is $21.5 million and is based on the financial performance of certain entities during periods ranging from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2006, the Company had $871,500 of contingent cash consideration included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities which is expected to be paid in 2007.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

The 2005 acquisitions are summarized in the following tables. The consideration paid and the fair value of the net assets acquired for those entities that were under common control and/or ownership prior to 2005 pertain to the portion of the net assets acquired in the final step during 2005.

 

2005 Acquisitions

   Business
Segment
   Date of
Acquisition
   Consideration   

Form of Consideration

DAQ Electronics, Inc. (“DAQ”)

   Solutions    April 27    $ 9,112,831    Cash and stock options

Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc. (final step acquisition) (“DII”)

   Surveillance    August 24      22,427,366    Cash, stock and stock options

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc. (“New Heights”)

   Surveillance    August 24      7,525,664    Cash and stock

Nomadics, Inc. (final step acquisition) (“Nomadics”)

   Detection    August 24      42,088,878    Cash, stock and stock options

Nuvonyx, Inc. (final step acquisition) (“Nuvonyx”)

   Laser    August 24      21,010,078    Cash, stock and stock options

Agentase, LLC (“Agentase”)

   Detection    September 6      6,791,734    Cash, stock and stock options

IonOptics, Inc. (final step acquisition (“IonOptics”)

   Surveillance    October 4      10,379,689    Cash, stock and stock options

Thales Laser Diodes S.A. (“Nuvonyx Europe”)

   Laser    October 28      1,160,483    Cash

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc. (“Griffin”)

   Detection    November 8      13,901,243    Cash, stock and stock options

MesoSystems Technology, Inc. (“MesoSystems”)

   Detection    November 15      20,818,159    Cash and stock options

Target Instruments, Inc. (“Target”)

   Detection    November 15      11,452,465    Cash, stock and stock options

Target Systemelectronics, Gmbh (“Target GmbH”)

   Detection    November 15      7,057,621    Cash

Harbinger Associates, LLC (“Harbinger”)

   Solutions    November 23      7,719,188    Cash and stock options

360 Surveillance, Inc./PBA Engineering Ltd. (“360/PBA”)

   Surveillance    December 9      11,261,751    Cash and stock

Sensor Technology and Systems, Inc. (“STS”)

   Surveillance    December 29      7,609,726    Cash and stock options
               
         $ 200,316,876   
               

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired in business combinations and/or from minority interest holders in step acquisitions as of the date of each acquisition:

 

2005 Acquisitions

   Tangible Net
Assets
    Acquired
Intangible
Assets
   Acquired
In-Process
Research &
Development
   Goodwill    Total

DAQ

   $ (1,044,581 )   $ 4,570,000    $ 2,300,000    $ 3,287,412    $ 9,112,831

DII

     1,235,984       6,019,000      —        15,172,382      22,427,366

New Heights

     (3,041,816 )     1,960,000      —        8,607,480      7,525,664

Nomadics

     8,420,551       5,669,187      —        27,999,140      42,088,878

Nuvonyx

     2,727,277       1,188,905      —        17,093,896      21,010,078

Agentase

     (683,500 )     2,500,000      —        4,975,234      6,791,734

IonOptics

     2,925,937       1,146,540      —        6,307,212      10,379,689

Nuvonyx Europe

     (924,805 )     2,085,288      —        —        1,160,483

Griffin

     (1,178,839 )     4,900,000      —        10,180,082      13,901,243

MesoSystems

     645,729       5,900,000      —        14,272,430      20,818,159

Target

     (2,461,862 )     4,800,000      —        9,114,327      11,452,465

Target GmbH

     (1,209,954 )     8,267,575      —        —        7,057,621

Harbinger

     (439,187 )     1,810,000      —        6,348,375      7,719,188

360/PBA

     (991,215 )     3,220,000      —        9,032,966      11,261,751

STS

     (1,883,741 )     5,390,000      —        4,103,467      7,609,726
                                   
   $ 2,095,978     $ 59,426,495    $ 2,300,000    $ 136,494,403    $ 200,316,876
                                   

Goodwill arising from the 2005 acquisitions of $136,494,403 none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes, was assigned to the business segments as follows: Detection—$66,541,213; Surveillance—$43,223,507; Laser—$17,093,896; and Solutions—$9,635,787.

Intangible assets acquired in the business combinations during 2005 are comprised of the following:

 

2005 Acquisitions

   Core
Technology
   Customer
Relationships
   Firm
Contracts
   Non-compete    Total

DAQ

   $ 1,500,000    $ 2,510,000    $ 560,000    $ —      $ 4,570,000

DII

     1,786,890      4,232,109      —        —        6,018,999

New Heights

     —        1,750,000      210,000      —        1,960,000

Nomadics

     2,890,595      1,829,852      729,800      218,940      5,669,187

Nuvonyx

     837,620      254,469      96,816      —        1,188,905

Agentase

     1,200,000      1,300,000      —        —        2,500,000

IonOptics

     814,800      305,550      26,190      —        1,146,540

Nuvonyx Europe

     938,380      1,146,908      —        —        2,085,288

Griffin

     4,300,000      600,000      —        —        4,900,000

MesoSystems

     4,200,000      1,430,000      270,000      —        5,900,000

Target

     2,100,000      2,700,000      —        —        4,800,000

Target GmbH

     2,615,046      5,652,530      —        —        8,267,576

Harbinger

     1,600,000      90,000      120,000      —        1,810,000

360/PBA

     2,300,000      420,000      500,000      —        3,220,000

STS

     3,700,000      1,150,000      540,000      —        5,390,000
                                  

Total

   $ 30,783,331    $ 25,371,418    $ 3,052,806    $ 218,940    $ 59,426,495
                                  

Weighted average life in years

     5.9      3.7      1.0      3.0   

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

The following (unaudited) pro forma consolidated results of operations have been prepared as if the 2005 acquisitions described above had occurred at January 1, 2004:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2005     2004  

Sales

   $ 77,927,000     $ 93,917,000  

Loss from continuing operations

     (24,332,000 )     (21,092,000 )

Loss from discontinued operations

     (4,824,000 )     (6,524,000 )

Net loss

     (29,156,000 )     (27,616,000 )

Net loss per common share—basic and diluted*

    

From continuing operations

     (4.88 )     n/a  

From discontinued operations

     (0.79 )  

Net loss

     (5.67 )  

* less preferred stock dividend including accretion of $5,561,953

The pro forma information is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have been achieved had the acquisitions been consummated as of that time, nor is it intended to be a projection of future results.

Acquisitions in 2004

During 2004, ICx acquired one company and made partial step acquisitions of two others. All of the entities acquired operate in the security technology area of business. The aggregate purchase price was $5,844,390 in cash.

All of the acquisitions have been accounted for as business combinations and are summarized in the following tables. The consideration paid in the partial step acquisitions pertains to the portion of the net assets acquired in the step acquisitions during 2004.

 

2004 Acquisitions

   Business
Segment
   Date of
Acquisition
   Consideration   

Form of
Consideration

Amphitech (final step acquisition) (“Amphitech”)

   Surveillance    July 11    $ 1,344,390    Cash

IonOptics, Inc. (partial step acquisition) (“IonOptics”)

   Surveillance    January 16      3,000,000    Cash

Nuvonyx, Inc. (partial step acquisition) (“Nuvonyx”)

   Laser    February 18      1,500,000    Cash
               
         $ 5,844,390   
               

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired as of the date of each acquisition:

 

2004 Acquisitions

   Tangible Net
Assets
   Acquired
Intangible
Assets
   Goodwill    Total

Amphitech

   $ 1,344,390    $ —      $ —      $ 1,344,390

Nuvonyx

     1,177,558      19,592      302,850      1,500,000

IonOptics

     2,354,950      645,050      —        3,000,000
                           
   $ 4,876,898    $ 664,642    $ 302,850    $ 5,844,390
                           

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

Intangible assets acquired in the business combinations during 2004 are comprised of the following:

 

2004 Acquisitions

   Core
Technology
   Customer
Relationships
   Firm
Contracts
   Non-compete    Total

Amphitech

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —  

Nuvonyx

     13,640      3,100      2,852      —        19,592

IonOptics

     579,387      42,488      23,175      —        645,050
                                  

Total

   $ 593,027    $ 45,588    $ 26,027    $ —      $ 664,642
                                  

Weighted average life in years

     7.0      2.3      1.0      —     

Nuvonyx’ fiscal year-end was March 31, 2004, however, operating results for the twelve months ended December 31, 2004, are included in discontinued operations in the accompanying financial statements. Nuvonyx changed its fiscal year-end to December 31 in 2005.

Equity Method Investments

Summarized combined financial information for the Company’s equity-based investments are comprised of the following (these amounts are in aggregate at 100%):

 

    

At December 31,

2004

 

Statement of Operations Information

  

Revenues

   $ 20,532,287  

Operating loss

     (829,984 )

Net loss

     (799,509 )

Balance Sheet Information

  

Current assets

   $ 9,912,993  

Non-current assets

     2,218,850  

Current liabilities

     5,558,026  

Non-current liabilities

     554,687  

Net equity

   $ 6,019,130  

The difference between the carrying amount of the Company’s equity-based investments in the accompanying financial statements and the net equity in the above table , is a result of the net equity in the table being reported at 100%, and the goodwill, fair value of intangible assets and the related amortization being carried in the books and records of the Company rather than the books and records of the equity investees.

Intangible Assets

Amortizable intangible assets at December 31 consisted of the following:

 

    2006    2005
    Gross
Carrying
Value
  Accumulated
Amortization
   

Net

Carrying
Value

   Gross
Carrying
Value
   Accumulated
Amortization
   

Net

Carrying
Value

Core technology

  $ 28,595,677   $ (6,549,955 )   $ 22,045,722    $ 28,315,842    $ (1,298,570 )   $ 27,017,272

Customer relationships

    26,223,684     (11,395,197 )     14,828,487      24,716,429      (3,012,918 )     21,703,511

Firm contracts

    2,944,124     (2,933,212 )     10,912      2,941,984      (820,922 )     2,121,062

Non-compete

    238,940     (97,307 )     141,633      218,940      (24,327 )     194,613
                                         
  $ 58,002,425   $ (20,975,671 )   $ 37,026,754    $ 56,193,195    $ (5,156,737 )   $ 51,036,458
                                         

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

Amortization expense on intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, was $15,748,205, $4,422,697 and $734,040, respectively.

Amortization expense on intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 is estimated to be $11,492,574, $9,472,476, $7,330,754, $3,925,996, and $2,685,281, respectively.

The carrying value of intangible assets held for sale at December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $3,196,380 and $5,478,924, respectively. Loss from discontinued operations included amortization expense of $1,457,092, $469,650 and $375,588, in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and an impairment loss of $979,457 in 2006. See Note 10 for discussion regarding discontinued operations.

Goodwill

The changes in goodwill by segment as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 are as follows:

 

     Detection     Surveillance     Solutions     Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2004

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Goodwill of acquired businesses

     66,541,213       34,248,420       12,262,499       113,052,132  

Goodwill related to previous equity investments acquired during the year

     2,517,968       2,942,500       —         5,460,468  
                                

Balance as of December 31, 2005

   $ 69,059,181     $ 37,190,920     $ 12,262,499     $ 118,512,600  

Goodwill of acquired businesses

     9,334,653       —         297,008       9,631,661  

Additional purchase price for 2005 acquisition

     871,500       —         —         871,500  

Impairment charges

     (33,784,630 )     (25,021,200 )     (7,237,052 )     (66,042,882 )

Impact of foreign exchange

     —         —         204,716       204,716  

Other

     (393,832 )     23,765       75,431       (294,636 )
                                

Balance as of December 31, 2006

   $ 45,086,872     $ 12,193,485     $ 5,602,602     $ 62,882,959  
                                

Pursuant to the Company’s policies for assessing impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets, $77,326,086 of goodwill was written off in the fourth quarter of 2006, of which $11,283,204 relates to a reporting unit that is included in discontinued operations. See Note 10 for discussion regarding discontinued operations. The remaining $66,042,882 of goodwill write-off was included in continuing operations and resulted from the current operating results and expectations regarding the future results of certain reporting units within the Detection, Surveillance and Solutions segments falling below the fair value of those reporting units.

5. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

ICx and its subsidiaries are lessees of office space, transportation and other equipment under operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through the year 2020. Three of these leases are with related parties as described in Note 3.

Some of the operating leases include options that allow the lease term to be extended beyond the initial base period, subject to terms agreed upon at lease inception; some also include early termination options, which can be exercised upon specific conditions. For operating leases that contain predetermined fixed escalations of the

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

minimum rentals, the Company recognizes the related rental expense on a straight-line basis and records the difference between the recognized rental expense and amounts payable under the leases as deferred lease credits, the impact of which is not material to the consolidated financial statements. Total lease expense incurred in connection with these operating leases was approximately $3,489,000, $1,236,000, and $280,000 after a reduction for sublease income of $243,000, $44,000, and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

At December 31, 2006, the future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases that have initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:

 

Year ended December 31,

   Operating leases

2007

   $ 2,813,461

2008

     2,841,021

2009

     2,088,003

2010

     1,517,799

2011

     789,564

Thereafter

     1,890,842
      
   $ 11,940,690
      

Other

The Company is routinely involved in various legal matters arising from the normal course of business. Management believes that losses, if any, arising from such actions will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

6. Income Taxes

Components of loss before income taxes are as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

United States

   $ (102,691,861 )   $ (15,765,639 )   $ (2,705,776 )

Foreign

     (9,325,949 )     1,922,168       (1,161,374 )
                        
   $ (112,017,810 )   $ (13,843,471 )   $ (3,867,150 )
                        

Components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,
     2006     2005     2004

Federal

   $ —       $ —       $ —  

State

     3,409       28,673       —  

Foreign

     227,224       59,357       —  
                      

Current income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 230,633     $ 88,030     $ —  
                      

Federal

   $ —       $ (1,522,755 )   $ —  

State

     (443,851 )     (493,882 )     —  

Foreign

     (82,234 )     (14,380 )     —  
                      

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (526,085 )   $ (2,031,017 )   $ —  
                      

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The tax effects of the Company’s temporary differences and carryforwards are as follows:

 

     At December 31,  
     2006     2005  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Reserves

   $ 254,540     $ 12,457  

Accrued expenses

     112,703       25,200  

Accrued compensation

     416,999       265,932  

Accrued royalties

     9,201       —    

Stock options and other

     2,209,355       400,724  

Investment in partnership

     727,100       —    

Research and development expense

     271,452       309,613  

Research and development and other credits

     1,816,191       1,748,574  

Charitable contributions

     32,678       26,668  

Net operating losses

     26,730,810       18,152,696  

Deferred revenue

     119,296       —    
                

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 32,700,325     $ 20,941,864  

Valuation allowance

     (20,622,200 )     (3,824,727 )
                

Deferred tax assets, net

   $ 12,078,125     $ 17,117,137  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Fixed assets

   $ (109,746 )   $ (34,509 )

Unbilled receivable

     (575,410 )     —    

Intangibles

     (14,603,297 )     (20,710,692 )
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ (15,288,453 )   $ (20,745,201 )
                
   $ (3,210,328 )   $ (3,628,064 )
                

The Company records a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets depends on the ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate taxing jurisdictions. The Company has provided a valuation allowance against net U.S. deferred tax assets and operating loss carryforwards in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions.

At December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, the Company’s federal and state net operating loss carryforwards for income tax purposes were approximately $69.5 million, $48.4 million, and $7.4 million, respectively. Federal and state net operating losses will begin to expire in 2011. Federal, foreign, and state tax credit carryforwards were $1.5 million, $0 million, and $.3 million, respectively. Federal tax credits will begin to expire in 2020.

The timing and manner in which the Company will utilize the U.S. net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards in any year, or in total, may be limited by provisions of the Internal Revenue Code regarding changes in ownership of the Company.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

The reconciliation of the income tax provision computed at the federal statutory rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
         2006             2005             2004      

Federal statutory rate

   35.00 %   35.00 %   35.00 %

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

   0.38     3.44     —    

Meals and entertainment and other

   (0.34 )   0.20     (0.06 )

Foreign source income and rate differential

   0.19     2.08     (6.06 )

Research and development expenses (including in-process research and development)

   —       (6.45 )   (0.50 )

Research and development tax credits

   0.30     3.86     8.21  

Acquisition expenses

   —       2.81     (0.02 )

Valuation allowance

   (13.40 )   (28.82 )   (36.58 )

Stock compensation

   (0.50 )   —       —    

Goodwill impairment

   (20.77 )   —       —    

Other

   (0.60 )   1.97     0.01  
                  

Effective income tax rate

   0.26 %   14.09 %   —   %
                  

7. Notes Payable, Lines of Credit, and Long-term Debt

Notes Payable

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had $36,066 and $905,928 in non-interest bearing promissory notes payable to a former shareholder of the Company’s subsidiaries, 360 Surveillance, Inc. and PBA Engineering Ltd. Repayment of these notes is based on the collection of certain accounts receivable.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had $500,000 outstanding under a promissory note which bears interest at 8.00%. The principal is due and payable on demand; interest payments of $3,333 are made on a monthly basis. The note is secured by substantially all assets of DII and DII must obtain consent from the lender prior to incurring additional debt.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had $224,511 and $273,980 outstanding, respectively, under a promissory note which bears interest at 5.00% and is due and payable on demand; payments of principal and interest totaling $5,170 are made on a monthly basis. The note is unsecured and is payable to a minority shareholder of the Company.

In connection with the acquisition of S2K (see Note 4), the Company issued a $250,000 note payable as partial consideration. The note bore interest at 8% and was paid in full subsequent to December 31, 2006.

Lines of Credit

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have operating lines of credit with banks in which borrowing is generally collateralized by and based on a percentage of certain eligible accounts receivable, inventory, and/or property and equipment. Interest is based on prime or, in some cases, percentage points above prime.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

At December 31, 2006, lines of credit consisted of the following:

 

Amounts

Outstanding at
December 31, 2006

 

Effective

Interest

Rates

   

Maturity

Dates

 

Maximum

Borrowing

Amounts

  Amounts
Outstanding at
December 31, 2005
$    784,053   9.60 %   04/30/2007   $ 2,500,000   $ 1,050,000
402,532   9.25 %   01/31/2007     500,000     402,532
      500,000   8.25 %   10/15/2007     500,000     500,000
                 
$ 1,686,585       $ 3,500,000   $ 1,952,532
                 

Subsequent to December 31, 2006, the line of credit with an outstanding balance of $784,053 at December 31, 2006, was renewed through April 30, 2008. The line of credit with an outstanding balance of $402,532 at December 31, 2006, was repaid in full in January 2007.

Long-term Debt

The Company had separate long-term debt arrangements payable to banks that aggregate to $563,205 and $661,191 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These long-term debt agreements are secured by certain property and equipment of the Company, bear interest at rates ranging from 6.10% to 9.80%, have monthly principal and interest payments, and mature from November 2008 to April 2010. The Company also had $92,925 and $78,662 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, remaining under long-term debt arrangements payable to a commercial entities that are secured by certain property and equipment of the Company, bear interest at rates ranging from 10.50% to 11.50%, have monthly principal and interest payments, and have various maturity dates through June 2009. The aggregate maturities of these long-term debt arrangements for the five years after December 31, 2006 are $206,648, $211,082, $194,894, $38,321, and $5,185, respectively.

8. Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

In 2006, the Company issued 6,406,000 shares of Series A for cash, the proceeds of which were used for general working capital purposes and business combinations. In 2005, the Company issued 29,945,190 shares of Series A of which 5,322,070 shares were issued as partial consideration for business combinations and the remaining 24,623,120 shares were issued for cash, the proceeds of which were used for business combinations and general working capital purposes.

The Series A shares are convertible to common shares at the option of the holder at any time using the ratio of $5.00 divided by $5.00 adjusted for dilution factors, if any. Upon the closing of a qualifying underwritten public offering, the Series A shares would automatically be converted into common shares. An automatic conversion would also occur if a majority of the Series A holders elects to convert their shares to common shares.

Series A shares are redeemable at the option of the majority of the holders on or after April 22, 2010, if the Company does not consummate a qualifying underwritten public offering or a reorganization event by that date. The redemption distribution amount would be equal to an amount that will provide for a 6% compounded annual return from the date of issuance of the shares. Because the redemption feature is outside the control of the Company, the Series A is accounted for under Emerging Issues Task Force Issue D-98, Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities, and has been excluded from stockholders’ (deficit) equity in the accompanying balance sheets. The Company adjusts additional paid-in capital for periodic accretion of the change in redemption value from initial carrying value through April 22, 2010, the date Series A holders may elect to redeem securities.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

The holders of Series A shares have liquidation preferences ahead of all common stockholders. The liquidation distribution amount would be equal to $5.00 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends. Any funds remaining after the $5.00 per share preference would be ratably distributed to the holders of Series A and common stock as if the Series A was converted to common stock. The holders of Series A shares have full voting rights of the common stockholders as if the preferred shares were converted to common shares.

9. Stock-Based Compensation

In April 2005, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2005 equity compensation plan (the “2005 Stock Plan”). A total of 30,000,000 shares of common stock are initially authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan to employees, advisors, and non-exempt members of the Board of Directors. Stock options granted under the 2005 Stock Plan have a maximum term of ten years. During 2005, the Company acquired ten companies and completed the acquisition of five others. Existing stock options in eight of these companies were assumed by the Company and are included in the 2005 Stock Plan. During 2006, the Company acquired two companies. Existing stock options in one of the companies acquired in 2006 were assumed by the Company and are included in the 2005 Stock Plan. Vesting schedules in these companies ranged from zero to five years. Stock options issued by the Company have vesting schedules ranging from four to five years.

The fair value of each option is estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
             2006                     2005          

Grant date fair value

   $ 1.31     $ 3.10  

Risk-free interest rate

     4.57 %     4.14 %

Dividend yield

     —   %     —   %

Expected life (years)

     5.69       4.19  

Expected volatility

     49.62 %     55.00 %

No dividend yield assumption was included because the Company does not plan to pay dividends. Expected life was calculated based on the “simplified” method for “plain vanilla” options contained in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Valuation of Share-Based Payment Arrangements for Public Companies. The “simplified method” calculates the expected term as the average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the options. As the Company’s common stock has no market, expected volatility was calculated using the median historical annualized daily volatilities of similar publicly traded entities. These assumptions are used in calculating the fair value of shares vested and the intrinsic value of exercised options as shown below.

 

     For the year ended December 31,
     2006    2005    2004

Fair value of shares vested

   $ 10,515,912    $ 6,783,790    —  

Aggregate intrinsic value of exercised shares

     992,728      265,048    —  

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

Stock option activity for options issued under the 2005 Stock Plan was as follows as of December 31, 2006, and for the year then ended:

 

     Shares
Subject to
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted
Average
Fair
Value
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in yrs.)

Options outstanding at January 1, 2006

   4,539,980     $ 3.12    $ 3.05   

Options granted

   2,977,903       6.69      1.31   

Options exercised

   (180,702 )     0.73      4.32   

Options terminated, cancelled or expired

   (864,843 )     5.10      2.12   
                      

Options outstanding at December 31, 2006

   6,472,338     $ 4.57    $ 2.34    7.74
                        

Options exercisable at December 31, 2006

   3,624,869     $ 4.09    $ 2.55    7.33
                        

The Company periodically grants stock option awards to selected executives and other key employees at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. These board-discretionary stock options are generally granted at-the-money, have varying vesting schedules, and have contractual lives of ten years.

The fair value of each board-discretionary option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the same option valuation model used for options granted under the 2005 Stock Plan. The inputs for expected volatility, expected dividends, and risk-free rate used in estimating the fair value of those options are the same as those noted in the table related to options shown above.

A summary of the board-discretionary stock option activity as of December 31, 2006, and changes during the year then ended is presented below:

 

     Shares
Subject to
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted
Average
Fair
Value
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in yrs.)

Options outstanding at January 1, 2006

   857,042     $ 2.70    $ 3.29   

Options granted

   —         —        —     

Options exercised

   (44,916 )     0.08      4.71   

Options terminated, cancelled or expired

   (452,242 )     5.00      2.05   
                      

Options outstanding at December 31, 2006

   359,884     $ 0.31    $ 4.71    8.53
                        

Options exercisable at December 31, 2006

   269,192     $ 0.35    $ 4.71    8.53
                        

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2006:

 

Exercise price range

   Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable
   Number of
options
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Wtd. Avg.
Remaining
contractual
term (in yrs.)
   Number of
options
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$0.08 - $0.33

   628,478    $ 0.15    5.38    453,236    $ 0.16

$0.68 - $1.00

   660,912      0.87    6.31    625,150      0.87

$1.17 - $1.75

   537,939      1.55    7.45    328,892      1.52

$2.71 - $3.37

   586,966      3.15    3.64    397,045      3.13

$4.20 - $5.11

   2,774,827      5.00    8.80    1,235,268      4.99

$7.50

   1,643,100      7.50    9.16    854,470      7.50
                            
   6,832,222    $ 4.33    7.88    3,894,061    $ 3.84
                            

The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding and exercisable options at December 31, 2006 was $29,550,208 and $14,936,228, respectively. Also at December 31, 2006, total compensation cost related to nonvested awards that had not yet been recognized totaled $5,597,123. The weighted average period over which this amount will be recognized is estimated to be 0.96 years.

10. Discontinued Operations

On August 16, 2006, the Company completed the sale of Little Optics, Inc., a subdivision of Nomadics for total cash proceeds of $4,272,200 and a note receivable of $4,500,000 bearing interest at 4% and due October 1, 2007. The note receivable is reported in prepaid and other current assets, net of an allowance of $900,000. The Company recorded the allowance as it is attempting to sell the note in the secondary market at less than face value. The assets sold consisted primarily of fixed assets.

The Company realized a gain on the sale of net assets of Little Optics totaling $3,137,480. The results of Little Optics’ operations are reported as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements. Prior year financial statements for 2005 and 2004 have been restated to present the operations of Little Optics as discontinued operations.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

On December 14, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a plan of sale and put the assets and businesses up for sale for its Laser segment (consisting of Nuvonyx, Inc. and Nuvonyx Europe), manufacturers of laser diode components, arrays and industrial laser systems and Harbinger Technologies, a provider of homeland defense and security consulting and technology. The Company decided to sell these units primarily because the business models did not align with the strategic plans of the Company. The disposal dates of the units were February 2, 2007, March 15, 2007, and April 24, 2007, for Nuvonyx Europe, Harbinger Technologies, and Nuvonyx, Inc., respectively. The units’ sales and pretax losses, reported in discontinued operations, for each of the three years ended December 31, 2006, are shown below. The income tax benefits for discontinued operations were $616,308, $927,897 and $0 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Prior year financial statements for 2005 and 2004 have been restated to present the operations of the Laser segment and Harbinger Technologies as discontinued operations.

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Sales

      

Nuvonyx, Inc.

   $ 6,812,288     $ 7,099,675     $ 4,361,020  

Nuvonyx Europe

     5,546,275       1,234,515       —    

Harbinger Technologies

     5,360,068       223,359       —    

Little Optics

     803,467       392,898       —    
                        
   $ 18,522,098     $ 8,950,448     $ 4,361,020  
                        

Net loss before income taxes

      

Nuvonyx, Inc.

   $ (12,879,826 )   $ (2,501,861 )   $ (1,386,111 )

Nuvonyx Europe

     (4,039,709 )     (418,804 )     —    

Harbinger Technologies

     (1,464,297 )     (62,502 )     —    

Little Optics

     (1,135,841 )     (797,016 )     —    
                        
   $ (19,519,673 )   $ (3,780,183 )   $ (1,386,111 )
                        

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

In conjunction with the discontinuance of operations, the Company recognized an impairment loss of $13,124,859 in 2006 to write down the related carrying amounts to their fair values less cost to sell. The impairment was allocated $11,283,204 to goodwill, $979,457 to intangibles and $862,198 to fixed assets. The assets and liabilities of the discontinued operations are presented separately under the captions “Current assets of discontinued operations,” “Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations,” “Current liabilities of discontinued operations” and “Noncurrent liabilities of discontinued operations,” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, and consist of the following:

 

     At December 31,
     2006    2005

Assets of discontinued divisions:

     

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 3,739,272    $ 2,798,141

Inventories

     2,836,092      1,855,729

Property, plant and equipment, net

     1,415,308      6,590,328

Other assets

     16,972,665      30,141,743
             

Total assets

   $ 24,963,337    $ 41,385,941
             

Liabilities of discontinued divisions:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 1,219,536    $ 2,480,689

Accrued liabilities

     3,207,285      3,278,505

Other liabilities

     1,606,408      575,944
             

Total liabilities

   $ 6,033,229    $ 6,335,138
             

11. Segment Information

Segment information has been prepared in accordance with SFAS No. 131, Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. The Company has three reportable segments: detection, surveillance, and solutions. The detection segment provides chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, and radiation detection activities. The surveillance segment provides perimeter security and monitoring. The solutions segment designs, creates, and deploys security operating systems and video networking systems.

The Company’s reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different types of products and services. They are managed separately because each unit requires different technology and marketing strategies.

Segment performance is evaluated based upon operating income or loss before income taxes and interest expense. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

The following is a summary of information for the Company’s reportable segments:

 

     For the year ended December 31, 2006  
     Detection     Surveillance     Solutions     Segments
Combined
 

Revenues from external customers

   $ 43,223,210     $ 31,990,064     $ 14,946,826     $ 90,160,100  

Segment operating losses

     (46,210,158 )     (35,712,814 )     (11,743,428 )     (93,666,400 )

Depreciation and amortization

     8,568,985       5,630,277       3,007,297       17,206,559  

Segment total assets

   $ 95,075,727     $ 42,357,384     $ 16,510,559     $ 153,943,670  

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

     For the year ended December 31, 2005  
     Detection     Surveillance     Solutions     Segments
Combined
 

Revenues from external customers

   $ 11,327,205     $ 14,577,349     $ 5,495,452     $ 31,400,006  

Segment operating losses

     (1,332,417 )     (1,721,838 )     (3,863,988 )     (6,918,243 )

Depreciation and amortization

     1,796,462       1,596,527       1,251,359       4,644,348  

Segment total assets

   $ 113,736,468     $ 71,363,839     $ 24,787,471     $ 209,887,778  
     For the year ended December 31, 2004  
     Detection     Surveillance     Solutions     Segments
Combined
 

Revenues from external customers

   $ —       $ 3,056,920     $ —       $ 3,056,920  

Segment operating losses

     —         (3,658,587 )     —         (3,658,587 )

Depreciation and amortization

     —         213,816       —         213,816  

Segment total assets

   $ —       $ 3,582,014     $ —       $ 3,582,014  

Following is a reconciliation of the Company’s operating losses from reportable segments to the total Company loss before minority interest in subsidiaries’ losses and income taxes:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Operating losses from reportable segments

   $ (93,666,400 )   $ (6,918,243 )   $ (3,658,587 )

Unallocated general and administrative expenses

     (19,360,182 )     (6,062,676 )     —    

Unallocated depreciation and amortization expense

     (28,991 )     (544,641 )     (611,255 )

Interest income

     370,882       125,701       21,145  

Interest expense

     (372,385 )     (144,599 )     (1,200 )

Loss in equity investees

     —         (839,639 )     (486,889 )

Other non-operating gains (losses), net

     1,039,266       (98,377 )     111,214  
                        

Loss before minority interest in subsidiaries’ losses and income taxes

   $ (112,017,810 )   $ (14,482,474 )   $ (4,625,572 )
                        

Following is a reconciliation of the total assets from the Company’s reportable segments to the total assets of the Company:

 

     As of December 31,
     2006    2005

Total assets from reportable segments

   $ 153,943,670    $ 209,887,778

Cash and cash equivalents

     2,382,644      14,617,681

Assets held for sale

     24,963,337      41,385,941

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     2,607,029      1,329,802

Deferred income taxes

     350,885      248,143
             

Total assets

   $ 184,247,565    $ 267,469,345
             

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

Following is a summary of the Company’s revenue attributable to the countries in which the Company operates:

 

     For the years ended December 31,
     2006    2005    2004

United States

   $ 73,084,392    $ 24,359,560    $ 1,715,971

Canada

     10,429,830      5,657,602      1,340,949

Europe

     6,645,878      1,382,844      —  
                    

Total revenue

   $ 90,160,100    $ 31,400,006    $ 3,056,920
                    

Following is a summary of the Company’s long-lived assets attributable to the countries in which the Company operates:

 

     For the years ended December 31,
     2006    2005

United States

   $ 96,797,708    $ 156,393,210

Canada

     3,908,279      12,480,984

Europe

     7,108,533      5,718,688
             

Total long-lived assets

   $ 107,814,520    $ 174,592,882
             

Following is a summary of revenue from customers by geographic locations:

 

     For the years ended December 31,
     2006    2005    2004

United States

   $ 75,654,824    $ 29,720,711    $ 2,754,971

Europe

     5,541,165      1,021,366      166,147

Asia

     6,053,292      387,456      45,634

Canada

     2,509,636      247,211      88,253

Other

     401,183      23,262      1,915
                    

Total revenue

   $ 90,160,100    $ 31,400,006    $ 3,056,920
                    

In 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company earned 36%, 51%, and 31%, respectively, of its total revenue from product, contracts and other service sales to the U.S. government. Such revenue was earned across all the Company’s reportable segments.

In 2004, one non-U.S. government customer from the Company’s surveillance segment accounted for 40% of the Company’s total revenue during that year. No one non-U.S. government customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenue in 2006 or 2005.

12. Employee Benefit Plans

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company sponsors a 401(k) retirement plan (“Plan”) to provide retirement and incidental benefits for its employees. Employees may contribute a percentage of their annual compensation to the Plan, limited to a maximum annual amount as set periodically by the Internal Revenue Service. The

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

Company matches employee contributions dollar for dollar up to a maximum of 3% per year per employee. Persons employed prior to December 31, 2006, are 100% vested in matching contributions. Persons employed after December 31, 2006, vest evenly over a 4 year vesting period at 25% per year. In addition, the Plan provides for discretionary contributions as determined by the Board of Directors. Such contributions to the Plan are allocated among eligible participants in the proportion of their salaries to the total salaries of all participants.

Company matching contributions to the Plan totaled $991,695 for the year ended December 31, 2006. The Company did not make any discretionary contributions in 2006.

During 2006, the Company sponsored a self-insured group medical insurance plan (“Health Plan”) for the benefit of its employees. The Health Plan was designed to provide a specified level of coverage, with stop-loss coverage provided by a commercial insurer in order to limit the Company’s exposure. The Company’s maximum claim exposure per person was limited to $30,000 per year. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company’s claims expense totaled $2,516,047 which includes an accrual of $453,780 at December 31, 2006, for an estimated liability for claims incurred but not reported. Such liability is reported in accrued expenses and other current liabilities. Effective January 1, 2007, the Company switched to a fully insured health and welfare plan for all eligible employees and their dependents.

13. Statements of Cash Flows

Supplemental cash flow and non-cash investing and financing information includes the following:

 

     At December 31,
     2006    2005    2004

Series A issued as consideration for business combinations

   $ —      $ 26,610,354    $ —  

Common stock issued as consideration for business combinations

     5,803,065      68,446,534      —  

Stock options and warrants assumed and granted in business combinations

     182,031      11,412,566      —  

Accounts receivable from stockholders included in other current assets related to issuances of Series A

     —        987,500      —  

Business combination consideration included in accounts payable

     —        1,038,944      —  

Business combination consideration included in accrued expenses

     —        924,418      —  

Escrow funds from business combinations included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     1,831,222      974,995      —  

Cash paid for interest

     387,636      183,026      17,328

Cash paid for income taxes

     —        —        —  

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ICX TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 And 2006

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

    

March 31,

2007

   

December 31,

2006

 
     (Unaudited)        
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,313,961     $ 7,236,005  

Trade accounts receivable, net

     20,280,740       22,461,118  

Inventories

     14,645,393       13,710,540  

Deferred income taxes

     79,310       350,885  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     9,100,876       7,711,160  

Current assets of discontinued operations

     1,851,952       7,512,660  
                

Total current assets

     60,272,232       58,982,368  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     6,585,525       6,208,612  

Intangible assets, net

     34,101,746       37,026,754  

Goodwill

     62,891,487       62,882,959  

Other assets

     1,732,404       1,696,195  

Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations

     8,593,596       17,450,677  
                

Total assets

   $ 174,176,990     $ 184,247,565  
                
Liabilities and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity     

Current liabilities:

    

Notes payable

   $ 3,997,976     $ 1,010,577  

Lines of credit

     1,946,237       1,686,585  

Current portion of long-term debt

     209,564       206,648  

Accounts payable

     7,498,123       9,543,300  

Accrued payroll expenses

     5,306,388       5,642,166  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     4,870,715       4,883,904  

Deferred revenue

     2,367,086       2,813,967  

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     1,162,765       5,883,559  
                

Total current liabilities

     27,358,854       31,670,706  

Long-term debt

     395,509       449,482  

Deferred income taxes

     2,759,695       3,561,213  

Other liabilities

     2,308,079       2,191,148  

Noncurrent liabilities of discontinued operations

     —         149,670  
                

Total liabilities

     32,822,137       38,022,219  

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    

Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share —authorized 41,000,000 and 41,000,000 shares in 2007 and 2006, respectively; issued and outstanding 37,051,190 and 36,351,190 shares in 2007 and 2006, respectively; liquidation preference $185,255,950 and $181,755,950 at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively

     204,400,089       197,732,187  
                

Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity:

    

Common stock, par value $.001, per share, authorized 120,000,000 shares in 2007 and 2006; issued and outstanding 19,556,168 and 19,516,201 shares in 2007 and 2006, respectively

     19,556       19,516  

Additional paid-in capital

     92,821,928       95,058,564  

Accumulated deficit

     (157,078,892 )     (147,625,816 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,192,172       1,040,895  
                

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (63,045,236 )     (51,506,841 )
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ 174,176,990     $ 184,247,565  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2007     2006  
     (unaudited)  

Revenues:

    

Product revenues

   $ 16,397,492     $ 12,505,178  

Contract research and development revenues

     7,776,869       6,114,974  

Maintenance, service and other revenues

     2,786,199       911,285  
                

Total revenues

     26,960,560       19,531,437  
                

Cost of revenues:

    

Cost of product revenues

     8,833,377       6,799,323  

Cost of contract research and development revenues

     5,202,383       4,084,086  

Cost of maintenance, service and other revenues

     1,467,493       515,662  
                

Total cost of revenues

     15,503,253       11,399,071  
                

Gross profit

     11,457,307       8,132,366  
                

Operating expenses

    

General and administrative

     8,848,211       7,634,654  

Sales and marketing

     4,723,342       3,565,740  

Research and development

     4,622,313       3,454,714  

Depreciation and amortization

     3,468,920       4,683,203  
                

Total operating expenses

     21,662,786       19,338,311  
                

Operating loss

     (10,205,479 )     (11,205,945 )
                

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     60,647       116,281  

Interest expense

     (89,845 )     (99,262 )

Other, net

     76,332       175,728  
                

Total other income (expense)

     47,134       192,747  
                

Loss before income taxes

     (10,158,345 )     (11,013,198 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

     74,744       (70,401 )
                

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (10,233,089 )   $ (10,942,797 )

Loss on discontinued operations, net of tax

     (1,301,570 )     (1,922,475 )

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     2,081,583       —    
                

Net loss

   $ (9,453,076 )   $ (12,865,272 )
                

Other comprehensive income

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     151,277       130,511  
                

Comprehensive loss

   $ (9,301,799 )   $ (12,734,761 )
                

Net loss

   $ (9,453,076 )   $ (12,865,272 )

Less: Preferred stock dividends including accretion

     2,460,902       2,283,209  
                

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (11,913,978 )   $ (15,148,481 )
                

Net loss per common share

    

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.61 )   $ (0.83 )
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2007     2006  
     (unaudited)  

Operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (9,453,076 )   $ (12,865,272 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

     (2,081,583 )     —    

Loss on discontinued operations, net of tax

     1,301,570       1,922,475  
                

Loss on continuing operations, net of tax

     (10,233,089 )     (10,942,797 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

    

Stock based compensation

     839,320       1,648,916  

Depreciation and amortization

     3,468,920       4,683,203  

Deferred income taxes

     (63,070 )     (125,357 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Trade accounts receivable, net

     2,205,896       749,723  

Inventories

     (904,848 )     (182,173 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (123,216 )     (1,031,255 )

Accounts payable

     (1,860,605 )     (2,943,953 )

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (183,715 )     (3,346,796 )

Deferred revenue

     (451,875 )     (779,390 )
                

Net cash used in continuing operating activities

     (7,306,282 )     (12,269,879 )

Cash used in operation of discontinued operations

     (324,071 )     (2,425,814 )
                

Net cash used in operating activities

     (7,630,353 )     (14,695,693 )
                

Investing activities:

    

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (996,541 )     (1,161,324 )

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     —         4,899  
                

Net cash used in continuing investing activities

     (996,541 )     (1,156,425 )

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations

     8,909,827       —    
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     7,913,286       (1,156,425 )
                

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     3,500,000       3,055,000  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     91,986       95,725  

Borrowings under lines of credit

     3,115,640       2,225,000  

Repayments under lines of credit

     (2,855,988 )     (2,727,532 )

Proceeds from notes payable and long-term debt

     3,000,000       1,679,312  

Repayments of notes payable and long-term debt

     (63,816 )     (639,871 )

Other, net

     (2,364 )     370,045  
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     6,785,458       4,057,679  
                

Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash

     9,565       118,967  
                

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     7,077,956       (11,675,472 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     7,236,005       23,354,375  
                

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 14,313,961     $ 11,678,903  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

 

          Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity  
    

Series A

Convertible Redeemable

Preferred Stock

   Common Stock   

Additional

Paid-in

Capital

   

Accumulated

Deficit

   

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income

  

Total

Stockholders’

(Deficit)

Equity

 
     Shares    Amount    Shares    Amount          
     (unaudited)  

Balances at December 31, 2006

   36,351,190    $ 197,732,187    19,516,201    $ 19,516    $ 95,058,564     $ (147,625,816 )   $ 1,040,895    $ (51,506,841 )
                                                 

Comprehensive income (loss):

                     

Net loss

   —        —      —        —        —         (9,453,076 )     —        (9,453,076 )

Foreign currency translation, net of tax

   —        —      —        —        —           151,277      151,277  
                                                 

Total comprehensive loss

   —        —      —        —        —         (9,453,076 )     151,277      (9,301,799 )

Issuance of convertible preferred stock:

                     

Stock purchase agreements

   700,000      4,207,000    —        —        (707,000 )     —         —        (707,000 )

Accretion to redemption value

   —        2,460,902    —        —        (2,460,902 )     —         —        (2,460,902 )

Issuances of common stock:

                     

Stock options

   —        —      39,967      40      91,946       —         —        91,986  

Stock based compensation

   —        —      —        —        839,320       —         —        839,320  
                                                 

Balances at March 31, 2007

   37,051,190    $ 204,400,089    19,556,168    $ 19,556    $ 92,821,928     $ (157,078,892 )   $ 1,192,172    $ (63,045,236 )
                                                       

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

ICX TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

1. Description of the Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) General

ICx Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries (“ICx” or “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware in 2003 to acquire, develop, and coordinate the operations of security technology companies. ICx provides governmental agencies and private industry with advanced surveillance and detection systems that detect chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, and explosive materials. These technologies are used in nuclear power plants, military installations, natural gas storage systems and pipelines, shopping malls, public transportation systems, and port facilities.

The holders of a majority of ICx capital stock, DP1, LLC (“DP1”) and Valentis SB, L.P. (“Valentis”), are under the common control of Wexford Capital, LLC (“Wexford”), which is an SEC registered investment advisor.

The Company had nineteen subsidiaries at December 31, 2006. Two of the subsidiaries, GHC Technologies, Inc. and Security2000, Inc., were acquired in 2006. The acquisitions were accounted for pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 141, Business Combinations. The Company’s Board of Directors approved a plan in 2006 for the sale of three subsidiaries, Harbinger Technologies, Inc., Nuvonyx Europe, and Nuvonyx, Inc. Accordingly the operating results of those three subsidiaries are included as discontinued operations, and the related assets and liabilities are included as held for discontinued operations for all periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Two of the subsidiaries were sold during the first quarter 2007 (see Note 7, Discontinued Operations).

(b) Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ICx and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in entities in which the Company has significant influence over operating and financial policies which represents equity ownership of at least 20% and not more than 50%.

These unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006. In the opinion of management, the statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which are not required for interim purposes, have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of the Company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2007, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any subsequent quarter or for the year ending December 31, 2007.

(c) Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

(d) Inventories

Inventory primarily consists of raw material, work in process, and finished goods related to advanced surveillance and monitoring systems and detection systems that detect chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, and explosive materials. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or market. The Company writes down inventories for obsolescence equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Any write-downs are charged to operations as incurred. Manufacturing overhead is allocated to inventory and cost of revenues based on a variable of direct labor.

At March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, inventories were comprised of the following:

 

     March 31,
2007
    December 31,
2006
 

Raw materials

   $ 9,418,733     $ 8,301,312  

Work in progress

     1,340,056       3,065,515  

Finished goods

     4,192,300       2,644,209  
                
   $ 14,951,089     $ 14,011,036  

Reserve for obsolescence

     (305,696 )     (300,496 )
                
   $ 14,645,393     $ 13,710,540  
                

(e) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is tested for impairment at least annually. Intangible assets are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives ranging from one to ten years. The Company has no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

It is the Company’s policy to evaluate its recorded goodwill for possible impairment on an annual basis in the fourth quarter of each year, or earlier if an indicator of impairment arises. Management uses a number of different criteria when evaluating an asset for possible impairment. Indicators such as significant decreases in a reporting unit’s book value, cash flows which cannot be resolved or improved within a reasonable amount of time, sustained operating losses, adverse changes in the business climate, legal matters, losses of significant customers, and new technologies which could accelerate obsolescence of business products are used by management when making its evaluations.

In assessing the recoverability of goodwill and intangibles, the Company must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets. The fair value of an asset could vary, depending upon the estimating method employed, as well as assumptions made. This may result in a possible impairment of the intangible assets and/or goodwill, or alternatively the acceleration of amortization expense.

(f) Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from product sales at the time the product is shipped, title, and risk have passed to the customer, and collection from the customer is reasonably assured.

The Company recognizes revenue from research and development contracts using the percentage of completion method. The Company principally uses hours of work and contract milestones to measure the

 

F-45


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

progress of contract completeness. Certain contracts provide for billings and/or payments that may not coincide with revenue recognition. To the extent that customer billings or payments are in excess of revenues, the excess is recorded as deferred revenue. At March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, the Company had included in deferred revenue $1,326,951 and $1,301,822 of excess billings or customer payments, respectively, related to percentage of completion timing differences. To the extent that revenue is recognized under the percentage of completion method prior to billings as defined in the contracts, such amounts are recorded as unbilled revenue and are expected to be collected within one year of recognition. At March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, the Company had unbilled revenue of $2,221,335 and $2,071,820, respectively, included in other current assets in the accompanying financial statements. Substantially all of the unbilled revenue was due from the U.S. government.

The Company recognizes revenue from services at the time the services are performed. Deferred revenue includes $698,850 and $1,234,427 at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively, of prepayments on service contracts which are deferred until such time as the services are performed. Warranty income under separate agreements is recognized ratable over the life of the warranty.

The Company recognizes software revenue under the provisions of the Accounting Standards Executive Committee’s Statement of Position 97-2 (“SOP 97-2”), Software Revenue Recognition (as amended by SOP 98-9). Under the terms of SOPs 97-2 and 98-9, companies are required to defer all revenue from multiple-element software arrangements if sufficient vendor specific objective evidence does not exist for the allocation of revenue to the various elements of the arrangement. As a result, the Company recognizes any revenue on multi-year software license agreements ratably over the life of the arrangement. Revenue was deferred under multiple-element software arrangements totaled $341,285 and $277,718 at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.

(g) Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”), using the modified prospective transition method. SFAS 123(R) requires equity-classified, share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be valued at fair value on the date of grant and to be expensed over the applicable vesting period. Under the modified prospective transition method, share-based awards granted or modified on or after January 1, 2006, are recognized in compensation expense over the applicable vesting period. Also, any previously granted awards that were not fully vested as of January 1, 2006, are recognized as compensation expense over the remaining vesting period. No retroactive or cumulative effect adjustments were required upon the Company’s adoption of SFAS 123(R).

During the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $839,320 and $1,648,916, respectively. As of March 31, 2007, and December 31, 2006, the Company’s total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock-based awards was $4.8 million and $5.6 million, respectively.

(h) Loss Per Share

The Company calculates loss per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share (“SFAS 128”). Under SFAS 128, basic loss per common share is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each reporting period. Diluted loss per common share is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by

 

F-46


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period adjusted for the effect of dilutive potential common shares calculated using the treasury stock method. However, the computation of diluted loss per share shall not assume the conversion or exercise of options that would have an anti-dilutive effect (a decrease in loss per share) on loss per share. For the quarter ended March 31, 2007, the Company had 19,520,582 weighted average shares outstanding, and all of the Company’s potential common shares were anti-dilutive as the Company was in a net loss position. Those potential common shares consisted of 4,384,869 weighted average shares of stock options and 36,981,190 weighted average shares of convertible preferred stock. For the quarter ended March 31, 2006, the Company had 18,171,963 weighted average shares outstanding.

(i) Income Taxes

Current income tax expense is the amount of income taxes expected to be payable for the current year. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed annually for the differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities. Such deferred income tax asset and liability computations are based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to periods in which the differences are expected to reverse. If necessary, a valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

(j) Change in Accounting Principle

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48), which prescribes accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax positions. This interpretation defines the criteria that must be met for the benefits of a tax position to be recognized in the financial statements and the measurement of tax benefits recognized. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective as of the beginning of the Company’s 2007 fiscal year, with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings.

The cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48 resulted in no adjustment to retained earnings. As of December 31, 2006, the company had unrecognized tax benefits of $1.4 million. As a result of valuation allowances, none of this amount would reduce the Company’s effective income tax rate if recognized in future periods. No interest or penalties have been accrued due to the impact of net operating losses.

At March 31, 2007, the Company’s tax returns open for review by taxing authorities were 2003 to 2006 for federal, 2002 to 2006 for state, and 2002 to 2006 for foreign. The Company has elected to report interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.

(k) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company has not yet determined the effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, if any, upon adoption of SFAS 157.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159). SFAS 159 permits companies to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value at specified

 

F-47


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

election dates. Upon adoption, an entity shall report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. Most of the provisions apply only to entities that elect the fair value option. However, the amendment to SFAS 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, applies to all entities with available for sale and trading securities. SFAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. The Company has not yet determined whether it will elect the option provided for in this standard, or the impact that the elective adoption may have on its consolidated results of operations or financial position.

2. Liquidity and Capital Resources

ICx was formed in 2003 and primarily grew its operations through the acquisition of eighteen companies. The acquisitions were made to further research, develop, integrate and distribute technologies in markets related to security and defense. Substantially all of the acquisitions were completed in the final six months of 2005, and many of the acquired entities had early stage products and/or emerging products and engaged in research and development activities that were funded both through external government contracts and internal resources.

During 2006 and through the first quarter of 2007, the Company began to increase its investment in sales, marketing and other related business development structure to support its early stage products and emerging technologies. Additionally, the Company increased its investment in internally funded research and development activities and the related integration of products and technologies among its operating units. The Company also increased its general administrative expenses in 2006 through the use of consultants and other professionals to complete certain accounting and legal functions. Consequently, the Company’s cumulative net losses, which amounted to approximately $157 million at March 31, 2007, were expected based on the nature of the Company, the early stage of its products and technologies and its ongoing research and development activities. Since its inception in 2003 through March 31, 2007, the Company had received approximately $180 million in funding through the issuance of Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock (“Series A”), contributed capital and other common equity sources, the proceeds of which have been used to fund the Company’s acquisitions and net losses.

In 2007, the Company plans to reduce its losses, through a variety of means, including but not limited to potential sale of certain assets, reducing general and administrative expenses by relying less on external consultants, professionals and advisors, prioritizing its internal research and development spending, and increasing revenue through organic growth in product sales. In connection with such loss reduction plans, the Company disposed of two subsidiaries during the three months ended March 31, 2007, and disposed of a third subsidiary subsequent to the end of the first quarter of 2007 (see Note 7, Discontinued Operations). During the three months ended March 31, 2007, the Company issued 700,000 shares of Series A to DP1 for $3.5 million. The Company also obtained a bridge loan from DP1 due April 9, 2007 (See Note 4, Related Party Transactions). Management believes that the Company has sufficient working capital and ability to raise additional equity to fund operations for at least the next twelve months.

3. Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

The Series A shares are convertible to common shares at the option of the holder at any time using the ratio of $5.00 divided by $5.00 adjusted for dilution factors, if any. Upon the closing of a qualifying underwritten public offering, the Series A shares would automatically be converted into common shares. An automatic conversion would also occur if a majority of the Series A holders elects to convert their shares to common shares.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

Series A shares are redeemable at the option of the majority of the holders on or after April 22, 2010, if the Company does not consummate a qualifying underwritten public offering or a reorganization event by that date. The redemption distribution amount would be equal to an amount that will provide for a 6% compounded annual return from the date of issuance of the shares. Because the redemption feature is outside the control of the Company, the Series A is accounted for under Emerging Issues Task Force Issue D-98, Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities, and has been excluded from stockholders’ (deficit) equity in the accompanying balance sheets. The Company adjusts additional paid-in capital for periodic accretion of the change in redemption value from initial carrying value through April 22, 2010, the date Series A holders may elect to redeem securities.

The holders of Series A shares have liquidation preferences ahead of all common stockholders. The liquidation distribution amount would be equal to $5.00 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends. Any funds remaining after the $5.00 per share preference would be ratably distributed to the holders of Series A and common stock as if the Series A was converted to common stock. The holders of Series A shares have full voting rights of the common stockholders as if the preferred shares were converted to common shares.

In January 2007, the Company issued 700,000 shares of Series A to DP1 for a cash price of $5.00 per share for proceeds of $3.5 million.

4. Related Party Transactions

Securities Issued to Insiders

DP1 directly holds more than 5% of the Company’s capital stock. Joseph Jacobs, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, is a member of certain affiliates that own or control DP1, DP2 and Debello. Mark Mills, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, and Hans Kobler, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors, each has an indirect ownership interest in DP1 and DP2 through an affiliate but otherwise each disclaims beneficial ownership of DP1 or DP2.

Administrative Services Agreement with Wexford

The Company entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with Wexford under which the Company may request certain legal, accounting, back office, and other services. The Company is obligated to reimburse Wexford for all of its direct and indirect costs allocated to the performance of such services. The Company incurred general and administrative expenses of $73,921 and $116,690 in the first three months of 2007 and 2006, respectively, pursuant to the agreement. Either party may terminate specific services or cancel the agreement upon written notice to the other party.

Leases

Juergen Stein, CEO and President of Target GmbH, a subsidiary of the Company, leases facilities to the Company under a lease agreement dated January 1, 2005. Rent expense of $22,500 was incurred in the first three months of 2007 and 2006. The lease term ends on December 31, 2020, and can be renewed for one year terms thereafter.

Strange Family Holdings, LLP, leases facilities to the Company under a lease agreement dated June 15, 2005. Rent expense of $19,225 and $18,325 was incurred in the first three months of 2007 and 2006,

 

F-49


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

respectively. The lease term ends on June 15, 2008, and can then be renewed for one year terms thereafter. Certain family members of the Strange family hold senior management positions in the Company’s subsidiary, New Heights, Inc.

Debt Obligations

On March 8, 2007, the Company borrowed $3.0 million from DP1 through a convertible promissory note due April 9, 2007. The note bears interest in the form of a $60,000 origination fee deducted from the proceeds. The note is convertible into Series A shares at $5.00 per share. The note was repaid on April 9, 2007.

5. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is routinely involved in various legal matters arising from the normal course of business. Management believes that losses, if any, arising from such actions will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

6. Stock-Based Compensation

Stock option activity for options issued under the Company’s 2005 equity compensation plan as of March 31, 2007, and changes during the quarter then ended, was as follows:

 

     Shares
Subject to
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted
Average
Fair
Value
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in yrs.)

Options outstanding at January 1, 2007

   6,472,338     $ 4.57    $ 2.34   

Options granted

   2,500       7.50      1.48   

Options exercised

   (37,717 )     2.38      3.26   

Options terminated, cancelled or expired

   (30,930 )     4.49      2.22   
                      

Options outstanding at March 31, 2007

   6,406,191     $ 4.56    $ 2.34    7.56
                        

Options exercisable at March 31, 2007

   3,989,919     $ 4.27    $ 2.47    7.29
                        

7. Discontinued Operations

On August 16, 2006, the Company completed the sale of Little Optics, Inc., a subdivision of Nomadics for total cash proceeds of $4,272,200 and a note receivable of $4,500,000 bearing interest at 4% and due October 1, 2007. The note receivable is reported in prepaid and other current assets, net of an allowance of $900,000 at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006. The Company recorded the allowance as it is attempting to sell the note in the secondary market at less than face value. The assets sold consisted primarily of fixed assets. The Company realized a gain on the sale of net assets of Little Optics totaling $3,137,480. The results of Little Optics’ operations are reported as discontinued operations in the December 31, 2006, consolidated financial statements.

On December 14, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a plan of sale and put the assets and businesses up for sale for its Laser segment (consisting of Nuvonyx, Inc. and Nuvonyx Europe), manufacturers of laser diode components, arrays and industrial laser systems and Harbinger Technologies, a provider of homeland

 

F-50


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

defense and security consulting and technology. The Company decided to sell these units primarily because the business models did not align with the strategic plans of the Company. The disposal dates of the units were February 2, 2007, March 15, 2007, and April 24, 2007, for Nuvonyx Europe, Harbinger Technologies, and Nuvonyx, Inc., respectively. The units’ sales and pretax losses, reported in discontinued operations, for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, are shown on the next page.

 

For the three months ended March 31,

   2007     2006  

Sales

    

Nuvonyx, Inc.

   $ 2,332,089     $ 1,437,610  

Nuvonyx Europe

     —         1,830,766  

Harbinger Technologies

     686,228       961,873  

Little Optics

     —         240,869  
                
   $ 3,018,317     $ 4,471,118  
                

Net loss before income taxes

    

Nuvonyx, Inc.

   $ (388,431 )   $ (450,213 )

Nuvonyx Europe

     —         (738,309 )

Harbinger Technologies

     (913,139 )     (314,361 )

Little Optics

     —         (419,592 )
                
   $ (1,301,570 )   $ (1,922,475 )
                

Net loss per share

   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.11 )
                

8. Segment Information

Segment information has been prepared in accordance with SFAS No. 131, Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. The Company has three reportable segments: detection, surveillance, and solutions. The detection segment provides chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, and radiation detection activities. The surveillance segment provides perimeter security and monitoring. The solutions segment designs, creates, and deploys security operating systems and video networking systems.

The Company’s reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different types of products and services. They are managed separately because each unit requires different technology and marketing strategies.

Segment performance is evaluated based upon operating income or loss before income taxes and interest expense. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

ICx TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

March 31, 2007 and 2006

 

The following is a summary of information for the Company’s reportable segments:

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2007

   Detection     Surveillance     Solutions     Segments
Combined
 

Revenues from external customers

   $ 14,817,348     $ 7,929,156     $ 4,214,056     $ 26,960,560  

Segment operating losses

     (2,726,918 )     (2,028,335 )     (1,541,734 )     (6,296,987 )

Depreciation and amortization

     1,908,276       945,044       573,306       3,426,626  

As of March 31, 2007

        

Segment total assets

   $ 94,187,599     $ 39,539,235     $ 15,803,945     $ 149,530,779  

For the three months ended March 31, 2006

        

Revenues from external customers

   $ 8,987,632     $ 7,726,685     $ 2,817,120     $ 19,531,437  

Segment operating losses

     (3,632,492 )     (3,045,145 )     (984,573 )     (7,662,210 )

Depreciation and amortization

     2,288,649       1,554,450       840,104       4,683,203  

As of December 31, 2006

        

Segment total assets

   $ 95,075,727     $ 42,357,384     $ 16,510,559     $ 153,943,670  

Following is a reconciliation of the Company’s operating losses from reportable segments to the total Company loss before minority interest in subsidiaries’ losses and income taxes:

 

For the three months ended March 31,

   2007     2006  

Operating losses from reportable segments

   $ (6,296,987 )   $ (7,662,210 )

Unallocated general and administrative expenses

     (3,866,198 )     (3,543,735 )

Unallocated depreciation and amortization expense

     (42,294 )     —    

Interest income

     60,647       116,281  

Interest expense

     (89,845 )     (99,262 )

Other non-operating gains (losses), net

     76,332       175,728  
                

Loss before income taxes

   $ (10,158,345 )   $ (11,013,198 )
                

Following is a reconciliation of the total assets from the Company’s reportable segments to the total assets of the Company:

 

    

March 31,

2007

   December 31,
2006

Total assets from reportable segments

   $ 149,530,779    $ 153,943,670

Cash and cash equivalents

     9,706,996      2,382,644

Assets held for sale

     10,445,548      24,963,337

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     4,414,357      2,607,029

Deferred income taxes

     79,310      350,885
             

Total assets

   $ 174,176,990    $ 184,247,565
             

9. Subsequent Event

On June 22, 2007, the Company entered into a $1.0 million standby letter of credit agreement with a bank relating to the guarantee of its future performance on certain contracts. The standby letter of credit requires the Company to maintain a minimum bank balance of $1.0 million with the issuing bank and expires upon release by the counterparties of any obligations under the letter of credit.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

Audited Financial Statements

Fiscal Years Ended May 31, 2004 and 2003

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

ELSTEIN & FRIEDMAN, P.C.

CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

277 FAIRFIELD ROAD—SUITE 316

FAIRFIELD, NEW JERSEY 07004

TEL (973) 808-9600

FAX (973) 808-9694

E-MAIL efpccpas@aol.com

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

DAQ Electronics, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of DAQ Electronics, Inc., as of May 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of DAQ Electronics, Inc. as of May 31, 2004 and 2003 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 12 to the financial statements, the Company’s 2004 and 2003 accrued liabilities, deferred rent, and deferred tax asset previously reported have been restated.

LOGO

August 4, 2004 except for note 11B as to which the date is April 27, 2005 and note 12 as to which the date is March 31, 2006.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

(Restated)

 

     MAY 31  
     2004     2003  
ASSETS     

CURRENT ASSETS

    

Cash

   $ 40,066     $ 114,852  

Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances for doubtful accounts of $6,200 in 2004, and $4,000 in 2003

     1,639,274       741,537  

Inventories

     1,053,848       1,118,698  

Current portion of note receivable—Remsdaq

       102,372  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     28,788       42,581  

Deferred income taxes

     76,000       139,711  
                

Total Current Assets

     2,837,976       2,259,751  

Property and Equipment, net

     147,855       182,061  

Other assets

     45,492       45,492  

Deferred income taxes

     79,000       56,126  
                

Total Assets

   $ 3,110,323     $ 2,543,430  
                
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Accounts Payable

   $ 837,125     $ 893,031  

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

     1,284,135       814,016  

Loans payable—officers

       174,401  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     38,914       48,786  

Income taxes payable

     61,550    
                

Total Current Liabilities

     2,221,724       1,930,234  

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

     45,042       59,168  

Deferred income taxes

       6,752  

Deferred rent—LT

     67,549    

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Capital Stock

    

Common, Class A (voting), no par value; authorized 80 shares, 52 2/5 shares issued and 30 1/5 shares outstanding

     799,121       799,121  

Common, Class B (non-voting), no par value; authorized 20 shares, 11 3/5 shares issued and 8 shares outstanding

     157,186       157,186  

Less treasury stock, at cost, 22 1/5 and 21 2/5 shares Common-Class A at May 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively and 3 3/5 shares Common-Class B at May 31, 2004 and 2003

     (663,960 )     (563,960 )

Retained Earnings

     483,661       154,929  
                

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     776,008       547,276  
                

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 3,110,323     $ 2,543,430  
                

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(RESTATED)

 

     YEAR ENDED MAY 31  
     2004     2003  

Net sales

   $ 7,787,622     $ 6,541,154  

Cost of sales

     4,649,973       4,077,634  
                

Gross profit

     3,137,649       2,463,520  

Research & development expenses

     892,411       1,027,158  

Selling expenses

     952,278       697,637  

General and administrative expenses

     847,297       905,257  
                

Operating income (loss)

     445,663       (166,532 )

Interest expense, net

     (36,100 )     (24,020 )

Other (expense) income, net

     21,273       (11,924 )
                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     430,836       (202,476 )

Income tax provision (benefit)

    

Current

     68,019    

Deferred

     34,085       (241,055 )
                
     102,104       (241,055 )
                

Net income

   $ 328,732     $ 38,579  
                

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(RESTATED)

 

     COMMON STOCK    TREASURY
STOCK
    RETAINED
EARNINGS
   TOTAL  
     CLASS A    CLASS B        

Balance at May 31, 2002

   $ 799,121    $ 157,186    $ (563,960 )   $ 116,350    $ 508,697  

Net income

             38,579      38,579  
                                     

Balance at May 31, 2003

     799,121      157,186      (563,960 )     154,929      547,276  

Acquisition of Treasury Stock

           (100,000 )        (100,000 )

Net income

             328,732      328,732  
                                     

Balance at May 31, 2004

   $ 799,121    $ 157,186    $ (663,960 )   $ 483,661    $ 776,008  
                                     

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(RESTATED)

 

     Year ended
May 31 2004
   

Year ended

May 31 2003

 

Operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 328,732     $ 38,579  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     77,145       97,254  

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)(net)

     34,085       (239,085 )

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable, net

     (897,737 )     274,428  

Notes receivable

     102,372       17,041  

Inventories

     64,850       (258,211 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     13,793       17,819  

Accounts payable

     (55,906 )     227,826  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     470,119       (136,642 )

Income taxes payable

     61,550    

Deferred rent

     67,549    
                

Net cash provided by operating activities

     266,552       39,009  
                

Investing activities

    

Purchase of property plant and equipment

     (42,939 )     (22,612 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (42,939 )     (22,612 )
                

Financing activities

    

Repayment of capital lease obligations

     (23,998 )     (19,731 )

Repayment of notes payable

       (157,153 )

Proceeds from officers loans

       174,401  

Repayment of officers loans

     (174,401 )  

Acquisition of treasury stock

     (100,000 )  
                

Net cash used in financing activities

     (298,399 )     (2,483 )
                

(Decrease) increase in cash

     (74,786 )     13,914  

Cash, beginning of year

     114,852       100,938  
                

Cash, end of year

   $ 40,066     $ 114,852  
                

Supplemental cash flow disclosures

    

Equipment acquired under capital leases

   $ 34,555     $ 20,984  
                

Interest paid

   $ 14,156     $ 28,913  
                

Income taxes paid

   $ 3,469     $ 550  
                

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MAY 31, 2004

(RESTATED)

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

The principal activities of DAQ Electronics, Inc. (the “Company” or “DAQ”) are the design, engineering, manufacturing and field support of integrated security and supervisory control systems, throughout the United States.

CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

Certain financial instruments potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk. These financial instruments consist primarily of temporary cash investments and trade receivables. The Company places its temporary cash investments with high credit quality financial institutions to limit its credit exposure. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are mitigated by the fact that the Company’s customers are principally public utilities and prime contractors to the federal government.

At May 31, 2004, six customers accounted for 69% of total accounts receivable. At May 31, 2003, three customers accounted for 51% of total accounts receivable.

For the year ended May 31, 2004, six of the Company’s customers accounted for 61% of net sales. For the year ended May 31, 2003, six of the Company’s customers accounted for 60% of net sales.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase.

INVENTORIES

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method; market represents the lower of replacement cost or estimated net realizable value.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization of assets, including those under capital lease, are computed principally using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the related assets or the lease term. The estimated useful lives generally range from three to ten years. Amortization expense related to assets under capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization.

When indicators of impairment are present the Company reviews its property and equipment to assess recoverability based upon expectations of undiscounted cash flows to be generated by such property and

 

F-59


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

equipment. An impairment would be recognized in operating results if the sum of the expected future cash flows is less than the carrying value of the related property and equipment. The amount of impairment would be measured by comparing the carrying value of property and equipment to their fair values. There have been no impairment losses recorded by the Company.

INCOME

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company recognizes revenue at the time of product shipment provided that a purchase order has been received, there are no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance, the sales price is fixed and determinable, and collectibility is deemed probable.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

The Company incurs costs each year for research, development and engineering programs. Such costs are expensed when incurred.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

2. INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of the following:

 

     May 31
     2004    2003

Raw materials

   $ 643,112    $ 601,664

Work-in-progress

     127,950      174,693

Finished goods and component parts

     282,786      342,341
             
   $ 1,053,848    $ 1,118,698
             

3. NOTE RECEIVABLE—REMSDAQ

In March 1998, the Company sold the stock of Remsdaq LTD (“Remsdaq”), its former U.K. subsidiary, to certain members of Remsdaq’s management. Terms of the sale included deferred compensation dependent upon Remsdaq achieving certain financial results following the sale. At May 31, 2003, Remsdaq was indebted to the Company pursuant to the deferred compensation agreement, in the amount of $102,372, which was paid to the Company in payments of approximately $13,000 per month until January 2004.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

     May 31  
     2004     2003  

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

   $ 193,569     $ 552,655  

Machinery and equipment

     483,659       1,181,771  

Leasehold improvements

     15,347       17,445  
                
     692,575       1,751,871  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (544,720 )     (1,569,810 )
                
   $ 147,855     $ 182,061  
                

Included in property and equipment is machinery and equipment capitalized pursuant to capital lease obligations of $278,867 and $348,462 at May 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Accumulated depreciation on these assets was $163,916 and $223,979 at May 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

5. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

DAQ has a defined contribution plan which covers substantially all of its employees. The plan provides for matching contributions by DAQ of 50% of each employee’s annual contribution up to a maximum of 4% of the employee’s gross wages. DAQ’s matching contribution to the plan was $44,541 and $46,571 in the years ended May 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

6. LOANS PAYABLE—OFFICERS

During the year ended May 31, 2003, officers loans were extended to the Company. These notes ($174,401 at May 31, 2003) bear interest at a variable rate, which was tied to the cost of capital paid by the officers. Interest expense of $13,775 has been charged to operations during the year ended May 31, 2004 regarding these loans. These loans were paid in full in May 2004.

7. LEASE OBLIGATIONS

The Company leases various capital equipment under lease purchase facilities. These leases extend for varying periods up to five years. These capital lease obligations are collateralized by the underlying capital equipment, which, at the conclusion of each lease, the Company may acquire for $1.

The Company leases office space under a non-cancelable operating lease agreement that expires on April 30, 2010, subject to an option to extend the term for an additional five years. In addition, the Company leases various automobiles and office equipment under non-cancelable operating lease agreements, which expire on various dates through 2008.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable leases as of May 31, 2004 for the years ending May 31 are as follows:

 

    

CAPITAL

LEASES

  

OPERATING

LEASES

2005

   $ 48,415    $ 272,800

2006

     29,604      264,161

2007

     17,876      242,375

2008

     1,823      220,548

2009

     —        211,576

Thereafter

     —        193,944
             

Total payments

     97,718      1,405,404
         

Less amount representing interest

     13,762   
         

Present value of future minimum lease payments

     83,956   

Less current portion

     38,914   
         
   $ 45,042   
         

Rent expense under operating leases was $265,515 and $263,513 for the years ended May 31, 2004 and 2003 respectively.

8. INCOME TAXES

The income tax provision (benefit) consists of the following:

 

     Year ended May 31  
     2004     2003  

Current:

    

Federal

   $ 38,000       —    

State

     30,019       —    
                
     68,019    

Deferred:

    

Federal

     49,750       (175,610 )

State

     (15,665 )     (65,445 )
                
     34,085       (241,055 )
                

TOTAL

   $ 102,104     $ (241,055 )
                

SFAS 109 requires the recognition of a valuation allowance, if based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the federal or state deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowance reflects management’s estimate regarding the realizability of certain deferred tax assets.

The valuation allowance represents the uncertainty of being able to utilize certain State of New Jersey net operating loss carryforwards and research and development credit carryforwards due to the uncertainty of certain State of New Jersey tax regulations which are currently being reviewed by The State Legislature.

For the year ended May 31, 2004 the difference between the effective tax rate and the statutory rate is primarily due to Federal and State R & D credit carryforwards.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The significant components of the deferred tax assets are as follows:

 

     Year ended May 31  
     2004     2003  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Fixed asset

     $ (6,752 )

Other

       0  
          

Total deferred tax liabilities

       (6,752 )
          

Deferred tax assets:

    

UNICAP

     10,750       21,136  

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards

     109,000       140,837  

Reserves and other

     98,250       72,664  
                

Total deferred tax assets

     218,000       234,637  
                

Less valuation allowance

     (63,000 )     (38,800 )
                

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ 155,000     $ 189,085  
                

At May 31, 2004, the Company has State of New Jersey net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $500,000 which will begin to expire May 31, 2006. In addition there are State of New Jersey research and development credit carryforwards of $64,000 which begin to expire May 31, 2015.

9. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

DAQ’s Class A and Class B common stock are identical in all respects except voting rights. The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share while the holders of Class B common stock have no voting rights.

During the year ended May 31, 2004 the Company acquired .8 shares of its own Class A common stock from the beneficiary of a deceased shareholder for $100,000. (See Note 10)

10. CONTINGENCIES

At May 31, 2004, the Company had contingent liabilities arising out of performance bonds, guarantees and product warranties entered into during the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the financial statements include adequate provisions for any material liabilities, which may result as a result of these undertakings.

The Company may, from time to time, be a party in legal proceedings relating to the conduct of its business. As of May 31, 2004, the Company was not party to any such legal proceedings.

During fiscal 2001, the Company’s shareholders approved a death benefit of $100,000 payable to an officer shareholder’s estate in twelve monthly installments commencing 30 days after the death of the shareholder. Such amount is reduced by any life insurance proceeds under policies paid for by the Company, for the benefit of a shareholder’s estate. In July of 2002 the Company accrued $85,000 following the death of a shareholder, of which $70,833 and $14,167 were paid to his estate during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003 and May 31, 2004 respectively.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Additionally, the shareholders agreed that the estate of any deceased officer shareholder should have the option to require the Company to repurchase up to 1/10 of the stock owned by the deceased shareholder, at the time of death, annually for ten years. The purchase price of $125,000 per share (pre-split), Class A or Class B, will be payable in twelve monthly installments, without interest, commencing 30 days after the exercise of the option. During June of 2003 one of these options was exercised for .8 shares and during June of 2004, this option was again exercised for .8 shares (pre-split). (See Note 11).

At May 31, 2004 15.2 shares (pre-split), were held by the beneficiaries of two deceased shareholders.

Management has committed the company to reward non-shareholder employees with bonuses in the aggregate of 10% of pre-tax post net interest expense operating income for the year ending May 31, 2005. Included in the Statement of Income for the year ended May 31, 2004 are bonuses in the amount of $57,357 which also appear on the balance sheet as a current liability.

11. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

A. In June, 2004, one of the beneficiaries exercised her option to sell to the Company .8 shares (pre-split) of common stock (Class A). As a result, the Company is liable to the beneficiary in the amount of $8,333 per month until May 31, 2005.

During the combined Shareholders/Board of Directors meeting held in June 2004, the following resolutions were adopted:

1. Any employed shareholder who retires subsequent to May 31, 2004 may elect to participate in the option plan that had previously been available only to the estates of deceased shareholders. Therefore, such a shareholder will have the option to require the Company to repurchase up to 1/10 of the stock owned by the retiring shareholder, at the time of retirement, annually for ten years. The purchase price of $125,000 per share (pre-split), Class A or Class B, will be payable in twelve monthly installments, without interest, commencing thirty days after the exercise of the option.

2. To retire all of the treasury stock of the Company outstanding at May 31, 2004 with the exception of 3.6 (pre-split) non-voting shares.

3. To make the 3.6 non-voting shares referred to in item 2 above available either as options or bonuses to key employees at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

4. To multiply the number of remaining issued and outstanding shares by 10,000.

B. On April 27, 2005 all of the 374,000 issued and outstanding common shares of the Company were acquired by ICx Technologies, Inc. The stock purchase agreement called for the investor to contribute to the Company $1,300,000 to be used for a special bonus to be distributed to key employees.

12. RESTATEMENT

The Company has restated its previously issued May 31, 2004 and 2003 financial statements for matters related to the following previously reported items: the unrecorded liability of vacation wages, treatment of rent expense, and the related income tax effects. The accompanying financial statements for May 31, 2003 and 2004 have been restated to reflect the correction.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following is a summary of the restatement for May 31, 2004 and 2003:

 

     2004     2003  

Unrecorded liability, vacation wages

   $ 162,085     $ 157,996  

Additional rent expense

     81,287    
                

Subtotal

     243,372       157,996  

Income tax effect of restatement

     (56,000 )     (55,000 )
                

Total reduction in May 31 net earnings

   $ 187,372     $ 102,996  
                

The effect on the Company’s previously issued May 31, 2003 financial statements are summarized as follows:

Balance Sheet as of May 31, 2003

 

     Previously
Reported
   Increase
(Decrease)
    Restated

Deferred Tax Asset, current

   $ 84,711    $ 55,000     $ 139,711

Total Assets

     2,488,430      55,000       2,543,430

Current Liabilities

     1 ,772,238      157,996       1,930,234

Total Liabilities

     1,838,158      157,996       1,996,154

Shareholders’ Equity:

       

Net income for May 31 ,2003

     141,575      (102,996 )     38,579

Retained earnings—May 31, 2003

     257,925      (102,996 )     154,929

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 2,488,430    $ 55,000     $ 2,543,430

Statement of Income for the Year Ended May 31, 2003

 

     Previously
Reported
    Increase
(Decrease)
    Restated  

Cost of sales

     4,014,538       63,096       4,077,634  

Gross Profit

     2,526,616       (63,096 )     2,463,520  

Research & development expenses

     979,867       47,291       1,027,158  

Selling expenses

     672,494       25,143       697,637  

General & administrative expenses

     882,791       22,466       905,257  

Income (loss) before Taxes

     (44,480 )     (157,996 )     (202,476 )

Income tax benefit deferred

     (186,055 )     (55,000 )     (241,055 )

Net income

   $ 141,575     $ (102,996 )   $ 38,579  

 

F-65


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The effect on the Company’s previously issued May 31, 2004 financial statements are summarized as follows:

Balance Sheet as of May 31, 2004

 

     Previously
Reported
   Increase
(Decrease)
    Restated

Deferred Tax Asset, current

   $ 20,000    $ 56,000     $ 76,000

Total Assets

     3,054,323      56,000       3,110,323

Current Liabilities

     2,045,901      175,823       2,221,724

Total Liabilities

     2,090,943      243,372       2,334,315

Shareholders’ Equity:

       

Net income for May 31, 2004

     413,108      (84,376 )     328,732

Retained earnings—May 31, 2004

     671,033      (187,372 )     483,661

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 3,054,323    $ 56,000     $ 3,110,323

Statement of Income for the Year Ended May 31, 2004

 

     Previously
Reported
   Increase
(Decrease)
    Restated

Cost of sales

   $ 4,584,530    $ 65,443     $ 4,649,973

Gross Profit

     3,203,092      (65,443 )     3,137,649

Research & development expenses

     895,544      (3,133 )     892,411

Selling expenses

     947,558      4,720       952,278

General & administrative expenses

     828,951      18,346       847,297

Income (loss) before Taxes

     516,212      (85,376 )     430,836

Income tax provision

     103,104      (1,000 )     102,104

Net income

   $ 413,108    $ (84,376 )   $ 328,732

 

F-66


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

Unaudited Financial Statements

Nine Months Ended February 28, 2005 and 2004

 

F-67


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

Balance Sheets

As of February 28, 2005 and May 31, 2004

 

     Unaudited
2005
    2004  
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 39,657     $ 40,066  

Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $11,600 in 2005 and $6,200 in 2004

     1,243,298       1,639,274  

Inventories

     1,396,312       1,053,848  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     49,688       28,788  

Deferred income taxes

     76,000       76,000  
                

Total current assets

     2,804,955       2,837,976  

Property and equipment, net

     296,967       147,855  

Other assets

     45,492       45,492  

Deferred income taxes

     79,000       79,000  
                

Total assets

   $ 3,226,414     $ 3,110,323  
                

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,073,677     $ 837,125  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     631,276       1,284,135  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     68,363       38,914  

Income taxes payable

     19,258       61,550  

Line of credit

     450,000       —    
                

Total current liabilities

     2,242,573       2,221,724  
                

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

     180,335       45,042  

Deferred rent—LT

     57,245       67,549  

Commitments and contingencies

    

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Capital Stock

    

Common, Class A (voting), no par value; authorized 80 shares, 52 2/5 shares issued and 29 4/5 shares and 30 1/5 shares outstanding at February 28, 2005 and May 31, 2004, respectively

     799,121       799,121  

Common, Class B (non-voting), no par value; authorized 20 shares, 11 3/5 shares issued and 8 shares outstanding

     157,186       157,186  

Less treasury stock, at cost, 22 4/5 and 22 1/5 shares Common - Class A at February 28, 2005 and May 31, 2004, respectively, and 3 3/5 shares Common—Class B at February 28, 2005 and May 31, 2004

     (738,960 )     (663,960 )

Retained Earnings

     528,913       483,661  
                

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     746,260       776,008  
                

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 3,226,414     $ 3,110,323  
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

Unaudited Income Statements

For the Nine Months Ended February 28, 2005 and 2004

 

     2005     2004  

Net sales

   $ 5,889,928     $ 4,393,624  

Cost of sales

     3,627,274       3,022,357  
                

Gross profit

     2,262,654       1,371,267  

Research and product development expenses

     692,592       612,835  

Selling expenses

     646,434       544,589  

General and administrative expenses

     844,541       740,348  
                

Operating income (loss)

     79,087       (526,505 )

Interest expense, net

     (16,964 )     (24,257 )

Other (expense) income, net

     (1,415 )     18,906  
                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     60,708       (531,856 )

Income tax provision

     15,456       4,019  
                

Net income (loss)

   $ 45,252     $ (535,875 )
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows

For the Nine Months Ended February 28, 2005 and 2004

 

     2005     2004  

Operating activities

    

Net Income (Loss)

   $ 45,252     $ (535,875 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     67,743       58,664  

Changes in assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable, net

     395,976       267,738  

Notes receivable

     —         102,372  

Inventories

     (342,464 )     (121,456 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (20,900 )     (18,739 )

Accounts payable

     236,552       229,569  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (652,859 )     (37,202 )

Income taxes payable

     (42,292 )     550  

Deferred rent

     (10,304 )     49,459  
                

Net cash used in operating activities

     (323,296 )     (4,920 )
                

Investing activities

    

Purchase of property plant and equipment

     (216,855 )     (21,008 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (216,855 )     (21,008 )
                

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from bank loan

     450,000       —    

Proceeds from capital lease obligations

     204,588       15,076  

Repayment of capital lease obligations

     (39,846 )     (42,598 )

Proceeds from officers loans

     —         63,378  

Acquisition of treasury stock

     (75,000 )     (75,000 )
                

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     539,742       (39,144 )
                

(Decrease) increase in cash

     (409 )     (65,072 )

Cash, beginning of year

     40,066       114,852  
                

Cash, end of year

   $ 39,657     $ 49,780  
                

Supplemental cash flow disclosures

    

Equipment acquired under capital leases

   $ 205,359     $ 12,624  
                

Interest paid

   $ 15,912     $ 14,437  
                

Income taxes paid

   $ —       $ 3,469  
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended February 28, 2005 and 2004

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

The principal activities of DAQ Electronics, Inc. (the “Company” or “DAQ”) are the design, engineering, manufacturing and field support of integrated security and supervisory control systems, throughout the United States.

Basis of Presentation

These unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended May 31, 2004. In the opinion of management, these statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which are not required for interim purposes, have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of the Company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the nine months ended February 28, 2005, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any subsequent quarter or for the year ending May 31, 2005.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method; market represents the lower of replacement cost or estimated net realizable value.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue at the time of product shipment provided that a purchase order has been received, there are no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance, the sales price is fixed and determinable, and collectibility is deemed probable.

Research and Development

The Company incurs costs each year for research, development and engineering programs. Such costs are expensed when incurred.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended February 28, 2005 and 2004

 

2. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

 

     At
     February 28,
2005
   May 31,
2004

Raw materials

   $ 932,461    $ 643,112

Work-in-progress

     181,065      127,950

Finished goods and component parts

     282,786      282,786
             
   $ 1,396,312    $ 1,053,848
             

3. Contingencies

At February 28, 2005, the Company had contingent liabilities arising out of performance bonds, guarantees and product warranties entered into during the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the financial statements include adequate provisions for any material liabilities, which may result as a result of these undertakings.

The Company may, from time to time, be a party in legal proceedings relating to the conduct of its business. As of February 28, 2005, the Company was not party to any such legal proceedings.

The shareholders have agreed that the estate of any deceased officer shareholder should have the option to require the Company to repurchase up to  1/10 of the stock owned by the deceased shareholder, at the time of death, annually for ten years. The purchase price of $125,000 per share (pre-split), Class A or Class B, will be payable in twelve monthly installments, without interest, commencing 30 days after the exercise of the option. During June of 2004, this option was exercised for .8 shares (pre-split). In June 2004, one of the beneficiaries exercised her option to sell to the Company .8 shares (pre-split) of common stock (Class A). As a result, the Company is liable to the beneficiary in the amount of $8,333 per month until May 31, 2005.

Any employed shareholder who retires subsequent to May 31, 2004 may elect to participate in the option plan that had previously been available only to the estates of deceased shareholders. Therefore, such a shareholder will have the option to require the Company to repurchase up to  1/10 of the stock owned by the retiring shareholder, at the time of retirement, annually for ten years. The purchase price of $125,000 per share (pre-split), Class A or Class B, will be payable in twelve monthly installments, without interest, commencing thirty days after the exercise of the option.

Management has committed the Company to reward non-shareholder employees with bonuses in the aggregate of 10% of pre-tax post net interest expense operating income for the year ending May 31, 2005. Included in the Statement of Operations for the year ended May 31, 2004, are bonuses in the amount of $57,357 which also appear on the balance sheet as a current liability.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

DAQ ELECTRONICS, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended February 28, 2005 and 2004

 

4. Subsequent Events

In April 2005, the Company restructured its equity pursuant to various board resolutions. The following actions were taken:

 

  1. Retired all of the treasury stock of the Company outstanding with the exception of 3.6 (pre-split) non-voting shares.

 

  2. To make the 3.6 non-voting shares referred to in item 1 above available either as options or bonuses to key employees at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

  3. To multiply the number of remaining issued and outstanding shares by 10,000.

On April 27, 2005 all of the 374,000 issued and outstanding common shares of the Company were acquired by ICx Technologies, Inc. The stock purchase agreement called for the investor to contribute to the Company $1,300,000 to be used for a special bonus to be distributed to key employees.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

DIGITAL INFRARED IMAGING, INC.

Audited Financial Statements

Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

F-74


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

To the Board of Directors

and Stockholders of Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc. (f/k/a Digital Imaging Infrared, LLC) (the Company) as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and members capital (deficit), and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America as established by the Auditing Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc. (f/k/a Digital Imaging Infrared, LLC) as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

LOGO

Orlando, Florida

September 15, 2005

200 S. Orange Avenue

Suite 2050

Orlando, FL 32801

T 407.481.5100
F 407.481.5190
W www.grantthornton.com

Grant Thornton LLP

US member of Grant Thornton International

 

F-75


Table of Contents

Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc.

BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  
     2004    2003  
ASSETS      

CURRENT ASSETS:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,087,216    $ 106,728  

Accounts receivable

     636,241      382,265  

Inventories

     1,952,013      594,054  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     54,811      10,315  

Deferred income taxes

     55,015      —    
               

Total current assets

     5,785,296      1,093,362  

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization

     482,798      62,630  

Other assets

     30,978      14,711  
               

Total assets

   $ 6,299,072    $ 1,170,703  
               

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND

MEMBERS’ CAPITAL (DEFICIT)

     

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 748,025    $ 339,928  

Accrued expenses

     544,920      145,479  

Unearned revenues

     12,500      327,537  

Current portion of note payable to related party

     47,060      44,770  
               

Total current liabilities

     1,352,505      857,714  

Note payable to related party, less current portion

     273,980      321,040  

Deferred income taxes

     2,683      —    
               

Total liabilities

     1,629,168      1,178,754  
               

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 9)

     

Stockholders’ and Members’ Equity (Deficit):

     

Common stock, $.001 par value per share, authorized 12,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding 6,142,857 shares

     6,143      —    

Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock, $.001 par value (aggregate) liquidation preference of $4,097,902 and $0 in 2004 and 2003, respectively); authorized 2,857,144 shares, issued and outstanding 2,857,144 shares in 2004

     3,906,988      —    

Contributed and additional paid-in capital

     484,897      1,146,216  

Retained earnings (deficit)

     271,876      (1,154,267 )
               

Total stockholders’ equity and members’ capital

     4,669,904      (8,051 )
               

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity and members’ capital

   $ 6,299,072    $ 1,170,703  
               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2004     2003  

Sales, net

   $ 8,240,252     $ 1,338,343  

Operating expenses:

    

Cost of goods sold

     4,576,188       783,243  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     2,907,526       1,316,873  

Depreciation and amortization

     24,487       25,985  
                

Operating income (loss)

     732,051       (787,758 )

Other income (expense):

    

Other income

     35,520       71,426  

Interest expense, net

     (413 )     (14,346 )
                

Total other income, net

     35,107       57,080  
                

Income before income taxes

     767,158       (730,678 )

Income tax expense

     167,441       —    
                

Net income (loss)

   $ 599,717     $ (730,678 )
                

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc.

STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

     Common Stock    Series A Preferred Stock   

Contributed and

Additional

Paid-in

Capital

   

Retained

Earnings

   

Total

Stockholders’

Equity

 
     Shares    Amount    Shares    Amount       

Balance at December 31, 2002

   —        —      —        —        646,216       (423,589 )     222,627  

Capital contributions

   —        —      —        —        500,000       —         500,000  

Net loss

   —        —      —        —        —         (730,678 )     (730,678 )
                                                

Balance at December 31, 2003

   —        —      —        —        1,146,216       (1,154,267 )     (8,051 )

Capital contributions

   —        —      —        —        250,000       —         250,000  

Distributions

   —        —      —        —        (78,750 )     —         (78,750 )

Issuance of common stock in connection with the Recapitalization (Note 1)

   6,142,857      6,143    —        —        (832,569 )     826,426       —    

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock

   —        —      2,857,144      3,906,988      —         —         3,906,988  

Net income

   —        —      —        —        —         599,717       599,717  
                                                

Balance at December 31, 2004

   6,142,857    $ 6,143    2,857,144    $ 3,906,988    $ 484,897     $ 271,876     $ 4,669,904  
                                                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    

For the Years Ended

December 31,

 
     2004     2003  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 599,717     $ (730,678 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash and cash equivalents used in operations:

    

Deferred income taxes

     (52,332 )     —    

Depreciation and amortization

     24,487       25,985  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (253,976 )     (364,825 )

Inventories

     (1,357,959 )     (462,961 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (44,496 )     39,223  

Other assets

     (16,267 )     (4,114 )

Accounts payable

     408,097       302,920  

Accrued expenses

     399,441       113,203  

Unearned revenues

     (315,037 )     327,537  
                

Net cash used in operating activities

     (608,325 )     (753,710 )
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (444,655 )     (35,534 )
                

Net cash used by investing activities

     (444,655 )     (35,534 )
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from borrowings on note payable to related party

     —         365,810  

Payments on note payable to related party

     (44,770 )     (380,000 )

Distributions to stockholders

     (78,750 )     —    

Contributions from members

     250,000       500,000  

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock

     3,906,988       —    
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     4,033,468       485,810  
                

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     2,980,488       (303,434 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     106,728       410,162  
                

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 3,087,216     $ 106,728  
                

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 17,316     $ 15,559  
                

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ —       $ —    
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2004 and 2003

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization and Nature of Business

Digital Imaging Infrared, LLC (DII), a Florida limited liability company, was formed on July 23, 2002 (Commencement Date). DII develops, designs, assembles and markets thermal imaging systems. These imaging systems use advanced infrared technologies that detect infrared radiation to see objects in total darkness and/or adverse environmental conditions (smoke, haze and fog) and are designed for a wide range of applications in the commercial, perimeter security and homeland security markets.

In June 2004, the members of DII formed Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc. (Digital or Company, a taxable C-Corporation) in order to effect a recapitalization of DII. The members of DII received 6,142,857 shares of common stock ($.001 par value) of Digital in exchange for 100% of their membership interests. Such shares were distributed to the members of DII on a pro rata basis corresponding with their membership interest. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements present Digital and DII operations, as one in the same, from Commencement Date through the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumption that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable consist of amounts due from customers. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of a customer’s financial condition and, generally, collateral is not required. Accounts receivable are stated at amounts due from customers, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts outstanding longer than the contractual payment terms are considered past due. The Company determines its allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time accounts receivable are past due, the Company’s previous loss history, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligation to the Company, and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they become uncollectible. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, no allowance for doubtful accounts has been provided and no bad debt expense has been recorded for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the first-in first-out method. Most of the Company’s inventory consists of purchased components and parts. Finished goods, which are substantially produced on a made to order basis, include all applicable direct costs and purchased products/ materials.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company provides depreciation for machinery and equipment using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which range from five to ten years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the lesser of the lease term or estimated useful lives of the improvements.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs, are charged against income in the year incurred, and are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operation. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, approximately $0 and $299,000, respectively, of research and development costs were incurred.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue upon shipment of product to customers from its warehouse facilities. The Company’s customers take title to the products at the time of shipment and bear the cost of freight. There is no continuing performance obligation by the Company subsequent to shipment of product. The costs incurred by the Company for shipping and handling are reported as an expense, and are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

Advertising Costs

Advertising expenditures relating to product distribution and marketing efforts consisting primarily of product presentation material, catalog preparation, printing and postage expenses are expensed as incurred. For the years ending December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company incurred advertising costs amounting to approximately $87,000 and $23,000, respectively which are included in the selling, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123) which sets forth accounting and disclosure requirements for stock-based compensation arrangements.

SFAS 123 encourages but does not require, companies to measure stock-based compensation using a fair value method, rather than the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (APB No. 25). The Company has adopted disclosure requirements of SFAS 123 and has elected to continue to record stock-based compensation expense using the intrinsic value approach prescribed by APB No. 25. Accordingly, the Company computes compensation cost for each employee stock option granted as the amount by which the quoted market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant exceeds the amount the employee must pay to acquire the stock. The amount of compensation costs, if any, will be charged to operations over the vesting period. SFAS 123 requires companies electing to continue using the intrinsic value method to make certain pro forma disclosures, when applicable. Because the company did not grant any options during the year ended December 31, 2004, no pro forma information is presented.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

On December 31, 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 148, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure (SFAS 148). SFAS 148 amends SFAS 123 to provide alternative methods of transitions to SFAS 123’s fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS 148 also amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123 to require disclosure of the effects of an entity’s accounting policy with respect to stock-based employee compensation on reported earnings in interim financial statements. The disclosure provisions of SFAS 148 are applicable to all companies with stock-based employee compensation. SFAS 148 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 31, 2002.

Income Taxes

From the Commencement Date through July 1, 2004, the Company elected to be taxed under the partnership provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC). Under Sections 701 and 702 of the IRC, all income, expenses and tax credit items flow through to the members for tax purposes. Therefore, no provision for federal income taxes is provided for the year ending December 31, 2003 in the accompanying financial statements.

Effective July 1, 2004, upon commencement of operation as Digital, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R). SFAS 123R is effective for the first annual period that begins after December 15, 2005. SFAS 123R requires that the costs of employee share-based payments be measured at fair value on the awards’ grant date using an option-pricing model and recognized in the financial statements over the requisite service period. SFAS 123R supersedes APB 25 and its related interpretations, and eliminates the alternative use of APB 25’s intrinsic value method of accounting, which the Company is currently using.

SFAS 123R allows for the prospective application whereby compensation cost for the portion of awards for which the requisite service has not yet been rendered that are outstanding as of the adoption date will be recognized over the remaining service period using the minimum value method. The compensation cost for that portion of awards will be based on the grant-date fair value of those awards as calculated for pro forma disclosures under SFAS 123, as originally issued. All new awards and awards that are modified, repurchased, or cancelled after the adoption date will be accounted for under the provisions of SFAS 123R. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that SFAS 123R will have on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows when the statement is adopted.

NOTE 2—INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of the following as of December 31, 2004 and 2003:

 

     2004    2003

Finished goods

   $ 460,825    $ 62,549

Work in process

     94,968      75,191

Purchased components and parts

     1,396,220      456,314
             
   $ 1,952,013    $ 594,054
             

 

F-82


Table of Contents

Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

NOTE 3—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consists of the following as of December 31, 2004 and 2003:

 

     2004     2003  

Machinery and equipment

   $ 143,671     $ 79,578  

Leasehold improvements

     404,061       23,499  
                
     547,732       103,077  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (64,934 )     (40,447 )
                
   $ 482,798     $ 62,630  
                

At December 31, 2004, the Company has incurred leasehold improvement costs associated with the final build out of its new office, production and warehouse facilities of $380,562. Subsequently to year end, the Company moved to the new facility which is occupied under an operating lease agreement (see Note 9).

NOTE 4—SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recorded sales to three significant customers, which represented approximately 35 percent, 30 percent, and 10 percent of revenues. As of December 31, 2004 the Company had receivables due from five significant customers which represented approximately 26 percent, 23 percent, 19 percent, 12 percent, and 12 percent, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company recorded sales of one significant customer, which represented approximately 35 percent of revenues. As of December 31, 2003, the Company had four significant customers which represented approximately 22 percent, 16 percent, 14 percent, and 13 percent, respectively, of total accounts receivable.

NOTE 5—NOTES PAYABLE AND RELATED PARTY NOTES PAYABLE

During 2003, DII entered into a note payable to a shareholder (the Note). The Note is payable in monthly installments of principal and interest at 5 percent through December 2010, and is unsecured. The outstanding balance of the Note was $321,040 and $365,810 as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Maturities of principal subsequent to December 31, 2004 are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31:

    

2005

   $ 47,060

2006

     49,468

2007

     52,000

2008

     54,660

2009

     57,456

Thereafter

     60,396

NOTE 6—PREFERRED STOCK

Sale of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

Subsequent to the Recapitalization as discussed in Note 1 above, pursuant to a certain Series A Stock Purchase Agreement (the Agreement) the Company sold 2,857,144 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred

 

F-83


Table of Contents

Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

Stock (Series A Shares) with a $0.001 par value per share for $4,000,000 in cash less costs associated with the offering of approximately $93,000. The Series A Shares may be converted to common stock at anytime by the holders of the Series A Shares. The conversion rate is determined by dividing the Series A Base Price ($1.40 per share) by the Series A Conversion Price, as defined, then in effect. The terms of the Agreement provide that the initial conversion price for the Series A Shares shall be equal to the Series A Base Price.

Dividend Rights

The record holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of any shares of common stock, shall be entitled to receive, when declared by the Board of Directors, dividends on each share of common stock into which shares of Series A Shares are convertible payable in preference and priority to any declaration of payment or payment of any distribution, (as defined), on any share of common stock. The right to receive dividends shall not be cumulative and no right to such dividends shall accrue to holder of Series A Shares by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid in any calendar year. No dividends were declared as of December 31, 2004.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive out of the assets or surplus funds of the Company, subject to certain legal obligations associated with liquidation or dissolution, an amount equal to the sum of the amount that will provide for an 8% compounded annual return on the Series A Base Price from the date of issuance of the Series A Shares until that payment date and any declared or accrued but unpaid dividends on such Series A Shares.

Redemption Rights

In the event that the Company fails to consummate a qualified IPO or a Reorganization Event, as defined in the Agreement, before the fifth anniversary of the Recapitalization, the holders of a majority of the Series A Shares may require through a written request pursuant to a vote of those holders of Series A Shares, that the Company redeem all or any number of shares of the Series A Shares in three equal annual installments. The redemption obligation shall be equal to the Series A Shares liquidation value, as previously described herein.

Voting Rights

The Board of Directors is initially fixed at five members. The holders of a majority of the Series A Shares shall be entitled to elect two members of the Board. The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock shall be entitled to elect three members of the Board, provided however, that one of the directors selected by the common stockholders must be approved by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Shares.

NOTE 7—STOCK OPTIONS

In December 2004, the Board of Directors approved and adopted the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan) subject to stockholder approval within twelve months of the adoption date. The Plan provides that the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be subject to options or stock purchase rights granted under the Plan is 1,000,000 shares. The Plan authorizes issuance of the options thereby as either “Incentive Stock Options” within the meaning of the IRC of 1986, as amended, or as “Non-Statutory Stock Options”.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

Unless terminated earlier, the Plan shall continue in effect for a period of ten years from its effective date. The term of each option granted shall be no more than 10 years from the date of grant thereof, except to certain options owning more that 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock, wherein the term will be no more than five years. The exercise price of the options granted will be not less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares at the date of grant or not less than 110% of the fair market value of the shares for an employee owning more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock on the date of grant for incentive stock options. In the case of Non-Statutory Stock Options, the per share exercise price shall be determined by the administrator of the Plan.

At December 31, 2004, no options had been granted in connection with the Plan. Subsequent to December 31, 2004, the Company began to grant options under the Plan.

NOTE 8—INCOME TAXES

The income tax provision for the period from July 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004 consist of the following:

 

Current income tax expense:

  

Federal

   $ 187,720  

State

     32,053  
        
     219,773  
        

Deferred income tax expense:

  

Federal

     (44,753 )

State

     (7,579 )
        
     (52,332 )
        

Total

   $ 167,441  
        

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2004 are presented below:

 

Deferred tax assets:

  

Inventories

   $ 16,934  

Warranty reserve

     38,081  
        
     55,015  

Less valuation allowance

     —    
        
     55,015  

Deferred tax liabilities:

  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     (2,683 )
        

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 52,332  
        

Deferred income taxes are presented in the accompanying balance sheets as:

 

Current deferred tax assets

   $ 55,015  

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

     (2,683 )
        
   $ 52,332  
        

 

F-85


Table of Contents

Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

The Company’s effective tax rate of 25 percent differs from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 34 percent primarily as a result of excludable income of approximately $328,000 earned during the period when the Company was a non-taxable entity.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. Management considers the projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. The Company believes that future earnings in addition to the amount of the taxable differences which will reverse in future periods, will be sufficient to offset recorded deferred tax assets and, accordingly, a valuation allowance is not considered necessary at December 31, 2004.

NOTE 9—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases its office headquarters, production and distribution facilities under an operating lease. During 2004 and until March 2005, the Company leased its facilities on a month to month basis. In March 2005, the Company moved into a new facility where the lease agreement provides for payment of certain utilities, insurance and repairs and extends for a term of five years. It is management’s intent to extend the term for an additional five years under option terms in the agreement. The Company also leases various equipment under operating leases which expire through 2008. Future minimum rental payments associated with these operating lease obligations are indicated below:

 

Year Ending December 31:

    

2005

   $ 74,143

2006

     85,526

2007

     66,369

2008

     64,173

2009

     66,366

Thereafter

     11,122

Total lease and rental expense during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 amounted to approximately $39,000 and $32,000, respectively, and are included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

Employment Agreements

During 2004, the Company entered into employment agreements with two of its principal stockholders and officers (Executives). Terms of the agreements provide for aggregate yearly salaries of $240,000 commencing in July 2004 for an initial term of two years. Thereafter the employment term may be extended automatically for one year periods unless either party provides notice of termination not less than 30 days prior to the end of the then-current term. In addition, the Executives will be eligible for an annual cash bonus at the discretion of the compensation committee of the Board of Directors. No bonuses were awarded in 2004.

Consulting Agreement

The Series A Stock Purchase Agreement described in Note 6 to the financial statements provides for the Company to receive certain strategic, consulting and advisory services from a stockholder for an eighteen month

 

F-86


Table of Contents

Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

period commencing in August, 2004. In exchange for these services the Company agreed to pay $10,000 per month. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company has incurred $50,000 in consulting fees associated with this agreement which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

Retirement Plan

The Company has a defined contribution retirement savings plan under applicable sections of the IRC known as a Savings Incentive Match Plan for employees of Small Employers (the IRA Plan). The IRA Plan covers substantially all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. Company matching contributions to the IRA Plan are at an amount equal to the lesser of the employee’s contribution or 3% of the participating employees’ annual compensation. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company made matching contributions of approximately $27,000 and $15,000, respectively, and are included in the selling, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

Line of Credit

In May 2004, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement (the Line) with a Shareholder for a maximum borrowing amount of $500,000 with an interest rate of 8 percent. As of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 there were no borrowings on the Line.

NOTE 10—SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On August 24, 2005, ICx Technologies, Inc. (ICx) acquired all of the outstanding common stock and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively, Capital Stock) of the Company and the Company became the wholly-owned subsidiary of ICx. ICx was incorporated by Digital Power Capital (DPC) in 2003 and began operations in 2005. ICx was formed to acquire and integrate companies with leading technologies for sensing, detecting, imaging and projecting power. ICx’s principal markets are civilian and military security. ICx acquired the Capital Stock of the Company using a combination of ICx stock and cash. The Company expects to continue its business operations with the same management and employee team as it had prior to the ICx acquisition and gain strength through access to additional financial and market resources and synergistic relationships with its sister companies.

DPC is a private equity fund based in Greenwich, CT. DPC is wholly funded by investment funds affiliated with Wexford Capital LLC (Wexford) which is an SEC registered investment advisor also based in Greenwich, CT. ICx’s executive management is primarily drawn from the partners in DPC, and affiliates of Wexford through DPC are expected to have majority ownership of ICx and infuse significant cash to ICx for acquisition costs and working capital purposes.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

DIGITAL INFRARED IMAGING, INC.

Unaudited Financial Statements

Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

F-88


Table of Contents

DIGITAL INFRARED IMAGING, INC.

Balance Sheets

As of June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

     Unaudited
2005
    2004
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,257,386     $ 3,087,216

Accounts receivable

     398,455       636,241

Inventories

     3,537,535       1,952,013

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     75,758       54,811

Deferred income taxes

     —         55,015
              

Total current assets

     5,269,135       5,785,296

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization

     720,137       482,798

Other assets

     10,046       30,978
              

Total assets

   $ 5,999,318     $ 6,299,072
              
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     
AND MEMBERS’ CAPITAL (DEFICIT)     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,524,538     $ 748,025

Accrued expenses

     249,954       544,920

Unearned revenues

     95,081       12,500

Current portion of note payable to related party

     548,250       47,060
              

Total current liabilities

     2,417,823       1,352,505

Note payable to related party, less current portion

     249,554       273,980

Deferred income taxes

     —         2,683
              

Total liabilities

     2,667,377       1,629,168
              

Commitments and contingencies

    

Stockholders’ and Members’ Equity (deficit):

    

Common stock; $ 0.001 par value per share; authorized 12,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 6,142,857 shares at June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004

     6,143       6,143

Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock, $.001 par value (aggregate) liquidation preference of $4,097,902 at June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004; authorized, issued and outstanding 2,857,144 shares at June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004

     3,906,988       3,906,988

Contributed and additional paid-in capital

     484,897       484,897

Retained earnings (deficit)

     (1,066,087 )     271,876
              

Total stockholders’ equity and members’ capital

     3,331,941       4,669,904
              

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity and members’ capital

   $ 5,999,317     $ 6,299,072
              

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

DIGITAL INFRARED IMAGING, INC.

Unaudited Statements of Operations

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

     2005     2004  

Sales, net

   $ 1,290,748     $ 2,748,868  

Operating expenses

    

Cost of goods sold

     689,378       1,528,808  

Selling, general and administrative costs

     2,195,153       925,609  

Depreciation and amortization

     35,587       10,590  
                

Total operating expenses

     2,920,118       2,465,007  
                

Operating income (loss)

     (1,629,370 )     283,861  

Other income (expense)

    

Other income

     82,752       6,318  

Interest expense

     (11,118 )     (8,956 )
                

Total other income, net

     71,634       (2,638 )
                

Income before income taxes

     (1,557,736 )     281,223  

Income tax expense

     (219,773 )     —    
                

Net income (loss)

   $ (1,337,963 )   $ 281,223  
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

DIGITAL INFRARED IMAGING, INC.

Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

     2005     2004  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (1,337,963 )   $ 281,223  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash and cash equivalents used in operations:

    

Deferred income taxes

     52,332       —    

Depreciation and amortization

     35,587       10,590  

Changes in assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     237,786       (116,919 )

Inventories

     (1,585,522 )     (1,180,100 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (20,947 )     (4,609 )

Other assets

     20,932       6,541  

Accounts payable

     776,513       685,233  

Accrued expenses

     (294,966 )     427,485  

Unearned revenues

     82,581       272,832  
                

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (2,033,667 )     382,276  
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (272,926 )     (12,662 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (272,926 )     (12,662 )
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from borrowings on note payable to related party

     500,000       —    

Payments on note payable to related party

     (23,237 )     (22,124 )

Contributions from members

     —         250,000  
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     476,763       227,876  
                

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,829,830 )     597,490  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     3,087,216       106,728  
                

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 1,257,386     $ 704,218  
                

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 11,118     $ 8,956  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

DIGITAL INFRARED IMAGING, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements

For the Six Months ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization and Nature of Business

Digital Imaging Infrared, LLC (DII), a Florida limited liability company, was formed on July 23, 2002 (Commencement Date). DII develops, designs, assembles and markets thermal imaging systems. These imaging systems use advanced infrared technologies that detect infrared radiation to see objects in total darkness and/or adverse environmental conditions (smoke, haze and fog) and are designed for a wide range of applications in the commercial, perimeter security and homeland security markets.

In June 2004, the members of DII formed Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc. (Digital or Company, a taxable C Corporation) in order to effect a recapitalization of DII. The members of DII received 6,142,857 shares of common stock ($.001 par value) of Digital in exchange for 100% of their membership interests. Such shares were distributed to the members of DII on a pro rata basis corresponding with their membership interest.

Basis of Presentation

These unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. In the opinion of management, the statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which are not required for interim purposes, have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of the Company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2005, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any subsequent quarter or for the year ending December 31, 2005.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are charged against income in the year incurred and are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operation. For the six months ended June 30, 2005 and 2004, the Company incurred $920,041 and $387,945, respectively, of research and development costs.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue upon shipment of product to customers from its warehouse facilities. The Company’s customers take title to the products at the time of shipment and bear the cost of freight. There is no continuing performance obligation by the Company subsequent to shipment of product. The costs incurred by the

 

F-92


Table of Contents

DIGITAL INFRARED IMAGING, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Six Months ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

Company for shipping and handling are reported as an expense, and are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

Income Taxes

From the Commencement Date through July 1, 2004, the Company elected to be taxed under the partnership provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (IRQ. Under Sections 701 and 702 of the IRQ all income, expenses and tax credit items flow through to the members for tax purposes. Therefore, no provision for federal income taxes is provided for the year ending December 31, 2003 in the accompanying financial statements.

Effective July 1, 2004, upon commencement of operation as Digital, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date.

Stock Based Compensation

The Company accounts for its stock options granted to employees using the intrinsic value method prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (APB No. 25). Under APB No. 25, compensation expense is only recognized if the estimated fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant equals or exceeds the exercise price. Compensation expense, if any, is recognized in operations over the vesting periods of the stock options. Had compensation costs for the Company been determined pursuant to SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (SFAS No. 123), the Company’s net loss would have been increased to the following pro forma amounts:

 

For the six months ended June 30,

   2005     2004

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders, as reported

   $ (1,337,963 )   $ 281,223

Deduct: Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value-based method for all awards

     (91,960 )     —  
              

Net loss, pro forma

   $ (1,429,923 )   $ 281,223
              

Pro forma net loss required by SFAS No. 123 has been determined using the Black Scholes option pricing model using a risk free rate of 4.01%; a volatility rate of 55%; expected dividend yield of 0%; and an expected life of 5 years. Because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the Black Scholes option pricing method may not necessarily provide a single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options. Additionally, the effect of applying SFAS No. 123 on pro forma net income (loss) as stated above is not necessarily representative of the effects on reported net income (loss) for future years primarily because of the vesting period of the stock options and the fair value of additional options to be granted in future years.

Stock-based awards for options granted to non-employees are accounted for using the fair value method in accordance with SFAS No. 123. The fair value of the award is measured using an estimate of the fair value of goods and/or services received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. Any costs of non-employee stock awards, are expensed in the accompanying statements of operations over the applicable vesting periods.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

DIGITAL INFRARED IMAGING, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Six Months ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2005 and 2004, the Company granted 1,000,000 options to purchase common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.14 to $1.617 per share. The total number of options outstanding at June 30, 2005 was 1,000,000.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R). SFAS 123R is effective for the first annual period that begins after December 15, 2005. SFAS 123R requires that the costs of employee share-based payments be measured at fair value on the awards’ grant date using an option-pricing model and recognized in the financial statements over the requisite service period. SFAS 123R supersedes APB 25 and its related interpretations, and eliminates the alternative use of APB 25’s intrinsic value method of accounting, which the Company is currently using.

SFAS 123R allows for the prospective application whereby compensation cost for the portion of awards for which the requisite service has not yet been rendered that are outstanding as of the adoption date will be recognized over the remaining service period using the minimum value method. The compensation cost for that portion of awards will be based on the grant-date fair value of those awards as calculated for pro forma disclosures under SFAS 123, as originally issued. All new awards and awards that are modified, repurchased, or cancelled after the adoption date will be accounted for under the provisions of SFAS 123R. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that SFAS 123R will have on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows when the statement is adopted.

NOTE 2—INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of the following:

 

     June 30,
2005
   December 31,
2004

Finished goods

   $ 1,779,904    $ 460,825

Work in process

     103,319      94,968

Purchased components and parts

     1,654,312      1,396,220
             
   $ 3,537,535    $ 1,952,013
             

NOTE 3—NOTES PAYABLE AND RELATED PARTY NOTES PAYABLE

During 2003, DII entered into a note payable to a shareholder (the Note). The Note is payable in monthly installments of principal and interest at 5 percent through December 2010, and is unsecured. The outstanding balance of the Note was $297,804 and $321,040 as of June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively.

NOTE 4—PREFERRED STOCK

Sale of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

Subsequent to the Recapitalization as discussed in Note 1 above, pursuant to a certain Series A Stock Purchase Agreement (the Agreement) the Company sold 2,857,144 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Shares) with a $0.001 par value per share for $4,000,000 in cash less costs associated with the offering of approximately $93,000. The Series A Shares maybe converted to common stock at any time by the

 

F-94


Table of Contents

DIGITAL INFRARED IMAGING, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Six Months ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

holders of the Series A Shares. The conversion rate is determined by dividing the Series A Base Price ($1.40 per share) by the Series A Conversion Price, as defined, then in effect. The terms of the Agreement provide that the initial conversion price for the Series A Shares shall be equal to the Series A Base Price.

NOTE 5—STOCK OPTIONS

In December 2004, the Board of Directors approved and adopted the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan) subject to stockholder approval within twelve months of the adoption date. The Plan provides that the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be subject to options or stock purchase rights granted under the Plan is 1,000,000 shares. The Plan authorizes issuance of the options thereby as either “Incentive Stock Options” within the meaning of the IRC of 1986, as amended, or as “Non-Statutory Stock Options”.

Unless terminated earlier, the Plan shall continue in effect for a period of ten years from its effective date. The term of each option granted shall be no more than 10 years from the date of grant thereof, except to certain options owning more that 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock, wherein the term will be no more than five years. The exercise price of the options granted will be not less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares at the date of grant or not less than 110% of the fair market value of the shares for an employee owning more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock on the date of grant for incentive stock options. In the case of Non-Statutory Stock Options, the per share exercise price shall be determined by the administrator of the Plan.

NOTE 6—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Employment Agreements

During 2004, the Company entered into employment agreements with two of its principal stockholders and officers (Executives). Terms of the agreements provide for aggregate yearly salaries of $240,000 commencing in July 2004 for an initial term of two years. Thereafter the employment term may be extended automatically for one year periods unless either party provides notice of termination not less than 30 days prior to the end of the then-current term. In addition, the Executives will be eligible for an annual cash bonus at the discretion of the compensation committee of the Board of Directors. No bonuses were awarded in 2005 or 2004.

Consulting Agreement

The Series A Stock Purchase Agreement described in Note 3 to the financial statements provides for the Company to receive certain strategic, consulting and advisory services from a stockholder for an eighteen month period commencing in August 2004. In exchange for these services the Company agreed to pay $10,000 per month. For the six months ended June 30, 2005, the Company incurred $76,000 in consulting fees associated with this agreement which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

Line of Credit

In May 2004, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement (the Line) with a Shareholder for a maximum borrowing amount of $500,000 with an interest rate of 8 percent. On May 26, 2005, the Company made a draw on the revolving line of credit in the amount of $500,000. The revolving line of credit is secured by accounts receivable, inventory and all property of the Company.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

DIGITAL INFRARED IMAGING, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Six Months ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

NOTE 7—SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On August 24, 2005, ICx Technologies, Inc. (ICx) acquired all of the outstanding common stock and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively, Capital Stock) of the Company and the Company became the wholly-owned subsidiary of ICx. ICx was incorporated by Digital Power Capital (DPC) in 2003 and began operations in 2005). ICx was formed to acquire and integrate companies with leading technologies for sensing, detecting, imaging and projecting power. ICx’ principal markets are civilian and military security. ICx acquired the Capital Stock of the Company using a combination of ICx stock and cash. The Company expects to continue its business operations with the same management and employee team as it had prior to the ICx acquisition and gain strength through access to additional financial and market resources and synergistic relationships with its sister companies.

DPC is a private equity fund based in Greenwich, CT. DPC is wholly funded by investment funds affiliated with Wexford Capital LLC (Wexford) which is an SEC registered investment advisor also based in Greenwich, CT. ICx’ executive management is primarily drawn from the partners in DPC, and affiliates of Wexford through DPC are expected to have majority ownership of ICx and infuse significant cash to ICx for acquisition costs and working capital purposes.

 

F-96


Table of Contents

NEW HEIGHTS MANUFACTURING, INC.

Audited Financial Statements

Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

F-97


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

Board of Directors

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of New Heights Manufacturing, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America as established by the Auditing Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of New Heights Manufacturing, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

LOGO

Atlanta, Georgia

September 23, 2005

Marquis One, Suite 300

245 Peachtree Center Avenue

Atlanta, GA 30303

T 404.330.2000
F 404.330.2047
W www.grantthornton.com

Grant Thornton LLP

US Member of Grant Thornton International

 

F-98


Table of Contents

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc.

BALANCE SHEETS

December 31,

 

     2004     2003  
ASSETS     

CURRENT ASSETS:

    

Cash

   $ 20,795     $ —    

Accounts receivable

     1,506,131       815,054  

Employee loan receivable

     9,114       485  

Inventory

     952,829       1,317,734  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     8,100       30,885  
                

Total current assets

     2,496,969       2,164,158  
                

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

    

Building

     228,537       228,537  

Building and equipment improvements

     21,995       21,995  

Vehicles

     93,428       93,428  

Office and shop equipment

     133,406       97,807  

Furniture and fixtures

     3,580       3,580  
                
     480,946       445,347  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (175,853 )     (137,890 )
                
     305,093       307,457  
                
   $ 2,802,062     $ 2,471,615  
                
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT     

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,136,602     $ 1,295,386  

Line of credit

     1,425,462       561,404  

Current maturities of long-term debt

     139,487       813,654  

Deferred revenue

     42,992       66,272  

Accrued interest

     39,290       33,277  

Accrued compensation and other expenses

     73,930       25,011  
                

Total current liabilities

     2,857,763       2,795,004  

LONG TERM DEBT, less current maturities

     1,694,493       1,555,779  

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     —         —    

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Common stock, no par value, 1,473,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     1,060,000       1,060,000  

Accumulated deficit

     (2,810,194 )     (2,939,168 )
                
     (1,750,194 )     (1,879,168 )
                
   $ 2,802,062     $ 2,471,615  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-99


Table of Contents

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the years ended December 31,

 

     2004    2003  

Revenues

   $ 6,474,270    $ 5,354,476  

Cost of goods sold

     4,469,614      3,847,735  
               

Gross profit

     2,004,656      1,506,741  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,666,291      1,363,559  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     39,630      29,653  
               

Earnings from operations

     298,735      113,529  

Interest expense

     169,761      195,242  
               

NET EARNINGS (LOSS)

   $ 128,974    $ (81,713 )
               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-100


Table of Contents

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT)

Years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

     Common
Stock
   Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Total  

BALANCE, December 31, 2002

   $ 1,060,000    $ (2,857,455 )   $ (1,797,455 )

Net loss

     —        (81,713 )     (81,713 )
                       

BALANCE, December 31, 2003

     1,060,000      (2,939,168 )     (1,879,168 )

Net earnings

     —        128,974       128,974  
                       

BALANCE, December 31, 2004

   $ 1,060,000    $ (2,810,194 )   $ (1,750,194 )
                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-101


Table of Contents

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31,

 

     2004     2003  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net earnings (loss)

   $ 128,974     $ (81,713 )

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     39,630       29,653  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Increase in accounts receivable, net

     (691,077 )     (403,723 )

Increase in employee loans receivable

     (8,629 )     (485 )

Decrease (increase) in inventory

     364,905       (497,670 )

Decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets

     22,785       1,411  

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

     (160,448 )     671,644  

Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue

     (23,280 )     24,400  

Increase in accrued compensation and other expenses

     23,919       24,983  

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest

     31,013       (23,917 )
                

Net cash used in operating activities

     (272,208 )     (255,417 )

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of equipment

     (37,266 )     (131,219 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (37,266 )     (131,219 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net proceeds (payment) from line of credit

     864,058       (12,733 )

Proceeds from issuance of debt

     —         539,957  

Principal payment of debt

     (535,453 )     —    

Bank overdraft

     1,664       (140,588 )
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     330,269       386,636  
                

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     20,795       —    

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     —         —    
                

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 20,795     $ —    
                

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

    

Cash paid during the year for:

    

Interest

   $ 163,748     $ 219,959  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

 

F-102


Table of Contents

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2004 and 2003

NOTE A—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A summary of the significant accounting policies consistently applied in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows:

 

1. Organization

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in February 2002 in the State of Georgia. The Company is primarily engaged in the manufacture and sale of security watchtowers to governmental agencies and security companies domestically and internationally.

 

2. Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

3. Inventory

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. The costs included in inventory are raw materials, direct and indirect labor and employee benefits, energy and fuel, depreciation, chemicals, general manufacturing overhead and various other costs of manufacturing. General and administrative costs are not included in inventory costs.

Market, with respect to all inventories, is replacement cost or net realizable value. The Company reviews inventory to determine the necessity of write-offs for excess, obsolete or unsaleable inventory. The Company estimates reserves for inventory obsolescence based on management’s judgment of future realization. These reviews require management to assess customer and market demand. All inventories are valued using the first-in, first-out method.

 

4. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives of the related assets:

 

Buildings and improvements

   10 – 30 years

Furniture and fixtures

   5 – 10 years

Machinery, equipment and automobiles

   5 years

 

5. Revenue Recognition

Sales are recognized upon shipment of the products to the customer.

Trade accounts receivable are stated at estimated net realizable value. Provisions for doubtful accounts are charged to operations at the time management determines that the accounts may become uncollectible.

Deferred revenue consists primarily of prepayments on maintenance income and unearned warranty income. Maintenance prepayments are deferred until the maintenance is actually performed. Warranty income is recognized monthly over the life of the warranty.

 

F-103


Table of Contents

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

6. Income Taxes

Net earnings subject to taxation are passed through to the stockholder pursuant to an election under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, no provision has been made for deferred or current income taxes in the accompanying financial statements.

 

7. Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping charges billed to customers are included in sales. Shipping and handling costs are recorded in the cost of goods sold.

 

8. Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Total advertising expense was $212,919 for 2004 and $209,691 for 2003.

 

9. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, accounts payable, and accrued expenses and other liabilities are carried at cost which approximates their fair value because of the short-term maturity of these financial instruments.

 

10. Impairment of Long Lived Assets

The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. SFAS No. 144 requires recognition of impairment of long-lived assets in the event the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets. If impairment is indicated, the carrying amount of the asset is written down to fair value. The Company has identified no such impairment losses.

 

11. Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

12. Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 151, Inventory Costs—an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 (“SFAS No. 151”). SFAS No. 151 amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing,” to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). Paragraph 5 of ARB 43, Chapter 4, previously stated that “. . . under some circumstances, items such as idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, double freight, and rehandling costs may be so abnormal as to require treatment as current period charges. “SFAS No. 151 requires that those items be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal.” In addition,

 

F-104


Table of Contents

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

this Statement requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. This new standard is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact SFAS No. 151 will have upon adoption but does not anticipate it will have a significant impact on its financial statements.

NOTE B—CASH

The Company maintains its cash balances in financial institutions located around the world, which at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.

Bank overdrafts are recorded as a component of accounts payable. The bank overdraft at December 31, 2003 was $1,664. There was no overdraft at December 31, 2004.

NOTE C—INVENTORY

Inventory consists of the following components at December 31, 2004 and 2003:

 

     2004    2003

Inventory

     

Finished goods

   $ 364,000    $ 464,000

Work in process

     140,300      99,264

Raw materials

     448,529      754,470
             

Total inventory

   $ 952,829    $ 1,317,734
             

NOTE D—LINES OF CREDIT

The Company has a line of credit agreement with a financing company, limited to the amount of inventory financed. Advances under this agreement are due upon sales of the inventory financed and bear interest at 12% and 3% in 2004 and 2003, respectively. Interest is payable monthly. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the outstanding balance was $614,462 and $301,629, respectively. The amount of accrued interest is $19,034 and $0 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The line of credit is collateralized by the inventory financed.

The Company has an outstanding balance of $801,000 under a line of credit agreement with a bank as of December 31, 2004. Advances under this agreement are due on the maturity date, May 1, 2006, and bear interest at 6.75%. Interest is payable monthly. There were no additional borrowings available under this line of credit at December 31, 2004. The line of credit is collateralized by all of the Company’s assets and unlimited guaranty of the members of the Board.

The Company has a $20,000 line of credit agreement with a board member that is due on demand. Advances under this agreement bear interest at 5%. Interest is payable monthly. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the outstanding balance was $10,000 and $20,000, respectively. Additional borrowings available under this line of credit were $10,000 and $0 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The line of credit is collateralized by all of the Company’s assets.

 

F-105


Table of Contents

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

The Company has a $239,775 line of credit agreement with a board member that is due on demand. Advances under this agreement bear interest at 5.75%. Interest is payable monthly. At December 31, 2003, the outstanding balance was $239,775. No additional borrowings were available under this line of credit at December 31, 2003. The line of credit is collateralized by all of the Company’s assets. The line of credit was paid in full during 2004.

NOTE E—LONG-TERM DEBT

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had two unsecured variable-term notes payable to two board members. The notes are payable in monthly installments of principle and interest ranging from $2,357 to $3,082. These notes bear interest at 5% and are due on demand. The outstanding balances totaled $1,305,557 and $1,376,436 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had two unsecured variable-term notes payable to a former employee. The notes are payable in monthly installments of principle and interest ranging from $3,650 to $988. These notes bear interest at 8% and are due on demand. The outstanding balances totaled $118,105 and $140,663 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

At December 31, 2004, the Company had a note payable with a bank which matures in March 2014. The note is payable in monthly installments of principle and interest in the amount of $3,500. This note bears interest at 7% and is collateralized by all of the Company’s assets. The outstanding balance totaled $283,985 at December 31, 2004.

At December 31, 2003, the Company had a 12-month note payable with a bank. The note is payable in monthly installments of principle and interest in the amount of $3,500. This note bears interest at 6% and is collateralized by all of the Company’s assets. The outstanding balance is $712,382 at December 31, 2003. The loan was paid off during 2004.

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had an unsecured variable-term note payable to a trust. There have been no payments on the note to date. This note bears interest at 5% and is due on demand. The outstanding balance is $69,500 at December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the amount of accrued interest is $20,256 and $16,819 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had a note payable with a bank which matures October 2008. The note is payable in monthly installments of principle and interest in the amount of $676. This note bears interest at 6.90% and is collateralized by a vehicle. The outstanding balance was $27,198 and $34,140 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had a note payable with a bank which matures April 2009. The note is payable in monthly installments of principle and interest in the amount of $639. This note bears interest at 5.99% and is collateralized by a vehicle. The outstanding balance was $29,635 and $36,312 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

All long-term debt was paid off in 2005 as part of the subsequent acquisition of the Company by ICx Technologies, Inc. (see Note K).

 

F-106


Table of Contents

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

Aggregate maturities of notes payable and long-term debt outstanding as of December 31, 2004 are summarized as follows:

 

2005

   $ 139,487

2006

     104,958

2007

     40,211

2008

     41,715

2009

     37,690

Thereafter

     1,469,919
      
     1,833,980

Less: current portion

     139,487
      

Long-term portion

   $ 1,694,493
      

NOTE F—OPERATING LEASES

The Company leases its office and warehouse facilities and equipment from various third parties. Rent expense under these agreements was $32,606 and $26,012, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. Future minimum lease payments under the aforementioned non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

 

2005

   $ 42,393

2006

     23,913

2007

     4,352

2008

     363

2009

     —  
      
   $ 71,021
      

NOTE G—DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

Effective January 1, 2004, the Company adopted a 401(k) profit sharing plan covering substantially all of its employees. Employees may contribute up to the maximum allowable by the DOL of their compensation. Any employee who was employed on January 1, 2004, and meets the age and work experience requirements per the agreement, is eligible to participate and enter into the plan as of January 1, 2004. The related expense for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $12,953.

NOTE H—RELATED PARTIES

The Company has outstanding long-term, notes payable to two Board members of the Company in the amount of $1,305,557 and $1,376,436 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company has outstanding lines of credit to two Board members of the Company in the amount of $10,000 and $259,775 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These amounts, including interest, were subsequently paid in full in 2005 as part of the acquisition of the Company by ICx Technologies, Inc. (see Note J).

NOTE I—MAJOR CUSTOMERS

One customer represented approximately 21% and 25% of net sales during 2004 and 2003, respectively. There was no outstanding accounts receivable represented by this customer at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

NOTE J—CONTINGENCIES

The Company is not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, the Company’s knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against the Company. However, from time to time, the Company may become a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business.

NOTE K—SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On August 25, 2005, ICx Technologies, Inc. (“ICx”) acquired all of the outstanding stock of the Company for $10 million less the Company’s outstanding debt at the time of closing. The purchase price is subject to adjustment based upon the value of tangible net assets acquired in accordance with the provisions of the purchase agreement among the Company and ICx. The terms of the transaction and the consideration paid by ICx were a result of arm’s length negotiations between the representatives of both parties. Prior to the completion of the transaction, ICx did not have a material relationship with the Company.

 

F-108


Table of Contents

NEW HEIGHTS MANUFACTURING, INC.

Unaudited Financial Statements

Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

F-109


Table of Contents

NEW HEIGHTS MANUFACTURING, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

At June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

     Unaudited
2005
    2004  
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ —       $ 20,795  

Accounts receivable

     991,354       1,506,131  

Employee loan receivable

     846       9,114  

Inventory

     889,632       952,829  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     19,496       8,100  
                

Total current assets

     1,901,328       2,496,969  

Property and equipment:

    

Building

     228,537       228,537  

Building and equipment improvements

     21,995       21,995  

Vehicles

     93,428       93,428  

Office and shop equipment

     137,292       133,406  

Furniture and fixtures

     3,580       3,580  
                
     484,832       480,946  
                

Less accumulated depreciation

     (187,853 )     (175,853 )
                
     296,979       305,093  
                

Total assets

   $ 2,198,307     $ 2,802,062  
                
Liabilities     

Current liabilities:

    

Bank overdraft

   $ 47,519     $ —    

Accounts payable

     602,459       1,136,602  

Line of credit

     1,711,100       1,425,462  

Current maturities of long-term debt

     131,341       139,487  

Deferred revenue

     59,595       42,992  

Accrued interest

     30,652       39,290  

Accrued compensation and other expenses

     25,000       73,930  
                

Total current liabilities

     2,607,665       2,857,763  
                

Long-term debt, less current maturities

     1,594,557       1,694,493  

Commitments and contingencies

     —         —    
Stockholders’ deficit     

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock; no par value; 1,473,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     1,060,000       1,060,000  

Accumulated deficit

     (3,063,915 )     (2,810,194 )
                

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (2,003,915 )     (1,750,194 )
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 2,198,307     $ 2,802,062  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-110


Table of Contents

NEW HEIGHTS MANUFACTURING, INC.

Unaudited Statements of Operations

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

     2005     2004  

Revenues

   $ 2,919,820     $ 3,402,169  

Cost of goods sold

     2,048,551       2,472,861  
                

Gross profit

     871,269       929,308  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,003,405       857,259  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     12,000       12,030  
                

Income (loss) from operations

     (144,137 )     60,019  

Interest expense

     109,585       69,244  
                

Net loss

   $ (253,721 )   $ (9,225 )
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-111


Table of Contents

NEW HEIGHTS MANUFACTURING, INC.

Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

     2005     2004  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (253,721 )   $ (9,225 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     12,000       12,030  

Changes in assets and liabilities

    

Decrease in accounts receivable, net

     514,777       136,215  

Decrease (increase) in employee loans receivable

     8,268       (8,015 )

Decrease in inventory

     63,197       557,058  

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (11,396 )     4,215  

Decrease in accounts payable

     (534,143 )     (916,021 )

Increase in deferred revenue

     16,603       1,366  

Decrease in accrued compensation and other expenses

     (48,930 )     (25,011 )

Decrease in accrued interest

     (8,638 )     (14,735 )
                

Net cash used in operating activities

     (241,983 )     (262,123 )
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of equipment

     (3,886 )     (22,500 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,886 )     (22,500 )
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net proceeds from line of credit

     285,638       928,423  

Principal payment of debt

     (108,083 )     (518,356 )

Bank overdraft

     47,519       —    
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     225,074       410,067  
                

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (20,795 )     125,444  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     20,795       —    
                

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ —       $ 125,444  
                

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 118,223     $ 83,979  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-112


Table of Contents

NEW HEIGHTS MANUFACTURING, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

NOTE A—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A summary of the significant accounting policies consistently applied in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows:

 

1. Organization

New Heights Manufacturing, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in February 2002 in the State of Georgia. The Company is primarily engaged in the manufacture and sale of security watchtowers to governmental agencies and security companies domestically and internationally.

 

2. Basis of Presentation

These unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. In the opinion of management, these statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which are not required for interim purposes, have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of the Company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2005, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any subsequent quarter or for the year ending December 31, 2005.

 

3. Revenue Recognition

Sales are recognized upon shipment of the products to the customer.

Trade accounts receivable are stated at estimated net realizable value. A provision for doubtful accounts is charged to operations at the time management determines accounts may become uncollectible.

Deferred revenue consists primarily of prepayments on maintenance income and unearned warranty income. Maintenance prepayments are deferred until the maintenance is actually performed. Warranty income is recognized monthly over the life of the warranty.

 

4. Income Taxes

Net earnings subject to taxation are passed through to the stockholder pursuant to an election under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, no provision has been made for deferred or current income taxes in the accompanying financial statements.

 

5. Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-113


Table of Contents

NEW HEIGHTS MANUFACTURING, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

6. Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 151, Inventory Costs—an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 (“SFAS No. 151”). SFAS No. 151 amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing,” to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). Paragraph 5 of ARB 43, Chapter 4, previously stated that “… under some circumstances, items such as idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, double freight, and rehandling costs may be so abnormal as to require treatment as current period charges. “SFAS No. 151 requires that those items be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal.” In addition, this Statement requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. This new standard is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact SFAS No. 151 will have upon adoption but does not anticipate it will have a significant impact on its financial statements.

NOTE B—INVENTORY

Inventory consists of the following components at June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004:

 

     2005    2004

Inventory

     

Finished goods

   $ 534,000    $ 364,000

Work in process

  

 

62,300

     140,300

Raw materials

     293,332      448,529
             

Total inventory

   $ 889,632    $ 952,829
             

NOTE C—SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On August 25, 2005, ICx Technologies, Inc. (“ICx”) acquired all of the outstanding stock of the Company for $10 million less the Company’s outstanding debt at the time of closing. The purchase price is subject to adjustment based upon the value of tangible net assets acquired in accordance with the provisions of the purchase agreement among the Company and ICx. The terms of the transaction and the consideration paid by ICx were a result of arm’s length negotiations between the representatives of both parties. Prior to the completion of the transaction, ICx did not have a material relationship with the Company.

 

F-114


Table of Contents

NOMADICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the Three Year Period ended December 31, 2004

 

F-115


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

Board of Directors

Nomadics, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Nomadics, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related statements of operations, convertible redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America as established by the Auditing Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Nomadics, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

LOGO

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

August 2, 2005 (except for the fifth paragraph of Note 11 and the second and third paragraphs of Note 13, as to which the date is August 31, 2005)

Suite 1200

1 Leadership Square

211 N. Robinson

Oklahoma City, OK 73102-7148

T 405.218.2800
F 405.218.2801
W www.grantthornton.com

Grant Thornton LLP

US Member of Grant Thornton International

 

F-116


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

     2004     2003  
ASSETS     

Current Assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 171,772     $ 19,193  

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $62,725 in 2004 and none in 2003

     2,041,581       1,068,682  

Unbilled trade receivables

     1,132,014       193,242  

Inventory

     211,801       58,113  

Prepaid expenses

     226,248       35,911  

Amounts due from employees

     83,256       9,187  

Amounts due from officers

     67,780       —    

Other accounts receivable

     193,245       36,941  
                

Total current assets

     4,127,697       1,421,269  
                

Property and equipment

     1,591,775       881,767  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (708,399 )     (553,521 )
                

Property and equipment, net

     883,376       328,246  
                

Other Assets:

    

Amounts due from officers

     —         65,695  

License fees, net of accumulated amortization of $52,547 in 2004 and $37,793 in 2003

     157,453       172,207  

Deposits

     292,265       49,399  

Deferred tax asset

     338,561       60,447  

Other assets

     33,419       25,000  
                

Total other assets

     821,698       372,748  
                

Total Assets

   $ 5,832,771     $ 2,122,263  
                
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT     

Current Liabilities:

    

Bank overdraft

   $ 466,287     $ 24,819  

Line of credit

     750,120       1,000,000  

Current installments of long-term debt

     78,343       60,367  

Note payable to bank

     50,000       —    

Trade accounts payable

     1,048,537       806,776  

Accrued payroll expenses

     689,047       425,226  

Amounts due to related parties

     25,660       166,099  

Billings in excess of revenue

     370,025       309,452  

Provision for contract losses

     334,916       15,690  

Deferred tax liability

     338,561       60,447  

Other current liabilities

     54,025       31,116  
                

Total Current Liabilities

     4,205,521       2,899,992  

Long-term debt, net of current installments

     128,024       219,559  

Note payable to bank

     —         50,000  

Nonrecourse technology commercialization award

     150,000       150,000  

Other liabilities

     —         7,500  
                

Total Liabilities

     4,483,545       3,327,051  
                

Commitments and Contingencies

     —         —    
                

Minority interest in subsidiaries

     194,304       261,135  
                

Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share—4,252,410 shares authorized, issued and outstanding in 2004

     3,000,000       —    
                

Series A-1 Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share—1,418,440 shares authorized, issued and outstanding in 2004

     1,000,000       —    
                

Stockholders’ Deficit:

    

Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share—no shares authorized in 2004; 15,000,000 shares authorized no shares issued in 2003

     —         —    

Common stock, par value $.001 per share—22,000,000 shares authorized, 11,591,874 shares issued and outstanding in 2004; 25,000,000 shares authorized, 11,486,330 shares issued and outstanding in 2003

     11,592       11,486  

Additional paid in capital

     196,223       176,258  

Accumulated deficit

     (3,052,893 )     (1,653,667 )
                

Total Stockholders’ Deficit

     (2,845,078 )     (1,465,923 )

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit

   $ 5,832,771     $ 2,122,263  
                

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-117


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

     2004     2003     2002  

Contracts, grants and awards

   $ 10,104,436     $ 7,154,074     $ 6,041,340  

Products

     2,159,614       821,036       470,607  

Other

     27,985       —         —    
                        

Total revenues

     12,292,035       7,975,110       6,511,947  
                        

Costs of contracts, grants and awards

     7,018,351       4,976,211       4,198,199  

Costs of products

     1,063,956       548,828       394,990  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     5,490,901       3,028,765       2,475,852  

Research and development expense

     280,862       280,113       640,090  
                        

Total costs and expenses

     13,854,070       8,833,917       7,709,131  
                        

Operating loss

     (1,562,035 )     (858,807 )     (1,197,184 )
                        

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     16,414       2,235       9,778  

Interest expense

     (40,854 )     (65,375 )     (93,655 )

Gain on extinguishment of liabilities

     134,629       —         —    

Other, net

     (15,797 )     7,200       250  
                        
     94,392       (55,940 )     (83,627 )
                        

Loss before minority interest in subsidiaries’ losses and income taxes

     (1,467,643 )     (914,747 )     (1,280,811 )

Minority interest in subsidiaries’ losses

     68,417       52,476       175,866  
                        

Loss before income taxes

     (1,399,226 )     (862,271 )     (1,104,945 )

Income tax benefit

     —         —         (25,106 )
                        

Net Loss

   $ (1,399,226 )   $ (862,271 )   $ (1,079,839 )
                        

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-118


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

    Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock   Stockholders’ Deficit  
    Series A
Shares
  Series A
Amount
  Series
A-1
Shares
  Series A-1
Amount
  Common
Stock
Shares
  Common
Stock
Amount
  Paid in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 

Balance at January 1, 2002

  —     $ —     —     $ —     1,145,633   $ 11,456   $ 172,808   $ 288,443     $ 472,707  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

  —       —     —       —     3,000     30     3,450     —         3,480  

Net loss

  —       —     —       —     —       —       —       (1,079,839 )     (1,079,839 )
                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2002

  —       —     —       —     1,148,633     11,486     176,258     (791,396 )     (603,652 )

Issuance of shares upon 10:1 common stock split

  —       —     —       —     10,337,697     —       —       —         —    

Net loss

  —       —     —       —     —       —       —       (862,271 )     (862,271 )
                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2003

  —       —     —       —     11,486,330     11,486     176,258     (1,653,667 )     (1,465,923 )

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

  —       —     —       —     105,544     106     19,965     —         20,071  

Issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock

  4,252,410     3,000,000   1,418,440     1,000,000   —       —       —       —         —    

Net loss

  —       —     —       —     —       —       —       (1,399,226 )     (1,399,226 )
                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2004

  4,252,410   $ 3,000,000   1,418,440   $ 1,000,000   11,591,874   $ 11,592   $ 196,223   $ (3,052,893 )   $ (2,845,078 )
                                                   

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-119


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

     2004     2003     2002  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (1,399,226 )   $ (862,271 )   $ (1,079,839 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows from operating activities:

      

Provision for contract losses

     319,226       15,690       —    

Depreciation and amortization

     170,691       129,243       132,535  

Provision for doubtful accounts

     62,725       —         —    

Gain on extinguishment of liabilities

     (134,629 )     —         —    

Minority interest in subsidiaries’ losses

     (68,417 )     (52,476 )     (175,866 )

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     4,214       —         2,141  

Net changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Trade accounts receivable

     (1,026,124 )     166,920       (486,159 )

Unbilled trade receivables

     (938,772 )     25,753       78,069  

Inventory

     (153,688 )     59,849       (73,104 )

Prepaid expenses

     (140,203 )     (28,483 )     29,980  

Amounts due from employees

     (74,069 )     18,267       (20,154 )

Amounts due from officers

     (2,085 )     (3,797 )     (2,760 )

Other accounts receivable

     (156,117 )     (6,174 )     (30,767 )

Deposits

     (21,255 )     (34,666 )     —    

Other assets

     (187 )     25,000       (24,000 )

Trade accounts payable

     154,626       140,640       314,482  

Accrued payroll expenses

     263,821       142,991       39,392  

Amounts due to related parties

     (5,810 )     1,650       139,449  

Billings in excess of revenue

     60,573       111,640       (10,259 )

Other current and long-term liabilities

     15,409       (5,841 )     57,936  
                        

Net cash used in operating activities

     (3,069,297 )     (156,065 )     (1,108,924 )
                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Cash paid for acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

     (446,561 )     —         —    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (461,244 )     (144,534 )     (123,900 )

Investment in license fees

     —         (60,000 )     (40,000 )

Other investments

     (8,419 )     (25,000 )     —    
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (916,224 )     (229,534 )     (163,900 )
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Change in bank overdraft

     441,468       (200,992 )     225,811  

Borrowings under line of credit

     1,475,120       4,071,000       2,000,000  

Repayments under line of credit

     (1,725,000 )     (3,621,000 )     (1,850,000 )

Repayment of note payable

     —         (25,000 )     —    

Issuance of long-term debt

     —         174,947       97,917  

Repayment of long-term debt

     (73,559 )     (62,726 )     (34,956 )

Nonrecourse technology commercialization award

     —         —         150,000  

Issuance of preferred stock

     4,000,000       —         —    

Issuance of common stock

     20,071       —         3,480  

Issuance of convertible notes payable in subsidiary

     —         —         325,000  
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     4,138,100       336,229       917,252  
                        

Net Increase (decrease) in cash

     152,579       (49,370 )     (355,572 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

     19,193       68,563       424,135  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

   $ 171,772     $ 19,193     $ 68,563  
                        

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-120


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

Note 1: Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Nomadics, Inc. (“Nomadics”), it’s wholly-owned subsidiary Little Optics, Inc. (“LO”), and its majority owned subsidiaries, Engius, LLC (“Engius”), and Vigilink, Inc. (“Vigilink”) (collectively, the “Company”). All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Nomadics engages in the research and development of emerging technologies for national security and homeland defense, life sciences, and general industry. Specific areas of research interest include sensing and instrumentation, advanced materials, nanotechnology, and VLSI Photonics. These interests have led to the development of commercially available products primarily in the area of explosives detection.

Nomadics completed the acquisition of LO in December 2004 with an effective purchase date of October 31, 2004. Accordingly, the financial position and results of operations were included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements since October 31, 2004. LO operations primarily consist of research, development and manufacturing of integrated optical components that provide wavelength management.

Engius was formed on January 1, 2004 to develop and sell advanced technology sensing products to the concrete construction industry. Prior to 2004, Engius operated as a division of Nomadics.

Vigilink offers products and services for remote monitoring of industrial equipment. In 2002, Vigilink’s operations were significantly reduced and since that time operating activities have primarily focused on supporting two large industrial companies that are evaluating the product for permanent deployment.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of highly liquid money market accounts and certificates of deposit with an original maturity of three months or less carried at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. The Company had restricted cash in the amount of $12,500 at December 31, 2004 and 2003 in the form of a cash certificate of deposit that is pledged as collateral against Vigilink’s note payable to bank.

Trade Accounts Receivable

The Company extends credit to customers in accordance with normal industry standards and terms. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on known factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends and other information. The Company charges uncollectible receivables to the

 

F-121


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable balances are not collateralized. At December 31, 2004 and 2003 trade accounts receivable was comprised of the following:

 

     2004     2003

U.S. Government

   $ 1,370,988     $ 592,695

Commercial and other

     733,318       475,987
              
     2,104,306       1,068,682

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (62,725 )     —  
              

Trade accounts receivable, net

   $ 2,041,581     $ 1,068,682
              

Inventory

Inventory primarily consists of raw materials and finished goods related to explosive detection and concrete maturity products. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or market. The Company writes down inventories for obsolescence equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Any write-downs are charged to operations as incurred.

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, inventory consisted of the following:

 

     2004    2003

Raw Materials

   $ 66,002    $ 23,237

Finished Goods

     145,799      34,876
             
   $ 211,801    $ 58,113
             

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred. Depreciation is determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the individual assets. The Company provides for depreciation of property and equipment over the following estimated useful lives: building—39 years, engineering and production equipment—5 to 10 years, computer equipment and software—3 to 5 years, and furniture and fixtures—5 to 7 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the life of the asset or the lease term.

Patent Costs and Licensing Rights

Patent costs related to research and development activities are expensed as incurred. Patent costs related to commercially available products are capitalized as costs are incurred and amortized over the lives of the patents when issued.

Licensing costs are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the license agreements. The Company had $210,000 in license fees capitalized before accumulated amortization of $52,547 and $37,793, in 2004 and 2003, respectively. The weighted average amortization period for license fees is 14.2 years and amortization expense was $14,754, $10,019 and $7,774, in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Annual amortization expense for license fees is estimated at $14,754 for the five years beginning in 2005.

 

F-122


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount in which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from research and development contracts, grants and awards is recognized as services are performed using the percentage-of-completion method. The Company principally uses hours of work and contract milestones to measure the progress of contract completeness. Certain contracts provide for fixed payments that may not coincide with revenue recognition. To the extent that customer payments are received in excess of revenue using the percentage-of-completion method, such payments are recorded as billings in excess of revenue. To the extent that revenue is recognized prior to billing periods defined in the contracts, such amounts are recorded as unbilled receivables and are expected to be collected within one year of recognition. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, substantially all unbilled receivables were due from the U.S. Government. Provisions for contract losses are recorded at the time such losses are known.

Revenue from product sales is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has been shipped, title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, and collection from the customer is reasonably assured.

Research and Development

The costs of internal research and development activities funded by the Company are charged to operations as incurred and are included as a separate component of operating expenses.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized at the enacted tax rates for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.

Series A and Series A-1 Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

Series A and Series A-1 Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock is stated at fair value on the date of issuance which is equivalent to the liquidation value at December 31, 2004. Series A and Series A-1 is subject to redemption at the discretion of the holders on or after February 18, 2011 and June 30, 2011, respectively, or if an event of default occurs. If the holders require redemption, the redemption value would be based on the original issuance price plus compounded interest and any declared and unpaid dividends. The difference between the carrying amount and the redemption value would be recognized in the financial statements when and if the Series A and/or Series A-1 holders require redemption.

 

F-123


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

Stock Based Compensation

The Company accounts for its stock options granted to employees using the intrinsic value method prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (APB No. 25). Under APB No. 25, compensation expense is only recognized if the estimated fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant equals or exceeds the exercise price. Compensation expense, if any, is recognized in operations over the vesting periods of the stock options.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS No. 123), encourages companies to recognize expense for stock-based awards as the options vest based on their estimated value on the date of grant. Had compensation cost for the Company been determined pursuant to SFAS No. 123, the Company’s net loss would have been increased to the following pro-forma amounts:

 

     2004     2003     2002  

Net loss as reported

   $ (1,399,226 )   $ (862,271 )   $ (1,079,839 )

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value-based method for all awards, net of tax

     (66,132 )     (59,704 )     (51,724 )
                        

Pro forma net loss

   $ (1,465,358 )   $ (921,975 )   $ (1,131,563 )
                        

The effect of applying SFAS No. 123 on pro forma net loss as stated above is not necessarily representative of the effects on reported net loss for future years primarily because of the vesting period of the stock options and the fair value of additional options to be granted in future years.

Pro forma net loss required by SFAS No. 123 has been determined using the minimum value method. The minimum value method calculates the fair value of options as the excess of the estimated fair value of the underlying stock at the date of grant over the present value of both the exercise price and the expected dividend payments, each discounted at the risk-free rate, over the expected life of the option. In determining the estimated fair value of granted stock options under the minimum value method, the following weighted-average assumptions were used: risk-free rate of 3.87% in 2004, 3.52% in 2003 and 3.87% in 2002, dividend yield of 0% in 2004, 2003 and 2002, and expected life of the granted options of approximately 7 years in 2004, 2003 and 2002.

Because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the minimum value method and other methods prescribed by SFAS No. 123 do not necessarily provide a single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.

Stock-based awards for options granted to non-employees are accounted for using the fair value method in accordance with SFAS No. 123. The fair value of the award is measured using an estimate of the fair value of goods and/or services received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. Any costs of non-employee stock awards, are expensed in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations over the applicable vesting periods.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised) “Share-Based Payment” which amends SFAS No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” SFAS No. 123(Revised) establishes standards for accounting for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods or services. It also addresses transactions in which an

 

F-124


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

entity incurs liabilities in exchange for goods or services that are based on the fair value of the entity’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of those equity instruments. SFAS No. 123 (Revised) requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements based on the fair value of the share-based payment over the applicable vesting period. The Company is required to adopt this statement in 2006 but has not yet determined the impact of adoption on its results of operations.

Note 2: Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2004 and 2003:

 

     2004     2003  

Land

   $ 49,592     $ —    

Building

     65,000       —    

Engineering and production equipment

     735,620       375,166  

Computer equipment and software

     519,571       395,807  

Furniture and fixtures

     89,354       84,492  

Leasehold improvements

     132,638       26,302  
                
     1,591,775       881,767  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (708,399 )     (553,521 )
                
   $ 883,376     $ 328,246  
                

Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment was $155,937, $114,892, and $124,426 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Note 3: Lines of Credit, Note Payable and Long-Term Debt

Nomadics has an operating line of credit with a bank in which borrowing is collateralized by and based on a percentage of certain eligible accounts receivable and inventory. The maximum borrowing available under the line of credit is $1,500,000 of which $600,000 and $1,000,000 was outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Borrowings under the line of credit bear interest at 1.5% above prime (6% at December 31, 2004). The line of credit was renewed under equivalent terms for 90 days on April 1, 2005 and was renewed for another 90 days on June 30, 2005.

Nomadics has long-term debt payable to a bank which is collateralized by substantially all property and equipment. The balance outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003 under the note payable was $206,367 and $279,926, respectively. The note bears interest at 1.5% above prime (6% at December 31, 2004) and matures in July 2007. The aggregate maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2004 are as follows: $78,343 – 2005, $83,175 – 2006, and $44,849 – 2007.

Engius has an operating line of credit with a bank in which borrowing is collateralized by and based on a percentage of certain eligible accounts receivable and inventory. The maximum borrowing available and the amount outstanding at December 31, 2004 was $150,120. Borrowings under the line of credit bear interest at 1.5% above prime (6% at December 31, 2004). The line of credit matured and was paid in full during 2005.

Vigilink has a $50,000 note payable to a bank at December 31, 2004. The note bears interest at 7.25% and matures on June 30, 2005. The note was collateralized by certificates of deposit held by Nomadics and certain

 

F-125


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

other owners and officers of Vigilink. At December 31, 2004, Nomadics had $12,500 on deposit with the bank for security under the note. In July 2005, Nomadics paid off the note in its entirety.

Note 4: Income Taxes

The income tax provision for 2004 included the following components: deferred tax benefit of $585,276 and increase in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of $585,276. The components of the 2003 income tax provision included: deferred tax benefit of $386,336 and increase in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of $386,336. For 2002, the income tax provision included: deferred tax benefit of $489,060, increase in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of $489,060, and state tax refund $25,106.

Income taxes for 2004, 2003 and 2002 differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. Federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax loss from operations as a result of the following:

 

     2004     2003     2002  

Computed “expected” tax benefit

   $ (468,159 )   $ (293,172 )   $ (375,681 )

State income tax, net of federal benefit

     (57,814 )     (36,590 )     (51,232 )

Change in the deferred tax assets valuation allowance

     516,472       317,959       436,658  

Minority interest in subsidiaries

     (23,262 )     (17,842 )     (59,794 )

Research and development tax credits

     18,772       19,380       17,799  

Other, net

     13,991       10,265       7,144  
                        
   $ —       $ —       $ (25,106 )
                        

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at August 31, 2004 and 2003 are as follows:

 

     2004     2003  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Tax operating loss carryforwards

   $ 1,473,833     $ 739,789  

Research credit carryforwards

     234,768       179,557  

Provision for contract losses

     130,617       6,119  

Accrued payroll expenses

     88,755       57,810  

Other

     101,645       38,748  
                

Total gross deferred tax assets

     2,029,618       1,022,023  

Less valuation allowance

     (1,490,558 )     (905,282 )
                

Net deferred tax assets

     539,060       116,741  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Contract service work in process

     (445,766 )     (75,364 )

Property and equipment

     (92,735 )     (41,377 )

Other

     (559 )     —    
                

Net deferred taxes

   $ —       $ —    
                

Deferred tax assets are recognized when it is more likely than not that the benefits from deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the ability for the Company to generate future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences that create deferred tax

 

F-126


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

assets become deductible. Company management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, past earning history, revenue backlog and tax operating loss carryforwards expiration dates, and change of control limitations when determining the amount of deferred tax assets to recognize. Based on these assessments and the likelihood that change of control issues will limit the amount of tax operating loss carryforwards available in the future, a valuation allowance of $905,282 was recorded in 2003 and increased to $1,490,558 in 2004. The Company has approximately $3.8 million in tax operating loss carryforwards that begin to expire in 2022, and $211,000 research credit carryforwards that begin to expire in 2020.

Note 5: Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

In February 2004, the Company issued 4,252,410 shares of Series A Convertible Redeemable Participating Preferred Stock (“Series A”) at an original issue price of $.7055 per share, or $3,000,000. In June 2004, the Company issued 1,418,440 shares of Series A-1 Convertible Redeemable Participating Preferred Stock (“Series A-1”) at an original issue price of $.7055 per share, or $1,000,000.

The Series A and Series A-1 shares are redeemable at the option of the holders on or after February 18, 2011 and on or after June 30, 2011, respectively. For both the Series A and Series A-1, the redemption distribution amount would be equal to the original issue price plus 6% compounded annual return on the original issue price plus any declared and unpaid dividends. In the event of default, Series A and Series A-1 holders may require redemption if such defaults are not cured. The redemption distribution amount resulting from an event of default would be equal to the original issue price plus 8% compounded annual return on the original issue price plus any declared and unpaid dividends. Holders of Series A and A-1 are only entitled to dividends to the extent that dividends are declared to common stockholders. In the event a dividend is declared, holders of Series A and Series A-1 would receive an equivalent dividend as if the Series A and Series A-1 had been converted to common stock.

The Series A and Series A-1 shares are convertible to common stock at any time using the ratio of the original issue price divided by the original issue price adjusted for certain dilution factors. Upon the closing of a qualifying underwritten public offering, the Series A and Series A-1 would be automatically converted into common stock. An automatic conversion would also occur if the majority of the Series A and Series A-1 holders elect to convert their shares to common stock.

The holders of Series A and Series A-1 have liquidation preferences ahead of all other capital stockholders. The distribution amount upon liquidation, sale or merger of the Company would be equal to the sum of the original issue prices plus all declared but unpaid dividends.

The holders of Series A and Series A-1 shares have full voting rights of common stockholders as if the preferred shares were converted to common stock.

Note 6: Statement of Cash Flows

Non-cash Investing Activity

At December 31, 2002, a $35,000 investment in a licensing fee was included in accounts payable.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

The Company paid interest of $43,850, $62,384, and $100,978 in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. No income taxes were paid in any year. The Company recovered $25,106 in income taxes in 2002.

 

F-127


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

Note 7: Stock-Based Compensation

In 1996, Nomadics’ board of directors approved a stock option plan (“1996 Plan”) for the purpose of authorizing options to purchase Nomadics’ common stock. Such options must be issued at an amount greater than or equal to the fair market value price on the date of grant. The options generally become exercisable over a five year period, beginning one year after the first day of the calendar quarter following the grant date, and have a contract life of ten years. At December 31, 2004, the number of options authorized under the 1996 Plan was 4,500,000 of which 956,000 were available for issuance. Following is additional summarized information about the options issued under the 1996 Plan:

 

     Total
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  

Option Price
Range

   Exercisable
Options
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Balance at January 1, 2002

   2,111,000     $ 0.21    $.12 – $.40      

Granted

   443,000     $ 0.40    $0.40      

Exercised

   (63,000 )   $ 0.21    $.12 – $.30      

Surrendered

   (10,000 )   $ 0.12    $0.12      
                 

Balance at December 31, 2002

   2,481,000     $ 0.26    $.12 – $.40    1,593,950    $ .21

Granted

   256,000     $ 0.40    $0.40      

Exercised

   —       $ —      $—        

Surrendered

   —       $ —      $—        
                 

Balance at December 31, 2003

   2,737,000     $ 0.27    $.12 – $.40    1,886,500    $ .23

Granted

   849,500     $ 0.67    $.40 – $.70      

Exercised

   (100,544 )   $ 0.15    $.12 – $.40      

Surrendered

   (96,600 )   $ 0.31    $.30 – $.40      
                 

Balance at December 31, 2004

   3,389,356     $ 0.37    $.12 – $.70    1,864,796    $ .25
                 

 

Outstanding Options    Exercisable Options
Range of
Option Exercise
Prices
   Options
Outstanding
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Options
Exercisable
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
$0.12    853,456    2.04    $ 0.12    853,456    $ 0.12
$0.30    653,000    5.36    $ 0.30    519,400    $ 0.30
$0.40    1,009,900    6.99    $ 0.40    472,440    $ 0.40
$0.70    873,000    9.71    $ 0.70    19,500    $ 0.70
                  
   3,389,356    6.13    $ 0.37    1,864,796    $ 0.25
                  

Note 8: Employee Benefit Plan

Nomadics sponsors a defined contribution benefit plan for substantially all employees for the purpose of accumulating funds for retirement. Nomadics matches up to 3% of employee annual compensation. The cost of employer matching was $127,932, $109,808, $82,383 in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

F-128


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

Note 9: Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases office and laboratory space under various operating leases. The remaining terms of the leases range from 1 to 13 years at December 31, 2004. Rent expense was $526,592, $327,635 and $264,106 in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Such amounts are net of subtenant rentals received of $68,873 and $40,870 in 2004 and 2003, respectively. Future minimum rental payments net of future minimum rentals to be received under noncancelable subleases are as follows: $769,499 in 2005; $917,404 in 2006; $921,223 in 2007; $1,036,576 in 2008; $1,069,233 in 2009; $3,109,497 thereafter.

Nonrecourse Technology Business Finance Program Award

In 2002, Vigilink received $150,000 in funding from an Oklahoma-based business finance program. The terms of the agreement provide that repayment of the funds will only occur upon the achievement of certain milestones related to positive cash flow and/or additional fund raising. As of December 31, 2004, no such milestones have been achieved. To the extent that any milestones are achieved, Vigilink would be required to repay $300,000 by March 2007.

Note 10: Business Combination

Nomadics acquired all of the outstanding common and preferred stock of Little Optics, Inc. (“LO”) for $600,000 in December 2004 with an effective purchase date of October 31, 2004. Accordingly, the results of operations have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements since October 31, 2004. LO operations primarily consist of research, development and manufacturing of integrated optical components that provide wavelength management. LO also performs services under certain research and development contracts and awards. The financial assets and liabilities acquired were recorded based upon their fair values as of the purchase date. The amount by which the fair values of the financial and non-financial net assets acquired exceeded the cash purchase price was recorded as a pro-rata reduction of the estimated fair value of property and equipment.

The following summarizes the allocation of the cash purchase price at October 31, 2004:

 

     October 31,
2004
 

Cash

   $ 153,439  

Trade accounts receivable

     9,500  

Prepaid Expenses

     50,134  

Deposits

     221,611  

Property and equipment

     252,451  
        

Assets acquired

     687,135  

Trade accounts payable

     (87,135 )
        

Net assets acquired

   $ 600,000  
        

Note 11: Liquidity and Capital Resources

For the three year period ended December 31, 2004, the Company has incurred a net loss of $3.3 million, has used cash of $4.5 million in operations and cash of $1.1 million in investing activities. During that three year

 

F-129


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

period the Company has also received cash of $5.4 million primarily from debt and equity financing activities. At December 31, 2004 the Company had negative working capital of $77,824. Of the net losses incurred in those years, Vigilink and Engius represent $1.6 million and $.9 million, respectively. Both Vigilink and Engius were in early stages of marketing and product development activities, thus losses from those entities were planned and expected.

In 2002, Vigilink’s operations were significantly reduced and since that time operating activities have primarily focused on supporting two large industrial companies that are evaluating the Vigilink product for permanent deployment. Vigilink no longer has any employees and expected future cash outflows are expected to be minimal. If Vigilink is not successful in securing an external business arrangement for its technology, there will be substantial doubt about the ability for Vigilink to continue as a going concern.

Engius’ sales continue to grow in 2005, but it is still in early stages of market development for its products. Engius’ ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon obtaining additional financing and the ability to generate revenues that are sufficient to cover operating expenses, the likelihood of which cannot be determined at this time. Engius management is actively pursuing additional sources of financing; however there can be no assurance that Engius will be able to generate sufficient cash flow to meet its development and other operating needs. If Engius is not successful in obtaining external sources of funding in the near term, management will be required to revise the business plan and implement more stringent cost control measures.

The net loss specific to Nomadics operations amounted to approximately $800,000 for the three year period ending December 31, 2004. Such losses can primarily be attributable to increased investment in product commercialization, increased operational spending in conjunction with the hiring of new employees required to service revenue backlog, certain intellectual property costs and the acquisition of Little Optics.

As described in “Note 5: Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock” above, Nomadics raised $4,000,000 in 2004 through issuance of preferred stock to help fund needs associated with product commercialization and increased operational infrastructure. On August 24, 2005, Nomadics, Inc. was acquired and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of ICx Technologies, Inc. (“ICx”) (See “Note 13: Subsequent Events”) and on August 31, 2005, ICx infused $1.5 million in cash to Nomadics to be used primarily for general working capital purposes. For the seven months ended July 31, 2005, Nomadics posted break-even operating results (unaudited), excluding non-recurring transaction costs of approximately $300,000 related to the acquisition by ICx. Management believes that the factors described above and the financial strength of ICx and its commitment to Nomadics ongoing operations supports Nomadics ability to continue as a going concern.

Note 12: Related Party Transactions

Included in amounts due from officers at December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $67,112 and $65,208, respectively, due from the Chief Executive Officer and majority common stockholder of Nomadics. Of the total amount outstanding $40,000 was issued in 2001 in the form of a note receivable bearing interest at 6% annually. The note was issued for use in satisfying personal income tax obligations. The amount of accrued interest receivable under the note at December 31, 2004 was $8,900. This officer also received non-interest bearing cash advances amounting to approximate $15,000 for general personal use. All amounts outstanding are expected to be repaid prior to December 31, 2005.

Included in amounts due to related parties at December 31, 2004 and 2003, was $21,470 due to a preferred shareholder of Vigilink, for Vigilink web hosting services. Such services were discontinued in 2002.

 

F-130


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

At December 31, 2003, amounts due to related parties included $144,629 payable to Sequoyah Technologies, Inc., a Vigilink preferred shareholder, for contract programming and related technical services for Vigilink. In 2004, Nomadics paid Sequoyah $10,000 to fully satisfy the payable. Accordingly, the accompanying statement of operations includes gain on the extinguishment of liabilities of $134,629 in 2004.

Note 13: Subsequent Events

License Agreement

In June 2005, the Company obtained an exclusive license for certain sensor-based technologies from Texas Instruments. The Company plans to incorporate such technologies into the Company’s own instruments for distribution into certain fields of use which include life sciences, biological warfare, and food safety. The license has an initial term of five years which may be extended to ten years if the Company is in compliance with all payments due under the agreement. The Company paid an initial fee of $300,000 to license the technology.

ICx Technologies, Inc. Acquisition of Nomadics

On August 24, 2005, ICx Technologies, Inc. (“ICx”) acquired all of the outstanding Common and Preferred stock (collectively “Capital Stock”) of Nomadics and Nomadics became a wholly-owned subsidiary of ICx. ICx was incorporated by Digital Power Capital (“DPC”) in 2003 and began operations in 2005. ICx was formed to acquire and integrate companies with leading technologies for sensing, detecting, imaging and projecting power. ICx’s principal markets are civilian and military security. ICx acquired the Capital Stock of Nomadics using a combination of ICx stock and cash. At the time of closing, a portion of the stock consideration was held in escrow to cover certain contingencies. The ultimate resolution of such contingencies is not currently determinable, however management does not expect that final resolution will have a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations of Nomadics. Nomadics expects to continue its business operations with the same management and employee team as it had prior to the ICx acquisition and gain strength through access to additional financial and market resources and synergistic relationships with its sister companies.

DPC is a private equity fund based in Greenwich, CT. DPC is wholly funded by investment funds affiliated with Wexford Capital LLC (“Wexford”) which is an SEC registered investment advisor also based in Greenwich, CT. ICx’s executive management is primarily drawn from the partners in DPC, and affiliates of Wexford through DPC are expected to have majority ownership of ICx and infuse significant cash to ICx for acquisition costs and working capital purposes. As discussed in “Note 11: Liquidity and Capital Resources”, Nomadics received $1.5 million in cash from ICx shortly after closing to be used primarily for general working capital purposes.

 

F-131


Table of Contents

NOMADICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

F-132


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

     (Unaudited)
2005
    2004  
ASSETS     

Cash & cash equivalents

   $ 86,151     $ 171,772  

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $62,725 in 2005 and 2004

     3,159,272       2,041,581  

Unbilled trade receivables

     1,005,317       1,132,014  

Inventory

     232,770       211,801  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     202,579       570,529  
                

Total current assets

  

 

4,686,089

 

    4,127,697  

Property and equipment

     1,875,165       1,591,775  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (854,976 )     (708,399 )
                

Property and equipment, net

     1,020,189       883,376  

Other assets:

    

License fees, net of accumulated amortization of $59,924 in 2005 and $52,547 in 2004

     450,076       157,453  

Other assets

     664,699       664,245  
                

Total other assets

     1,114,775       821,698  
                

Total assets

   $ 6,821,053     $ 5,832,771  
                
LIABILITIES     

Bank overdraft

  

$

15,686

 

  $ 466,287  

Line of credit

     1,200,120       750,120  

Current installments of long-term debt

     88,303       78,343  

Note payable to bank

     50,000       50,000  

Trade accounts payable

     1,872,904       1,048,537  

Accrued payroll expenses

     877,865       689,047  

Billing in excess of revenue

     1,016,613       370,025  

Provision for contract losses

     282,348       334,916  

Other current liabilities

     462,436       418,246  
                

Total current liabilities

     5,866,275       4,205,521  
                

Long-term debt, net of current installments

     282,126       128,024  

Nonrecourse technology commercialization award

     150,000       150,000  
                

Total liabilities

     6,298,401       4,483,545  
                

Minority interest in subsidiaries

     154,616       194,304  

Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share; 4,252,410 shares authorized, issued and outstanding in 2005 and 2004

     3,000,000       3,000,000  

Series A-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share; 1,418,440 shares authorized, issued and outstanding in 2005 and 2004

     1,000,000       1,000,000  
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT     

Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share—15,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued at June 30, 2005 or in 2004

     —         —    

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share - 22,000,000 shares authorized,
11,596,674 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2005;
11,591,874 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004

     11,597       11,592  

Additional paid-in capital

     198,138       196,223  

Accumulated deficit

     (3,841,699 )     (3,052,893 )
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     (3,631,964 )  

 

(2,845,078

)

                

Total liabilities & stockholders’ equity

   $ 6,821,053     $ 5,832,771  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-133


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the six months ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

     2005     2004  

REVENUES

    

Contracts, grants and awards

   $ 8,230,792     $ 4,271,610  

Products

     1,414,061       916,462  

Other

     3,275       —    
                

Total revenues

     9,648,128       5,188,072  

COSTS AND EXPENSES

    

Costs of contracts, grants and awards

     5,812,803       3,452,874  

Cost of products

     628,148       405,972  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     3,660,492       2,035,974  

Research and development expense

     327,070       175,308  
                

Total costs and expenses

     10,428,513       6,070,128  
                

Operating loss

     (780,385 )     (882,056 )

NON-OPERATING GAINS (LOSSES)

    

Interest income

     1,789       3,574  

Interest expense

     (62,229 )     (22,413 )

Other, net

     12,331       (1,183 )
                

Total other nonoperating gains (losses)

     (48,109 )     (20,022 )

Minority interest in subsidiaries’ losses

     39,688       33,171  
                

Loss before income taxes

     (788,806 )     (868,907 )

Income taxes

     —         —    
                

Net loss

   $ (788,806 )   $ (868,907 )
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-134


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the six months ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

     2005     2004  

Operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (788,806 )   $ (868,907 )

Adjustments to reconcile change in net loss to net cash flows from operating activities

    

Provision for contract losses

     (52,568 )     95,854  

Depreciation and amortization

     154,042       65,526  

Minority interest in subsidiaries’ losses

     (39,688 )     (33,171 )

Net changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Trade accounts receivable

     (1,117,691 )     19,720  

Unbilled trade receivables

     126,697       (740,451 )

Inventory

     (20,969 )     (55,242 )

Prepaid expenses

     361,210       (54,464 )

Other assets

     8,715       1,998  

Trade accounts payable

     524,367       (338,558 )

Accrued payroll expenses

     188,818       392,530  

Billings in excess of revenue

     646,588       271,697  

Other current and long-term liabilities

     44,190       244,053  
                

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     34,905       (999,415 )
                

Investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (283,391 )     (81,772 )

Investment in license fees

     (2,516 )     (5,775 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (285,907 )     (87,547 )
                

Financing activities:

    

Change in bank overdraft

     (450,601 )     (24,819 )

Borrowings under line of credit

     2,000,000       765,000  

Repayments under line of credit

     (1,550,000 )     (1,625,000 )

Issuance of long-term debt

     200,000       —    

Repayment of long-term debt

     (35,938 )     (36,221 )

Issuance of preferred stock

     —         3,000,000  

Issuance of common stock

     1,920       3,480  
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     165,381       2,082,440  
                

Net change in cash

     (85,621 )     995,478  

Cash at beginning of period

     171,772       19,193  
                

Cash at end of period

   $ 86,151     $ 1,014,671  
                

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Investment in license fee through trade accounts payable

     300,000       —    

Issuance of Convertible Redeemable Preferred stock through other accounts receivable

     —         1,000,000  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-135


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2005 and 2004

Note 1: Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Nomadics, Inc (“Nomadics”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary Little Optics, Inc. (“LO”) and its majority owned subsidiaries Engius, LLC (“Engius”), and Vigilink, Inc. (“Vigilink”) (collectively, the “Company”).

Nomadics engages in the research and development of emerging technologies for national security and homeland defense, life sciences, and general industry. LO conducts research, development and manufacturing of integrated optical components that provide wavelength management. Engius develops and sells advanced technology sensing products to the concrete construction industry. Vigilink offers products and services for remote monitoring of industrial equipment. Vigilink’s operations were significantly reduced and since 2002 it has primarily focused on supporting two large industrial companies that are evaluating their product for permanent deployment.

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ICx and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.

These unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. In the opinion of management, the statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which are not required for interim purposes, have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of the Company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2005, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any subsequent quarter or for the year ending December 31, 2005.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Inventory

Inventory primarily consists of raw materials and finished goods related to explosive detection and concrete maturity products. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or market. The Company writes down inventories for obsolescence equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Any write-downs are charged to operations as incurred.

 

F-136


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

At June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, inventory consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2005
    December 31,
2004

Raw Materials

   $ 135,188     $ 66,002

Finished Goods

     200,889       145,799
              
     336,077       211,801

Reserve for obsolescence

     (103,307 )     —  
              
   $ 232,770     $ 211,801
              

Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount in which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from research and development contracts, grants and awards is recognized as services are performed using the percentage-of-completion method. The Company principally uses hours of work and contract milestones to measure the progress of contract completeness. Certain contracts provide for fixed contract milestones to measure the progress of contract completeness. Certain contracts provide for fixed payments that may not coincide with revenue recognition. To the extent that customer payments are received in excess of revenue using the percentage-of-completion method, such payments are recorded as billings in excess of revenue. To the extent that revenue is recognized prior to billing periods defined in the contracts, such amounts are recorded as unbilled receivables and are expected to be collected within one year of recognition. At June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, substantially all unbilled receivables were due from the U.S. Government. Provisions for contract losses are recorded at the time such are losses are known.

Revenue from product sales is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has been shipped, title, risk of loss have passed to the customer, and collection from the customer is reasonably assured.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized at the enacted tax rates for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.

Series A and Series A-1 Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

Series A and Series A-1 Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock is stated at fair value on the date of issuance which is equivalent to the liquidation value at December 31, 2004. Series A and Series A-1 is subject to redemption at the discretion of the holders on or after February 18, 2011 and June 30, 2011, respectively, or if an

 

F-137


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

event of default occurs. If the holders require redemption, the redemption value would be based on the original issuance price plus compounded interest and any declared and unpaid dividends. The difference between the carrying amount and the redemption value would be recognized in the financial statements when and if the Series A and/or Series A-1 holders require redemption.

Stock Based Compensation

The Company accounts for its stock options granted to employees using the intrinsic value method prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB No. 25). Under APB No. 25, compensation expense is only recognized if the estimated fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant equals or exceeds the exercise price. Compensation expense, if any, is recognized in operations over the vesting periods of the stock options. Had compensation costs for the Company been determined pursuant to SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, (“SFAS No. 123”), the Company’s net loss would have been increased to the following proforma amounts:

 

For the six months ended June 30,

   2005     2004  

Net loss available to common stockholders, as reported

   $ (788,809 )   $ (868,907 )

Deduct: Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value-based method for all awards

     (974,895 )     (48,780 )
                

Net loss, pro forma

   $ (1,763,704 )   $ (917,687 )
                

Pro forma net loss required by SFAS No. 123 has been determined using the Black Scholes option pricing model using risk free rates of 4.01% in 2005 and 3.87% in 2004; volatility rates of 55% in 2005 and 2004; expected dividend yield of 0% in 2005 and 2004; and an expected life of 7 years in 2005 and 2004. Because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the Black Scholes option pricing method may not necessarily provide a single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options. Additionally, the effect of applying SFAS No. 123 on pro forma net loss as stated above is not necessarily representative of the effects on reported net loss for future years primarily because of the vesting period of the stock options and the fair value of additional options to be granted in future years.

Stock-based awards for options granted to non-employees are accounted for using the fair value method in accordance with SFAS No. 123. The fair value of the award is measured using an estimate of the fair value of goods and/or services received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. Any costs of non-employee stock awards, are expensed in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations over the applicable vesting periods.

During the six months ended June 30, 2005 and 2004, the Company granted 1,046,000 and 4,000 options, respectively, to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $.70 per share. The total number of options outstanding at June 30, 2005 was 4,435,356.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised), Share-Based Payment, which amends SFAS No. 123, and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. SFAS No. 123 (Revised) establishes standards for accounting for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods or services. It also addresses transactions in which an entity incurs liabilities in exchange

 

F-138


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

for goods or services that are based on the fair value of the entity’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of those equity instruments. SFAS No. 123 (Revised) requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements based on the fair value of the share-based payment over the applicable vesting period. The Company is required to adopt this statement in 2006 but has not yet determined the impact of adoption on its results of operations

Note 2: Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

In February 2004, the Company issued 4,252,410 shares of Series A Convertible Redeemable Participating Preferred Stock (“Series A”) at an original issue price of $.7055 per share, or $3,000,000. In June 2004, the Company issued 1,418,440 shares of Series A-1 Convertible Redeemable Participating Preferred Stock (“Series A-1”) at an original issue price of $.7055 per share, or $1,000,000.

The Series A and Series A-1 shares are redeemable at the option of the holders on or after February 18, 2011 and on or after June 30, 2011, respectively. For both the Series A and Series A-1, the redemption distribution amount would be equal to the original issue price plus 6% compounded annual return on the original issue price plus any declared and unpaid dividends. In the event of default, Series A and Series A-1 holders may require redemption if such defaults are not cured. The redemption distribution amount resulting from an event of default would be equal to the original issue price plus 8% compounded annual return on the original issue price plus any declared and unpaid dividends. Holders of Series A and A-1 are only entitled to dividends to the extent that dividends are declared to common stockholders. In the event a dividend is declared, holders of Series A and Series A-1 would receive an equivalent dividend as if the Series A and Series A-1 had been converted to common stock.

The Series A and Series A-1 shares are convertible to common stock at any time using the ratio of the original issue price divided by the original issue price adjusted for certain dilution factors. Upon the closing of a qualifying underwritten public offering, the Series A and Series A-1 would be automatically converted into common stock. An automatic conversion would also occur if the majority of the Series A and Series A-1 holders elect to convert their shares to common stock.

The holders of Series A and Series A-1 have liquidation preferences ahead of all other capital stockholders. The distribution amount upon liquidation, sale or merger of the Company would be equal to the sum of the original issue prices plus all declared but unpaid dividends.

The holders of Series A and Series A-1 shares have full voting rights of common stockholders as if the preferred shares were converted to common stock.

Note 3: Liquidity and Capital Resources

For the three year and six month period ended June 30, 2005, the Company has incurred cumulative net losses of $4.1 million, has used cash of $4.5 million in operations and cash of $1.4 million in investing activities. During that three year period the Company has also received cash of $5.6 million primarily from debt and equity financing activities. At December 31, 2004 the Company had negative working capital of $77,824. Of the net losses incurred for the three year and six month period ended June 30, 2005, Vigilink and Engius represent $1.7 million and $1.4 million, respectively. Both Vigilink and Engius were in early stages of marketing and product development activities, thus losses from those entities were planned and expected.

 

F-139


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

In 2002, Vigilink’s operations were significantly reduced and since that time operating activities have primarily focused on supporting two large industrial companies that are evaluating the Vigilink product for permanent deployment. Vigilink no longer has any employees and expected future cash outflows are expected to be minimal. If Vigilink is not successful in securing an external business arrangement for its technology, there will be substantial doubt about the ability for Vigilink to continue as a going concern.

Engius’ sales continue to grow in 2005, but it is still in early stages of market development for its products. Engius’ ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon obtaining additional financing and the ability to generate revenues that are sufficient to cover operating expenses, the likelihood of which cannot be determined at this time. Engius management is actively pursuing additional sources of financing; however there can be no assurance that Engius will be able to generate sufficient cash flow to meet its development and other operating needs. If Engius is not successful in obtaining external sources of funding in the near term, management will be required to revise the business plan and implement more stringent cost control measures.

The net loss specific to Nomadics operations amounted to approximately $1.6 for the three year and six month period ending June 30, 2005. Such losses can primarily be attributable to increased investment in product commercialization, increased operational spending in conjunction with the hiring of new employees required to service revenue backlog, certain intellectual property costs and the acquisition of Little Optics.

As described in “Note 2: Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock” above, Nomadics raised $4,000,000 in 2004 through issuance of preferred stock to help fund needs associated with product commercialization and increased operational infrastructure. On August 24, 2005, Nomadics, Inc. was acquired and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of ICx Technologies, Inc. (“ICx”) (See “Note 5: Subsequent Events”) and on August 31, 2005, ICx infused $1.5 million in cash to Nomadics to be used primarily for general working capital purposes. For the seven months ended July 31, 2005, Nomadics posted break-even operating results (unaudited), excluding non-recurring transaction costs of approximately $300,000 related to the acquisition by ICx. Management believes that the factors described above and the financial strength of ICx and its commitment to Nomadics’ ongoing operations supports Nomadics’ ability to continue as a going concern.

Note 4: Related Party Transactions

Included in amounts due from officers at June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004 was $69,070 and $67,112 , respectively, due from the Chief Executive Officer and majority common stockholder of Nomadics. Of the total amount outstanding $40,000 was issued in 2001 in the form of a note receivable bearing interest at 6% annually. The note was issued for use in satisfying personal income tax obligations. This officer also received non-interest bearing cash advances amounting to approximately $15,000 for general personal use. All amounts outstanding are expected to be repaid prior to December 31, 2005.

Included in amounts due to related parties at December 31, 2004 and 2003, was $21,470 due to a preferred shareholder of Vigilink, for Vigilink web hosting services. Such services were discontinued in 2002.

Note 5: Subsequent Event

On August 24, 2005, ICx Technologies, Inc. (“ICx”) acquired all of the outstanding Common and Preferred stock (collectively “Capital Stock”) of Nomadics and Nomadics became a wholly-owned subsidiary of ICx. ICx was incorporated by Digital Power Capital (“DPC”) in 2003 and began operations in 2005. ICx was formed to acquire and integrate companies with leading technologies for sensing, detecting, imaging and projecting power.

 

F-140


Table of Contents

Nomadics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

ICx’s principal markets are civilian and military security. ICx acquired the Capital Stock of Nomadics using a combination of ICx stock and cash. At the time of closing, a portion of the stock consideration was held in escrow to cover certain contingencies. The ultimate resolution of such contingencies is not currently determinable, however management does not expect that final resolution will have a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations of Nomadics. Nomadics expects to continue its business operations with the same management and employee team as it had prior to the ICx acquisition and gain strength through access to additional financial and market resources and synergistic relationships with its sister companies.

DPC is a private equity fund based in Greenwich, CT. DPC is wholly funded by investment funds affiliated with Wexford Capital LLC (“Wexford”) which is an SEC registered investment advisor also based in Greenwich, CT. ICx’s executive management is primarily drawn from the partners in DPC, and affiliates of Wexford through DPC are expected to have majority ownership of ICx and infuse significant cash to ICx for acquisition costs and working capital purposes. As discussed in “Note 3: Liquidity and Capital Resources”, Nomadics received $1.5 million in cash from ICx shortly after closing to be used primarily for general working capital purposes.

 

F-141


Table of Contents

AGENTASE, LLC

Audited Financial Statements

Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

F-142


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

The Board of Directors

Agentase, LLC

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Agentase, LLC (the Company) as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America as established by the Auditing Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Agentase, LLC as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

LOGO

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

February 3, 2006

 

F-143


Table of Contents

Agentase, LLC

BALANCE SHEETS

December 31,

 

      2004     2003  
ASSETS     

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 139,657     $ 172,129  

Accounts receivable—billed

     223,772       95,942  

Accounts receivable—unbilled

     59,702       —    

Prepaid expenses

     5,192       —    
                

Total current assets

     428,323       268,071  

Property and equipment—net of accumulated depreciation

     90,223       73,977  

Intangible assets

     69,904       42,343  
                

Total assets

   $ 588,450     $ 384,391  
                
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 58,768     $ 29,088  

Deferred revenue

     71,785       104,999  
                

Total current liabilities

     130,553       134,087  

Convertible note payable

     100,000       —    
                

Total liabilities

     230,553       134,087  
                

Members’ equity

    

Notes receivable—members

     (60,333 )     (208,618 )

Members’ equity

     418,230       458,922  
                

Total members’ equity

     357,897       250,304  
                

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 588,450     $ 384,391  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-144


Table of Contents

Agentase, LLC

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the year ended December 31,

 

     2004     2003  

Contract revenues

   $ 1,746,367     $ 1,196,531  

Product sales

     46,975       33,870  
                
     1,793,342       1,230,401  
                

Cost of contract revenues

     1,546,306       1,111,899  

Cost of product sales

     44,852       60,343  
                
     1,591,158       1,172,242  
                

Gross profit

     202,184       58,159  

General and administrative expenses

     268,360       303,433  
                

Loss from operations

     (66,176 )     (245,274 )

Other income

     1,825       4,650  
                

Net loss

   $ (64,351 )   $ (240,624 )
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-145


Table of Contents

Agentase, LLC

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

     Membership
units
   Notes
receivable
members
    Members’
equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2002

   112,938    $ (396,904 )   $ 686,157  

Compensation expense related to issuance of convertible incentive points

   —        —         13,389  

Payment of notes receivable—members

   —        188,286       —    

Net loss

   —        —         (240,624 )
                     

Balance at December 31, 2003

   112,938      (208,618 )     458,922  

Compensation expense for units issued for services performed

   216      —         11,597  

Compensation expense related to issuance of convertible incentive points

   —        —         12,062  

Payment of notes receivable—members

   —        148,285       —    

Net loss

   —        —         (64,351 )
                     

Balance at December 31, 2004

   113,154    $ (60,333 )   $ 418,230  
                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-146


Table of Contents

Agentase, LLC

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the year ended December 31,

 

     2004     2003  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (64,351 )   $ (240,624 )

Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

    

Depreciation and amortization

     33,300       28,246  

Compensation expense related to issuance of convertible incentive points and for services performed

     23,659       13,389  

Change in assets and liabilities

    

Increase in receivables

     (187,532 )     (2,198 )

Increase in prepaid insurance

     (5,192 )     —    

Increase in accounts payable and accrued

     29,680       27,688  

(Decrease) increase in deferred revenue

     (33,214 )     104,999  
                

Net cash used in operating activities

     (203,650 )     (68,500 )
                

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Payments for other assets

     (34,494 )     (45,638 )

Payments for property and equipment purchases

     (42,613 )     (27,548 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (77,107 )     (73,186 )
                

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Cash collections on notes receivable—members

     148,285       188,286  

Proceeds from issuance of convertible note

     100,000       —    
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     248,285       188,286  
                

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (32,472 )     46,600  

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of year

     172,129       125,529  
                

Cash and cash equivalents—end of year

   $ 139,657     $ 172,129  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-147


Table of Contents

Agentase, LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2004 and 2003

NOTE A—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Agentase LLC, is a Pennsylvania Limited Liability Company (the Company) which is focused on the development and implementation of biocatalysts in a diverse range of applications. The Company’s mission is to utilize its expertise in applied enzymology and product development while producing inventive solutions and novel materials that address the needs of customers. Product lines include innovations relevant for anti-chemical warfare/terrorism efforts and pesticide remediation.

 

1. Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

 

2. Revenue Recognition

Revenue on fixed price and on cost plus reimbursable expense contracts is recognized on the percentage of completion method, utilizing the most appropriate input measure including cost incurred, efforts expended, or hours incurred. Revenue includes the cost incurred and the estimated gross profit earned based on the percentage of completion. Deferred revenues are recorded when all or a portion of the total fee is paid by the customer in advance and is then earned over the term of the contract. Provision for estimated contract losses is recognized in the fiscal year when identified.

Product sales are recognized at the time the products are shipped to customers.

 

3. Accounts Receivable

The majority of the Company’s accounts receivable is due from governmental agencies and as a result collateral is not required. Accounts receivable are considered by management to be fully collectible and, accordingly, no allowance for doubtful accounts has been recorded.

 

4. Property and equipment

Fixed assets are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided on an accelerated method over the estimated useful live of the assets. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures that extend the life and increase the productivity of the asset are capitalized.

 

5. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of capitalized patent costs. Patent costs are amortized over the projected economic life of the patent (between five and fifteen years) not to exceed the legal time period granted for the patent.

 

6. Income Taxes

The Company is a limited liability company and is taxed as a partnership in which all elements of income and deductions are included in the tax returns of the members of the Company. Therefore, no income tax provision is recorded by the Company.

 

F-148


Table of Contents

Agentase, LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

7. Stock Based Compensation

The Company’s stock-based employee compensation plans is accounted for under the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations.

 

8. Concentrations of Risk

The Company maintains deposits at financial institutions which at times exceeds amounts covered by the insurance provided by the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk with respect to cash and cash equivalents.

The Company has a concentration of revenue from contracts with Federal governmental agencies representing approximately 97% of revenue for both the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. For the year ended December 31, 2004, three contracts represented 56% of total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2003, three contracts represented 62% of total revenue.

 

9. Significant Estimates

The Company uses estimates and assumptions in preparing financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Those estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported revenues and expenses. Specifically, the estimate of costs to complete on contracts in process represents a particularly sensitive accounting estimate. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

10. Advertising Expenses

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 amounted to approximately $6,507 and $-0-, respectively.

NOTE B—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Fixed assets consist of the following major classifications, which are depreciated over the estimated useful lives as set forth below:

 

     Estimated
useful life
   2004     2003  

Office equipment

   5-7 years    $ 25,082     $ 22,378  

Laboratory equipment

   5-7 years      201,837       161,928  
                   
        226,919       184,306  

Less accumulated depreciation

        (136,696 )     (110,329 )
                   
      $ 90,223     $ 73,977  
                   

Depreciation expense amounted to $26,367 and $24,952 for 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

F-149


Table of Contents

Agentase, LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

NOTE C—INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consist of the following:

 

     2004     2003  

Patents

   $ 80,131     $ 45,637  

Less accumulated amortization

     (10,227 )     (3,294 )
                
   $ 69,904     $ 42,343  
                

Amortization expense amounted to $6,963 and $3,294 for 2004 and 2003, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is $9,260, $9,260, $9,260, $5,967 and 5,967, respectively.

NOTE D—CONVERTIBLE NOTE PAYABLE

On April 12, 2004, the Company entered into a convertible loan agreement with a local development corporation in the amount of $100,000. The loan accrues interest at a fixed rate of eight percent (8%) and requires a balloon payment of principal and accrued interest at its maturity on April 12, 2009. The loan is collateralized by all of the assets of the Company. The debt is convertible upon a change in control or qualified financing as defined in the agreement. Additionally, the lender has the option to convert the loan after the two year anniversary of the agreement. The conversion price of the security is contingent upon the nature of the change in control/qualified financing or a future valuation for the discretionary conversion. Subsequent to year end, the loan was converted into 1,974 membership units upon the sale of the Company to ICx Technologies, Inc.

NOTE E—LINE OF CREDIT

The Company has a $50,000 unsecured line of credit with a financial institution. The line is due on demand and bears interest at the institution’s prime rate. The Company had no outstanding balance at December 31, 2004 and 2003. Subsequent to the balance sheet date, the line of credit was increased to $100,000 and extended through June 28, 2006.

NOTE F—NOTES RECEIVABLE—MEMBERS

The notes receivable—members represent the amounts due from certain members for the purchase of their membership interest. The notes do not bear interest and are due in equal monthly payments with final payment due during the year ending December 31, 2005.

NOTE G—STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

The Company grants convertible incentive point awards to employees. These instruments are convertible into membership units of the Company upon the occurrence of a change in control or qualified public offering. These instruments vest at varying terms ranging from the grant date or vesting commencement date, if different, up to four years. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, 8,256 incentive points had been cumulatively awarded and outstanding for both years. Vested incentive points were 5,003 and 3,195 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

NOTE H—LEASE EXPENSE

The Company leased office space from a member. The lease expired on March 31, 2005. Rental expense amounted to $120,000 and $130,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Subsequent to year end, the Company moved facilities and entered into a lease with non-related party.

 

F-150


Table of Contents

Agentase, LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

The following is a summary, by year, of the minimum future rentals for noncancelable operating leases as adjusted for the subsequent lease agreement.

 

2005

   $ 124,971

2006

     143,538

2007

     147,841

2008

     152,276

2009

     156,843

Thereafter

     93,072
      
   $ 818,541
      

NOTE I—RETIREMENT—IRA CONTRIBUTIONS

During 2004 and 2003, the Company made contributions in the amount of $23,194 and $19,732 to employees’ IRA accounts, respectively. The Company contributions are based upon a three percent (3%) match of the employee’s salary not to exceed the employee’s contribution.

NOTE J—GOVERNMENT AGENCIES CONTRACT REVENUES

The following is a summary of government agencies contract revenues earned for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 2003:

 

     2004    2003

Department of Defense

     

Contract #DAAD19-01-C-0043

   $ —      $ 124,475

Contract #DAAD19-02-C-0010

     139,343      397,853

Contract #M67854-03-C-5002

     11,665      64,793

Contract #DAAD19-03-C-0080

     —        74,891

Contract #W911SR-04-C-0001

     444,245      15,444

Contract #W911NF-04-C-0118

     174,644      —  

Contract #W911NF-04-C-0058

     44,096      —  

Contract #W911NF-05-C-004

     11,743      —  

Department of Health and Human Services

     

Contract #5-R44-GM61460-03

     —        236,821

Contract #R43-FD001605-01

     38,916      56,659

Contract #PHS-2002-SBIR

     —        97,182

Contract #2-R44-GM61460-02

     308,279      —  

Contract #R44FD001605-02

     147,134      —  

Contract #R43ES012763-01Al

     62,195      —  

National Science Foundation

     

Contract #DMI-0422090

     111,542      —  

Contract #DMI-0321504

     252,565      28,423

Contract #DMI-0319086

     —        99,990
             

Total government agencies contract revenues

   $ 1,746,367    $ 1,196,531
             

 

F-151


Table of Contents

Agentase, LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

NOTE K—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

1. Contingencies

The Company has the normal obligation for the completion of its contracts in accordance with the appropriate standards of the industry and may be provided in contractual agreements.

 

2. License and Royalty Agreement

In May 2003, the Company entered into an agreement with the University of Pittsburgh to further develop, produce, manufacture, market and sell products or services that will use Inter alia, which are technologies that the University has the patent rights. In consideration of the rights, privileges and license granted, the Company shall pay royalties and other monetary consideration.

In 2003, the Company paid an initial license fee, nonrefundable and noncreditable against royalties of $20,000. In addition, the Company shall pay royalties in an amount equal to two and one-half percent (2.5%) of net sales of the Licensed Technology per calendar quarter; and minimum royalty in the amount of $15,000 for the calendar year ending December 31, 2003 and $20,000 for the year ending December 31, 2004 and for each calendar year thereafter, if such minimum royalty is greater than the aggregate annual royalty computed.

 

3. Consulting Agreement

On October 1, 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with a consultant who was engaged to assist the Company with certain business planning and other related services. Under the terms of the agreement, the consultant was paid $3,000 a month. In addition to cash payments, the consultant received 108 membership units per month. The term of the agreement was for a period of one year and ended on September 30, 2005. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company issued 216 membership units and recorded compensation expense amounting to $11,597.

NOTE L—MEMBERS EQUITY OPERATING AGREEMENT

The amended and restated operating agreement provides for the management of the Company by a board of directors, elected by the members. The agreement also provides that no members shall have a priority as the return of capital or distributions except as otherwise provided in the agreement. The allocations of profits and losses are in proportion to a members’ respective interest except to comply with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code. The agreement provides for the admission of additional members based on attaining the required member approval. Further the agreement also provides for restrictions on the transfer of a members’ interest.

NOTE M—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

1. Convertible Promissory Note

On January 14, 2005, the Company entered into a loan agreement with a local Non-profit Corporation in the amount of $100,000 due in one balloon payment on the fifth anniversary of the funding term. The interest rate is fixed at eight percent (8%) and matures on January 14, 2010. The note is secured by all of the assets of the Company. The lender has the right to convert the note upon the issuance of any securities by the Company.

 

2. Promissory Note

On November 18, 2005, the Company entered into a loan agreement with a local government in the amount of $100,000. Principal payments commence April 1, 2006 and are in due in eighty three monthly installments of $1,321. The interest rate is fixed at three percent (3%). The note is secured by all of the assets of the Company.

 

F-152


Table of Contents

Agentase, LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

3. License Agreement

In January 2005, the Company entered into an agreement with the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research (the Institute) to further produce and commercialize the traffic light nerve agent sensor which the Institute has the patent rights to. In consideration of producing and commercializing the product, the Company shall pay royalties and other monetary consideration. These payments amount to an initial execution fee of $10,000 and a four percent (4%) royalty of net product sales up to $70,000 in royalty payments, thereafter the Company will pay royalties of two percent (2%) of net sales.

 

4. Company Purchase

On August 24, 2005, ICx Technologies, Inc. (ICx) acquired all of the outstanding membership units of the Company and the Company became the wholly-owned subsidiary of ICx. ICx was incorporated by Digital Power Capital (DPC) in 2003 and began operations in 2005. ICx was formed to acquire and integrate companies with leading technologies for sensing, detecting, imaging and projecting power. ICx’s principal markets are civilian and military security. ICx acquired the membership units of the Company using a combination of ICx stock, options and cash. In conjunction with this transaction, all outstanding incentive points were converted into membership units and included in the transaction.

 

F-153


Table of Contents

AGENTASE, LLC

Unaudited Financial Statements

Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

F-154


Table of Contents

AGENTASE, LLC

Balance Sheets

As of June 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

     Unaudited
2005
    2004  
Assets     

Cash & cash equivalents

   $ 113,348     $ 139,657  

Accounts receivable—billed

     335,774       223,772  

Accounts receivable—unbilled

     17,122       59,702  

Prepaid expenses

     11,099       5,192  
                

Total current assets

     477,343       428,323  

Property and equipment—net of accumulated depreciation

     74,680       90,223  

Intangible assets

     93,335       69,904  
                

Total assets

   $ 645,358     $ 588,450  
                
Liabilities     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 18,593     $ 58,768  

Deferred revenue

     (7,295 )     71,785  
                

Total current liabilities

     11,298       130,553  

Convertible note payable

     202,494       100,000  
                

Total liabilities

     213,792       230,553  
                
Members’ equity     

Notes receivable—members

     (11,047 )     (60,333 )

Members’ equity

     442,613       418,230  
                

Total members’ equity

     431,566       357,897  
                

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 645,358     $ 588,450  
                

 

F-155

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


Table of Contents

AGENTASE, LLC

Unaudited Statements of Operations

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

      2005     2004  

Contract revenues

   $ 1,065,454     $ 627,157  

Product sales

     2,365       13,885  
                

Total Revenues

     1,067,819       641,042  

Cost of contract revenues

     732,610       484,955  

Cost of product sales

     4,649       18,938  
                

Total Cost of Revenues

     737,259       503,893  
                

Gross Profit

     330,560       137,149  

General and administrative expenses

     344,495       280,410  
                

Operating Loss

     (13,935 )     (143,261 )

Other income

     3,528       —    
                

Net Loss

   $ (10,407 )   $ (143,261 )
                

 

F-156

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


Table of Contents

AGENTASE, LLC

Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

      2005     2004  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (10,407 )   $ (143,261 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     21,886       16,650  

Compensation expense related to issuance of convertible incentive points and for services performed

     34,790       2,586  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Decrease (increase) in receivables

     (69,422 )     42,420  

Increase in prepaid insurance

     (5,907 )     —    

Decrease in accounts payable and accrued

     (40,175 )     (27,690 )

Decrease in deferred revenue

     (79,080 )     (22,833 )
                

Net cash used in operating activities

     (148,315 )     (132,128 )
                

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Payments for other assets

     (27,742 )     (19,997 )

Payments for property and equipment purchases

     (2,032 )     (34,155 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (29,774 )     (54,152 )
                

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Cash collections on notes receivable—members

     49,286       89,143  

Proceeds from issuance of convertible note

     102,494       100,000  
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     151,780       189,143  
                

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (26,309 )     2,863  

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

     139,657       172,129  
                

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

   $ 113,348     $ 174,992  
                

 

F-157

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


Table of Contents

AGENTASE, LLC

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

NOTE A—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Agentase LLC, is a Pennsylvania Limited Liability Company (the Company) which is focused on the development and implementation of biocatalysts in a diverse range of applications. The Company’s mission is to utilize its expertise in applied enzymology and product development while producing inventive solutions and novel materials that address the needs of customers. Product lines include innovations relevant for anti-chemical warfare/terrorism efforts and pesticide remediation.

1. Basis of Presentation

These unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. In the opinion of management, the statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which are not required for interim purposes, have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of the Company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2005, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any subsequent quarter or for the year ending December 31, 2005.

2. Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

3. Revenue Recognition

Revenue on fixed price and on cost plus reimbursable expense contracts is recognized on the percentage of completion method, utilizing the most appropriate input measure including cost incurred, efforts expended, or hours incurred. Revenue includes the cost incurred and the estimated gross profit earned based on the percentage of completion. Deferred revenues are recorded when all or a portion of the total fee is paid by the customer in advance and is then earned over the term of the contract. Provision for estimated contract losses is recognized in the fiscal year when identified.

Product sales are recognized at the time the products are shipped to customers.

4. Income Taxes

The Company is a limited liability company and is taxed as a partnership in which all elements of income and deductions are included in the tax returns of the members of the Company. Therefore, no income tax provision is recorded by the Company.

5. Stock Based Compensation

The Company’s stock-based employee compensation plan is accounted for under the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations.

 

F-158


Table of Contents

AGENTASE, LLC

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R). SFAS 123R is effective for the first annual period that begins after December 15, 2005. SFAS 123R requires that the costs of employee share-based payments be measured at fair value on the awards’ grant date using an option-pricing model and recognized in the financial statements over the requisite service period. SFAS 123R supersedes APB 25 and its related interpretations, and eliminates the alternative use of APB 25’s intrinsic value method of accounting, which the Company is currently using.

SFAS 123R allows for the prospective application whereby compensation cost for the portion of awards for which the requisite service has not yet been rendered that are outstanding as of the adoption date will be recognized over the remaining service period using the minimum value method. The compensation cost for that portion of awards will be based on the grant-date fair value of those awards as calculated for pro forma disclosures under SFAS 123, as originally issued. All new awards and awards that are modified, repurchased, or cancelled after the adoption date will be accounted for under the provisions of SFAS 123R. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that SFAS 123R will have on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows when the statement is adopted.

6. Significant Estimates

The Company uses estimates and assumptions in preparing financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Those estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported revenues and expenses. Specifically, the estimate of costs to complete on contracts in process represents a particularly sensitive accounting estimate. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

NOTE B—CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTES

On January 14, 2005, the Company entered into a loan agreement with a local Non-profit Corporation in the amount of $100,000 due in one balloon payment on the fifth anniversary of the funding term. The interest rate is fixed at eight percent (8%) and matures on January 14, 2010. The note is secured by all of the assets of the Company. The lender has the right to convert the note upon the issuance of any securities by the Company. The loan balance at June 30, 2005, totaled $92,493.

On April 12, 2004, the Company entered into a convertible loan agreement with a local development corporation in the amount of $100,000. The loan accrues interest at a fixed rate of eight percent (8%) and requires a balloon payment of principal and accrued interest at its maturity on April 12, 2009. The loan is collateralized by all of the assets of the Company. The debt is convertible upon a change in control or qualified financing as defined in the agreement. Additionally, the lender has the option to convert the loan after the two year anniversary of the agreement. The conversion price of the security is contingent upon the nature of the change in control/qualified financing or a future valuation for the discretionary conversion. Subsequent to June 30, 2005, the loan was converted into 1,974 membership units upon the sale of the Company to ICx Technologies, Inc. At June 30, 2005, the outstanding principal and interest balance totaled $110,000.

NOTE C—LINE OF CREDIT

The Company has a $50,000 unsecured line of credit with a financial institution. The line is due on demand and bears interest at the institution’s prime rate. The Company had no outstanding balance at June 30, 2005. Subsequent to the balance sheet date, the line of credit was increased to $100,000 and extended through June 28, 2006.

 

F-159


Table of Contents

AGENTASE, LLC

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

NOTE D—NOTES RECEIVABLE—MEMBERS

The notes receivable—members represent the amounts due from certain members for the purchase of their membership interests. The notes do not bear interest and are due in equal monthly payments with final payment due during the year ending December 31, 2005.

NOTE E—STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

The Company grants convertible incentive point awards to employees. These instruments are convertible into membership units of the Company upon the occurrence of a change in control or qualified public offering. These instruments vest at varying terms ranging from the grant date or vesting commencement date, if different, up to four years. At June 30, 2005, a total of 9,776 incentive points had been cumulatively awarded and outstanding, respectively. Vested incentive points were 9,016 at June 30, 2005.

NOTE F—LEASE EXPENSE

The Company formerly leased office space from a member. The lease expired on March 31, 2005. Rental expense amounted to $50,000 and $60,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Subsequent to year end, the Company moved facilities and entered into a lease with non-related party.

NOTE G—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

1. Contingencies

The Company has the normal obligation for the completion of its contracts in accordance with the appropriate standards of the industry and may be provided in contractual agreements.

2. License and Royalty Agreement

In May 2003, the Company entered into an agreement with the University of Pittsburgh to further develop, produce, manufacture, market and sell products or services that will use Inter alia, technologies to which the University has the patent rights. In consideration of the rights, privileges and license granted, the Company shall pay royalties and other monetary consideration.

The Company shall pay royalties in an amount equal to two and one-half percent (2.5%) of net sales of the Licensed Technology per calendar quarter; and minimum royalty in the amount of $20,000 for the year ending December 31, 2004 and for each calendar year thereafter, if such minimum royalty is greater than the aggregate annual royalty computed. For the six months ended June 30, 2005 and 2004, the Company paid license fees of $20,000 and $15,000, respectively.

3. License Agreement

In January 2005, the Company entered into an agreement with the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research (the Institute) to further produce and commercialize the traffic light nerve agent sensor which the Institute has the patent rights to. In consideration of producing and commercializing the product, the Company shall pay royalties and other monetary consideration. These payments amount to an initial execution fee of $10,000 and a four percent (4%) royalty of net product sales up to $70,000 in royalty payments, thereafter the Company will pay royalties of two percent (2%) of net sales.

 

F-160


Table of Contents

AGENTASE, LLC

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

 

4. Consulting Agreement

On October 1, 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with a consultant who was engaged to assist the Company with certain business planning and other related services. Under the terms of the agreement, the consultant was paid $3,000 a month. In addition to cash payments, the consultant received 108 membership units per month. The term of the agreement was for a period of one year and ended on September 30, 2005. For the six months ended June 30, 2005, the Company issued 648 membership units and recorded compensation expense amounting to $49,792.

NOTE H—MEMBERS EQUITY OPERATING AGREEMENT

The amended and restated operating agreement provides for the management of the Company by a board of directors, elected by the members. The agreement also provides that no members shall have a priority as the return of capital or distributions except as otherwise provided in the agreement. The allocations of profits and losses are in proportion to a members’ respective interest except to comply with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code. The agreement provides for the admission of additional members based on attaining the required member approval. Further the agreement also provides for restrictions on the transfer of a members’ interest.

NOTE I—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

1. Promissory Note

On November 18, 2005, the Company entered into a loan agreement with a local government in the amount of $100,000. Principal payments commence April 1, 2006, and are in due in eighty-three monthly installments of $1,321. The interest rate is fixed at three percent (3%). The note is secured by all of the assets of the Company.

2. Company Purchase

On August 24, 2005, ICx Technologies, Inc. (ICx) acquired all of the outstanding membership units of the Company and the Company became the wholly-owned subsidiary of ICx. ICx was incorporated by Digital Power Capital (DPC) in 2003 and began operations in 2005. ICx was formed to acquire and integrate companies with leading technologies for sensing, detecting, imaging and projecting power. ICx’s principal markets are civilian and military security. ICx acquired the membership units of the Company using a combination of ICx stock, options and cash. In conjunction with this transaction, all outstanding incentive points were converted into membership units and included in the transaction.

 

F-161


Table of Contents

THALES LASER DIODES

Audited Financial Statements

Period Ended October 28, 2005 and the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

F-162


Table of Contents
LOGO    LOGO

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

To the Board of Directors

of Thales Laser Diodes:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Thales Laser Diodes (a French Société Anonyme) (the Company) as of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America as established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Thales Laser Diodes as of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

LOGO

Orlando, Florida

December 31, 2006

LOGO

 

F-163


Table of Contents

Thales Laser Diodes

BALANCE SHEETS

As of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

     Amounts in Euros  
     October 28,
2005
    December 31,
2004
 
ASSETS     

CURRENT ASSETS:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   388,683     92,746  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of €26,250 and €173,374, respectively

     926,437       892,954  

Accounts receivable from related parties

     387,015       382,240  

Inventories

     957,354       1,677,734  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     266,294       220,827  
                

Total current assets

     2,925,783       3,266,501  

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization

     1,064,905       1,243,764  
                

Total assets

   3,990,688     4,510,265  
                
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

    

Accounts payable

   1,223,574     1,141,918  

Accrued expenses

     1,520,204       1,676,904  

Unearned revenues

     178,718       111,338  

Note payable to related party

     —         8,293,560  
                

Total current liabilities

     2,922,496       11,223,720  

Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 9 and 10)

    

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT):

    

Common stock €15 par value per share, 6,670 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding

     100,050       100,050  

Legal capital

     112       112  

Additional paid-in capital

     8,400,000       —    

Retained deficit

     (7,431,970 )     (6,813,617 )
                

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     1,068,192       (6,713,455 )
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   3,990,688     4,510,265  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-164


Table of Contents

Thales Laser Diodes

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005

and for the year ended December 31, 2004

 

     Amounts in Euros  
     2005     2004  

Sales, net

   5,964,691     5,401,309  

Operating expenses:

    

Cost of goods sold

     2,003,644       2,871,728  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     4,025,865       5,211,212  

Depreciation and amortization

     288,193       422,631  
                

Operating loss

     (353,011 )     (3,104,262 )
                

Other (expense) income:

    

Other (expense) income

     (101,970 )     5,720  

Interest expense, net

     (159,622 )     (162,400 )
                

Total other expense, net

     (261,592 )     (156,680 )
                

Loss before income taxes

     (614,603 )     (3,260,942 )

Income tax expense

     3,750       2,986  
                

Net loss

   (618,353 )     €(3,263,928 )
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-165


Table of Contents

Thales Laser Diodes

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

For the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and

for the year ended December 31, 2004

 

     Common Stock    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
   Legal
Capital
   Retained
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit) Equity
 
     Shares    Amount           

Balance at December 31, 2003

   6,670    100,050    —      112    (3,549,689 )   (3,449,527 )

Net loss

   —        —        —        —        (3,263,928 )     (3,263,928 )
                                          

Balance at December 31, 2004

   6,670      100,050      —        112      (6,813,617 )     (6,713,455 )

Capital contribution

   —        —        8,400,000      —        —         8,400,000  

Net loss

   —        —        —        —        (618,353 )     (618,353 )
                                          

Balance at October 28, 2005

   6,670    100,050    8,400,000    112    (7,431,970 )   1,068,192  
                                          

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-166


Table of Contents

Thales Laser Diodes

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and

for the year ended December 31, 2004

 

     Amounts in Euros  
     2005     2004  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   (618,353)     (3,263,928)  

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in) operations:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     288,193       422,631  

Loss on disposal of equipment

     —         27,090  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (33,483 )     656,352  

Accounts receivable from related parties

     (4,775 )     (118,170 )

Inventories

     720,380       917,402  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (45,467 )     514,440  

Accounts payable

     81,656       (699,295 )

Accrued expenses

     (156,700 )     (76,256 )

Unearned revenues

     67,380       (18,404 )
                

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     298,831       (1,638,138 )
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (109,334 )     (671,721 )
                

Net cash used by investing activities

     (109,334 )     (671,721 )
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

(Payments) proceeds on note payable to related party

     (8,293,560 )     2,270,930  

Capital contributions

     8,400,000       —    
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     106,440       2,270,930  
                

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     295,937       (38,929 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     92,746       131,675  
                

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   388,683     92,746  
                

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   159,402     161,890  
                

Cash paid for income taxes

   3,750     3,750  
                

Noncash activity: Disposal of fully depreciated property and equipment

   341,001     —    
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-167


Table of Contents

Thales Laser Diodes

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization and Nature of Business

Thales Laser Diodes (“TLD” or the “Company”), a French Société Anonyme, was incorporated on December 18, 1995. TLD designs and manufactures high power direct diode laser components, subsystems, and systems. The Company’s laser systems and components have applications in the industrial, defense, aerospace, and medical markets and are sold world-wide. TLD is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Thales (the “Parent”), a French Société Anonyme.

Functional Currency

The Company’s functional currency is the local currency, which is the Euro. The spot rates as of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004, were .8239 and .7331 Euros per US dollar, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumption that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable consist of amounts due from customers. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of a customer’s financial condition and, generally, collateral is not required. Accounts receivable are stated at amounts due from customers, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts outstanding longer than the contractual payment terms are considered past due. The Company determines its allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time accounts receivable are past due, the Company’s previous loss history, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligation to the Company, and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they become uncollectible. The Company does not charge interest on past due receivables.

Changes in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2004:

 

     2005     2004  

Balance, beginning of period

    173,374     151,316  

Bad debt expense

     11,323       26,656  

Amounts written off

     —         (3,171 )

Recoveries

     (158,447 )     (1,427 )
                

Balance, end of period

   26,250     173,374  
                

 

F-168


Table of Contents

Thales Laser Diodes

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

As of October 28, 2005, approximately €134,000 included in accounts receivable were unbilled. All amounts as of December 31, 2004 were billed.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined by the first-in first-out method. Most of the Company’s inventory consists of purchased components and parts. Finished goods include all applicable direct costs and purchased products/materials. The Company provides estimated inventory allowances for shrinkage, excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory, as well as inventory whose carrying value is in excess of net realizable value.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company provides depreciation and amortization using straight-line or accelerated methods, whichever method results in a depreciation pattern that more closely approximates its economic value. Depreciation and amortization is provided for as follows:

 

     Years    Method

Leasehold improvements

   10    Straight-line or accelerated

Machinery and equipment

   5 to 10    Straight-line or accelerated

Furniture, fixtures, and office equipment

   3 to 10    Straight-line

Research and Development Costs

Research and development (“R&D”) costs are charged against income in the year incurred, except for R&D related to government grants, which are capitalized until such time reimbursements are received (see Government Grants note below). For the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2004, approximately €479,000 and €497,000, respectively, of R&D costs were incurred. Of these amounts, approximately €59,000 and €50,000, were included in inventory as of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue upon shipment of product to customers from its warehouse facilities. The Company’s customers take title to the products at the time of shipment and bear the cost of freight. There is no continuing performance obligation by the Company subsequent to shipment of product. Sales to related parties are also recognized upon shipment, as the sales are made in the ordinary course of business. The costs incurred by the Company for shipping and handling totaled approximately €15,000 and €16,000 for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2004, respectively, and are reported as an expense included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

Product Warranties

The Company records a liability for an estimate of costs that it may incur under its basic limited warranty when product revenue is recognized. Factors affecting the Company’s warranty liability include the number of units sold and historical and anticipated rates of claims and costs per claim. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its warranty liability based on changes in these factors.

 

F-169


Table of Contents

Thales Laser Diodes

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

Government Grants

The Company has entered into subsidy agreements with the European Commission for various R&D projects. Under these agreements, the Company performs specified R&D and incurs the related expenses. Under terms of the agreements, the Company is eligible for specified refunds for permitted expenditures. One such project was completed in 2004, and as of October 28, 2005, only one project was in progress. Amounts reimbursed under these agreements are recognized in the statement of operations as reductions of the related expenses, and are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses. Reimbursements totaled €134,228 and €303,754 for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2004, respectively. As of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004, €178,718 and €111,338, respectively, was deferred and is included on the accompanying balance sheets.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, in accordance with French tax law. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled, using the separate return method. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs—an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 (“SFAS 151”). SFAS 151 amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing,” to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). The statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company has not yet determined the impact of SFAS 151 on its financial position or results of operations.

In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3 (“SFAS 154”). SFAS 154 changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle. SFAS 154 applies to all voluntary changes in accounting principles, and applies to changes required by an accounting pronouncement in the unusual instance that the pronouncement does not include specific transition provisions. SFAS 154 requires retrospective application to prior period financial statements for a change in accounting principle. Previously, a change in accounting principle was recognized by including the change in net income in the period of the change. SFAS 154 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company does not believe that SFAS 154 will have a material impact on its financial position or results of operation.

 

F-170


Table of Contents

Thales Laser Diodes

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

NOTE 2—INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of the following as of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004:

 

     2005    2004

Raw materials

   265,197    515,748

Work in process

     642,453      1,045,437

finished goods

     49,704      116,549
             
   957,354    1,677,734
             

NOTE 3—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consists of the following as of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004:

 

     2005     2004  

Leasehold improvements

   189,535     374,544  

Machinery and equipment

     2,360,694       2,406,136  

Furniture, fixtures, and office equipment

     80,229       68,518  
                
     2,630,458       2,849,198  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,565,553 )     (1,605,434 )
                
    1,064,905      1,243,764  
                

Depreciation and amortization expense of €288,193 and €422,631 was recognized during the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and the for the year ended December 31, 2004, respectively.

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful life or the term of the respective lease. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations. Renewals and betterments are capitalized.

NOTE 4—ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consist of the following as of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004:

 

     2005    2004

Accrued payroll

   373,947    355,675

Accrued benefits and pension

     868,205      966,464

Warranty reserve

     149,619      210,053

Other

     128,433      144,712
             
   1,520,204    1,676,904
             

The changes in the Company’s product warranty liability are as follows for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2004:

 

     2005     2004  

Warranty reserve, beginning of period

   210,053     115,904  

Expense for new warranties issued

     82,054       192,392  

Warranty claims

     (142,488 )     (98,243 )
                

Warranty reserve, end of period

    149,619     210,053  
                

 

F-171


Table of Contents

Thales Laser Diodes

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

NOTE 5—SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS

For the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005, the Company recorded sales to three significant customers, which represented approximately 45 percent, 23 percent, and 10 percent of revenues. One of these significant customers was the Parent. The 45 percent of sales were made among six of the Parent’s subsidiaries, one of which individually accounted for approximately 35% of revenues.

As of October 28, 2005, the Company had receivables due from two significant customers, which represented approximately 37 percent and 10 percent of total accounts receivable. In addition, as of October 28, 2005, the amount recorded on the accompanying balance sheet as accounts receivable from related parties is all due from subsidiaries of the Parent and amounted in the aggregate to approximately 30 percent of accounts receivable, of which one of the Parent’s subsidiary accounted for approximately 12 percent of the total.

For the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005, approximately 25 percent and 14 percent of total Company purchases were from two major suppliers. A combination of the Parent’s subsidiaries accounted for the 25 percent of purchases, the largest of which accounted for approximately 8 percent.

For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recorded sales to two significant customers, which represented approximately 47 percent and 13 percent of revenues. The 47 percent of sales were made among four of the Parent’s subsidiaries, one of which individually accounted for approximately 37 percent of revenues.

As of December 31, 2004, the Company had two significant customers, which represented approximately 27 percent and 10 percent of total accounts receivable. In addition, as of December 31, 2004, the amount recorded on the accompanying balance sheet as accounts receivable from related parties is all due from subsidiaries of the Parent and amounted in the aggregate to approximately 25 percent of accounts receivable, of which one of the Parent’s subsidiary accounted for approximately 19 percent of the total.

For the year ended December 31, 2004, approximately 23 percent of total Company purchases were from several of the Parent’s subsidiaries, two of which individually accounted for approximately 5 percent each.

NOTE 6—LINE OF CREDIT WITH RELATED PARTY

Effective January 1, 2001, the Company entered into a Treasury Agreement (the “Agreement”) for centralized cash management with the Parent. In connection with the Agreement, the Parent provides a line of credit to the Company. The Agreement does not specify a maximum availability but instead provides funds as necessary for the Company to operate. The Agreement had an initial term of one year and automatically renews for successive 12-month terms, unless either party provides written cancellation notice at least three months prior to the expiration of the current term. Under the Agreement, the Company is charged the EONIA rate plus or minus 0.25 percent.

On October 28, 2005, the Company paid off the line of credit and terminated the Agreement in anticipation of the Nuvonyx purchase (see Note 11).

NOTE 7—HEDGING

In connection with the Agreement (see Note 6), the Company buys and sells foreign currencies with the Parent, to the extent that sales or purchases of the Company are denominated in a foreign currency.

The Company is subject to foreign exchange risk on product sales and inventory purchases denominated in US dollars and Japanese yen. It attempts to minimize the variability caused by fluctuations in the Euro/US dollar

 

F-172


Table of Contents

Thales Laser Diodes

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

and Euro/Japanese yen exchange rates by buying and selling these currencies to the Parent, which uses foreign currency forward contracts. The Parent and the Company have agreed-upon rates for the purchase and sale of foreign currencies.

The Parent’s treasury group regularly monitors foreign currency risk and the Company’s use of derivative instruments. The Company does not use derivative instruments for purposes other than hedging.

Other (expense) income in the statement of operations includes approximately $16,000 of net gains for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005, and approximately $75,000 of net losses for the year ended December 31, 2004, that represents losses related to the Company’s hedges. The Company’s forward contracts did not qualify as cash flow hedges.

As of October 28, 2005, the Company had open contracts to sell currencies to the Parent with a contract amount of approximately 3,450,000 US dollars and 131,031,000 Japanese Yen, and available amounts under those contracts of approximately 737,000 US dollars and 30,223,000 Japanese Yen, respectively.

As of December 31, 2004, the Company had open contracts to sell currencies to the Parent with a contract amount of approximately 6,450,000 US dollars and 131,031,000 Japanese Yen, and available amounts under those contracts of approximately 2,837,000 US dollars and 68,201,000 Japanese Yen, respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2004, the Company had open contracts to buy currencies from the Parent with a contract amount of approximately 1,000,000 US dollars and 42,000,000 Japanese Yen, and available amounts under those contracts of approximately 168,000 US dollars and 6,251,000 Japanese Yen, respectively.

NOTE 8—INCOME TAXES

The income tax provision for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2004 consist of the following:

 

     2005    2004

Current income tax expense:

   3,750    2,986

Deferred income tax expense:

     —        —  
             

Total

   3,750    2,986
             

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004 are presented below:

 

     2005     2004  

Deferred tax assets—current:

    

Accrued pension and retirement

   523,243     558,909  

Warranty reserve

     149,619       210,053  
                
     672,862       768,962  

Less valuation allowance

     (672,862 )     (768,962 )
                

Net deferred tax assets—current

     —         —    
                

Deferred tax assets—non-current:

    

Loss carryforward

     251,043       —    

Less valuation allowance

     (251,043 )     —    
                

Net deferred tax assets—non-current

     —         —    
                

Net deferred tax assets

   —       —    
                

 

F-173


Table of Contents

Thales Laser Diodes

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

The Company’s effective tax rate for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2004 differs from the French statutory federal income tax rate of approximately 35 percent primarily as a result of losses during each of those periods. Under French tax law, entities that incur losses are required to pay a minimum amount of income tax.

Under the tax sharing agreement with the Parent, net operating loss carryforwards belong to the Parent. However, under French tax law, in a year of acquisition, the tax sharing agreement is terminated effective the beginning of the tax year. Consequently, the operating losses for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 belong to the Company. In accordance with French tax law, the operating loss carry-forwards do not expire.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. Management considers whether any portion of the operating loss can be carried back, reversing temporary differences, tax planning strategies, and the projected future taxable income in making this assessment. Based on the Company’s assessment, management has determined that it is more likely than not that the benefit associated with its deferred tax assets will not be realized, and has therefore recorded a full valuation allowance as of October 28, 2005.

NOTE 9—BENEFIT PLANS AND OTHER AWARDS

Pension Plan

The Company maintains an unfunded pension plan (the Pension Plan) which covers substantially all of its employees. The benefits paid under the Pension Plan are based on employees’ years of service and compensation levels at the time of retirement. The Pension Plan is administered in accordance with French law. The information disclosed below is based on measurement dates of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Amounts reported as of October 28, 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005, were estimated using the December 31, 2005 amounts, less two months of accruals.

The components of net pension cost were as follows for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2004:

 

     2005    2004  

Service cost

   12,711    23,102  

Interest cost

     10,605      18,810  

Amortization of actuarial losses

     8,378      (5,643 )
               
   31,694    36,269  
               

The projected benefit obligation as of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004 is €334,689 and €302,995, respectively, and is included in accrued expenses on the accompanying balance sheets. The accumulated benefit obligation as of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004 is €247,461 and €222,668, respectively.

The Pension Plan has no unrecognized amounts as of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004, as such, no amounts are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the accompanying statements of stockholders’ equity.

 

F-174


Table of Contents

Thales Laser Diodes

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

The following assumptions were used to determine projected benefit obligations as of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004:

 

Weighted-average assumptions

       2005             2004      

Discount rate

   4.00 %   4.20 %

Rate of compensation increase

   3.00 %   3.00 %

The following assumptions were used to measure net periodic pension cost for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2004:

 

Weighted-average assumptions

       2005             2004      

Discount rate

   4.00 %   4.20 %

Expected long term return on plan assets

   n/a     n/a  

Rate of compensation increase

   3.00 %   3.00 %

The Company does not expect to make cash contributions to the Pension Plan during fiscal year 2006.

The following benefit payments, which reflect future service, are expected to be paid related to the Pension Plan:

 

Fiscal year

   Amount

2006

   —  

2007

     —  

2008

     13,568

2009

     70,568

2010

     15,718

2011-2015

     202,148
      

Total

   302,002
      

Long Term Service Awards

In accordance with French law, the Company provides a benefit for long-term tenure with the Company and for length of service in the workforce, referred to as “médailles du travail” (the “Service Medal”). The benefit is paid during employment for those employees with at least 17 years of service and who have been in the workforce for a minimum of 20 years. Additional benefits are paid for those employees who are in the workforce a total of 30, 35, and 40 years, and varies for those employees with at least 17 years of service with the current employer, and those with at least 25 years of service with the current employer. The information disclosed below is based on a measurement date of December 31, 2005 as of October 28, 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005, and a measurement date of November 30, 2005, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004.

The components of net periodic cost for the Service Medal were as follows for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2004:

 

     2005    2004

Service cost

   4,545    5,106

Interest cost

     3,448      4,354

Amortization of actuarial losses

     1,843      9,504
             
   9,836    18,964
             

 

F-175


Table of Contents

Thales Laser Diodes

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

The projected benefit obligation as of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004 is €105,940 and €100,837, respectively, and is included in accrued expenses on the accompanying balance sheets. The accumulated benefit obligation as of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004 is €85,300 and €80,192, respectively.

The Service Medal has no unrecognized amounts as of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004, as such, no amounts are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the accompanying statements of stockholders’ equity.

The following assumptions were used to determine projected benefit obligations as of October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004:

 

Weighted-average assumptions

       2005             2004      

Discount rate

   4.00 %   4.20 %

Rate of compensation increase

   3.00 %   3.00 %

The following assumptions were used to measure net periodic cost for the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2004:

 

Weighted-average assumptions

       2005             2004      

Discount rate

   4.00 %   4.20 %

Expected long term return on plan assets

   n/a     n/a  

Rate of compensation increase

   3.00 %   3.00 %

The Service Medal is unfunded and as such, the Company does not expect to make cash contributions related to this benefit during fiscal year 2006.

The following benefit payments, which reflect future service, are expected to be paid related to Service Medal:

 

Fiscal year

   Amount

2006

   4,674

2007

     9,663

2008

     15,034

2009

     16,670

2010

     2,620

2011-2015

     61,192
      

Total

   109,853
      

Early Retirement

During 2003 and 2004, certain employees elected early retirement. As part of this election, the Company agreed to pay certain severance payments to these employees, payable in monthly installments. Payments will continue until these individuals reach 65. The Company has provided a liability for these severance payments.

 

F-176


Table of Contents

Thales Laser Diodes

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

For the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2004, changes in the early retirement liability were as follows:

 

     2005     2004  

Early retirement liability, beginning of period

   255,914     339,222  

Payments

     (67,360 )     (83,308 )
                

Early retirement liability, end of period

   188,554     255,914  
                

NOTE 10—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases its office headquarters, production and distribution facilities under an operating lease with the Parent, which expires in 2011. Subsequent to year end, this lease was amended due to the acquisition (see Note 11) to expire in September 2006. Future minimum rental payments associated with this operating lease obligation is indicated below as of October 28, 2005:

 

Year Ending December 31:

    

2006

   103,040

2007

     103,040

2008

     103,040

2009

     103,040

2010

     103,040

Thereafter

     98,747
      
   613,947
      

The Company also leases a vehicle under an operating lease with an unrelated third party, which expires in 2008. Future minimum rental payments associated with this operating lease obligation is indicated below:

 

Year Ending December 31:

    

2006

   6,000

2007

     6,000

2008

     3,500
      
   15,500
      

Total lease and rental expense during the period from January 1, 2005 through October 28, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2004 amounted to approximately €92,000 and €112,000, respectively, and are included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations. Of this amount, approximately €86,000 and €103,000, respectively, was paid to the Parent in connection with the office lease.

On October 28, 2005, the Company entered into a purchase commitment with a supplier to purchase a certain number of raw materials for its production. The total amount of the purchase commitments totals approximately €302,000 and expires on March 31, 2006. Half of the orders must be placed by December 31, 2005, with the remaining half to be ordered no later than January 31, 2006. The Company met the requirements of the purchase commitments subsequent to October 28, 2005.

 

F-177


Table of Contents

Thales Laser Diodes

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

October 28, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

NOTE 11—SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On October 28, 2005, ICx Technologies, Inc. (ICx) acquired all of the outstanding common stock of the Company and the Company became the wholly-owned subsidiary of ICx. ICx was incorporated by Digital Power Capital (DPC) in 2003 and began operations in 2005. ICx was formed to acquire and integrate companies with leading technologies for sensing, detecting, imaging and projecting power. ICx’s principal markets are civilian and military security. ICx acquired the common stock of the Company using a combination of ICx stock and cash. The Company expects to continue its business operations with the same management and employee team as it had prior to the ICx acquisition and gain strength through access to additional financial and market resources and synergistic relationships with its sister companies.

DPC is a private equity fund based in Greenwich, CT. DPC is wholly funded by investment funds affiliated with Wexford Capital LLC (Wexford) which is an SEC registered investment advisor also based in Greenwich, CT. ICx’s executive management is primarily drawn from the partners in DPC, and affiliates of Wexford through DPC are expected to have majority ownership of ICx and infuse significant cash to ICx for acquisition costs and working capital purposes.

 

F-178


Table of Contents

GRIFFIN ANALYTICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Audited Financial Statements

Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

F-179


Table of Contents

LOGO

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

Board of Directors

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America as established by the Auditing Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatements. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

LOGO

Chicago, Illinois

March 17, 2006

175 W. Jackson Boulevard

20th Floor

Chicago, IL 60604

T 312.856.0200
F 312.565.4719
W www.grantthornton.com

Grant Thornton LLP

US member of Grant Thornton International

 

F-180


Table of Contents

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc.

BALANCE SHEETS

December 31,

 

      2004    2003
ASSETS      

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 671,788    $ 913,472

Restricted cash

     238,782      —  

Trade accounts receivable

     155,092      98,314

Unbilled receivables

     25,471      37,907

Inventories

     165,328      33,809

Prepaid expenses

     10,426      4,906
             

Total current assets

     1,266,887      1,088,408

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     

Office and administrative equipment

     81,722      59,392

Lab and research equipment

     95,540      49,583
             

Total property and equipment

     177,262      108,975

Less accumulated depreciation

     47,393      20,801
             

Property and equipment, net

     129,869      88,174

OTHER ASSETS

     

Technology licenses and patents—net of accumulated amortization of $3,116 in 2004 and $2,247 in 2003

     148,620      40,272

Developmental prototypes—net of accumulated amortization of $36,338 in 2004 and $20,899 in 2003

     48,905      48,718
             

Total other assets

     197,525      88,990
             

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 1,594,281    $ 1,265,572
             

 

F-181


Table of Contents

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc.

BALANCE SHEETS—(Continued)

December 31,

 

      2004     2003  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Trade accounts payable

   $ 44,466     $ 20,903  

Participation in government grant

     208,542       —    

Deferred revenue

     135,442       46,394  

Accrued expenses

     2,244       4,834  
                

Total current liabilities

     390,694       72,131  

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Preferred stock, voting, no par value; authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 50,376 shares in 2004 and 45,886 shares in 2003; liquidation preference through October 1, 2005, totaling $3,285,620 (150% of stated value)

     2,190,413       1,990,338  

Development program participant agreements

     324,100       187,348  

Common stock, voting, no par value; authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 104,713 shares in 2004 and 2003

     3,300       3,300  

Additional paid-in capital

     211,131       —    

Accumulated deficit

     (1,525,357 )     (987,545 )
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,203,587       1,193,441  
                

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 1,594,281     $ 1,265,572  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-182


Table of Contents

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Years ended December 31,

 

     2004     2003  

Total revenues

   $ 1,947,943     $ 805,429  

Cost of goods sold

     1,242,435       500,320  
                

Gross profit

     705,508       305,109  

Operating expenses

    

Financial and administrative

     535,617       488,405  

Bid and proposal

     63,960       41,725  

Internally funded research and development

     348,054       299,702  

Stock-based compensation expense

     211,131       —    

Other administrative

     90,284       31,977  
                

Total operating expenses

     1,249,046       861,809  
                

Operating loss

     (543,538 )     (556,700 )

Non-operating income (expense)

    

Interest income

     5,789       2,015  

Interest expense

     (63 )     (60,988 )
                

Total non-operating income (expense)

     5,726       (58,973 )
                

NET LOSS

   $ (537,812 )   $ (615,673 )
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-183


Table of Contents

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc.

STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Two years ended December 31, 2004

 

    Common
stock
 

Preferred
stock

Series A

 

Development
program
participation

agreements

 

Additional

paid-in
capital

 

Accumulated

deficit

    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2002

  $ 3,300   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ (371,872 )   $ (368,572 )

45,886 shares of preferred stock issued

    —       1,990,338     —       —       —         1,990,338  

Development program participation

    —       —       187,348     —       —         187,348  

Net loss

    —       —       —       —       (615,673 )     (615,673 )
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2003

    3,300     1,990,338     187,348     —       (987,545 )     1,193,441  

4,490 shares of preferred stock issued

    —       200,075     —       —       —         200,075  

Development program participation

    —       —       136,752     —       —         136,752  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —       —       —       211,131     —         211,131  

Net loss

    —       —       —       —       (537,812 )     (537,812 )
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2004

  $ 3,300   $ 2,190,413   $ 324,100   $ 211,131   $ (1,525,357 )   $ 1,203,587  
                                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-184


Table of Contents

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31,

 

     2004     2003  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (537,812 )   $ (615,673 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

    

Depreciation and amortization

     42,900       33,537  

Research funded by development program participation agreements

     136,752       187,348  

Stock-based compensation expense

     211,131       —    

Change in assets and liabilities

    

Restricted cash

     (238,782 )     —    

Trade accounts receivable

     (56,778 )     (98,314 )

Unbilled receivables

     12,436       (37,907 )

Inventories

     (131,519 )     (33,809 )

Prepaid expenses

     (5,520 )     (3,156 )

Trade accounts payable

     23,563       17,329  

Participation in government grant

     208,542       —    

Deferred revenue

     89,048       46,394  

Accrued expenses

     (2,590 )     (51,301 )
                

Net cash used in operating activities

     (248,629 )     (555,552 )

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (68,287 )     (70,956 )

Developmental prototypes

     (15,626 )     (5,090 )

Technology licenses and patents

     (109,217 )     (29,815 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (193,130 )     (105,861 )

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from debt conversion and issuance of preferred stock, net

     200,075       1,332,838  
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     200,075       1,332,838  
                

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (241,684 )     671,425  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     913,472       242,047  
                

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 671,788     $ 913,472  
                

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

    

Cash paid during the year for interest

   $ 63     $ 60,998  

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH FINANCING TRANSACTION:

    

Conversion of promissory notes to preferred stock

   $ —       $ 765,258  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-185


Table of Contents

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2004 and 2003

NOTE A—NATURE OF BUSINESS

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated on February 22, 2001, under the laws of the State of Indiana. The Company is involved in the research and development and eventual manufacturing and distribution of its product, the “Minotaur,” the Miniaturized Mass Spectrometer, along with supportive product options. The Company provides research services and products to the U.S. military, homeland security, foreign governments and academic research institutions worldwide.

NOTE B—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less on their acquisition date to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist primarily of money market funds, and carrying value approximates fair value. The Company has pledged its cash accounts as security against the liability balances on its corporate credit cards, up to a maximum of $15,000.

Restricted Cash

The Company has received a grant from the State of Indiana in which it will perform certain parts of work specified in the grant. The grant contains allocations to several other companies and the Company has assumed responsibility to distribute these funds as directed under the grant. The cash received but not distributed is shown on the accompanying balance sheets as restricted and amounts due to other participants are shown as “Participation in government grant.”

Trade Accounts Receivable

The majority of the Company’s trade accounts receivable are due from government entities, which are carried at original invoice amount less an estimate made for doubtful receivables. This estimate is based on a periodic review of all outstanding amounts by management, considering the customer’s financial condition and credit history, as well as current economic conditions. Receivables are written off when deemed uncollectible and any recoveries are recorded when received. The Company considers all accounts receivable collectible and has no allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

Recognition of Revenue

Revenue is generated from grants and contracts with the U.S. military, homeland security, foreign governments and academic research institutions to provide research services and products. Revenue on each grant or contract is recognized in accordance with the terms of the grant or contract, and generally bears a relationship to contract costs. Revenues on cost-reimbursable contracts are directly related to costs incurred. Revenues on fixed-price contracts or grants are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method by relating costs incurred to date to estimated total contract costs. Revenues from products sold to educational or other research institutions are recognized upon delivery and when ultimate collection is reasonably assured.

 

F-186


Table of Contents

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

Unbilled receivables represent costs and estimated earnings in excess of amounts billed and deferred revenue represents billings in excess of costs incurred.

Revisions in estimated contract cost due to changes in job performance, job conditions and estimated profitability are recognized in the year in which the circumstances requiring revisions become known.

Contract costs include all direct costs consisting of labor, materials, contract services and other costs related to contract performance. Operating expenses are charged to expense as incurred.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined principally by the simple average method, which approximates first-in, first out. Obsolete and possible excess quantities of inventories are reduced to estimated net realizable values. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, inventories consisted primarily of work in process and spare parts.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed primarily by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of 3 to 10 years.

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred. Expenditures that result in the enhancement of the value of the assets involved are treated as additions to property and equipment.

Assets purchased for specific government projects remain subject to government claims and are expensed and not included in the property and equipment of the Company.

Other Assets

License technology is stated at cost less accumulated amortization. The asset is being amortized over its estimated useful life of 15 years.

The cost of patents capitalized only pertains to legal expenses incurred in the patent application process and patent filing costs. Research and development costs related to developing the patents are not capitalized, but rather recognized as expense when incurred. The Company makes a timely determination if the patents will still have future viability or will be abandoned. When patents are abandoned or denied approval, the corresponding costs are written off.

These patents shall be amortized over their useful lives to the reporting entity that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed or otherwise used up. Amortization of not fully developed patents will commence when the corresponding product is already commercially viable. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, patents that are not yet fully developed have not yet started amortization.

Developmental prototypes are specific components that have been designated for use in developing and testing new models and features, and are not held for resale. The Company periodically evaluates these components to determine that they are being amortized in accordance with their estimated useful lives.

 

F-187


Table of Contents

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs funded by contracts are reported as part of cost of goods sold. Internally funded research and development expenses are reported as operating expenses.

Shipping and Handling

Revenue and costs associated with shipping products to customers are included in revenue and cost of goods sold, respectively.

Stock Option Plan

During 2003, the Company established a stock option plan for key employees, which is more fully described in note G, and began issuing options under this plan in 2004. The Company applies the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” As allowed by SFAS No. 123, the Company has elected to continue to account for its stock-based compensation programs according to the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” Accordingly, compensation expense has been recognized based on the intrinsic value of compensatory options or shares granted under the plans. The Company has adopted the disclosure provisions required by SFAS No. 123.

Had the Company elected to apply the provisions of SFAS No. 123 regarding recognition of compensation expense to the extent of the calculated fair value of stock options granted, reported net loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, would have been as follows:

 

     2004     2003  

Net loss, as reported

   $ (537,812 )   $ (615,673 )

Incremental stock-based compensation cost based on fair value

     (1,163 )     —    
                

Pro forma net loss

   $ (534,649 )   $ (615,673 )
                

Under SFAS No. 123, compensation expense representing fair value of the option grant is recognized over the vesting period.

For purposes of the SFAS No. 123 pro forma net loss calculation, the fair value of each option grant is estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted-average assumptions used in determining fair value are as follows:

 

     2004  

Risk-free interest rate

   3.04 %

Option life (years)

   4.5  

Volatility

   100 %

Dividend rate

   —    

For the year ended December 31, 2004, the weighted-average fair value of options granted was $44.56 per share.

 

F-188


Table of Contents

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FAS No. 123 (Revised 2004) (“FAS 123(R)”), “Share-Based Payment.” This statement requires that the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. Compensation cost is to be measured based on the estimated fair value of the equity-based compensation awards issued as of the grant date. The related compensation expense will be based on the estimated number of awards expected to vest and will be recognized over the requisite service period (often the vesting period) for each grant. The statement requires the use of assumptions and judgments about future events and some of the inputs to the valuation models will require considerable judgment by management. FAS 123(R) replaces SFAS No. 123 and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. The provisions of FAS 123(R) are required to be applied by non-public companies as of the first annual reporting period that begins after December 15, 2005. The Company intends to continue applying APB Opinion No. 25 to equity-based compensation awards until the effective date of FAS 123(R). At the effective date of FAS 123(R), the Company expects to use the modified prospective application transition method without restatement of prior interim periods in the year of adoption. This will result in the Company recognizing compensation cost based on the requirements of FAS 123(R) for all equity-based compensation awards issued after December 31, 2005. For all equity-based compensation awards that are unvested as of December 31, 2005, compensation cost will be recognized for the unamortized portion of compensation cost not previously included in the SFAS No. 123 pro forma footnote disclosure.

Income Tax Matters

Deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

The Company has net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1,250,000 available to offset future taxable income which begin to expire in 2021. Detail of the deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the statutory Federal and state tax rates, along with the corresponding valuation allowances, are detailed below:

 

     2004     2003  

Current deferred tax assets (liabilities)

    

Stock-based compensation expense

   $ 82,932     $ —    

Valuation allowance

     (82,932 )     —    
                

Current deferred tax asset, net

   $ —       $ —    
                

Long-term deferred tax assets (liabilities)

    

Depreciation

   $ (27,905 )   $ (14,691 )

Net operating loss carryforwards

     491,682       381,572  

Valuation allowance

     (463,777 )     (366,881 )
                

Long-term deferred tax asset, net

   $ —       $ —    
                

 

F-189


Table of Contents

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

NOTE C—UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS

Costs and estimated earnings and billings on uncompleted contracts at December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

     2004     2003  

Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts

   $ 981,053     $ 309,472  

Estimated earnings

     316,453       377,799  
                

Earned revenue

     1,297,506       687,271  

Less billings to date

     1,407,477       695,758  
                

Total

   $ (109,971 )   $ (8,487 )
                

Classified as follows

    

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts

   $ 25,471     $ 37,907  

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts

     (135,442 )     (46,394 )
                

Total

   $ (109,971 )   $ (8,487 )
                

NOTE D—MAJOR CUSTOMERS

The Company has two customers that accounted for 69% of sales in 2004 and 75% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2004. In 2003, the Company had one customer that accounted for 63% of sales and 50% of total trade accounts receivable as of December 31, 2003.

NOTE E—PREFERRED STOCK

In November 2003, the Company converted dollar-for-dollar all convertible promissory notes into preferred stock, and sold additional shares to both the previous noteholders and other investors. Stockholders of preferred stock are entitled to receive cash dividends at an annual rate of 6%, compounded each October 1. Such dividends are non-cumulative and payable out of funds legally available when declared by the Board of Directors. In the event of liquidation, the preferred stockholders shall be entitled to receive assets available for distribution to stockholders prior to common stockholders. Prior to or on October 1, 2005, the liquidation preference is equal to 150% of original issue price plus all dividends accrued but unpaid. After that date, the liquidation preference is equal to original issue price plus accrued but unpaid dividends. All shares are convertible at the option of the holder into common stock at a predetermined price. Stockholders have preemptive rights to purchase any part of a new issuance of preferred stock at the same terms of the initial issuance

NOTE F—DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM PARTICIPANT AGREEMENTS

The Company had an agreement with an outside party to convert services rendered by the parties in relation to development activities into preferred stock at the earlier of expiration or termination of the contract. The agreement shall not exceed $500,000 at hourly rates set forth in the contract plus reimbursable costs. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, total costs accumulated under this contract were $250,000 and $167,348, respectively. These amounts are shown on the accompanying balance sheets as shareholders’ equity, although the exact number of shares to be issued is unknown at this time.

There is a similar agreement with another party encompassing similar terms for services convertible into preferred stock. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, total costs accumulated under these contracts were $74,100 and $20,000 respectively, and these amounts are shown on the accompanying balance sheets as a liability as additional services are continuing to accrue under this contract.

 

F-190


Table of Contents

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

Representatives of both of these outside parties are members of the Company’s Board of Directors. Each of the parties currently holds less than 20% of the outstanding preferred shares of the Company.

NOTE G—STOCK OPTION PLAN

The Company established a stock option plan in 2003 and began issuing options under this plan in 2004. Under the Company’s plan, options are granted to certain employees, directors and consultants to purchase common stock, the terms for which are determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The options granted under this plan vest at a date specific in each grant and have terms ranging from 7 to 10 years from the vesting date.

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plan as of December 31, 2004, and the changes during the year ended December 31, 2004, is presented below:

 

     Number
of options
   Weighted-average
exercise price

Outstanding at January 1, 2004

   —      $ —  

Granted

   10,799      1.00

Exercised

   —        —  

Forfeited

   —        —  
           

Outstanding at December 31, 2004

   10,799    $ 1.00
           

The following table summarizes the terms of all the outstanding stock options at December 31, 2004:

 

Range of

exercise prices

  

Number

authorized

  

Number

outstanding

  

Weighted-average
remaining

contractual life

   Weighted-average
exercise price
$ 1.00    30,000    10,799    7-9 years    $ 1.00

Total stock-based compensation expense included in operating expenses related to options during the year was $211,131 and $-0- for the years ended 2004 and 2003, respectively.

NOTE H—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company primarily has cost reimbursement-type contracts with the U.S. Government. Consequently, the Company is reimbursed based upon its direct expenses attributable to the contract plus a percentage based upon indirect expenses. The indirect rates are estimated. Accordingly, if the actual rates as determined by the applicable agency are below the estimated rates, a refund for the difference would be due to the U.S. Government. Conversely, if the actual rates are above the estimated rates, a refund would be due to the Company.

NOTE I—RELATED PARTIES

The Company leases its facility on an annual basis from a stockholder. Rent expense totaled approximately $61,000 for 2004 and $56,000 for 2003.

 

F-191


Table of Contents

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

NOTE J—SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On November 8, 2005, ICx Technologies, Inc. (“ICx”) acquired all of the outstanding common and preferred stock (collectively, “Capital Stock”) of the Company and the Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of ICx. ICx was incorporated by Digital Power Capital in 2003 and began operations in 2005. ICx was formed to acquire and integrate companies with leading technologies for sensing, detecting, imaging and projecting power. ICx’s principal markets are civilian and military security. ICx acquired the Capital Stock of the Company using a combination of ICx stock and cash. The Company expects to continue its business operations with the same management and employee team it had prior to the ICx acquisition and gain strength through access to additional financial and market resources and synergistic relationships with its sister companies.

 

F-192


Table of Contents

GRIFFIN ANALYTICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Unaudited Financial Statements

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

F-193


Table of Contents

GRIFFIN ANALYTICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Balance Sheets

As of September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

     Unaudited
2005
    2004  
Assets     

Current assets

    

Cash & cash equivalents

   $ 348,079     $ 671,788  

Restricted cash

     210,756       238,782  

Trade accounts receivable

     358,961       155,092  

Unbilled receivables

     25,471       25,471  

Inventories

     200,993       165,328  

Prepaid expenses

     4,930       10,426  
                

Total current assets

     1,149,190       1,266,887  

Property and equipment

    

Office and administrative equipment

     99,929       81,722  

Lab and research equipment

     107,213       95,540  
                

Total property and equipment

     207,142       177,262  

Less accumulated depreciation

     54,513       47,393  
                

Property and equipment, net

     152,629       129,869  

Other assets

    

Technology licenses and patents—net of accumulated amortization of $3,769 in 2005 and $3,116 in 2004

     256,809       148,620  

Developmental prototypes—net of accumulated amortization of $47,108 in 2005 and $36,338 in 2004

     97,496       48,905  
                

Total other assets

     354,305       197,525  
                

Total assets

   $ 1,656,124     $ 1,594,281  
                
Liabilities     

Current liabilities

    

Trade accounts payable

   $ 95,194     $ 44,466  

Participation in government grant

     237,703       208,542  

Deferred revenue

     189,883       135,442  

Accrued expenses

     31,177       2,244  
                

Total current liabilities

     553,957       390,694  
                
Stockholders’ equity     

Preferred stock, voting, no par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 50,376 shares in 2005 and 2004; liquidation preference through October 1, 2005, totaling $3,285,620 (150% of stated value)

     2,190,413       2,190,413  

Development program participant agreements

     370,044       324,100  

Common stock, voting, no par value; authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 104,713 in 2005 and 2004

     3,300       3,300  

Additional paid-in capital

     211,131       211,131  

Accumulated deficit

     (1,672,721 )     (1,525,357 )
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,102,167       1,203,587  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,656,124     $ 1,594,281  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-194


Table of Contents

GRIFFIN ANALYTICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Unaudited Income Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

     2005     2004  

Total revenues

   $ 1,853,932     $ 1,209,681  

Cost of goods sold

     1,245,825       787,684  
                

Gross profit

     608,107       421,997  

Operating expenses

    

Financial and administrative

     493,312       393,547  

Bid and proposal

     75,436       55,673  

Internally funded research and development

     117,579       294,341  

Other administrative

     72,724       61,916  
                

Total operating expenses

     759,051       805,477  
                

Operating loss

     (150,944 )     (383,480 )

Non-operating income (expense)

    

Interest income

     3,582       4,393  

Interest expense

     (2 )     (63 )
                

Total non-operating income

     3,580       4,330  
                

Net Loss

   $ (147,364 )   $ (379,150 )
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-195


Table of Contents

GRIFFIN ANALYTICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

      2005     2004  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (147,364 )   $ (379,150 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     7,120       7,120  

Research funded by development program participation agreements

     45,944       122,652  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Restricted cash

     28,026       (2,501 )

Trade accounts receivable

     (203,869 )     9,903  

Unbilled receivables

     —         2,337  

Inventories

     (35,665 )     (118,884 )

Prepaid expenses

     5,496       (12,470 )

Trade accounts payable

     50,728       51,662  

Participation in government grant

     29,161       —    

Deferred revenue

     54,441       77,120  

Accrued expenses

     28,933       14,830  
                

Net cash used in operating activities

     (137,049 )     (227,381 )
                

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (29,880 )     (53,820 )

Developmental prototypes

     (48,591 )     (54,518 )

Technology licenses and patents

     (108,189 )     (90,773 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (186,660 )     (199,111 )
                

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from debt conversion and issuance of preferred stock, net

     —         200,074  
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     —         200,074  
                

Net decrease in cash

     (323,709 )     (226,418 )

Cash at beginning of period

     671,788       913,472  
                

Cash at end of period

   $ 348,079     $ 687,054  
                

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

    

Cash paid during the year for interest

   $ 2.00     $ 63.00  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-196


Table of Contents

GRIFFIN ANALYTICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

NOTE A—NATURE OF BUSINESS

Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated on February 22, 2001, under the laws of the State of Indiana. The Company is involved in the research and development and eventual manufacturing and distribution of its product, the “Minotaur,” the Miniaturized Mass Spectrometer, along with supportive product options. The Company provides research services and products to the U.S. military, homeland security, foreign governments and academic research institutions worldwide.

NOTE B—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

These unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. In the opinion of management, these statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which are not required for interim purposes, have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of the Company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any subsequent quarter or for the year ending December 31, 2005.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Restricted Cash

The Company has received a grant from the State of Indiana in which it will perform certain parts of work specified in the grant. The grant contains allocations to several other companies and the Company has assumed responsibility to distribute these funds as directed under the grant. The cash received but not distributed is shown on the accompanying balance sheets as restricted, and amounts due to other participants are shown as “Participation in government grant.”

Recognition of Revenue

Revenue is generated from grants and contracts with the U.S. military, homeland security, foreign governments and academic research institutions to provide research services and products. Revenue on each grant or contract is recognized in accordance with the terms of the grant or contract, and generally bears a relationship to contract costs. Revenues on cost-reimbursable contracts are directly related to costs incurred. Revenues on fixed-price contracts or grants are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method by relating costs incurred to date to estimated total contract costs. Revenues from products sold to educational or other research institutions are recognized upon delivery and when ultimate collection is reasonably assured.

 

F-197


Table of Contents

GRIFFIN ANALYTICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

Unbilled receivables represent costs and estimated earnings in excess of amounts billed and deferred revenue represents billings in excess of costs incurred.

Revisions in estimated contract costs due to changes in job performance, job conditions and estimated profitability are recognized in the year in which the circumstances requiring revisions become known.

Contract costs include all direct costs consisting of labor, materials, contract services and other costs related to contract performance. Operating expenses are charged to expense as incurred.

Stock Option Plan

During 2003, the Company established a stock option plan for key employees, which is more fully described in note C, and began issuing options under this plan in 2004. The Company applies the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS No. 123”). As allowed by SFAS No. 123, the Company has elected to continue to account for its stock-based compensation programs according to the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. Accordingly, compensation expense has been recognized based on the intrinsic value of compensatory options or shares granted under the plans. The Company has adopted the disclosure provisions required by SFAS No. 123. The following table presents the pro forma stock-based compensation expense that would have been recognized if the Company followed the fair value accounting under SFAS No. 123.

 

For the nine months ended September 30,

   2005     2004  

Net loss, as reported

   $ (147,364 )   $ (379,150 )

Deduct: Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value-based method for all awards

     (4,069 )     —    
                

Net loss, pro forma

   $ (151,433 )   $ (379,150 )
                

Pro forma net loss required by SFAS No. 123 has been determined using the Black Scholes option pricing model using a risk free rate of 4.33%; a volatility rate of 100%; expected dividend yield of 0%; and an expected life of 4.5 years. Because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the Black Scholes option pricing method may not necessarily provide a single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options. Additionally, the effect of applying SFAS No. 123 on pro forma net loss as stated above is not necessarily representative of the effects on reported net loss for future years primarily because of the vesting period of the stock options and the fair value of additional options to be granted in future years.

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FAS No. 123 (Revised 2004) (“SFAS 123(R)”), Share-Based Payment. This statement requires that the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. Compensation cost is to be measured based on the estimated fair value of the equity-based compensation awards issued as of the grant date. The related compensation expense will be based on the estimated number of awards expected to vest and will be recognized over the requisite service period (often the vesting period) for each grant. The statement requires the use of assumptions and judgments about future events and some of the inputs to the valuation models will require considerable judgment by management. SFAS 123(R) replaces SFAS No. 123 and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. The provisions of SFAS 123(R) are required to be applied by non-public companies as of the first annual reporting period that begins after December 15, 2005. The Company intends to continue applying APB Opinion

 

F-198


Table of Contents

GRIFFIN ANALYTICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

No. 25 to equity-based compensation awards until the effective date of SFAS 123(R). At the effective date of SFAS 123(R), the Company expects to use the modified prospective application transition method without restatement of prior interim periods in the year of adoption. This will result in the Company recognizing compensation cost based on the requirements of SFAS 123(R) for all equity-based compensation awards issued after December 31, 2005. For all equity-based compensation awards that are unvested as of December 31, 2005, compensation cost will be recognized for the unamortized portion of compensation cost not previously included in the SFAS No. 123 pro forma footnote disclosure.

Income Tax Matters

Deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

NOTE C—STOCK OPTION PLAN

The Company established a stock option plan in 2003 and began issuing options under this plan in 2004. Under the Company’s plan, options are granted to certain employees, directors and consultants to purchase common stock, the terms for which are determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The options granted under this plan vest at a date specific in each grant and have terms ranging from 7 to 10 years from the vesting date.

During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, the Company granted 3,976 and 10,799 options, respectively, with an exercise price of $1.00 per share.

NOTE D—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company primarily has cost reimbursement-type contracts with the U.S. Government. Consequently, the Company is reimbursed based upon its direct expenses attributable to the contract plus a percentage based upon indirect expenses. The indirect rates are estimated. Accordingly, if the actual rates as determined by the applicable agency are below the estimated rates, a refund for the difference would be due to the U.S. Government. Conversely, if the actual rates are above the estimated rates, a refund would be due to the Company.

NOTE E—SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On November 8, 2005, ICx Technologies, Inc. (“ICx”) acquired all of the outstanding common and preferred stock (collectively, “Capital Stock”) of the Company, and the Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of ICx. ICx was incorporated by Digital Power Capital in 2003 and began operations in 2005. ICx was formed to acquire and integrate companies with leading technologies for sensing, detecting, imaging and projecting power. ICx principal markets are civilian and military security. ICx acquired the Capital Stock of the Company using a combination of ICx stock and cash. The Company expects to continue its business operations with the same management and employee team it had prior to the ICx acquisition and gain strength through access to additional financial and market resources and synergistic relationships with its sister companies.

 

F-199


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Audited Financial Statements

Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

F-200


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

To the Board of Directors

Mesosystems Technology, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Mesosystems Technology, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America as established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Mesosystems Technology, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

LOGO

May 24, 2006

520 Pike Street

Suite 2800

Seattle, WA 98101-1389

T 206.623.1121
F 206.623.9247
W www.grantthornton.com

Grant Thornton LLP

US member of Grant Thornton International

 

F-201


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Balance Sheets

December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

     2004     2003  

CURRENT ASSETS

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 173,092     $ 188,471  

Accounts receivable

     628,559       362,695  

Unbilled revenue

     59,750       —    

Inventory, net

     238,204       248,698  

Notes receivable

     —         280,000  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     80,487       75,146  
                

Total current assets

     1,180,092       1,155,010  
                

Property and equipment

     567,912       431,401  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     247,627       188,575  
                
     320,285       242,826  
                

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $71,339 and $29,834 in 2004 and 2003, respectively

     307,579       302,252  
                

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 1,807,956     $ 1,700,088  
                

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 149,356     $ 308,690  

Convertible promissory notes payable, net of unamortized discount of $0 in 2004 and $46,838 in 2003

     1,547,600       1,781,664  

Accounts payable

     254,098       352,932  

Accrued payroll

     217,485       182,332  

Accrued consultant expense

     235,000       120,000  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     323,053       111,099  

Advance payments from customers

     65,111       —    
                

Total current liabilities

     2,791,703       2,856,717  
                

Long-term debt

     78,662       135,490  
                

Total liabilities

     2,870,365       2,992,207  
                

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    

Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share—10,000,000 shares authorized, 6,053,454 shares and 4,696,310 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively; liquidation preference $5,871,850 at December 31, 2004

     5,847,094       4,971,132  
                

Warrants to purchase convertible redeemable preferred stock Series A

     334,938       152,090  
                

Temporary equity—redemption value of common stock and common stock warrants

     1,125,575       689,536  
                

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share—20,000,000 shares authorized, 4,406,846 shares and 4,309,703 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively

     44,069       43,097  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,214,946       952,248  

Redemption value of common stock and common stock warrants

     (1,125,575 )     (689,536 )

Receivable subject to settlement through common stock put option

     (50,000 )     (50,000 )

Unearned compensation

     (15,492 )     (600 )

Accumulated deficit

     (8,437,964 )     (7,360,086 )
                

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (8,370,016 )     (7,104,877 )
                

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   $ 1,807,956     $ 1,700,088  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-202


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Statements of Operations

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

     2004     2003  

REVENUES

    

Products

   $ 1,411,813     $ 1,279,953  

Research and development contracts

     2,719,276       3,177,936  
                

Total revenue

     4,131,089       4,457,889  
                

COSTS AND EXPENSES

    

Cost of products

     845,577       482,618  

Cost of research and development contracts

     1,565,421       2,095,891  

Selling, general and administrative expense

     2,013,073       3,311,781  

Research and development expense

     241,178       1,102,166  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     116,266       94,900  
                

Total costs and expenses

     4,781,515       7,087,356  
                

Operating loss

     (650,426 )     (2,629,467 )

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     11,233       697  

Interest expense

     (448,685 )     (186,141 )

Other, net

     10,000       8,445  
                

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

     (1,077,878 )     (2,806,466 )

Provision for income taxes

     —         —    
                

Loss from continuing operations

     (1,077,878 )     (2,806,466 )

Loss from discontinued operations

     —         (336,728 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

     —         1,040,195  
                

Net loss

   $ (1,077,878 )   $ (2,102,999 )
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-203


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Statements of Redeemable Securities and Stockholders’ Deficit

For the years then ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

    Redeemable Securities     Stockholders’ (Deficit)  
    Series A Convertible Redeemable
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock   Redemption
Value
Common Stock
and
Common Stock
Warrants
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Receivable
Potentially
Settled in
Common
Stock
    Unearned
Compensation
    Accumulated
(Deficit)
    Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)
 
    Shares   Amount     Warrants to
Purchase
    Temporary
Equity-
Common
Stock and
Common
Stock
Warrants
    Shares   Amount            

Balance at January 1, 2003

  4,668,916   $ 5,039,931     49,023     1,284,312     4,281,039   $ 42,810   $ (1,284,312 )   $ 598,602   $ (50,000 )   $ —       $ (5,257,087 )   $ (5,949,987 )

Issuance of Series A preferred stock in settlement of accounts payable

  27,394     19,176     —       —       —       —       —         —       —         —         —         —    

Accretion of Series A preferred stock and preferred stock warrants to redemption value

  —       (87,975 )   (37,000 )   —       —       —       —         124,975     —         —         —         124,975  

Issuance of common stock through employee stock purchase plan and restricted stock award

  —       —       —       —       28,664     287     —         9,272     —         —         —         9,559  

Issuance of warrants in connection with issuance of convertible notes payable

  —       —       115,067     —       —       —       —         —       —         —         —         —    

Employee common stock option grants

  —       —       —       —       —         —         600     —         (600 )     —         —    

Common stock warrants granted for non- employee consulting services

  —       —       —       —       —       —       —         165,799     —         —         —         165,799  

Issuance of warrants to purchase Series A preferred stock in settlement of accounts payable

  —       —       25,000     —       —       —       —         —       —         —         —         —    

Imputed interest on shareholder loan

  —       —       —       —       —       —       —         53,000     —         —         —         53,000  

Change in redemption value

  —       —       —       (594,776 )   —         594,776         —         —         —         594,776  

Net loss

  —       —       —         —       —         —       —         —         (2,102,999 )     -2,102,999  
                                                                               

Balance at December 31, 2003

  4,696,310     4,971,132     152,090     689,536     4,309,703     43,097     (689,536 )     952,248     (50,000 )     (600 )     (7,360,086 )     (7,104,877 )

 

F-204


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Statements of Redeemable Securities and Stockholders’ Deficit—(Continued)

For the years then ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

    Redeemable Securities   Stock holders’ (Deficit)  
    Series A Convertible Redeemable
Preferred Stock
      Common Stock   Redemption
Value
Common Stock
and
Common Stock
Warrants
    Additional
Paid- in
Capital
  Receivable
Potentially
Settled in
Common
Stock
    Unearned
Compensation
    Accumlated
(Deficit)
    Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)
 
    Shares   Amount     Warrants to
Purchase
  Temporary
Equity-
Common
Stock and
Common
Stock
Warrants
  Shares   Amount            

Balance at December 31,2003

  4,696,310     4,971,132       152,090   689,536   4,309,703     43,097     (689,536 )     952,248     (50,000 )     (600 )     (7,360,086 )     (7,104,877 )

Issuance of Series A preferred stock, through conversion of convertible secured notes payable

  1,357,144     950,000       —     —     —       —       —         —       —         —         —         —    

Accretion of Series A preferred stock and preferred stock warrants to redemption value

  —       (74,038 )     6,000   —     —       —       —         68,038     —         —         —         68,038  

Issuance of warrants in connection with issuance of convertible notes payable

  —       —         126,848   —     —       —       —         —       —         —         —         —    

Issuance of common stock through employee stock purchase plan

  —       —         —     —     25,714     258     —         5,656     —         —         —         5,914  

Issuance of common stock

  —       —         —     —     71,429     714     —         10,711     —         —         —         11,425  

Employee common stock option grants

  —       —         —     —     —       —       —         15,050     —         (15,050 )     —         —    

Common stock warrants granted for non- employee consulting services

  —       —         —     —     —       —       —         98,243     —         —         —         98,243  

Amortization of unearned compensation

  —       —         —     —     —       —       —         —       —         158       —         158  

Imputed interest on shareholder loan

  —       —         —     —     —       —       —         65,000       —         —         65,000  

Issuance of warrants in connection with personnel guarantee of debt by shareholder

        50,000   —     —       —       —         —       —         —         —         —    

Change in redemption value

  —       —         —     436,039   —         (436,039 )       —         —         —         (436,039 )

Net loss

  —       —         —       —       —         —       —         —         (1,077,878 )     (1,077,878 )
                                                                             

Balance at December 31, 2004

  6,053,454   $ 5,847,094     $ 334,938   1,125,575   4,406,846   $ 44,069   $ (1,125,575 )   $ 1,214,946   $ (50,000 )   $ (15,492 )   $ (8,437,964 )   $ (8,370,016 )
                                                                             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-205


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

     2004     2003  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (1,077,878 )   $ (2,102,999 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

     —         (1,040,195 )

Loss from discontinued operations

     —         336,728  
                

Loss from continuing operations

     (1,077,878 )     (2,806,466 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss from continuing operations to net cash used in continuing operations:

    

Stock based compensation

     112,140       171,558  

Issuance of notes payable for vendor services

     —         28,500  

Depreciation and amortization

     116,266       94,900  

Non-cash interest expense

     288,686       121,231  

Loss on impairment or disposal of property and equipment

     578       128,135  

(Increase) decrease in:

    

Accounts receivable

     (265,864 )     216,328  

Unbilled revenue

     (59,750 )     —    

Inventories

     10,494       201,302  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (5,341 )     34,621  

Increase (decrease) in:

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     263,271       (365,546 )

Advance payments from customers

     65,111       (30,568 )
                

Net cash used in continuing operating activities

     (552,287 )     (2,206,005 )

Cash used in operation of discontinued operations

     —         (293,974 )
                

Net cash used in operations

     (552,287 )     (2,499,979 )
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Proceeds from disposal of discontinued operations, net of cash sold

     —         190,498  

Collection of note receivable

     280,000       —    

Payment of patent costs

     (49,335 )     (28,493 )

Purchases of property and equipment

     (150,295 )     (127,853 )
                

Net cash provided by investing activities

     80,370       34,152  
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of convertible secured notes payable

     669,100       1,800,000  

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     37,335       400,697  

Proceeds from issuance of common shares under employee share purchase plan

     3,600       3,800  

Repayment on long-term debt

     (253,497 )     (193,674 )
                

Net cash provided by financing activities from continuing operations

     456,538       2,010,823  

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt—discontinued operations

     —         300,000  
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     456,538       2,310,823  
                

Net decrease in cash

     (15,379 )     (155,004 )
                

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     188,471       343,475  
                

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 173,092     $ 188,471  
                

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 159,999     $ 64,911  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Conversion of notes payable to preferred stock

   $ 950,000     $ —    

Issuance of preferred stock in settlement of accounts payable

     —       $ 19,176  

Accretion of preferred stock and preferred stock warrants to redemption value

   $ 68,038     $ 124,975  

Deferred stock compensation from issuance of employee common stock options

   $ 15,050     $ 600  

Issuance of Series A preferred stock warrants in settlement of accounts payable

   $ —       $ 25,000  

Change in redemption value of common stock and common stock warrants

   $ 436,039     $ 594,776  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-206


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

NOTE A—ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization

MesoSystems Technology, Inc. (the Company) is an early-stage biodefense company engaged in research and development that creates, develops, manufactures, and distributes innovative products for national security and public health. The Company’s core technologies enable its customers to determine if people are being threatened by or have been exposed to harmful and even life-threatening bio-organisms. The Company also performs work under research contracts with various entities in the public and private sectors.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash consists of bank deposits. At December 31, 2004, the Company held deposits at a single financial institution that were in excess of the $100,000 federally insured limit. The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with a maturity of three months when purchased or less to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

The Company extends credit to customers in accordance with normal industry standards and terms. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts as necessary based on known factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends and other information. Based on a periodic review of the accounts, management determined that an allowance for doubtful accounts was not necessary at December 31, 2004 and 2003. Accounts receivable balances are not collateralized. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, accounts receivable was comprised of the following:

 

     2004    2003

U.S. Government

   $ 611,505    $ 335,058

Commercial and other

     17,054      27,637
             

Trade accounts receivable

   $ 628,559    $ 362,695
             

Inventory

Inventories primarily consist of raw material parts and supplies. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in-first out method. The Company provides a reserve against inventory for an estimate of the obsolescence calculated as the difference between the cost of the inventories and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Management determined that no allowance was necessary at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of property and equipment is provided using the double-declining balance and straight line methods over the estimated useful lives from three to seven years.

 

F-207


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the respective lease term or the service lives of the assets, whichever is shorter. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $72,258 and $59,484, respectively. At December 31, 2004 and 2003 property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     2004    2003

Manufacturing and lab equipment

   $ 324,674    $ 178,310

Office equipment and software

     145,041      154,453

Leasehold improvements

     76,582      75,726

Furniture and Fixtures

     21,615      22,912
             
   $ 567,912    $ 431,401
             

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of patents and trademarks. Capitalized costs principally include legal fees incurred with the application for patents and trademarks. Patent application costs are initially capitalized; amortization begins only when the patent is issued. If the United States Patent and Trademark Office ultimately denies the patent application, such patent application costs are immediately expensed. Amortization is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of five years. Amortization expense was $44,008 and $35,416 in 2004 and 2003, respectively. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

     2004    2003

Patents

   $ 372,243    $ 324,674

Trademarks

     6,675      7,412
             
     378,918      332,086

Less accumulated amortization

     71,339      29,834
             
   $ 307,579    $ 302,252
             

Estimated annual future amortization of intangible assets is as follows:

 

2005

   $ 46,000

2006

     49,000

2007

     51,000

2008

     54,000

2009

     56,000

Thereafter

     51,579
      
   $ 307,579
      

Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future net cash flows expected to be

 

F-208


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount in which the carrying cost of the asset exceeds its fair value. During 2003, the Company recorded an impairment charge of approximately $120,000 to write off certain manufacturing equipment which was no longer expected to be used in operations.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from the sales of products when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has been shipped, title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, and collection from the customer is reasonably assured. Revenue from research and development contracts primarily relates to cost plus contracts and revenue is recognized as the services are provided. Certain contracts provide for fixed payments that may not coincide with revenue recognition. To the extent that customer payments are received in excess of revenue, such payments are recorded as billings in excess of revenue. To the extent that revenue is recognized prior to billing periods defined in the contract, such amounts are recorded as unbilled revenue and are expected to be collected within one year of recognition. At December 31, 2004 and 2003 substantially all unbilled receivables were due from federal government agencies. Provision for contract losses, if any, are recorded at the time such losses are known. The majority of the Company’s contract revenue is generated from contracts with federal government agencies. In 2004 the Company had revenue from two federal government agencies representing 29% and 11%, respectively, of recorded revenue. In 2003 the Company had revenue from two federal government agencies representing 36% and 11%, respectively, of recorded revenue.

Shipping and Handling Costs

The Company includes shipping and handling costs in the cost of product and the cost of contract research and development. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, shipping and handling costs were $65,793 and $24,640, respectively.

Research and Development Costs

The costs of internal research and development activities funded by the Company are charged to operations as incurred and are included as a separate component of operating expenses.

Advertising Costs

Advertising related costs are charged to operations as incurred and are included under selling, general and administrative expenses.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has adopted the disclosure only requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation” (SFAS No. 123), and continues to account for employee stock compensation under the Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (APB No 25). Generally, under APB No. 25, compensation expense is only recognized if the estimated fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant equals or exceeds the exercise price. Compensation expense, if any, is recognized in operations on a straight line basis over the vesting periods of the stock options.

 

F-209


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

SFAS No. 123 encourages companies to recognize expense for stock-based awards as the options vest based on their estimated value on the date of grant. Had compensation cost for the Company been determined pursuant to SFAS No. 123, the Company’s net loss would have been increased to the following pro-forma amounts:

 

    2004     2003  

Net loss as reported

  $ (1,077,878 )   $ (2,102,999 )

Add: Employee stock-based compensation included in reported net loss

    13,898       5,759  

Deduct: Employee stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value-based method for all awards

    (250,248 )     (229,443 )
               

Pro forma net loss

  $ (1,314,228 )   $ (2,326,683 )
               

The fair values at the time of each option grant were estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: dividend yield of 0%; expected volatility of 0.60; risk-free interest rate of 3.87% in 2004 and 3.52% in 2003; expected lives of 10 years in 2004 and 2003; and actual forfeitures of stock options granted but not vested.

Stock-based compensation expense for options granted to non-employees has been determined in accordance with SFAS No. 123 and the Emerging Issues Task Force consensus in Issue No. 96-18 Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services. The fair value of the award is measured using an estimate of the fair value of goods or services received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The fair value of options granted to non-employees is periodically remeasured as the underlying options vest and compensation costs are expensed using the graded vesting method over the applicable vesting periods.

Stock based compensation expense for shares granted to non employees is recognized over the vesting period for awards for which restrictions lapse over a service period or on the grant date for shares issued to employees without restriction.

Income Taxes

The Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”. When applicable, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of, assets and liabilities and the respective tax bases for such assets and liabilities and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123 (Revised) “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”) which amends SFAS No. 123 and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. SFAS 123R establishes standards for accounting for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods or services. It also addresses transactions in which an entity incurs liabilities in exchange for goods or services that are based on the fair value of the entity’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of those equity instruments. SFAS 123 requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements based on the fair value of the share-based payment over the applicable vesting period. The Company is required to adopt this statement in 2006 but has not yet determined the impact of adoption on its results of operations.

 

F-210


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

NOTE B—LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company incurred net losses of $1,077,878 and $2,102,999 during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively and since inception has incurred losses of approximately $8.5 million. Such losses have primarily been funded through debt and equity financing.

In the latter part of 2004 the Company secured significant funding from the federal government to continue key technology research. As more fully described in Note H, in November 2005, the Company was acquired and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of ICx Technologies, Inc. (“ICx”). Since the acquisition, ICx has provided more than $600,000 in working capital to the Company to support ongoing operations. Management believes that factors described above, along with the financial strength of ICx, supports the Company’s ability to continue to operate as a business enterprise.

NOTE C—BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS

Long-term Debt

Long term debt consists of the following at December 31:

 

     2004    2003

Unsecured note payable to Perkins Coie, bearing interest at 7%. Note is payable in monthly installments varying from $10,000 to $20,000 per month and matures on June 15, 2005.

   $ 55,193    $ 192,506

Note payable to Commercial Equipment Finance, Ltd., bearing interest at 10.5%, secured by equipment and a Company stockholder personal guarantee. Note is payable in monthly installments of $5,026 and matures on November 10, 2006.

     104,309      150,974

Note payable to Hanford Area Economic Investment Fund Committee (HAEIFC), bearing interest at 10.5% and secured by equipment and a Company stockholder personal guarantee. Note is payable in monthly installments of $6,401 and matures on May 1, 2005.

     31,181      100,700

Note payable to Commercial Equipment Finance, Ltd., bearing interest at 10.5%, secured by equipment and a Company stockholder personal guarantee. Note is payable in monthly installments of $1,213 and matures in December 2007

     37,335      —  
             
     228,018      444,180

Less current portion

     149,356      308,690
             
     178,662    $ 135,490
             

Total minimum principal payments due under long-term debt obligations are as follows:

 

2005

   $ 149,356

2006

     64,644

2007

     14,018
      
   $ 228,018
      

 

F-211


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

The Company’s debt agreement with HAEIFC contains covenants regarding certain financial statement amounts and ratios. As of December 31, 2004, the Company was not in compliance with certain covenants contained in its long-term debt agreement with HAEIFC and had not received a waiver for the violations. The debt was classified as current in the accompanying balance sheet. The Company paid the balance in full in 2005.

In connection with personal guarantees of long term debt by a Company stockholder, the Company issued to the shareholder a warrant to purchase 125,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock with an exercise price of $0.70, exercisable through December, 2014. The Company recognized interest expense in connection with the issuance of the warrant in the amount of $50,000 equal to the fair value of the warrant as determined using the black scholes option pricing model and assuming a volatility factor of 0.60, a warrant life of 10 years, no expected dividends, and a risk free interest rate of 3.87%.

Notes Payable

Notes Payable Consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2004    2003

Convertible note payable to Ardesta LLC, principal amount $950,000 due on demand, non interest bearing with interest imputed at 8%

   $ —      $ 950,000

Convertible note payable to Ardesta LLC, principal amount $400,000, due on demand, interest at 8%

     400,000      400,000

Convertible notes payable to Ardesta LLC and other investors, principal balance $1,147,600 at December 31, 2004 and $450,000 at December 31, 2003, due on demand at any time after May 31, 2004, net of debt discount of $46,838 at December 31, 2003

     1,147,600      403,162

Other

     —      $ 28,502
             
   $ 1,547,600    $ 1,781,664
             

Ardesta LLC is a related party shareholder of the Company holding substantially all shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

The convertible notes are collateralized by all assets of the Company. The convertible notes payable to Ardesta LLC and other investors (of which Ardesta LLC holds debt with a principle balance of $750,000 and $400,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively) with a principle balance of $1,147,600 at December 31, 2004 have a priority interest in certain equipment and intellectual property used to design, develop and manufacture one of the Company’s products. The convertible notes payable to Ardesta LLC with an aggregate principle balance of $1,350,000 have a priority interest in all other assets of the Company.

The convertible notes payable to Ardesta LLC with an aggregate principle balance of $1,350,000 are convertible at the option of the Holder at any time into the Company’s Series A preferred stock at a conversion price of $0.70 per share. The Convertible notes payable to Ardesta LLC and other investors with a principle balance of $1,147,600 are convertible at the option of the Holder at the price per share of any new stock issued in a qualified future round of financing, or if a qualified new round of financing does not occur, into Series A preferred stock at $0.70 per share. During 2004, the $950,000 non-interest bearing note was converted into 1,357,144 shares of Series A preferred stock. In connection with the acquisition of the Company by ICx Technologies in November 2005 (note J), all then outstanding convertible notes were converted to Series A preferred stock and such stock was acquired by ICx.

 

F-212


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

In 2003 and 2004, in connection with the issuance of the convertible promissory notes to Ardesta and other investors, the Company issued warrants to purchase new stock issued in the next round of financing. The warrants have an exercise price equivalent to the share price in that round of financing a qualified next financing does not occur, Series A shall be used as warrant shares with an exercise price of $0.70 per share. The warrants are exercisable until August 31, 2013. The aggregate exercise price for the warrants is determined at 50% of the principal and interest at the time of exercise of the warrants or conversion of the notes, whatever occurs first and the number of warrants is determined by dividing the aggregate exercise price by the exercise price per share. In 2003, the Company also issued 114,286 warrants in connection with the issuance of the convertible note payable to Ardesta LLC with a principal balance of $400,000, for the immediate purchase of Series A preferred stock, at an exercise price of $.01 per share and an expiration date of July 31, 2008. The warrants were recorded at their estimated fair value of $126,848 and $115,067 in 2004 and 2003, respectively, determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and assuming a volatility factor of 0.60, a warrant life of 5 years, no expected dividends, and a risk free interest rate of 3.52%. The warrants were classified as temporary equity because the underlying Series A shares are redeemable at December 31, 2008 at the option of the Holder and as a discount on convertible promissory notes payable. In 2004 and 2003, interest expense included $173,686 and $68,229, respectively, for amortization of the discount.

NOTE D—CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

In November, 2004, the Company issued 1,357,144 shares of Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock (“Series A”) on conversion under the original terms of a convertible note held by Ardesta LLC with a principle balance of $950,000. In March, 2003, the Company issued 27,394 shares of Series A in settlement of accounts payable in the amount of $19,176. In January and November of 2002, the Company sold a total of 4,668,916 shares of Series A to Ardesta LLC raising aggregate gross proceeds of $5,050,000 including the conversion of debt.

Series A shares are redeemable at the option of the holders on or after December 31, 2008, if the holders have not received dividends or other distributions from the Company of at least $0.97 per share. Series A holders may also require redemption in the event of defaults that are not cured. The redemption distribution amount would be equal to the greater of $0.97 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends or the fair market value of Series A. Holders of Series A shares are only entitled to dividends to the extent that dividends are declared to common stockholders. If a dividend is declared, holders of Series A shares would receive an equivalent dividend as if the Series A shares had been converted to common shares. Because the redemption feature is outside the control of the Company, the Series A has been excluded from Stockholders’ Deficit in the accompanying balance sheets. Because redemption of Series A is outside of the Company’s control, Series A is accounted for under Emerging Issues Task Force Issue D-98 “Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities” (“EITF Topic D-98”). As such, the Company adjusts additional paid-in capital for periodic accretion of the change in redemption value from the initial carrying value through December, 31, 2008, the date that the holders may elect to redeem the securities.

The Series A shares are convertible to common shares at the option of the holder at any time using the ratio of $0.70 divided by $0.70 adjusted for certain dilution factors, if any. Upon the closing of a qualifying underwritten public offering, the Series A shares would be automatically converted into common shares. An automatic conversion would also occur if 66-2/3% of the Series A holders elect to convert their shares to common shares.

 

F-213


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

The holders of Series A shares have liquidation preferences ahead of all common stockholders. The liquidation distribution amount would be equal to $0.97 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends of such shares. Any funds remaining after $0.97 per share preference would be ratably distributed to holders of Series A and common stock as if the Series A was converted to common stock. The holders of Series A shares have full voting rights of the common stockholders as if the preferred shares were converted to common shares.

At December 31, 2004, the Company had 1,328,402 shares of Series A preferred stock reserved for issuance upon: conversion of the $400,000 principle note payable to Ardesta LLC convertible into 571,429 Series A shares, exercise of the warrant to purchase 114,286 Series A shares issued in connection with the $400,000 note; 466,667 shares issued under warrants issued in connection with convertible promissory notes payable in 2002 at an exercise price of $1.72 and expiration dates of July 31 or September 30 of 2007; 51,020 shares issuable under a warrant issuable in connection with a $25,000 partial reduction in debt at an exercise price of $.70 per share and an expiration date of March 31, 2013; and 125,000 shares issuable under a warrant issuable to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer at an exercise price of $.70 per share and an expiration date of December 31, 2014. Shares issuable under convertible notes payable to Ardesta LLC, and other investors which are convertible into shares issued in the next round of financing or into Series A shares and warrants issued in connection with those notes (note C) are not included in the disclosure above.

NOTE E—COMMON STOCK

Common Stock Redemption Feature

Pursuant to an amended and restated shareholder agreement, upon the death or disability of any Shareholder, the holder of such shares shall have the option to sell all such shares back to the Company at the Stipulated Value of such shares as defined in the agreement. The stipulated value per share is determined annually and designed to approximate fair value. EITF Topic D-98 requires that if securities are potentially redeemable upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely within the control of the Issuer they should be classified outside of permanent equity. Therefore, the Company records an adjustment based on the fair value of its common stock at each balance sheet date to reclassify the potential redemption value of its common stock from permanent to temporary equity. The amount recorded as temporary equity relating to outstanding common stock was $1,125,575 and $689,536 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The Company also records an adjustment at each balance sheet date to classify the potential redemption value of common stock awards granted to non-employees from permanent to temporary equity. Such awards are comprised of common stock warrants vested at issuance (note G). The amount reclassified to temporary equity is determined based on the intrinsic value of the common stock warrant at the balance sheet date. The amount recorded as temporary equity relating to outstanding common stock warrants was approximately $112,000 at December 31, 2004. The intrinsic value of outstanding common stock warrants was not material at December 31, 2003.

The Company has determined that employee based stock compensation awards do not fall under the scope of EITF Topic D-98. Therefore no amounts related to such awards, which have intrinsic value of approximately $180,000 and $34,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, have been classified as temporary equity.

 

F-214


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

Common Stock Reserved

A summary of common stock reserved for issuance is as follows as of December 31, 2004

 

Conversion of outstanding Series A

   6,053,454

Assumed conversion of outstanding notes payable convertible to Series A and Series A warrants

   1,328,402

Conversion of other un-issued authorized Series A shares

   2,618,144

Outstanding common stock options and warrants

   7,039,581

Common stock options available for grant

   260,619

Employee stock purchase plan

   309,956
    
   17,610,156
    

Shares issuable under convertible notes payable to Ardesta LLC and other investors which are convertible into shares issued in the next round of financing or into Series A shares and warrants issued in connection with those notes (note C) are not included in the table above.

NOTE F—INCOME TAXES

Income taxes for 2004 and 2003 differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. Federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax loss from operations as a result of the following:

 

     2004     2003  

Expected tax benefit at statutory rate of 34%

   $ (366,000 )   $ (715,000 )

Adjustments due to:

    

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     (32,000 )     (63,000 )

Increase in deferred tax valuation allowance

     243,000       850,000  

Discontinued operations

     —         (231,000 )

Other

     155,000       159,000  
                

Provision for income taxes

   $ —       $ —    
                

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2004 and 2003 are as follows:

 

     2004     2003  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Patent and trademark costs

   $ (112,000 )   $ (110,000 )
                

Total deferred tax liability

     (112,000 )     (110,000 )
                

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforward

     2,466,000       2,313,000  

Accrued liabilities

     112,000       20,000  

Other

     185,000       185,000  
                

Total deferred tax asset

     2,763,000       2,518,000  
                

Net deferred tax asset

     2,651,000       2,408,000  

Valuation allowance

     (2,651,000 )     (2,408,000 )
                

Net deferred taxes

   $ —       $ —    
                

 

F-215


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

The valuation allowance against deferred tax assets increased by approximately $243,000 and $850,000 in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Deferred tax assets are recognized when it is more likely than not that the benefits from deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the ability for the company to generate future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences that create deferred tax assets become deductible. Company management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, past earning history, revenue backlog, tax operating loss carryforward expiration dates, and change of control limitations when determining the amount of deferred tax asset to recognize. Based on these assessments and the likelihood that change of control issues will limit the amount of tax operating loss carryforwards available in the future, the Company has provided a valuation allowance at December 31, 2004 and 2003 for the net deferred tax asset related principally to the operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. At December 31, 2004, the Company had net federal operating loss carryforwards for tax reporting of approximately $6.9 million that expire at various dates through 2024 and net state operating loss carryforwards of approximately $2.3 million. Net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes may be limited in the event the Company incurs an ownership change as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 382.

NOTE G—BENEFIT PLANS

Common Stock Options and Warrants

The Company has an employee stock option plan that provides for the granting of both qualified incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options. There is a maximum of 5,250,000 options for the purchase of common stock available for issuance under the plan. The exercise price for shares purchased under the plan is determined by the plan administrator and shall not be less than 100% of the fair value of the common stock on the option grant date for qualified incentive stock options. The options generally vest at 25% beginning one year after the grant date and, 2.083% every month thereafter and have ten year terms. At December 31, 2004, options for 260,619 shares remain available for issuance under the plan.

Following is additional summarized information about the Company’s stock option plan:

 

     Total
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
   Exercisable
Options
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

Balance at January 1, 2003

   3,225,870     $ 0.55      

Granted

   1,912,500     $ 0.15      

Surrendered

   (120,000 )   $ 0.30      
              

Balance at December 31, 2003

   5,018,370     $ 0.40    2,623,401    $ 0.51

Granted

   215,000     $ 0.14      

Surrendered

   (243,989 )   $ 0.39      
              

Balance at December 31, 2004

   4,989,381     $ 0.39    3,367,048    $ 0.48
              

 

F-216


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

Outstanding Options

   Exercisable Options

Range of Option Exercise Prices

   Options
Outstanding
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Yrs)
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
   Options
Exercisable
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

$   .14

   1,997,500    8.72    $ 0.14    560,335    $ 0.14

$   .30 – .33

   1,398,344    4.60    $ 0.30    1,398,344    $ 0.31

$   .50 – .55

   333,000    5.32    $ 0.50    313,233    $ 0.51

$   .70 – .77

   1,088,135    6.71    $ 0.70    926,151    $ 0.71

$1.70 –1.76

   172,402    6.35    $ 1.74    168,985    $ 1.72
                  
   4,989,381    6.74    $ 0.39    3,367,048    $ 0.48
                  

The weighted average per share fair value of employee stock options granted with exercise prices equal or exceeding the fair value of the underlying common stock on the grant date was $0.09 in 2003. No employee options with exercise prices equal to or exceeding the fair value of the underlying common stock were granted in 2004. The weighted average per share fair value of options granted with exercise prices less than the fair value of the underlying common stock in 2004 and 2003 was $0.16 and $0.12 in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

At December 31, 2004, the Company had non-callable warrants for the purchase of 2,050,000 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.14 to $0.30 per share. Such warrants were issued in 2004 and 2003 as partial consideration for general management and marketing consulting services. Operating expense includes $98,242 and $165,800 in 2004 and 2003, respectively, for compensation expense related to the warrants determined based on the black scholes option pricing and assuming a volatility factor of 0.60, a warrant life of 5 to 6 years, no expected dividends, and a risk free interest rate ranging from of 3.52% to 3.87%. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire during periods ranging from September 30, 2008 through March 31, 2010.

Employee Share Purchase Plan

On June 1, 1999, the Company’s board of directors approved the issuance of up to 750,000 shares of common stock under the MesoSystems Employee Share Purchase Plan. The Employee Share Purchase Plan allows eligible employees to purchase common stock on a monthly basis at its estimated fair market value. Employee contributions to the Employee Stock Purchase Plans were approximately $3,600 and $3,800 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Pursuant to the Employee Share Purchase Plan, 25,714 and 12,167 shares were issued in fiscal 2004 and 2003, respectively. At December 31, 2004 a total of 309,956 shares of common stock remain available for grant under the plan.

Retirement Benefit Plan

The Company has a 401(k) retirement plan covering substantially all of its employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan if they are 18 years of age and have completed six months of service to the Company. Eligible employees may contribute to the retirement plan through payroll deductions and are 100% vested in their deferral contributions account. The Company can also elect to make employer discretionary contributions. Plan participants are 100% vested in employer contributions after five years of service. No employer contributions were made to the 401(k) retirement plan for the years ended December 31, 2004 or 2003.

 

F-217


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

NOTE H—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

The Company rents office and laboratory space in Kennewick, Washington, and Albuquerque, New Mexico; under lease agreements that expire in December 2007 and December 2005, respectively. Rent expense totaled $117,782 and $180,786 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The Company conducts a portion of its operations utilizing equipment leased under operating leases. Lease expense was $132,178 and $120,268 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The minimum lease commitments under operating equipment and facilities leases are as follows:

 

2005

   $ 124,218

2006

     85,026

2007

     43,961
      
   $ 253,205
      

Contingencies

In March 2001 the Company entered into a severance agreement with one of its founders under which the Company agreed to pay to the founder $5,000 per month through December 31, 2005. The founder then had an annual option to either put shares back to the Company or to repay the amount received in cash. The founder’s option to put shares back to the Company in the first annual period was an in the money option and the founder fulfilled his obligation in the first annual period by putting 27,363 shares to the Company. During 2002, the Company paid $50,000 to the founder. However a dispute arose between the parties as to whether the put option over the remaining term of the agreement was a fair value or fixed price option. The founder maintained that he had the right to put shares back to the Company at $2.10 per share while the Company maintained that the put option was a fair value option. Litigation ensued and the matter was settled in 2005. The terms of settlement provided that the Company would pay the founder approximately $153,500 and that the Founders obligation with respect to the $50,000 he received in 2002 would be settled in exchange for the transfer of 97,797 common shares back to the Company. In addition, the founder agreed to sell back to the Company his remaining 916,506 common shares at a price per share to be determined based on a formula which provided for a minimum value which could be increased based on a percentage of the price per share received by common shareholders on the sale of the Company to ICX (note J). Ultimately, the founder received approximately $199,000 for such shares. As the ultimate outcome was uncertain at December 31, 2004 no amounts are accrued in the accompanying financial statements relating to this matter. The amount previously paid to the founder of $50,000 is recorded against stockholders equity.

In the normal course of business, there are various claims, lawsuits, and pending actions involving the Company. The Company intends to vigorously defend its position with respect to these matters. The liability, if any, associated with these matters is not determinable at December 31, 2004; however, management believes the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

NOTE I—DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

In September 2003, the Company sold its majority ownership in Mesofuel, Inc. for $300,000 in cash, $280,000 in notes receivable and the assumption by the buyer of $460,195 in net liabilities. The Company

 

F-218


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

received full payment for the $280,000 note receivable in 2004. The operating results and related gain on the sale has been reported as discontinued operations in the accompanying financial statements. Revenue from discontinued operations approximated $650,000 in 2003.

NOTE J—SUBSEQUENT EVENT

In November 2005, ICx Technologies acquired all of the outstanding Common and Preferred stock (collectively, “Capital Stock”) of the Company and the Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of ICx. ICx was formed in 2003 to acquire and integrate companies with leading technologies for sensing, detecting, imaging and projecting power. ICx’s principal markets are civilian and military security. ICx acquired the Capital Stock of the Company using a combination of ICx stock and cash.

 

F-219


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Unaudited Financial Statements

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

F-220


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Balance Sheets

As of September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

     Unaudited
2005
    2004  

CURRENT ASSETS

    

Cash & cash equivalents

   $ 241,203     $ 173,092  

Accounts receivable

     680,184       628,559  

Unbilled revenue

     —         59,750  

Inventory, net

     224,689       238,204  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     46,732       890,487  
                

Total Current Assets

     1,192,808       1,180,092  

Property and equipment

     637,532       567,912  

Less accumulated depreciation

     323,480       247,627  
                
     314,052       320,285  

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $109,123 and $71,339 in 2005 and 2004, respectively

     306,175       307,579  
                

Total assets

   $ 1,813,035     $ 1,807,956  
                

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 68,123     $ 149,356  

Convertible promissory notes payable

     1,632,600       1,547,600  

Accounts payable

     296,493       254,098  

Accrued payroll

     280,392       217,485  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     511,323       558,053  

Advance payments from customers

     30,919       65,111  
                

Total current liabilities

     2,819,850       2,791,703  

Long-term debt

     26,911       78,662  
                

Total liabilities

     2,846,761       2,870,365  

Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 10,000,000 shares authorized, 6,053,454 shares outstanding at September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, liquidation preference $5,871,850

     5,841,711       5,847,094  

Warrants to purchase convertible redeemable preferred stock Series A

     344,938       334,938  

Temporary equity—redemption value of common stock and common stock warrants

     1,479,089       1,125,575  

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 20,000,000 shares authorized, 5,790,921 and 4,406,846 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively

     57,909       44,069  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,275,658       1,214,946  

Redemption value of common stock and common stock warrants

     (1,479,089 )     (1,125,575 )

Receivable subject to settlement through common stock put option

     —         (50,000 )

Unearned compensation

     (61,789 )     (15,492 )

Accumulated deficit

     (8,492,153 )     (8,437,964 )
                

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (8,699,464 )     (8,370,016 )
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 1,813,035     $ 1,807,956  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-221


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Unaudited Statements of Operations

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

     2005     2004  

REVENUES

    

Products

   $ 1,012,080     $ 1,133,149  

Research and development contracts

     3,221,001       1,819,634  
                

Total revenues

     4,233,081       2,952,783  

COSTS AND EXPENSES

    

Cost of products

     608,543       572,485  

Cost of research and development contracts

     1,617,758       918,787  

Selling, general and administrative expense

     1,805,415       1,748,728  

Research and development expense

     —         185,289  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     113,538       76,940  
                

Total costs and expenses

     4,145,254       3,502,229  
                

Operating income (loss)

     87,827       (549,446 )

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     1,623       11,164  

Interest expense

     (143,639 )     (306,576 )
                

Total other income (expense)

     (142,016 )     (295,412 )
                

Net loss

   $ (54,189 )   $ (844,858 )
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-222


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

     2005     2004  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (54,189 )   $ (844,858 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     113,537       76,940  

Non-cash interest expense

     —         211,252  

(Increase) decrease in

    

Accounts receivable

     (51,625 )     (265,944 )

Unbilled revenue

     59,750       (21,500 )

Inventories

     13,515       12,656  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     33,755       35,658  

Increase (decrease) in

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     61,953       118,185  

Advance payments from customers

     (34,192 )     114,221  
                

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     142,504       (563,390 )
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Collection of note receivable

     —         228,529  

Payment of patent costs

     (36,280 )     (42,569 )

Purchases of property and equipment

     (69,620 )     (80,547 )
                

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (105,900 )     100,413  
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of convertible secured notes payable

     85,000       616,498  

Proceeds from issuance of common shares

     207,462       11,425  

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

     (127,971 )     —    

Repayment of long-term debt

     (132,984 )     (184,272 )
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     31,507       443,651  
                

Net change in cash

     68,111       (19,326 )

Cash at beginning of period

     173,092       188,471  
                

Cash at end of period

   $ 241,203     $ 169,145  
                

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH FINANCING TRANSACTIONS:

    

Accretion of preferred stock and preferred stock warrants to redemption value

   $ 4,617     $ 61,816  

Deferred stock compensation from issuance of employee common stock options

     49,680       1,650  

Change in redemption value of common stock and common stock warrants

     353,514       318,104  

Receipt of common stock as settlement for note receivable

     50,000       —    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-223


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

NOTE A—ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization

MesoSystems Technology, Inc. (the Company) is an early-stage biodefense company engaged in research and development that creates, develops, manufactures, and distributes innovative products for national security and public health. The Company’s core technologies enable its customers to determine if people are being threatened by or have been exposed to harmful and even life-threatening bio-organisms. The Company also performs work under research contracts with various entities in the public and private sectors.

Basis of Presentation

These unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. In the opinion of management, these statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which are not required for interim purposes, have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of the Company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any subsequent quarter or for the year ending December 31, 2005.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from the sales of products when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has been shipped, title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, and collection from the customer is reasonably assured. Revenue from research and development contracts primarily relates to cost plus contracts and revenue is recognized as the services are provided. Certain contracts provide for fixed payments that may not coincide with revenue recognition. To the extent that customer payments are received in excess of revenue, such payments are recorded as billings in excess of revenue. To the extent that revenue is recognized prior to billing periods defined in the contract, such amounts are recorded as unbilled revenue and are expected to be collected within one year of recognition. Provision for contract losses, if any, are recorded at the time such losses are known. The majority of the Company’s contract revenue is generated from contracts with federal government agencies.

 

F-224


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has adopted the disclosure only requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation (“SFAS No. 123”), and continues to account for employee stock compensation under the Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB No 25”). Generally, under APB No. 25, compensation expense is only recognized if the estimated fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant equals or exceeds the exercise price. Compensation expense, if any, is recognized in operations on a straight line basis over the vesting periods of the stock options.

SFAS No. 123 encourages companies to recognize expense for stock-based awards as the options vest based on their estimated value on the date of grant. Had compensation cost for the Company been determined pursuant to SFAS No. 123, the Company’s net loss would have been increased to the following pro forma amounts:

 

     September 30,
2005
    September 30,
2004
 

Net loss as reported

   $ (54,189 )   $ (844,858 )

Add: Employee stock-based compensation included in reported net loss

     1,341       158  

Deduct: Employee stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value-based method for all awards

     (128,074 )     (173,993 )
                

Pro forma net loss

   $ (180,922 )   $ (1,018,693 )
                

The fair values at the time of each option grant were estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: dividend yield of 0%; expected volatility of 60%; risk-free interest rates ranging from 3.52% and 3.87%; expected lives of 10 years; and actual forfeitures of stock options granted but not vested.

Stock-based compensation expense for options granted to non-employees has been determined in accordance with SFAS No. 123 and the Emerging Issues Task Force consensus in Issue No. 96-18 Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services. The fair value of the award is measured using an estimate of the fair value of goods or services received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The fair value of options granted to non-employees is periodically remeasured as the underlying options vest and compensation costs are expensed using the graded vesting method over the applicable vesting periods.

Stock based compensation expense for shares granted to non employees is recognized over the vesting period for awards for which restrictions lapse over a service period or on the grant date for shares issued to employees without restriction.

 

F-225


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

Income Taxes

The Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. When applicable, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the respective tax bases for such assets and liabilities and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123 (Revised), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”), which amends SFAS No. 123 and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. SFAS 123R establishes standards for accounting for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods or services. It also addresses transactions in which an entity incurs liabilities in exchange for goods or services that are based on the fair value of the entity’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of those equity instruments. SFAS 123R requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements based on the fair value of the share-based payment over the applicable vesting period. The Company is required to adopt this statement in 2006 but has not yet determined the impact of adoption on its results of operations.

NOTE B—LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company incurred net losses of $1,077,878 and $2,102,999 during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively and since inception has incurred losses of approximately $8.5 million. Such losses have primarily been funded through debt and equity financing.

In the latter part of 2004 the Company secured significant funding from the federal government to continue key technology research and has reduced its losses during the first nine months of 2005. As more fully described in Note G, in November 2005, the Company was acquired and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of ICx Technologies, Inc. (“ICx”). Since the acquisition, ICx has provided working capital to the Company to support ongoing operations. Management believes that factors described above, along with the financial strength of ICx, supports the Company’s ability to continue to operate as a business enterprise.

NOTE C—CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE

In 2005, the Company issued $85,000 in convertible notes payable to Ardesta, LLC (“Ardesta”), the Company’s majority shareholder. The note bears interest at 10% and is payable on demand. The note is convertible at the option of Ardesta at any time into the Company’s Series A preferred stock at a conversion price of $0.70 per share. At September 30, 2005 the Company had $1,235,000 of convertible notes payable outstanding with Ardesta and $397,600 outstanding with other investors. In connection with the acquisition of the Company by ICx (See Note G), all outstanding convertible notes were converted to Series A preferred stock and such stock was acquired by ICx.

 

F-226


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

NOTE D—CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

The Company’s Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock (“Series A”) is redeemable at the option of the holders on or after December 31, 2008, if the holders have not received dividends or other distributions from the Company of at least $0.97 per share. Series A holders may also require redemption in the event of defaults that are not cured. The redemption distribution amount would be equal to the greater of $0.97 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends or the fair market value of Series A. Holders of Series A shares are only entitled to dividends to the extent that dividends are declared to common stockholders. If a dividend is declared, holders of Series A shares would receive an equivalent dividend as if the Series A shares had been converted to common shares. Because the redemption feature is outside the control of the Company, the Series A has been excluded from Stockholders’ Deficit in the accompanying balance sheets. Because redemption of Series A is outside of the Company’s control, Series A is accounted for under Emerging Issues Task Force Issue D-98, Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities (“EITF Topic D-98”). As such, the Company adjusts additional paid-in capital for periodic accretion of the change in redemption value from the initial carrying value through December, 31, 2008, the date that the holders may elect to redeem the securities.

The Series A shares are convertible to common shares at the option of the holder at any time using the ratio of $0.70 divided by $0.70 adjusted for certain dilution factors, if any. Upon the closing of a qualifying underwritten public offering, the Series A shares would be automatically converted into common shares. An automatic conversion would also occur if 66-2/3% of the Series A holders elect to convert their shares to common shares.

The holders of Series A shares have liquidation preferences ahead of all common stockholders. The liquidation distribution amount would be equal to $0.97 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends of such shares. Any funds remaining after $0.97 per share preference would be ratably distributed to holders of Series A and common stock as if the Series A was converted to common stock. The holders of Series A shares have full voting rights of the common stockholders as if the preferred shares were converted to common shares.

NOTE E—COMMON STOCK

Common Stock Redemption Feature

Pursuant to an amended and restated shareholder agreement, upon the death or disability of any Shareholder, the holder of such shares shall have the option to sell all such shares back to the Company at the Stipulated Value of such shares as defined in the agreement. The stipulated value per share is determined annually and designed to approximate fair value. EITF Topic D-98 requires that if securities are potentially redeemable upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely within the control of the Issuer they should be classified outside of permanent equity. Therefore, the Company records an adjustment based on the fair value of its common stock at each balance sheet date to reclassify the potential redemption value of its common stock from permanent to temporary equity.

 

F-227


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

The Company also records an adjustment at each balance sheet date to classify the potential redemption value of common stock awards granted to non-employees from permanent to temporary equity. Such awards are comprised of common stock warrants vested at issuance. The amount reclassified to temporary equity is determined based on the intrinsic value of the common stock warrant at the balance sheet date.

The amount recorded as temporary equity relating to outstanding common stock and common stock warrants was $1,479,089 and $1,125,575 at September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively.

The Company has determined that employee based stock compensation awards do not fall under the scope of EITF Topic D-98.

Common Stock Reserved

A summary of common stock reserved for issuance is as follows as of September 30, 2005

 

Conversion of outstanding Series A

   6,053,454

Assumed conversion of outstanding notes payable convertible to Series A and Series A warrants

   1,441,735

Conversion of other un-issued authorized Series A shares

   2,504,811

Outstanding common stock options and warrants

   6,699,696

Common stock options available for grant

   600,304

Employee stock purchase plan

   278,087
    
   17,578,087
    

Shares issuable under convertible notes payable to Ardesta LLC and other investors which are convertible into shares issued in the next round of financing or into Series A shares and warrants issued in connection with those notes (note C) are not included in the table above.

NOTE F—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Contingencies

In March 2001 the Company entered into a severance agreement with one of its founders under which the Company agreed to pay to the founder $5,000 per month through December 31, 2005. The founder then had an annual option to either put shares back to the Company or to repay the amount received in cash. The founder’s option to put shares back to the Company in the first annual period was an in the money option and the founder fulfilled his obligation in the first annual period by putting 27,363 shares to the Company. During 2002, the Company paid $50,000 to the founder. However a dispute arose between the parties as to whether the put option over the remaining term of the agreement was a fair value or fixed price option. The founder maintained that he had the right to put shares back to the Company at $2.10 per share while the Company maintained that the put option was a fair value option. Litigation ensued and the matter was settled in 2005. The terms of settlement provided that the Company would pay the founder approximately $153,500 and that the Founders would release 73,095 common shares. Furthermore with respect to the $50,000 obligation, the founder released 24,702 shares

 

F-228


Table of Contents

MESOSYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

back to the company as payment for his outstanding loan he received in 2002. In addition, the founder agreed to sell his remaining 916,506 common shares back to the Company at a price set by an independent evaluation. On October 31, 2005, the agreement was revised, and the founder agreed to sell back to the Company his remaining 916,506, common shares at a price per share to be determined based on a formula which provided for a minimum value which could be increased based on a percentage of the price per share received by common shareholders on the sale of the Company to ICx. Ultimately, the founder received approximately $199,000 for such shares. The Company paid the founder $76,750 of the $153,500 settlement in March 2005 and had accrued an additional $76,750 at September 30, 2005. The amount previously paid to the founder of $50,000 is recorded against stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2004, and was reclassified to paid-in capital upon settlement.

In the normal course of business, there are various claims, lawsuits, and pending actions involving the Company. The Company intends to vigorously defend its position with respect to these matters. The liability, if any, associated with these matters is not determinable at September 30, 2005; however, management believes the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

NOTE G—SUBSEQUENT EVENT

In November 2005, ICx acquired all of the outstanding Common and Preferred stock (collectively, “Capital Stock”) of the Company and the Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of ICx. ICx was formed in 2003 to acquire and integrate companies with leading technologies for sensing, detecting, imaging and projecting power. ICx’s principal markets are civilian and military security. ICx acquired the Capital Stock of the Company using a combination of ICx stock and cash.

 

F-229


Table of Contents

TARGET INSTRUMENTS, INC.

Audited Financial Statements

Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 and Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

F-230


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors of

Target Instruments, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Target Instruments, Inc. (the Company) as of March 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the three months ending March 31, 2005, and for the years ending December 31, 2004 and 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America as established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Target Instruments, Inc. as of March 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the three months ending March 31, 2005, and for the years ending December 31, 2004 and 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

LOGO

Raleigh, North Carolina

April 14, 2006

 

F-231


Table of Contents

Target Instruments, Inc.

Balance Sheets

As of March 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

      2005     2004     2003  
Assets       

Current assets:

      

Cash

   $ 203,269     $ 188,105     $ 128,375  

Accounts receivable

     512,457       926,233       569,072  

Due from related party

     40,251       56,534       33,138  

Inventory

     171,303       229,122       40,920  

Prepaid expenses

     10,751       7,501       3,475  

Other current assets

     1,570       1,752       1,520  
                        

Total current assets

     939,601       1,409,247       776,500  
                        

Property and equipment:

      

Furniture and equipment

     287,795       275,540       173,107  

Leasehold improvements

     309,881       309,000       256,375  

Less—Accumulated depreciation

     (99,214 )     (81,770 )     (21,093 )
                        
     498,462       502,770       408,389  
                        

Other assets:

      

Deposits

     8,843       8,843       8,843  

Loan fees, net

     1,884       1,917       0  
                        
     10,727       10,760       8,843  
                        
   $ 1,448,790     $ 1,922,777     $ 1,193,732  
                        
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity       

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 52,911     $ 80,974     $ 69,862  

Due to related party

     784,940       1,229,924       519,623  

Deferred revenue

     170,040       0       388,629  

Accrued expenses

     31,319       37,342       32,048  

Related-party note payable

     0       0       100,000  

Current portion of long-term debt

     64,082       63,118       0  

Other current liabilities

     40,729       26,730       32,964  
                        

Total current liabilities

     1,144,021       1,438,088       1,143,126  
                        

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     265,406       281,921       0  
                        

Long-term deferred tax liability

     0       28,231       0  
                        

Commitments and contingencies (Notes A and G)

      

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Common stock—$200 par value; 500 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     100,000       100,000       100,000  

Additional paid-in-capital

     36,000       36,000       0  

(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings

     (96,637 )     38,537       (49,394 )
                        
     39,363       174,537       50,606  
                        
   $ 1,448,790     $ 1,922,777     $ 1,193,732  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-232


Table of Contents

Target Instruments, Inc.

Statements of Operations

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2005,

And the Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

     2005     2004    2003  

Revenues:

       

Product sales

   $ 706,961     $ 5,974,592    $ 961,199  

Product development fees—Third party

     163,960       951,380      14,620  

Product development fees—Related party

     0       0      500,000  

Repairs and miscellaneous income

     25,943       110,448      11,969  
                       
     896,864       7,036,420      1,487,788  
                       

Cost of goods sold:

       

Product sales

     579,065       4,686,670      751,578  

Product development fees—Third party

     163,960       801,380      14,620  

Product development fees—Related party

     0       0      132,860  

Repairs and miscellaneous income

     19,457       82,836      8,970  
                       
     762,482       5,570,886      908,028  
                       

Gross profit

     134,382       1,465,534      579,760  
                       

Selling, general and administrative expenses:

       

Engineering and product development expenses

     53,251       367,140      33,212  

Salaries and benefits

     114,193       526,106      313,583  

Advertising

     9,024       3,988      655  

Depreciation and amortization

     17,477       60,709      21,093  

Facility expenses

     36,747       153,215      133,465  

Interest

     4,986       3,343      3,939  

Legal and professional

     33,603       123,418      38,847  

Other administrative expenses

     28,506       111,453      84,360  
                       
     297,787       1,349,372      629,154  
                       

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (163,405 )     116,162      (49,394 )

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (28,231 )     28,231      0  
                       

Net (loss) income

   $ (135,174 )   $ 87,931    $ (49,394 )
                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-233


Table of Contents

Target Instruments, Inc.

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2005,

And the Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

     Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
   Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  

Balance, January 1, 2003 (inception)

   $ 0     $ 0    $ 0     $ 0  

Issuance of common stock

     100,000       0      0       100,000  

Net loss

     0       0      (49,394 )     (49,394 )
                               

Balance, December 31, 2003

     100,000       0      (49,394 )     50,606  

Sales of common stock

     5,000       36,000      0       41,000  

Repurchase of common stock

     (5,000 )     0      0       (5,000 )

Net income

     0       0      87,931       87,931  
                               

Balance, December 31, 2004

     100,000       36,000      38,537       174,537  

Net loss

     0       0      (135,174 )     (135,174 )
                               

Balance, December 31, 2005

   $ 100,000     $ 36,000    $ (96,637 )   $ 39,363  
                               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-234


Table of Contents

Target Instruments, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2005,

And the Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

     2005     2004     2003  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net (loss) income

   $ (135,174 )   $ 87,931     $ (49,394 )

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     17,477       60,709       21,093  

Deferred income taxes

     (28,231 )     28,231       0  

Write-off of obsolete inventory

     34,390       0       0  

(Increase) decrease in:

      

Accounts receivable

     413,776       (357,161 )     (569,072 )

Due from related party

     16,283       (23,396 )     (33,138 )

Inventory

     23,429       (188,202 )     (40,920 )

Prepaid expenses

     (3,250 )     (4,026 )     (3,475 )

Other current assets

     182       (232 )     (1,520 )

Other assets

     0       (1,949 )     (8,843 )

Increase (decrease) in:

      

Accounts payable

     (28,063 )     11,112       69,862  

Due to related party

     (444,984 )     710,301       519,623  

Deferred revenue

     170,040       (388,629 )     388,629  

Accrued expenses

     (6,023 )     5,294       32,048  

Other current liabilities

     13,999       (6,234 )     32,964  
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     43,851       (66,251 )     357,857  
                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchases of leasehold improvements

     (881 )     (52,625 )     (256,375 )

Purchases of furniture and equipment

     (12,255 )     (102,433 )     (173,107 )
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (13,136 )     (155,058 )     (429,482 )
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from long-term debt

     0       350,000       0  

Payment of long-term debt

     (15,551 )     (4,961 )     0  

Repurchase of common stock

     0       (5,000 )     0  

Proceeds from related-party note payable

     0       0       100,000  

Payment of related-party note payable

     0       (100,000 )     0  

Proceeds from common stock

     0       41,000       100,000  
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (15,551 )     281,039       200,000  
                        

Net increase in cash

     15,164       59,730       128,375  

Cash, beginning of period

     188,105       128,375       0  
                        

Cash, end of period

   $ 203,269     $ 188,105     $ 128,375  
                        

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information—Interest paid

   $ 5,033     $ 7,983     $ 268  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-235


Table of Contents

Target Instruments, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

March 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004 and 2003

Note A—Organization and Operations

Target Instruments, Inc. (the Company) is a Tennessee corporation founded on January 1, 2003, to serve as a U.S. distributor of nuclear detection instruments and as a research and development facility focused on new product development for introduction into the U.S. market. The Company is an affiliate of Target System electronic GmbH (Target GmbH) of Solingen, Germany, a world leader in the development of nuclear detection and high resolution gamma spectrometry instruments. Target GmbH and the Company are related through common stockholders, although there is no direct ownership relationship between the entities.

The Company has an exclusive distributorship agreement with Target GmbH to develop, promote, manufacture, service and sell the Target line of products in the United States. A majority of the Company’s sales are to the Thermo Electron Corporation under an exclusive Original Equipment Manufacturer’s (OEM) contract.

Management Plans and Operating Loss Issues

The Company experienced an operating loss during the three-month period ending March 31, 2005, as a result of costs related to the launch of a new product, the Interceptor. The Company requires additional capital working capital to continue funding its business operations and continue executing its business plan. ICx Technologies, Inc. (see Note I) provided working capital advances of $1,000,000, $600,000 and $500,000 in November 2005, March 2006 and May 2006, respectively. The Company believes that it will need additional funding through 2006 to continue operations.

Note B—Significant Accounting Policies

Inventory

The Company’s inventory is valued at the lower of cost (first in, first out) or market. The Company has written off all inventory it believes is not recoverable through March 31, 2005. No reserves were necessary for inventory as of March 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004 or 2003. The components of the Company’s inventory are as follows:

 

    

March 31,

2005

   December 31
        2004    2003

Raw materials

   $ 100,822    $ 17,812    $ 19,135

Finished goods

     70,481      211,310      21,785
                    
   $ 171,303    $ 229,122    $ 40,920
                    

Property and Equipment

Items capitalized as part of property and equipment are recorded at cost. Costs of maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Provision for depreciation is computed using straight-line and accelerated methods over estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Furniture and equipment        3 –7 years
Leasehold improvements    10 –15 years

Long-lived Assets

The Company accounts for the impairment and disposition of long-lived assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of

 

F-236


Table of Contents

Target Instruments, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

Long-lived Assets.” In accordance with SFAS No. 144, the long-lived assets to be held are reviewed for events or changes in circumstances that indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets to determine whether or not an impairment to such value has occurred by assessing their net realizable values based on estimated undiscounted cash flows over their remaining useful lives. No impairment was recorded for the three-month period ended March 31, 2005, nor for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.

Revenue Recognition

Sales of products are recognized as revenue when the products are shipped. Product development fees represent fees paid to the Company to develop specific types of new products that are not commercially available. Such fees are recognized as revenues when agreed upon milestones are achieved, pursuant to written or verbal agreements.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are reported at the balances of invoices outstanding, and invoice terms are typically 30 days. Invoices are considered past due after 30 days. The Company performs on-going credit evaluations of its customers’ financial conditions and generally requires no collateral on accounts receivable. As bad debts have not been significant to the Company’s operations, no allowance for uncollectible accounts has been established.

Concentrations

The Company maintains cash on deposit at one financial institution, the balance of which exceeds federally insured limits from time to time. Management believes that the credit risk to this deposit is minimal. The Company had significant sales and accounts receivable to three customers, as follows:

 

               December 31
     March 31, 2005    2004    2003

Customer

   % of
Accounts
Receivable
   % of
Sales
   % of
Accounts
Receivable
   % of
Sales
   % of
Accounts
Receivable
   % of
Sales

A

   43.9    0.0    27.3    5.8    1.8    4.6

B

   27.2    72.4    65.3    90.9    98.0    60.2

C

   15.2    16.0    5.6    1.2    0.0    0.0

Cost of Goods Sold, Shipping and Handling Costs

Cost of goods sold includes all direct manufacturing expenses, as well as an allocation of certain indirect costs. Costs related to shipping and handling are also included in the cost of goods sold.

Deferred Revenue

Payments from customers in advance of the shipment of goods or delivery of services are recorded as deferred revenue. Deferred revenue for the three-month period ended March 2005 includes a payment made by a customer as part of a contract to develop a new product line. Development revenue is recognized as certain milestones are achieved, as defined in the development agreement. Deferred revenue as of March 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and 2003 totaled $170,040, $0 and $388,629, respectively.

 

F-237


Table of Contents

Target Instruments, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

Income Taxes

The Company is organized as a C corporation for federal income tax purposes. The Company accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Under SFAS No. 109, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of “temporary differences” by applying enacted statutory rates to differences between financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are provided if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts for certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of their short maturities. The Company’s long-term note payable approximates fair value at March 31, 2005, as the fixed interest rate is comparable with current market rates. None of the financial instruments are held for trading purposes.

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. Advertising expenses for the three-month period ended March 31, 2005, and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 totaled $9,024, $3,988 and $655, respectively.

Fiscal Year

Effective April 1, 2005, the Company adopted a fiscal year for federal income tax and financial reporting purposes. The initial reporting period is for the three-month period ending March 31, 2005. Previous to this change, the Company’s fiscal year was December 31 for both federal income tax and financial reporting purposes.

Impact of New Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement 151, “Inventory Costs,” an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, which is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The amendments made by Statement 151 will improve financial reporting by clarifying that abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted materials (spoilage) should be recognized as current period charges, and by requiring the allocation of fixed production overheads to inventory, based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. The Company does not believe that the adoption of Statement 151 will have a significant effect on its financial statements.

 

F-238


Table of Contents

Target Instruments, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets,” an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29. This Statement is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The amendments made by Statement 151 will improve financial reporting by clarifying that abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted materials (spoilage) should be recognized as current period charges and by requiring the allocation of fixed production overheads to inventory, based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. The Company does not believe that the adoption of Statement 151 will have a significant effect on its financial statements.

In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.” This Statement provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It requires retrospective application of voluntary changes in accounting principles and changes required by the accounting pronouncement to the prior periods’ financial statements in the event the pronouncement does not include specific transition provisions. Statement 154 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company does not expect the adoption of Statement 154 to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Note C—Related-party Note Payable

In September 2003, the Company borrowed $100,000 from Target GmbH under a short-term note payable, which was repaid in March of 2004. The interest rate on the unsecured note was 12% per annum. At December 31, 2003, the unpaid balance was $100,000, plus accrued interest of $4,000 (see Note G).

Note D—Note Payable

The Company’s long-term debt was obtained in October 2004, in order to meet working capital needs relating to a new product launch and consists of a note payable to a commercial bank in the amount of $350,000, payable over 5 years, beginning December 2004. Principal and interest payments of $6,861 are due monthly. The note bears a fixed interest rate of 6.1%, and has an outstanding balance at March 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004, of $329,488 and $345,039, respectively. The note is collateralized by all assets of the Company.

The following is a summary of scheduled principal maturities of long-term debt during the next five years:

 

2006

   $ 64,082  

2007

     68,085  

2008

     72,338  

2009

     76,857  

2010

     48,126  
        
     329,488  

Less—Current portion

     (64,082 )
        

Long-term portion

   $ 265,406  
        

In October 2004, the Company also obtained a line of credit in the amount of $100,000 from the same commercial bank. The credit line bears interest at a variable rate of prime (5.75% at March 31, 2005) plus 1% and is secured by the Company’s accounts receivable. The credit line expires on September 1, 2006. There is no amount outstanding on the line of credit as of March 31, 2005, or December 31, 2004.

 

F-239


Table of Contents

Target Instruments, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

Note E—Retirement Plan

The Company sponsors a 401(k) retirement plan for the benefit of eligible employees. Under the plan, the Company matches 50% of the first 5% of pay that is contributed to the plan. Expenses under the plan totaled $5,456 for the three-month period ended March 31, 2005. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, expenses under the plan totaled $13,133 and $8,687, respectively.

Note F—Related-party Transactions

Operating under an exclusive distributor contract, the Company purchases most of its inventory from Target GmbH. As of March 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had accounts payable owed to Target GmbH of $784,940, $1,229,924 and $519,623, respectively for its inventory purchases.

Total amounts purchased from Target GmbH for the three-month period ended March 31, 2005, and years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, were $669,672, $4,434,836 and $649,179, respectively. Target GmbH also purchases some products and services from the Company. As of March 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had accounts receivable owed by Target GmbH of $40,251, $56,534 and $33,138, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2005, and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had sales to Target GmbH of approximately $32,000, $106,000 and $509,000, respectively.

The Company leases office and processing facilities from its majority stockholder. On January 1, 2005, the Company signed a new lease agreement with the majority stockholder to lease the facilities for fifteen years through December 31, 2020. The total annual rent for the first year amounted to $90,000, payable in equal monthly installments. The rent escalates based upon increases in the Consumer Price Index.

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company leased the facilities from its majority stockholder under one year lease agreements which were renewed annually. For the three-month period ended March 31, 2005, and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, rent expense totaled $22,500, $90,000 and $90,000, respectively.

Future minimum payments required under the operating lease are as follows:

 

Fiscal year ending March 31:

  

2006

   $ 90,000

2007

     90,000

2008

     90,000

2009

     90,000

2010

     90,000

Thereafter

     877,500
      

Total

   $ 1,327,500
      

Note G—Income Taxes

The Company has estimated federal and state income tax net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $220,847, as of March 31, 2005, which expire beginning in 2025. The net operating loss carryforwards may be offset against future taxable income to the extent permitted by the Internal Revenue Code. These carryforwards may be limited in the future due to the provisions under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 that addresses

 

F-240


Table of Contents

Target Instruments, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

ownership changes (see Note H). Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

The Company’s provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 

    

Three
Months
Ended
March 31,

2005

    Year Ended
December 31
       2004    2003

Current provision:

       

Federal

   $ 0     $ 0    $ 0

State

     0       0      0
                     
     0       0      0
                     

Deferred provision:

       

Federal

     (21,246 )     23,132      0

State

     (6,985 )     5,099      0
                     
     (28,231 )     28,231      0
                     

Total income tax provision

   $ (28,231 )   $ 28,231    $ 0
                     

The provision for income differs from the amount obtained by applying the United States federal income tax rate (34%) to pretax income due to the following:

 

    

Three
Months
Ended
March 31,

2005

    Year Ended
December 31
 
       2004     2003  

United States federal income tax at statutory rate

   $ (55,558 )   $ 39,495     $ (16,794 )

State income taxes

     (6,985 )     5,099       (1,936 )

Permanent differences

     199       918       1,449  

Change in valuation allowance

     34,113       (17,281 )     17,281  
                        
   $ (28,231 )   $ 28,231     $ 0  
                        

Components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows at March 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004 and 2003.

 

     2005     2004    2003  

Deferred tax assets:

       

Federal and state net operating loss carryforward

   $ 84,563     $ 25,414    $ 37,912  

Accrued vacation

     8,892       9,193      0  

Other

     191       191      0  
                       
     93,646       34,798      37,912  

Deferred tax liabilities—Depreciation and amortization

     59,533       63,029      20,631  
                       
     59,533       63,029      20,631  

Less—Valuation allowance

     (34,113 )     0      (17,281 )
                       

Net deferred tax liability

   $ 0     $ 28,231    $ 0  
                       

 

F-241


Table of Contents

Target Instruments, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

Net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance at March 31, 2005, and December 31, 2003, since realization of these benefits could not be reasonably assured.

Note H—Subsequent Events

In August 2005, the Company obtained a $500,000 line of credit with a commercial bank. The credit line bears interest at a variable rate (5.75% at March 31, 2005) plus 1% and is guaranteed by certain shareholders of the Company. The credit line expires November 2006 and replaces the $100,000 line of credit discussed in Note D.

On November 15, 2005, ICx Technologies, Inc. (ICx) acquired all of the outstanding common stock of the Company and the Company became the wholly owned subsidiary of ICx. ICx was incorporated by Digital Power Capital (DPC) in 2003 and began operations in 2005. ICx was formed to acquire and integrate companies with leading technologies for sensing, detecting, imaging and projecting power. ICx’s principal markets are civilian and military security. ICx acquired the common stock of the Company using a combination of ICx stock, options and cash.

 

F-242


Table of Contents

TARGET INSTRUMENTS, INC.

Unaudited Financial Statements

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

F-243


Table of Contents

TARGET INSTRUMENTS, INC.

Balance Sheets

As of September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

     Unaudited
2005
    2004  
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 71,910     $ 188,105  

Accounts receivable

     362,295       926,233  

Due from related party

     48,559       56,534  

Inventory

     513,441       229,122  

Prepaid expenses

     6,249       7,501  

Other current assets

     1,365       1,752  
                

Total current assets

     1,003,819       1 ,409,247  
                

Property and equipment:

    

Furniture and equipment

     329,557       275,540  

Leasehold improvements

     318,250       309,000  

Less—Accumulated depreciation

     (133,258 )     (81,770 )
                
     514,549       502,770  
                

Other assets:

    

Deposits

     8,843       8,843  

Loan fees, net

     4,189       1,917  
                
     13,032       10,760  
                
   $ 1,531,400     $ 1,922,777  
                
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 130,795     $ 80,974  

Due to related party

     810,318       1 ,229,924  

Deferred revenue

     177,435       —    

Accrued expenses

     40,537       37,342  

Related-party note payable

     —         —    

Current portion of long-term debt

     65,857       63,118  

Other current liabilities

     262,532       26,730  
                

Total current liabilities

     1,487,474       1,438,088  
                

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     233,864       281,921  
                

Long-term deferred tax liability

     —         28,231  
                

Commitments and contingencies

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock; $200 par value; 500 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at September 30, 2005 and December 31 , 2004

     100,000       100,000  

Additional paid-in capital

     36,000       36,000  

(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings

     (325,938 )     38,537  
                
     (189,938 )     174,537  
                
   $ 1,531,400     $ 1,922,777  
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-244


Table of Contents

TARGET INSTRUMENTS, INC.

Unaudited Statements of Operations

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

     2005     2004  

Revenues:

    

Product sales

   $ 3,212,477     $ 3,996,446  

Product development fees—Third party

     334,900       491,065  

Product development fees—Related party

     —         —    

Repairs and miscellaneous income

     98,669       95,576  
                
     3,646,046       4,583,087  
                

Cost of goods sold:

    

Product sales

     2,310,790       2,843,379  

Product development fees—Third party

     240,899       349,381  

Product development fees—Related party

     —         —    

Repairs and miscellaneous income

     70,974       68,000  
                
     2,622,664       3,260,761  
                

Gross profit

     1,023,382       1,322,326  
                

Selling, general and administrative expenses:

    

Engineering and product development expenses

     439,372       602,609  

Salaries and benefits

     530,455       436,883  

Advertising

     17,114       3,208  

Depreciation and amortization

     51,521       28,800  

Facility expenses

     49,992       44,696  

Interest

     16,660       2,000  

Legal and professional

     102,029       84,028  

Other administrative expenses

     208,945       176,004  
                
     1,416,088       1,378,228  
                

Loss before income taxes

     (392,706 )     (55,902 )

Income tax benefit

     (28,231 )     —    
                

Net loss

   $ (364,475 )   $ (55,902 )
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-245


Table of Contents

TARGET INSTRUMENTS, INC.

Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows For the Nine Months

Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

     2005     2004  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (364,475 )   $ (55,902 )

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     51,521       22,607  

Deferred income taxes

     (28,231 )     —    

(Increase) decrease in:

    

Accounts receivable

     563,938       352,443  

Due from related party

     7,975       (26,559 )

Inventory

     (284,319 )     (429,790 )

Prepaid expenses

     1,252       (4,105 )

Other current assets

     387       (385 )

Other assets

     (2,305 )     (1,670 )

Increase (decrease in:

    

Accounts payable

     49,821       (11,461 )

Due to related party

     (419,606 )     466,154  

Deferred revenue

     177,435       (138,694 )

Accrued expenses

     3,195       20,016  

Other current liabilities

     235,802       (32,964 )
                

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (7,610 )     159,690  
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of leasehold improvements

     (9,250 )     (47,044 )

Purchase of furniture and equipment

     (54,017 )     (94,824 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (63,267 )     (141,868 )
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Payment of long-term debt

     (45,318 )     —    

Repurchase of common stock

     —         (5,000 )

Payment of related-party note payable

     —         (100,000 )

Proceeds from common stock

     —         41,000  
                

Net cash used in financing activities

     (45,318 )     (64,000 )
                

Net decrease in cash

     (116,195 )     (46,178 )

Cash, beginning of period

     188,105       128,375  
                

Cash, end of period

   $ 71,910     $ 82,197  
                

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information—Interest paid

   $ 260,015     $ 210,572  
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-246


Table of Contents

TARGET INSTRUMENTS, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

NOTE A—ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS

Target Instruments, Inc. (the Company) is a Tennessee corporation founded on January 1, 2003, to serve as a U.S. distributor of nuclear detection instruments and as a research and development facility focused on new product development for introduction into the U.S. market. The Company is an affiliate of Target Systemelectronic GmbH (Target GmbH) of Solingen, Germany, a world leader in the development of nuclear detection and high resolution gamma spectrometry instruments. Target GmbH and the Company are related through common stockholders, although there is no direct ownership relationship between the entities.

The Company has an exclusive distributorship agreement with Target GmbH to develop, promote, manufacture, service and sell the Target line of products in the United States. A majority of the Company’s sales are to the Thermo Electron Corporation under an exclusive Original Equipment Manufacturer’s (OEM) contract.

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

These unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. In the opinion of management, the statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which are not required for interim purposes, have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of the Company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any subsequent quarter or for the year ending December 31, 2005.

Inventory

The Company’s inventory is valued at the lower of cost (first in, first out) or market. The Company has written off all inventory it believes is not recoverable through September 30, 2005. No reserves were necessary for inventory as of September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004. The components of the Company’s inventory are as follows:

 

     September 30,
2005
   December 31,
2004

Raw materials

   $ 453,261    $ 17,812

Finished goods

     60,180      211,310
             
   $ 513,441    $ 229,122
             

Revenue Recognition

Sales of products are recognized as revenue when the products are shipped. Product development fees represent fees paid to the Company to develop specific types of new products that are not commercially available. Such fees are recognized as revenues when agreed upon milestones are achieved, pursuant to written or verbal agreements.

 

F-247


Table of Contents

TARGET INSTRUMENTS, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

Deferred Revenue

Payments from customers in advance of the shipment of goods or delivery of services are recorded as deferred revenue. Deferred revenue at September 30, 2005, includes a payment made by a customer as part of a contract to develop a new product line. Development revenue is recognized as certain milestones are achieved, as defined in the development agreement.

Income Taxes

The Company is organized as a C corporation for federal income tax purposes. The Company accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Under SFAS No.109, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of “temporary differences” by applying enacted statutory rates to differences between financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are provided if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Impact of New Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement 151, “Inventory Costs,” an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, which is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The amendments made by Statement 151 will improve financial reporting by clarifying that abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted materials (spoilage) should be recognized as current period charges, and by requiring the allocation of fixed production overheads to inventory, based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. The Company does not believe that the adoption of Statement 151 will have a significant effect on its financial statements.

In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.” This Statement provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It requires retrospective application of voluntary changes in accounting principles and changes required by the accounting pronouncement to the prior periods’ financial statements in the event the pronouncement does not include specific transition provisions. Statement 154 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company does not expect the adoption of Statement 154 to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

F-248


Table of Contents

TARGET INSTRUMENTS, INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

NOTE C—LONG-TERM DEBT

In August 2005, the Company obtained a $500,000 line of credit with a commercial bank. The credit line bears interest at a variable rate (7.5% at September 30, 2005) plus 1% and is guaranteed by certain stockholders of the Company. The credit line expires November 2006.

NOTE D—RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Operating under an exclusive distributor contract, the Company purchases most of its inventory from Target GmbH. As of September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, the Company had accounts payable owed to Target GmbH of $810,318 and $1,229,924, respectively for its inventory purchases.

Total amounts purchased from Target GmbH for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2004 were $2,582,902 and $2,887,429, respectively. Target GmbH also purchases some products and services from the Company. As of September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, the Company had accounts receivable owed by Target GmbH of $48,559 and $56,534, respectively. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, the Company had sales to Target GmbH of approximately $40,318 and $101,955, respectively.

The Company leases office and processing facilities from its majority stockholder. On January 1, 2005, the Company signed a new lease agreement with the majority stockholder to lease the facilities for fifteen years through December 31, 2020. The total annual rent for the first year amounts to $90,000, payable in equal monthly installments. The rent escalates based upon increases in the Consumer Price Index.

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company leased the facilities from its majority stockholder under one year lease agreements which were renewed annually. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, rent expense totaled $67,500 and $67,500, respectively.

NOTE E—SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On November 15, 2005, ICx Technologies, Inc. (ICx) acquired all of the outstanding common stock of the Company, and the Company became the wholly owned subsidiary of ICx. ICx was incorporated by Digital Power Capital (DPC) in 2003 and began operations in 2005. ICx was formed to acquire and integrate companies with leading technologies for sensing, detecting, imaging and projecting power. ICx’s principal markets are civilian and military security. ICx acquired the common stock of the Company using a combination of ICx stock, options and cash.

 

F-249


Table of Contents

TARGET SYSTEMELECTRONIC GMBH

Audited Financial Statements

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2005

 

F-250


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

To the Board of Directors of target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen/Germany:

We have audited the financial statements comprising the balance sheet, statements of income and notes to the financial statements of target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen/Germany, as of March 31, 2005 and for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America as established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen/Germany, as of March 31, 2005, and the results of its operations for the year then ended in conformity with regulations of the German Commercial Code (HGB).

 

Dusseldorf, 10 May 2006    
Grant Thornton GmbH      
Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft    
LOGO     LOGO

Dr. Gernot Hebestreit

Wirtschaftsprufer

(Auditor)

   

Hermann-Josef Schulze Osthoff

Wirtschaftsprufer

(Auditor)

 

F-251


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Balance sheet as of 31 March 2005

 

    

31 March 2005

EUR

Assets

     

A.     Fixed Assets

     

I.       Intangible fixed assets

     

Concessions, industrial and similar rights and assets, and licenses in such rights

      6,258.50

II.     Tangible Assets

     

Other equipment, operating and office equipment

      113,446.00
       
      119,704.50
       

B.     Current Assets

     

I.       Inventories

     

1. Raw materials, supplies and operating materials

   511,253.21   

2. Work in progress

   461,956.58   
       
      973,209.79

II.     Receivables and other assets

     

1. Trade debtors

   1.087,939.90   

2. Other assets

   662,179.33   
       
      1,750,119.23

III.    Cash

      77,480.47
       
      2,800,809.49
       

C.     Prepayments and Accrued Income

      27,695.63
       
      2,948,209.62
       

Equity & Liabilities

     

A.     Shareholders’ Equity

     

I.       Subscribed Capital

   513,000.00   

II.     Retained earnings

   573,555.98   

III.    Net loss for the year

   -50,407.24   
       
      1,036,148.74

B.     Accruals and Provisions

     

Other Provisions

      236,540.97

C.     Liabilities

     

1.      Liabilities to banks

   614,680.21   

2.      Payments received on account of orders

   89,146.00   

3.      Trade payables

   845,356.79   

4.      Other liabilities

   126,336.91   
     
      1,675,519.91
       
      2,948,209.62
       

 

F-252


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Profit and loss account 2004 / 2005

 

    

2004 / 2005

EUR

1.      Turnover

   6,082,240.76

2.      Increase in finished goods inventories and work in progress

   204,146.78
    
   6,286,387.54

3.      Other operating income

   147,728.96

4.      Cost of materials

  

a)      Cost of raw materials and operating materials and goods for resale

   -2,747,659.98

b)      Cost of purchased services

   -279,706.89
    
   -3,027,366.87

5.      Personnel expenses

  

a)      Wages and salaries

   -1,840,782.83

b)      Social security, post-employment and other employee benefit costs

   -301,290.18
    
   -2,142,073.01

6.      Amortisation of intangible fixed assets and depreciation of tangible assets

   -74,209.66

7.      Other operating expenses

   -1,177,258.87

8.      Other interest an similar income

   27,811.30

9.      Other interest and similar expenses

   -97,773.02
    

10.    Result from ordinary activities

   -56,753.63

11.    Income taxes

   8,898.24

12.    Other taxes

   -2,551.85
    

12.    Net loss for the year

   -50,407.24
    

 

F-253


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Notes to the financial statements as of 31 March 2005

 

I. General

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen, was founded by articles of association dated 02 December 1983 and is a German manufacturer of radiation measurement equipment.

The financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2005 are presented in accordance with the regulations of the German Commercial Code (HGB) and the relevant regulations of the Limited Liability Company Law (GmbHG).

For the profit and loss account, a format has been maintained which analyses expenditures by function (section 275 paragraph 2 HGB). The company partly uses the facilities of section 274a, 276 and 288 of HGB for “small-sized companies” in respect of section 267 paragraph 1 of HGB.

 

II. Accounting and valuation principles

Intangible assets are valued at acquisition cost less scheduled straight-line amortization over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 3 to 4 years.

Tangible fixed assets are valued at acquisition cost less scheduled depreciation over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 3 to 13 years. Depreciation is calculated according to the declining balance method. The depreciation method changes from the declining balance method to straight-line depreciation when this results in higher depreciation amounts. Low-value assets up to EUR 410.00 are fully expensed in the year of acquisition and shown as disposals in the fixed assets movements schedule.

Fixed assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable.

Inventories as of March 31, 2005 and as of April 01, 2004 (opening balance) are not based on physical stock counts but are based on a rollback from the physical count performed by the company in December 2005. This rollback includes assumptions and accounting estimates made by management. Inventories are valued at the lower of average acquisition or production costs and net realisable value. Production costs include, in addition to direct costs, an appropriate allocation of overhead costs of production. Interest is not included in the production costs. Provisions are set up to account for slow-moving items, items that can only be sold at a discount or for items not in use.

Accounts receivables and other current assets are principally carried at their nominal value. Valuation allowances are calculated under general assumptions taking into account the ageing of the receivables covering the risk of losses and costs in connection with the collection of the receivables.

Cash includes cash on hand and cash at banks and is valued at nominal values. The company does not have any items that would be considered cash equivalents and no checks in transit.

Tax provisions are recognized for German trade income taxes, German corporate income taxes and similar income taxes in the amount necessary to meet the expected payment obligations, less any prepayments which have been made. Provisions for taxes and other liabilities are recorded such that all known obligations and potential risks are adequately accrued at balance sheet date.

Liabilities are stated at their repayment values.

 

F-254


Table of Contents
III. Currency translation

Receivables and liabilities denominated in foreign currency have been translated at the exchange rate at the date of origin or with the lower exchange rate at the balance sheet date in the case of receivables, or with the higher exchange rate at the balance sheet date in case of liabilities.

 

IV. Comments on balance sheet and profit and loss accounts items

 

  (1) Fixed assets

The development of intangible and tangible fixed assets as well as the amortization and depreciation are set out in the following fixed assets movement schedule.

 

F-255


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Notes to the financial statements as of 31 March 2005—(Continued)

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Fixed assets movement schedule for the financial year 2004/2005

 

   

Costs

 

Amortization / Depreciation

  Book values
    as of
01.04.2004
  Additions   Disposals   as of
31.03.2005
  as of
01.04.2004
  Additions   Disposals   as of
31.03.2005
  as of
31.03.2005
  as of
31.03.2004
    EUR   EUR   EUR   EUR   EUR   EUR   EUR   EUR   EUR   EUR

I.       Intangible assets

                   

Concessions, industrial and similar rights and assets and licences in such rights

  79,755.00   2,615.00   0.00   82,370.00   71,966.00   4,145.50   0.00   76,111.50   6,258.50   7,789.00

II.     Fixed assets

                   

Other equipment, operating and office equipment

  402,101.41   44,073.16   14,402.50   431,772.07   262,664.41   70,064.16   14,402.50   318,326.07   113,446.00   139,437.00
                                       
  481,856.41   46,688.16   14,402.50   514,142.07   334,630.41   74,209.66   14,402.50   394,437.57   119,704.50   147,226.00
                                       

 

F-254


Table of Contents
  (2) Receivables and other current assets

All receivables and other current assets have a maturity within one year. Trade debtors include amounts receivables from a related company of EURk 597.

The primary components of other assets relate to loans to shareholders, including accrued interest, amounting to EURk 487. The single components are as follows:

 

     EURk

Receivable from Mr. Henke

   109

Receivable from Mr. Stein

   276

Receivable from Oxford Instruments Overseas

  

Holding Limited, Oxfordshire/UK

   102
    
   487
    

The loans are cancelable at any time and should be repaid by profit distributions. Interest amounts to 4% annually. Based on the loan contracts at the balance sheet date the term to maturity is less than five years. By the Share Transfer and Assignment Agreement dated 21 October 2005, closed on 15 November 2005 ICx Technologies Inc., Delaware/USA, purchased all shares of the company from the shareholders. At the closing date the buyer assumed the loans to shareholders with an intention to convert the loans into short term repayable loans. Therefore, at the balance sheet date the balances are classified as other current assets with a maturity under 1 year.

 

  (3) Prepayments and Accrued Income

The balance consist primarily of prepaid insurance premiums.

 

  (4) Shareholders’ Equity

The subscribed capital amounts to EUR 513.000 and is shown in the commercial register (Handesregister) under HR B 15601. In accordance with an oral shareholders’ resolution from February 2005 (confirmed by management) the shareholders’ resolution for a profit distribution amounting to EURk 430 dated 16 April 2004 has been waived. Therefore the annual net profit for prior fiscal years is brought forward and included in retained earnings.

 

  (5) Accruals and Provisions

Other provisions contain provisions for warranty costs (EURk 62), personnel costs (EURk 103), provisions for invoices not yet received (EURk 45) and other provisions (EURk 27).

The company does not sponsor any pension or postretirement benefit plans, but makes required payments for employees and management to German pension programs.

The company has never been subject to a tax audit by the tax authorities. Tax risks resulting from prior business transactions in particular with related parties can not be excluded. Management believes that there is no material risk resulting from these transactions but the real outcome can not be reliably projected.

 

F-257


Table of Contents
  (6) Liabilities

Liabilities, including term to maturity, are described in the following table:

 

    

31 March 2005

          term to maturity
     total    less than
1 year
   1-5
years
   over
5 years
     EURk    EURk    EURk    EURk

Liabilities to banks

   615    615    0    0

Prepayments received on account of orders

   89    89    0    0

Trade payables

   846    846    0    0

Other liabilities

   126    126    0    0

- thereof owed to shareholders

   43    43    0    0

- thereof taxes

   33    33    0    0

- thereof social security

   42    42    0    0
                   
   1.676    1.676    0    0
                   

The liabilities to banks are secured by a pledge of all trade debtors. All other liabilities are unsecured. Trade payables include amounts payable to a related party of EURk 33.

Other liabilities owed to shareholder Mr. Jürgen Stein amount to EURk 43, including accrued interest. The loan matures in 2008, is to be repaid by 2% annually and bears interest at 5.45%. During 2004/2005 the company made payments of EURk 11. By Share Transfer and Assignment Agreement dated 21 October 2005, closed on 15 November 2005 ICx Technologies Inc., Delaware/USA, purchased all shares of the company from the shareholders. At the closing date EURk 40 of the loan owed to shareholders is set-off from the purchase price. Therefore, at the balance sheet date the balances are classified as other current liabilities with a maturity within 1 year.

 

  (7) Turnover

Turnover with domestic customers amounts to EURk 995 and turnover with foreign customers amounts to EURk 5.087 of total shipments, respectively. The turnover with foreign customers relates mainly to turnover in the European Union (EURk 653) and turnover in the USA (EURk 4.349). Included in turnover are EURk 4.348 of sales to a related company.

Revenues from product sales and the performance of services are recognized upon shipment to customers or performance of services if ownership and risks are transferred to the buyer. Provisions for discounts and estimated future warranty obligations and other claims are provided for in the same period the related sales are recorded.

 

  (8) Other operating expenses

Research and development and advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

 

  (9) Personnel expenses

The personnel expenses amounts to EURk 2.142; thereof EURk 28 expenses for retirement benefits.

 

F-258


Table of Contents
  (10) Income taxes

Taxes incurred for the fiscal year ended 31 March 2005, including corporate tax, solidarity surcharge and trade tax were EURk 9. The company has recorded income tax receivables amounting to EURk 89 for overpayments as other current assets.

 

V. Other disclosures

 

  (1) Employees

The average number of employees during the financial year 2004/2005 was 42 excluding management and apprentices but including temporary workers.

 

  (2) Members of management

General managers of the company during 2004/2005 were:

 

   

Mr Juergen Stein, Physicist, Wuppertal/Germany,

 

   

Mr Peter Henke, Physicist, Grevenbroich/Germany.

Mr Juergen Stein has the sole power to represent the company. Mr Peter Henke represents the company together with another general manager or together with someone with power of attorney.

 

  (3) Recommendation on appropriation of net profits

Management recommends that the annual net loss amounting to EUR 50,407.24 be carried forward to the next fiscal year.

 

  (4) Consolidated financial statement

The financial statements of the company will not be included in any other consolidated financial statements.

 

Solingen, April 2006    
target systemelectronic GmbH    
LOGO     LOGO
Jürgen Stein     Peter Henke

 

F-259


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

To the Board of Directors of target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen/Germany:

We have audited the financial statements comprising the balance sheet, statements of income and notes to the financial statements of target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen/Germany, as of March 31, 2005 and for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America as established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen/Germany, as of March 31, 2005, and the results of its operations for the year then ended in conformity with regulations of the German Commercial Code (HGB).

 

Dusseldorf, 10 May 2006    
Grant Thornton GmbH    
Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft    
       

Dr. Gernot Hebestreit

Wirtschaftsprufer

(Auditor)

   

Hermann-Josef Schulze Osthoff

Wirtschaftsprufer

(Auditor)

 

F-260


Table of Contents
VI. Reconciliation to US GAAP

The financial statements of the company are based on the accounting and valuation principles of the German Commercial Code (HGB) for small-sized companies (German GAAP). The financial statements comply with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP) as far as permissible under German GAAP.

The differences between German and US GAAP relate to valuation methods that are required under US GAAP but which are not permissible under German GAAP. The primary differences are:

(a) Capitalization of costs of software to be sold or marketed

Certain costs incurred for computer software developed or obtained for use in Company’s products are to be capitalized and amortized over the expected useful life of the software. Such costs are expensed under German GAAP because the capitalization of self-developed intangible assets is not permissible. The current versions of the Company’s software products were released in 1999, and the associated costs were fully amortized through fiscal year 2003/2004. Changes to the software since that release have been minor upgrades and enhancements.

(b) Unrealized gains on foreign currency balances

Receivables and liabilities denominated in foreign currency have been translated at the exchange rate at the date of origin or with the lower exchange rate at the balance sheet date in the case of receivables, or with the higher exchange rate at the balance sheet date in the case of liabilities. US GAAP requires conversion at the exchange rate at the end of the year. Due to the development of foreign currency exchange rates during the year, there are no significant differences in valuation.

(c) Balance sheet classification

The classification of the balance sheet is as required by German GAAP. Current and non-current portions of receivables and other assets and of liabilities are disclosed in the footnotes. Amounts payable to or receivable from related parties, and transactions with those parties, are also disclosed in the footnotes.

 

  (2) Reconciliation of net income and shareholders’ equity

There are no significant adjustments to net income and shareholders’ equity that would be required if US GAAP had been fully applied rather than German GAAP.

 

F-261


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Notes to the financial statements as of 31 March 2005—(Continued)

 

  (3) Statement of cash flows

 

     2005
     EURk

Cash flows from operating activities

  

Net loss

   -50

Depreciation & amortization

   74

Provision for losses on trade debtors

   87

Increase in interest receivable from shareholders

   -19

Unrealized foreign, currency gains and losses

   13

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

  

Increase in inventories

   -209

Decrease in trade debtors

   160

Increase in taxes receivable

   -89

Decrease in tax accruals

   -88

Increase in other provisions

   58

Increase in payments received on account of orders

   89

Decrease in trade payables

   -37

Decrease in other operating assets and liabilities, net

   -12
    

Net cash used by operating activities

   -23
    

Cash flows from investing activities

  

Additions to fixed assets

   -47

Payments received on loan to related party

   84

Notes to shareholders

   -2
    

Net cash provided by investing activities

   35
    

Cash flows from financing activities

  

Net change in borrowings under line of credit

   72

Payments on loans from shareholders

   -7
    

Net cash provided by financing activities

   65
    

Net increase in cash

   77
    

Cash beginning of the year

   1
    

Cash end of year

   78
    

Cash paid for interest

   98
    

Cash paid for income taxes

   169
    

 

  (4) Earnings per share

Because the company is not publicly listed and is organized as a limited liability company, earnings per share are not presented.

 

  (5) Reporting of comprehensive income

The company has no items of comprehensive income.

F-262


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Notes to the financial statements as of 31 March 2005—(Continued)

 

  (6) New US GAAP accounting standards not yet adopted

The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs,” which will be effective for the company’s 2006 fiscal year. According to SFAS 151, certain abnormal costs for the production of inventories are to be charged against income in the period they occur, rather than being capitalized as production costs. Management does not believe this statement will have a material effect on the financial statements of the Company.

 

F-263


Table of Contents

LOGO

TARGET SYSTEMELECTRONIC GMBH

Audited Financial Statements

Period from April 1, 2005 to November 14, 2005

 

F-264


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

To the Board of Directors of target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen/Germany:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen/Germany, as of November 14, 2005, and the related statement of income and notes to the financial statements for the period from April 1, 2005 through November 14, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America as established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen/Germany, as of November 14, 2005, and the results of its operations for the year then ended in conformity with regulations of the German Commercial Code (HGB).

Köln, May 16th, 2006

Grant Thornton GmbH

Wirtschaftspufungsgesellschaft

 

Friedrich Graf v.Kanitz   Theodor Rulffes
Wirtschaftsprufer   vereidigter Buchprufer
(Auditor)   (Auditor)

 

F-265


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Balance sheet as of 14 November 2005

 

     

14 November 2005

EUR

Assets

     

A.     Fixed Assets

     

I.      Intangible fixed assets

     

Concessions, industrial and similar rights and assets, and licenses in such rights

      11,448.17

II.     Tangible Assets

     

Other equipment, operating and office equipment

      103,998.01
       
      115,446.18
       

B.     Current Assets

     

I.      Inventories

     

1.      Raw materials, supplies and operating materials

   561,633.59   

2.      Unfinished goods/Work in progress

   448,848.75   
       

II.     Receivables and other assets

      1,010,482.34

1.      Trade debtors

   322,159.89   

2.      Trade receivables from related parties

   733,479.42   

3.      Other assets

   821,156.33   
       
      1,876,795.64

III.   Cash

      204,156.43
       
      3,091,434.41
       

C.     Prepayments and Accrued Income

      22,985.31
       
      3,229,865.90
       

Equity & Liabilities

     

A.     Shareholders’ Equity

     

I.      Subscribed Capital

   513,000.00   

II.     Retained earnings

   523,148.74   

III.   Net loss for the year

   -483,644.64   
       
      552,504.10

B.     Accruals and Provisions

     

1.      Tax accruals

   47,852.00   

2.      Other Provisions

   559,790.79    607,642.79
       

C.     Liabilities

     

1.      Liabilities to banks

   1,020,016.32   

2.      Payments received on account of orders

   89,146.00   

4.      Trade payables

   734,442.60   

4.      Trade payables to related parties

   45,774.10   

5.      Other liabilities

   180,339.99   
       
      2,069,719.01
       
      3,229,865.90
       

 

F-266


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Profit and loss account 2004 / 2005

 

     April 1, 2005–November 14, 2005
EUR

1.      Turnover

   3,050,442.20

2.      Decrease/Increase in finished goods inventories and work in progress

   -13,107.83
    
   3,037,334.37

3.      Other operating income

   137,786.98

4.      Cost of materials

  

a)      Cost of raw materials and operating materials and goods for resale

   -1,573,802.14

b)      Cost of purchased services

   -60,897.24
   -1,634,699.38

5.      Personnel expenses

  

a)      Wages and salaries

   -1,231,931.02

b)      Social security, post-employment and other employee benefit costs

   -207,552.54
   -1,439,483.56

6.      Amortization of intangible fixed assets and depreciation of tangible assets

   -35,527.69

7.      Other operating expenses

   -599,385.78

8.      Other interest and similar income

   11,936.44

9.      Other interest and similar expenses

   -59,722.02
    

10.    Result from ordinary activities

   -581,760.64

11.    Income taxes

   98,516.00

12.    Other taxes

   -400.00
    

13.    Net loss for the year

   -483,644.64
    

 

F-267


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Notes to the interim financial statements as of November 14th, 2005

 

1. General

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen, was founded by articles of association dated 2. December 1983 and is a German manufacturer of radiation measurement equipment.

By Share Transfer and Assignment Agreement dated 21 October 2005, closed on 15 November 2005 and therefore effective from November 15th, 2005, all shares of the Company have been acquired by ICx Technologies Inc, a Delaware Corporation, based in Greenwich, Conneticut/USA (ICx).

The business year of the Company has been registered from April 1st to March 31st. After the purchase of shares by ICx, the registered financial period has been changed to the calendar year.

The voluntary interim financial statements for the period from April 1st to November 14, 2005 are presented in accordance with the regulations of the German Commercial Code (HGB) and the relevant regulations of the Limited Liability Company Law (GmbHG).

For the income statement, a format has been maintained which analyses expenditures by function (section 275 paragraph 2 HGB). The Company partly uses the facilities of section 274a, 276 and 288 of HGB for “small-sized companies” in respect of section 267 paragraph 1 of HGB.

Due to the durance of the reporting period, and also due to seasonal and extraordinary effects in revenues realized during the reporting period, the numbers and results presented in the interim financial statements are not entirely comparable to the previous periods.

target systemelectronic GmbH and target instruments Inc, a corporation based in Tennessee/USA are related parties and are maintaining substantial business relations. Regarding the incorporation of both companies within the ICx-group on November 15th, 2005, trade accounts receivables and payables are disclosed separately on the face of the balance sheet as due from related parties for the balance sheet date.

 

II. Accounting and valuation principles

Intangible assets are valued at acquisition cost less scheduled straight-line amortization over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 3 to 4 years.

Tangible fixed assets are valued at acquisition cost less scheduled depreciation over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 3 to 13 years. Depreciation is calculated according to the declining balance method. The depreciation method changes from the declining balance method to straight-line depreciation when this results in higher depreciation amounts. Low-value assets up to EUR 410.00 are fully expensed in the year of acquisition and shown as disposals in the fixed assets movement schedule.

Fixed assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable.

Inventories as of March 31, 2005 (opening balance) are not based on physical stock counts but are based on a rollback from the physical count performed by the Company in December 2005. This rollback includes assumptions and accounting estimates made by management. Inventories are valued at the lower of average acquisition or production costs and net realisable value. Production costs include, in addition to direct costs, an appropriate allocation of overhead costs of production. Interest is not included in the production costs. Provisions are set up to account for slow-moving items, items that can only be sold at a discount or for items not in use.

Accounts receivables and other current assets are principally carried at their nominal value. Valuation allowances are calculated under general assumptions taking into account the aging of the receivables covering the risk of losses and costs in connection with the collection of the receivables.

 

F-268


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Notes to the interim financial statements as of November 14th, 2005—(Continued)

 

Cash includes cash on hand and cash at banks and is valued at nominal values. The Company does not have any items that would be considered cash equivalents and no checks in transit.

Tax provisions are recognized for German trade income taxes, German corporate income taxes and similar income taxes in the amount necessary to meet the expected payment obligations, less any prepayments which have been made. Provisions for taxes and other liabilities are recorded such that all known obligations and potential risks are adequately accrued at balance sheet date.

Liabilities are stated at their repayment values.

 

III. Currency translation

Receivables and liabilities denominated in foreign currency have been translated at the exchange rate at the date of origin or with the lower exchange rate at the balance sheet date in the case of receivables, or with the higher exchange rate at the balance sheet date in case of liabilities.

 

IV. Comments on balance sheet and profit and loss accounts items

 

(1) Fixed assets

The development of intangible and tangible fixed assets as well as the amortization and depreciation are set out in the following fixed assets movement schedule.

 

F-269


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Notes to the interim financial statements as of November 14th, 2005—(Continued)

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Fixed assets movement schedule for the period from 1 April 2005 to 14 November 2005

 

     Costs    Amortization / Depreciation    Book values
     as of
01.04.2005
   Additions    Disposals    as of
14.11.2005
   as of
01.04.2005
   Additions    Disposals    as of
14.11.2005
   as of
14.11.2005
   as of
31.03.2005
     EUR    EUR    EUR    EUR    EUR    EUR    EUR    EUR    EUR    EUR

I.       Intangible assets

                             

Concessions, industrial and similar rights and assets and licences in such rights

   82,370.00    8,168.63    0.00    90,538.63    76,111.50    2,978.96    0.00    79,090.46    11,448.17    6,258.50

II.     Fixed assets

                             

Other equipment, operating and office equipment

   431,772.07    23,100.74    88,713.96    366,158.85    318,326.07    32,548.73    88,713.96    262,160.84    103,998.01    113,446.00
                                                 
   514,142.07    31,269.37    88,713.96    456,697.48    394,437.57    35,527.69    88,713.96    341,251.30    115,446.18    119,704.50
                                                 

 

F-270


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Notes to the interim financial statements as of November 14th, 2005—(Continued)

 

(2) Receivables and other current assets

All receivables and other current assets have a maturity within one year.

The primary components of other assets relate to loans and short term receivables to shareholders, including accrued interest, amounting to EURk 483 (3/31/2005: EURk 487). The single components are as follows:

 

     11/14/2005    3/31/2005
     EURk    EURk

Receivable from Mr. Henke

   129    109

Receivable from Mr. Stein

   354    276

Receivable from Oxford Instruments Overseas Holding Limited, Oxfordshire/UK

   0    102
         
   483    487
         

The amounts include short term receivables and loans due from Mr. Stein and Mr. Henke. The loans are cancellable at any time. Interest amounts to 4,0% annually. Based on the loan contracts at the balance sheet date the term to maturity is less than five years. As a part of the share purchase acquisition ICx assumed the loans to shareholders with an intention to convert the loans into short term repayable loans. Therefore, at the balance sheet date the balances are classified as other current assets with a maturity under 1 year.

In October 2005, Oxford Instruments granted a € 200k short term loan, which has been offset from the receivable, amounting to EURk 104. Interest has been credited at a rate of 4%. The remaining amount of EURk 96 is shown among the other liabilities, see Note 6

 

(3) Prepayments and Accrued Income

The balance consists primarily of prepaid insurance premiums and accrued VAT.

 

(4) Shareholders’ Equity

The subscribed capital amounts to EUR 513.000 and is shown in the commercial register (Handesregister) under HR B 15601. In accordance with an oral shareholders’ resolution from February 2005 (confirmed by management) the shareholders’ resolution for a profit distribution amounting to EURk 430 dated 16 April 2004 has been waived. Therefore the annual net profits and losses for prior fiscal years are brought forward and included in retained earnings.

 

(5) Accruals and Provisions

Other provisions contain mainly payroll related costs (EURk 273), advisory fees (EURk 108), invoices not yet received (EURk 73) and provisions for warranty (EURk 52).

The Company does not sponsor any pension or postretirement benefit plans, but makes required payments for employees and management to German pension programs.

The Company has never been subject to a tax audit by the tax authorities. Tax risks resulting from prior business transactions in particular with related parties can not be excluded. Management believes that there is no material risk resulting from these transactions but the real outcome can not be reliably projected.

 

F-271


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Notes to the interim financial statements as of November 14th, 2005—(Continued)

 

(6) Liabilities

Liabilities, including term to maturity, are described in the following table:

 

     November 14,
2005
   March 31st,
2005
     EURk    EURk

Liabilities to banks

   1,020    615

Prepayments received on account of orders

   89    89

Trade payables

   735    808

Trade payables to related parties

   46    37

Other liabilities

   180    126

- thereof owed to shareholders

   133    43

- thereof taxes

   0    33

- thereof social security

   46    42
         
   2,070    1,675
         

All liabilities have maturity dates within one year. The liabilities to banks are secured by a pledge of all trade debtors. Trade payables are usually secured by reservation of ownership in due course of business. All other liabilities are unsecured.

Other liabilities containing an amount of EURk 96 due to the shareholder Oxford Instruments, see Note 2. The liability was settled in November 2005.

A loan granted by the shareholder Mr. Stein to the Company in the amount of EURk 37 has been assumed by ICx according to the loans discussed in Note (2) and therefore reclassified as short term. According to original conditions, the loan matures in 2008, is to be repaid by 2% annually and bears interest at 5,45%. During the reporting period the Company recorded interest expenses of EURk 1.

 

(7) Turnover

Turnover with domestic customers amounts to EURk 517 and turnover with foreign customers amounts to EURk 2.533 of total shipments, respectively. The turnover with foreign customers relates mainly to turnover in the European Union (EURk 406) and turnover in the USA (EURk 1.937). Included in turnover are EURk 1.937 of sales to a related Company.

Revenues from product sales and the performance of services are recognized upon shipment to customers or performance of services if ownership and risks are transferred to the buyer. Provisions for discounts and estimated future warranty obligations and other claims are provided for in the same period the related sales are recorded.

 

(8) Other operating expenses

Research and development and advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

 

(9) Personnel expenses

The payroll expenses include EURk 13 expenses for retirement benefits.

 

F-272


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Notes to the interim financial statements as of November 14th, 2005—(Continued)

 

(10) Income taxes

The reporting period does not represent a tax year. Taxes accrued for the reporting period ended November 14, 2005, including corporate tax, solidarity surcharge and trade tax resulted in a credit of EURk 99. The Company has recorded income tax receivables amounting to EURk 286 for overpayments over accrued tax as other current assets. Accruals for income taxes payable in excess of prepayments are presented on the face of the balance sheet.

 

V. Other disclosures

 

(1) Employees

The average number of employees during the interim period was 45 excluding management and apprentices but including temporary workers.

 

(2) Members of management

General managers of the Company during the reporting period were:

- Mr Juergen Stein, Physicist, Wuppertal/Germany,

- Mr Peter Henke, Graduate Engineer, Grevenbroich/Germany.

Mr Juergen Stein has the sole power to represent the Company. Mr Peter Henke represents the Company together with another general manager or together with someone with power of attorney.

 

(3) Appropriation of net profits

The reporting period does not represent an official financial business year. Accordingly the net loss will be included in the results of the short financial year ending December 31st, 2005.

 

(4) Consolidated financial statement

These financial statements of the Company will not be included in any other consolidated financial statements. However they will state the opening balances for inclusion within the next consolidated financial statements of ICx.

Reconciliation to US GAAP

The financial statements of the Company are based on the accounting and valuation principles of HGB for small-sized companies (German GAAP). The differences between German and US GAAP relate to valuation methods that are required under US GAAP but which are not permissible under German GAAP. The primary differences are:

 

(1) Reconciliation of net loss and shareholders’ equity

The following is a summary of the significant adjustments to net loss and shareholders’ equity that would be required if U.S. GAAP had been fully applied rather than German GAAP.

 

F-273


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Notes to the interim financial statements as of November 14th, 2005—(Continued)

 

Reconciliation of net loss

 

     Note    EURk

Net profit for the year as reported in the financial statements under German GAAP

      -484

Adjustments required to confirm with U.S. GAAP:

     

Recognition of deferred tax assets for net operating loss

   a    142

Reserve for deferred tax asset related to net operating losses

   a    -142
       

Net loss in accordance with U.S. GAAP

      -484
       

Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity

 

     Note    EURk

Shareholders’ equity as reported in the financial statements under

     

German GAAP

      553

Adjustments required to confirm with U.S. GAAP:

     

Recognition of deferred tax assets for net operating loss carryforwards

   a    142

Reserve against deferred tax assets for net operating loss carryforwards

   a    -142
       

Shareholders’ equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP

      553
       

(a) Deferred taxes

The adjustments required to conform with U.S. GAAP would result in taxable temporary differences between the valuation of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the carrying amount for tax purposes. U.S. GAAP requires recognition of deferred tax assets related to net operating loss carryforwards if realization of those carryforwards is more likely than not, while German GAAP requires a higher level of probability. At 14 November 2005, the Company had available EURk 177 of corporation tax and EURk 600 of trade tax net operating loss carryforwards that can be carried forward indefinitely. As of balance sheet date management is uncertain as to whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will be realized and therefore has put a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset.

(b) Capitalization of costs of software to be sold or marketed

Certain costs incurred for computer software developed or obtained for use in Company’s products are to be capitalized and amortized over the expected useful life of the software. Such costs are expensed under German GAAP because the capitalization of self-developed intangible assets is not permissible. The current versions of the Company’s software products were released in 1999, and the associated costs were fully amortized through fiscal year 2003/2004. Changes to the software since that release have been minor upgrades and enhancements.

(c) Unrealized gains on foreign currency balances

Receivables and liabilities denominated in foreign currency have been translated at the exchange rate at the date of origin or with the lower exchange rate at the balance sheet date in the case of receivables, or with the higher exchange rate at the balance sheet date in the case of liabilities. US GAAP requires conversion at the exchange rate at the end of the year. Due to the development of foreign currency exchange rates during the year, there are no significant differences in valuation.

 

F-274


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Notes to the interim financial statements as of November 14th, 2005—(Continued)

 

(d) Balance sheet classification

The classification of the balance sheet is as required by German GAAP. Current and non-current portions of receivables and other assets and of liabilities are disclosed in the footnotes. Amounts payable to or receivable from related parties, and transactions with those parties, are also disclosed in the footnotes.

 

(2) Statement of cash flows

 

     EURk

Cash flows from operating activities

  

Net loss

   -484

Depreciation & amortization

   35

Provision for losses on trade debtors

   -136

Increase in interest receivable from shareholders

   -11

Unrealized foreign currency gains and losses

  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

  

Increase in inventories

   -37

Decrease in trade debtors

   214

Increase in taxes receivable

   -196

Decrease in tax accruals

   47

Increase in other provisions

   323

Increase in payments received on account of orders

  

Decrease in trade payables

   -110

Decrease in other operating assets and liabilities

   2
    

Net cash used by operating activities

   -353
    

Cash flows from investing activities

  

Additions to fixed assets

   -31

Notes to shareholders

   -88
    

Net cash used by investing activities

   -119
    

Cash flows from financing activities

  

Net change in borrowings under line of credit

   405

Loans from shareholders

   200

Payments on loans from shareholders

   -7
    

Net cash provided by financing activities

   598
    

Net increase in cash

   126

Cash beginning of the year

   78
    

Cash end of year

   204
    

Cash paid for interest

   59
    

Cash paid for income taxes

   51
    

 

(3) Earnings per share

Because the Company is not publicly listed and is organized as a limited liability Company, earnings per share are not presented.

 

(4) Reporting of comprehensive Income

The Company has no items of comprehensive income.

 

F-275


Table of Contents

target systemelectronic GmbH, Solingen

Notes to the interim financial statements as of November 14th, 2005—(Continued)

 

(5) New US GAAP accounting standards not yet adopted

The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs,” which will be effective for the Company’s 2006 fiscal year. According to SFAS 151, certain abnormal costs for the production of inventories are to be charged against income in the period they occur, rather than being capitalized as production costs. Management does not believe this statement will have a material effect on the financial statements of the Company.

Solingen, May 15th, 2006

target systemelectronic GmbH

 

LOGO     LOGO
Jurgen Stein     Peter Henke

 

F-276


Table of Contents

360 SURVEILLANCE INC.

Audited Financial Statements

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

F-277


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Stockholders of

360 Surveillance Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of 360 Surveillance Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 360 Surveillance Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

LOGO

CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

Victoria, B.C.

November 18, 2005

 

F-278


Table of Contents

360 Surveillance Inc.

Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2004

$

   

2003

$

 

Assets

    

Current Assets—

    

Cash

   152,555     196,885  

Accounts receivable

   629,679     279,581  
            
   782,234     476,466  

Property, Plant and Equipment (note 2)

   48,692     16,198  
            
   830,926     492,664  
            

Liabilities

    

Current Liabilities—

    

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   230,809     4,472  

Income taxes payable

   3,611     —    
   234,420     4,472  

Due to Related Company [note 3]

   598,572     511,790  
            
   832,992     516,262  
            

Stockholders’ Equity

    

Capital Stock (note 4)

   2     2  

Retained Earnings (Deficit)

   7,619     (17,640 )

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Losses)

   (9,687 )   (5,960 )
            
   (2,066 )   (23,598 )
            
   830,926     492,664  
            

SIGNED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD:

 

 

Director

 

F-279


Table of Contents

360 Surveillance Inc.

Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

Capital
Stock

$

   Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
$
   

Accumulated
other
Comprehensive
Income
(Losses)

$

   

Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)

$

 

Opening Balance

   2    (17,640 )   (5,960 )   (23,598 )

Net Income for the year

   —      25,259     —       25,259  

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment

   —      —       (3,727 )   (3,727 )
                       

Closing Balance

   2    7,619     (9,687 )   (2,066 )
                       

 

F-280


Table of Contents

360 Surveillance Inc.

Statement of Income

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2004

$

   

2003

$

 

Revenue

   1,876,477     1,010,210  

Cost of Goods Sold

   697,377     482,714  
            

Gross Profit

   1,179,100     527,496  
            

Expenses

    

Accounting and legal

   4,813     4,295  

Advertising

   4,765     30,707  

Bank charges and interest

   3,095     1,732  

Courier

   19,967     28,881  

Depreciation

   13,388     9,788  

Insurance

   11,551     8,217  

Licences and dues

   18,657     442  

Meals and entertainment

   7,605     5,294  

Office supplies

   28,469     3,880  

Rent

   25,810     7,227  

Repairs and maintenance

   16,403     91  

Subcontractors

   339,230     —    

Telephone

   6,491     4,134  

Travel

   81,492     51,924  

Utilities

   5,121     —    

Wages and benefits

   563,649     314,980  
            
   1,150,506     471,592  
            

Income before Income Taxes

   28,594     55,904  

Provision for Income Taxes

   3,335     —    
            

Net Income for the Year

   25,259     55,904  

Other Comprehensive Income (Losses)—

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   (3,727 )   (13,419 )
            

Comprehensive Income for the Year

   21,532     42,485  
            

 

F-281


Table of Contents

360 Surveillance Inc,

Statement of Cash Flows

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2004

$

   

2003

$

 

Cash Provided from (Used for):

    

Operating Activities

    

Comprehensive income for the year

   21,532     42,485  

Item not affecting cash—

    

Depreciation

   13,388     9,788  
            
   34,920     52,273  

Changes in non-cash working capital balances related to operations—

    

Accounts receivable

   (350,098 )   (159,879 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   226,337     (4,052 )

Income taxes

   3,611     —    
            
   (85,230 )   (111,658 )
            

Financing Activity

    

Advances from related company

   86,782     78,578  
            

Investing Activity

    

Purchases of property, plant, and equipment

   (45,882 )   (9,051 )
            

Increase (Decrease) in Cash

   (44,330 )   (42,131 )

Cash—Beginning of Year

   196,885     239,016  
            

Cash—End of Year (note 5)

   152,555     196,885  
            

 

F-282


Table of Contents

360 Surveillance Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

1. Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

360 Surveillance Inc. (“the company”) is a project management, systems integration, and software development firm. The company develops and designs security solutions for transportation, security, and industrial applications.

Property, Plant and Equipment, and Depreciation

Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged against income using the declining balance method in amounts sufficient to amortize the cost of property, plant and equipment over their estimated useful lives at the following annual rates:

 

Computer hardware

   30 %

Computer software

   100 %

Equipment

   20 %

A half year of depreciation is taken in the year of acquisition.

Leasehold improvements are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is charged against income using the straight-line method over the remaining term of the lease.

Foreign Currency Adjustments

The company’s functional currency for all operations is the Canadian dollar. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical rates and monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the year. Income statement accounts are translated at average rates for the year. Gains and losses from translation of Canadian currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in “Other Comprehensive Income”. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in current results of operations.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets, including tax loss and credit carry forwards, and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred income tax expense represents the change during the period in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as current and non-current based on their characteristics. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion on all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

F-283


Table of Contents

360 Surveillance Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

1. Significant Accounting Policies—Continued

Estimates

Preparing the company’s financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting stockholders’ equity that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are excluded from net income. For the company, such items consist solely of foreign currency translation gains and losses.

Revenue Recognition

The company recognizes long-term contract revenues using the percentage-of-completion method, based primarily on contract costs incurred to date compared with total estimated contract costs.

2. Property, Plant and Equipment

 

    

Cost

$

   Accumulated
depreciation
& amortization
$
  

2004
Net

$

  

2003
Net

$

Computer hardware

   22,240    12,193    10,047    6,868

Computer software

   17,218    14,997    2,221    4,169

Equipment

   10,594    6,493    4,101    5,161

Leasehold improvements

   35,492    3,169    32,323    —  
                   
   85,544    36,852    48,692    16,198
                   

3. Due to Related Company

The amount due to PBA Engineering Ltd., a company under common control, is unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment.

4 .Capital Stock

 

     2004
$
   2003
$

Authorized—30,000 common shares

     

Issued—300 shares

   2    2

 

F-284


Table of Contents

360 Surveillance Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

5. Supplementary Note to Statement of Cash Flows

 

    

2004

$

    2003
$
 

Cash received (paid):

    

Interest

   (1,222 )   (144 )

6. Related Party Transactions

During the year the company paid fees to companies which have significant influence over its operations in the amount of $121,472 [2003—$52,706].

7. Financial Instruments

The company’s financial instruments consist of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, income taxes payable and due to related company.

Interest, Currency and Credit Risk

Unless otherwise noted it is management’s opinion that, under normal circumstances, the company is not exposed to significant interest, currency or credit risks arising from these financial instruments.

Fair Value

Fair value approximates amounts at which financial instruments could be exchanged between willing parties, based on current markets for instruments of the same risk, principal and remaining maturities. Fair values are based on estimates using present value and other valuation techniques, which are significantly affected by the assumptions used concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and discount rates, which reflect varying degrees of risk. Potential expenses that would be incurred on the disposition of these financial instruments have not been reflected in their fair values. Therefore, due to the use of subjective judgment and uncertainties, the aggregate fair value amount should not be interpreted as being realizable in an immediate settlement of the instruments.

The carrying value of all financial instruments approximates fair value.

 

F-285


Table of Contents

360 SURVEILLANCE INC.

Unaudited Financial Statements

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

F-286


Table of Contents

360 SURVEILLANCE INC.

Balance Sheets

As of September 30, 2005 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2004 (Audited)

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2005

$

   

2004

$

 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 701,751     $ 152,555  

Accounts receivable

     219,841       629,679  
                
     921,592       782,234  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     51,764       48,692  
                
   $ 973,356     $ 830,926  
                

Liabilities

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 234,742     $ 230,809  

Income taxes payable

     —         3,611  
                
     234,742       234,420  

Stockholders’ Loans

     384,088       598,572  
                
     618,830       832,992  
                

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

    

Capital stock

     2       2  

Retained Earnings

     384,752       7,619  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (30,228 )     (9,687 )
                
     354,526       (2,066 )
                
   $ 973,356     $ 830,926  
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-287


Table of Contents

360 SURVEILLANCE INC.

Unaudited Statements of Income

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2005

$

   

2004

$

 

Revenue

   $ 1,795,855     $ 1,394,852  

Cost of Goods Sold

     393,266       512,868  
                

Gross Profit

     1,402,589       881,984  
                

Expenses

    

Accounting and legal

     37,123       3,539  

Advertising

     248       4,358  

Bank charges and interest

     2,276       2,186  

Courier

     23,915       14,848  

Depreciation

     13,546       11,027  

Insurance

     2,301       8,495  

Licences and dues

     5,389       16,843  

Meals and entertainment

     9,616       5,562  

Office supplies

     32,913       24,431  

Rent

     42,818       18,981  

Repairs and maintenance

     7,595       12,063  

Subcontractors

     296,303       249,478  

Telephone

     20,468       4,746  

Travel

     61,294       54,619  

Utilities

     4,810       3,766  

Wages and benefits

     464,841       414,521  
                
     1,025,456       849,463  
                

Income before income taxes

     377,133       32,521  

Provision for income taxes

     —         2,453  
                

Net income for the period

     377,133       30,068  

Other comprehensive income (losses)—

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (20,541 )     (10,994 )
                

Comprehensive income for the period

   $ 356,592     $ 19,074  
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-288


Table of Contents

360 SURVEILLANCE INC.

Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2005

$

   

2004

$

 

Cash Provided from (Used in) :

    

Operating Activities

    

Comprehensive income for the period

   $ 356,592     $ 19,074  

Items not affecting cash—

    

Depreciation

     13,546       11,027  
                
     370,138       30,101  

Changes in non-cash working capital balances related to operations—

    

Accounts receivable

     409,838       (80,629 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     3,933       210,576  

Income taxes

     (3,611 )     2,564  
                
     780,298       162,612  
                

Financing Activities

    

Repayments to related company

     (214,484 )     (86,792 )
                
     (214,484 )     (86,792 )
                

Investing Activities

    

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (16,618 )     (49,524 )
                
     (16,618 )     (49,524 )
                

Increase in Cash

     549,196       26,296  

Cash—Beginning of Period

     152,555       196,885  
                

Cash—End of Period

   $ 701,751     $ 223,181  
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-289


Table of Contents

360 SURVEILLANCE INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

1. Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

360 Surveillance Inc. (“the company”) is a project management, systems integration, and software development firm. The company develops and designs security solutions for transportation, security, and industrial applications.

Basis of Presentation

These unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. In the opinion of management, these statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which are not required for interim purposes, have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of the company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any subsequent period or for the year ending December 31, 2005.

Foreign Currency Adjustments

The company’s functional currency for all operations is the Canadian dollar. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical rates and monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the year. Income statement accounts are translated at average rates for the year. Gains and losses from translating Canadian currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in “Other Comprehensive Income.” Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in current results of operations.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets, including tax loss and credit carry forwards, and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred income tax expense represents the change during the period in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as current and non-current based on their characteristics. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Estimates

Preparing the company’s financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported

 

F-290


Table of Contents

360 SURVEILLANCE INC.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting stockholders’ equity that, under United States generally accepted accounting principles, are excluded from net income. For the company, such items consist solely of foreign currency translation gains and losses.

Revenue Recognition

The company recognizes long-term contract revenues using the percentage-of-completion method, based primarily on contract costs incurred to date compared with total estimated contract costs.

2. Due to Related Company

The amount due to PBA Engineering Ltd., a company under common control, is unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment.

3. Related Party Transactions

During the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, the company paid fees to companies which have significant influence over its operations in the amount of $385,042 and $91,104, respectively.

 

F-291


Table of Contents

PBA ENGINEERING LTD.

Audited Financial Statements

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

F-292


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Stockholders of

PBA Engineering Ltd.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of PBA Engineering Ltd. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PBA Engineering Ltd. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

LOGO

CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

Victoria, B.C., Canada

November 18, 2005

 

F-293


Table of Contents

PBA Engineering Ltd.

Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2004

$

  

2003

$

Assets

     

Current Assets—

     

Accounts receivable

   749,917    432,696

Income taxes recoverable

   31,782    49,956

Prepaid expenses

   9,245    6,595
         
   790,944    489,247

Property, Plant and Equipment (note 3)

   79,997    62,336

Due from Related Company (note 4)

   598,572    511,790
         
   1,469,513    1,063,373
         

Liabilities

     

Current Liabilities—

     

Bank overdraft

   168,889    20,892

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   418,868    321,158
         
   587,757    342,050

Stockholders’ Loans (note 5)

   221,136    228,157
         
   808,893    570,207
         

Stockholders’ Equity

     

Capital Stock (note 6)

   2    2

Retained Earnings

   564,539    436,505

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

   96,079    56,659
         
   660,620    493,166
         
   1,469,513    1,063,373
         

SIGNED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD:

 

 

Director

 

F-294


Table of Contents

PBA Engineering Ltd.

Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

Capital
Stock

$

   Retained
Earnings
$
  

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

$

  

Total
Stockholders
Equity

$

Opening Balance

   2    436,505    56,659    493,166

Net Income for the Year

   —      128,034    —      128,034

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment

   —      —      39,420    39,420
                   

Closing Balance

   2    564,539    96,079    660,620
                   

 

F-295


Table of Contents

PBA Engineering Ltd.

Statement of Income

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2004

$

   

2003

$

Technical Services

   1,629,014     1,247,547
          

Expenses

    

Accounting and legal

   15,249     11,641

Advertising

   2,300     2,366

Automobile

   2,954     2,412

Bad debt

   14,032     —  

Bank charges and interest

   7,673     2,975

Depreciation

   22,850     21,529

Insurance

   20,844     18,637

Licences and dues

   3,630     5,586

Office

   50,553     39,712

Meals and entertainment

   11,136     6,942

Rent

   25,809     31,180

Repairs and maintenance

   16,365     2,270

Research and development

   81,869     60,885

Subcontractors

   514,408     434,200

Supplies

   10,192     7,845

Telephone

   36,556     22,554

Travel

   61,575     22,433

Utilities

   5,121     5,638

Wages and benefits

   562,311     491,012
          
   1,465,427     1,189,817
          

Operating Income

   163,587     57,730

Interest income

   710     1,225

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

   (9,584 )   —  
          

Income before Income Taxes

   154,713     58,955

Provision for Income Taxes

   26,679     5,443
          

Net Income for the Year

   128,034     53,512

Other Comprehensive Income—

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   39,420     69,488
          

Comprehensive Income for the Year

   167,454     123,000
          

 

F-296


Table of Contents

PBA Engineering Ltd.

Statement of Cash Flows

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2004

$

   

2003

$

 

Cash Provided from (Used for):

    

Operating Activities

    

Comprehensive income for the year

   167,454     123,000  

Items not affecting cash—

    

Depreciation

   22,850     21,529  
            
   190,304     144,529  

Changes in non-cash working capital balances related to operations—

    

Accounts receivable

   (317,221 )   (262,906 )

Prepaid expenses

   (2,650 )   (346 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   97,710     178,339  

Income taxes

   18,174     (56,448 )
            
   (13,683 )   3,168  
            

Financing Activities

    

Advances to related company

   (86,782 )   (78,578 )

Increase (decrease) in stockholders’ loans

   (7,021 )   21,447  
            
   (93,803 )   (57,131 )
            

Investing Activity

    

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

   (40,511 )   (14,027 )
            

Increase (Decrease) in Cash

   (147,997 )   (67,990 )

Cash (Bank Overdraft)—Beginning of Year

   (20,892 )   47,098  
            

Cash (Bank Overdraft)—End of Year (note 7)

   (168,889 )   (20,892 )
            

 

F-297


Table of Contents

PBA Engineering Ltd.

Notes to Financial Statements

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

1. Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

PBA Engineering Ltd. (“the company”) is a consulting electrical engineering, project management, systems integration, and software development firm. The company provides a complete range of planning, design, and deployment services for transportation, security, and industrial projects.

Property, Plant and Equipment, Depreciation, and Amortization

Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged against income using the declining balance method in amounts sufficient to amortize the cost of property, plant and equipment over their estimated useful lives at the following annual rates:

 

Automobile

   30 %

Computer hardware

   30 %

Computer software

   100 %

Furniture and equipment

   20 %

A half year of depreciation is taken in the year of acquisition.

Leasehold improvements are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is charged against income using the straight-line method over the remaining term of the lease.

Foreign Currency Adjustments

The company’s functional currency for all operations is the Canadian dollar. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical rates and monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the year. Income statement accounts are translated at average rates for the year. Gains and losses from translation of Canadian currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in “Other Comprehensive Income”. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in current results of operations.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets, including tax loss and credit carry forwards, and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred income tax expense represents the change during the period in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as current and non-current based on their characteristics. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

F-298


Table of Contents

PBA Engineering Ltd.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

1. Significant Accounting Policies—Continued

 

Estimates

Preparing the company’s financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting stockholders’ equity that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are excluded from net income. For the company, such items consist solely of foreign currency translation gains and losses.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed in the year incurred. For 2004 these costs amounted to $81,869 (2003—$60,885).

Revenue Recognition

The company recognizes long-term contract revenues using the percentage-of-completion method, based primarily on contract costs incurred to date compared with total estimated contract costs.

The company receives research and development grants from the Government of Canada. The grants are recognized as a reduction of the related expenses in the period in which they are incurred.

3. Property, Plant and Equipment

 

    

Cost

$

  

Accumulated
depreciation &
amortization

$

  

2004
Net

$

  

2003
Net

$

Automobile

   14,836    11,794    3,042    4,357

Computer hardware

   72,282    55,794    16,488    23,550

Computer software

   24,869    17,954    6,915    478

Furniture and equipment

   51,748    29,280    22,468    24,458

Leasehold improvements

   34,253    3,169    31,084    9,493
                   
   197,988    117,991    79,997    62,336
                   

 

F-299


Table of Contents

PBA Engineering Ltd.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

4. Due from Related Company

The amount due from 360 Surveillance Inc., a company under common control, is unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment.

5. Stockholders’ Loans

 

    

2004

$

  

2003

$

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd.

   73,648    75,993

Davidson Technologies Ltd.

   73,785    76,120

Chilkoot Design Ltd.

   73,703    76,044
         
   221,136    228,157
         

These loans are unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment. It is not the intention of the stockholders to demand repayment of these loans before the next fiscal year end.

6. Capital Stock

 

          2004
$
   2003
$

Authorized—

        

10,000

   Class AA preferred non-voting shares, with a par value of $.01 each      

10,000

   Class A common voting shares      

10,000

   Class B common voting shares      

10,000

   Class C common non-voting shares      

Issued—

        

300

   Class A shares    2    2
            

7. Supplementary Note to Statement of Cash Flows

 

    

2004

$

   

2003

$

 

Cash received (paid):

    

Interest expense

   (2,858 )   (1,177 )

Interest income

   764     1,225  

Income taxes

   49,763     (15,773 )

 

F-300


Table of Contents

PBA Engineering Ltd.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

8. Related Party Transactions

During the year the company paid fees to companies which have significant influence over its operations in the amount of $562,273 (2003 - $262,724). These fees have been included in subcontractors and research and development expenses.

9. Financial Instruments

The company’s financial instruments consist of accounts receivable, income taxes recoverable, due from related company, and accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

Interest, Currency and Credit Risk

Unless otherwise noted it is management’s opinion that, under normal circumstances, the company is not exposed to significant interest, currency or credit risks arising from these financial instruments.

Fair Value

Fair value approximates amounts at which financial instruments could be exchanged between willing parties, based on current markets for instruments of the same risk, principal and remaining maturities. Fair values are based on estimates using present value and other valuation techniques, which are significantly affected by the assumptions used concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and discount rates, which reflect varying degrees of risk. Potential expenses that would be incurred on the disposition of these financial instruments have not been reflected in their fair values. Therefore, due to the use of subjective judgment and uncertainties, the aggregate fair value amount should not be interpreted as being realizable in an immediate settlement of the instruments.

The carrying value of all financial instruments approximates fair value.

 

F-301


Table of Contents

PBA ENGINEERING LTD.

Unaudited Financial Statements

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

F-302


Table of Contents

PBA ENGINEERING LTD.

Balance Sheets

As of September 30, 2005 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2004 (Audited)

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2005

$

  

2004

$

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash

   $ 106,989    $ —  

Accounts receivable

     461,148      749,917

Income taxes recoverable

     32,632      31,782

Prepaid expenses

     10,278      9,245
             
     611,047      790,944

Property, plant and equipment, net

     81,213      79,997

Due from related company

     449,909      598,572
             
   $ 1,142,169    $ 1,469,513
             

Liabilities

     

Current liabilities:

     

Bank overdraft

   $ —      $ 168,889

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     304,354      418,868
             
     304,354      587,757

Stockholders’ Loans

     227,051      221,136
             
     531,405      808,893
             

Stockholder’s Equity

     

Capital stock

     2      2

Retained Earnings

     486,101      564,539

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     124,661      96,079
             
     610,764      660,620
             
   $ 1,142,169    $ 1,469,513
             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-303


Table of Contents

PBA ENGINEERING LTD.

Unaudited Statements of Income

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2005

$

   

2004

$

Technical Services

   $ 1,133,474     $ 1,233,699
              

Expenses

    

Accounting and legal

     47,298       11,264

Advertising

     4,230       1,107

Automobile

     1,681       1,941

Bad debt

     (3,148 )     13,739

Bank charges and interest

     3,861       3,690

Depreciation

     23,128       14,145

Insurance

     9,945       6,000

Licences and dues

     2,969       2,279

Office

     63,415       25,012

Meals and entertainment

     10,067       5,554

Rent

     61,192       20,002

Repairs and maintenance

     7,039       5,300

Research and development

     47,735       53,790

Subcontractors

     131,730       384,570

Supplies

     4,389       5,955

Telephone

     21,021       16,635

Travel

     41,593       32,072

Utilities

     4,810       3,881

Wages and benefits

     745,936       466,606
              
     1,228,891       1,073,542
              

Operating income (loss) and income (loss) before income taxes

     (95,417 )     160,157

Provision for income taxes

     (16,979 )     21,586
              

Net income (loss) for the period

     (78,438 )     138,571

Other comprehensive income—

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     28,582       26,582
              

Comprehensive income (loss) for the period

   $ (49,856 )   $ 165,153
              

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-304


Table of Contents

PBA ENGINEERING LTD.

Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2005

$

   

2004

$

 

Cash Provided from (Used in):

    

Operating Activities

    

Comprehensive income for the period

   $ (49,856 )   $ 165,153  

Items not affecting cash—

    

Depreciation

     23,128       14,145  
                
     (26,728 )     179,298  

Changes in non-cash working capital balances related to operations—

    

Accounts receivable

     288,769       (127,983 )

Prepaid expenses

     (1,033 )     (685 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (114,514 )     63,421  

Income taxes

     (850 )     27,390  
                
     145,644       141,441  
                

Financing Activities

    

Repayments from (advances to) related company

     148,663       (61,170 )

Increase (decrease) in stockholders’ loans

     5,915       (18,809 )
                
     154,578       (79,979 )
                

Investing Activity

    

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (24,344 )     (39,353 )
                
     (24,344 )     (39,353 )
                

Increase in Cash

     275,878       22,109  

Cash (Bank Overdraft)—Beginning of Period

     (168,889 )     (20,892 )
                

Cash—End of Period

   $ 106,989     $ 1,217  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-305


Table of Contents

PBA ENGINEERING LTD.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

1. Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

PBA Engineering Ltd. (“the company”) is a consulting electrical engineering, project management, systems integration, and software development firm. The company provides a complete range of planning, design, and deployment services for transportation, security, and industrial projects.

Basis of Presentation

These unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. In the opinion of management, these statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which are not required for interim purposes, have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of the company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any subsequent period or for the year ending December 31, 2005.

Foreign Currency Adjustments

The company’s functional currency for all operations is the Canadian dollar. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical rates and monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the year. Income statement accounts are translated at average rates for the year. Gains and losses from translation of Canadian currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in “Other Comprehensive Income.” Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in current results of operations.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets, including tax loss and credit carry forwards, and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred income tax expense represents the change during the period in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as current and non-current based on their characteristics. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Estimates

Preparing the company’s financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported

 

F-306


Table of Contents

PBA ENGINEERING LTD.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting stockholders’ equity that, under United States generally accepted accounting principles, are excluded from net income. For the company, such items consist solely of foreign currency translation gains and losses.

Revenue Recognition

The company recognizes long-term contract revenues using the percentage-of-completion method, based primarily on contract costs incurred to date compared with total estimated contract costs.

The company receives research and development grants from the Government of Canada. The grants are recognized as a reduction of the related expenses in the period in which they are incurred.

2. Due from Related Company

The amount due from 360 Surveillance Inc., a company under common control, is unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment.

3. Stockholders’ Loans

These loans are unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment. It is not the intention of the stockholders to demand repayment of these loans before the next fiscal year end.

4. Related Party Transactions

During the periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, the company paid fees to companies which have significant influence over its operations in the amount of $131,976 and $421,705, respectively. These fees have been included in subcontractors and research and development expenses.

 

307


Table of Contents

CHILKOOT DESIGN LTD.

Audited Financial Statements

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

F-308


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Stockholders of

Chilkoot Design Ltd.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Chilkoot Design Ltd. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Chilkoot Design Ltd. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

LOGO
CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS
Victoria, B.C., Canada
November 18, 2005

 

F-309


Table of Contents

Chilkoot Design Ltd.

Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2004

$

  

2003

$

Assets

     

Current Assets—

     

Cash

   12,570    10,292

Accounts receivable

   19,780    21,607
         
   32,350    31,899

Due from Related Company (note 2)

   73,703    76,044

Ownership Interests in Investee Companies (note 3)

   330,043    166,192

Property, Plant and Equipment (note 4)

   3,125    4,100
         
   439,221    278,235
         

Liabilities

     

Current Liabilities—

     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   70,547    53,688

Income taxes payable

   28,146    303
         
   98,693    53,991

Redeemable Preferred Stock (note 5)

   26,617    26,617

Stockholders’ Loans (note 6)

   731    861
         
   126,041    81,469
         

Stockholders’ Equity

     

Capital Stock (note 7)

   2    2

Retained Earnings

   298,559    186,897

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

   14,619    9,867
         
   313,180    196,766
         
   439,221    278,235
         

 

SIGNED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD:

 

Director

 

F-310


Table of Contents

Chilkoot Design Ltd.

Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

Capital

Stock

$

  

Retained
Earnings
(Loss)

$

   

Accumulated

Other
Comprehensive
Income

$

  

Total

Stockholders’

Equity
(Deficit)

$

 

Opening Balance

   2    186,897     9,867    196,766  

Net Income for the Year

      169,898     —      169,898  

Dividends

      (58,236 )   —      (58,236 )

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment

      —       4,752    4,752  
                      

Closing Balance

   2    298,559     14,619    313,180  
                      

 

F-311


Table of Contents

Chilkoot Design Ltd.

Statement of Income

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2004

$

  

2003

$

Equity Earnings in Investee Company Income

   285,324    140,499
         

Expenses

     

Automobile

   3,327    2,135

Bank charges and interest

   47    41

Depreciation

   1,161    1,591

Management salaries

   82,688    59,305

Meals and entertainment

   786    1,332

Office

   905    608

Supplies

   131    69

Telephone and utilities

   351    344

Travel

   37    362
         
   89,433    65,787
         

Income before Income Taxes

   195,891    74,712

Provision for Income Taxes

   25,993    7,122
         

Net Income for the Year

   169,898    67,590

Other Comprehensive Income—

     

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   4,752    13,300
         

Comprehensive Income for the Year

   174,650    80,890
         

 

F-312


Table of Contents

Chilkoot Design Ltd.

Statement of Cash Flows

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2003

$

   

2003

$

 

Cash Provided from (Used for):

    

Operating Activities

    

Comprehensive income for the year

   174,650     80,890  

Item not affecting cash—

    

Depreciation

   1,161     1,591  
            
   175,811     82,481  

Changes in non-cash working capital balances related to operations—

    

Accounts receivable

   1,827     (6,182 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   16,859     3,968  

Income taxes payable

   27,843     6,669  
            
   222,340     86,936  
            

Financing Activities

    

Advances from (to) related company

   2,341     (7,082 )

Increase (decrease) in stockholders’ loans

   (130 )   247  

Dividends

   (58,236 )   (42,422 )
            
   (56,025 )   (49,257 )
            

Investing Activities

    

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

   (186 )   —    

Increase in ownership interests in investee companies

   (163,851 )   (35,888 )
            
   (164,037 )   (35,888 )
            

Increase in Cash

   2,278     1,791  

Cash—Beginning of Year

   10,292     8,501  
            

Cash—End of Year (note 8)

   12,570     10,292  
            

 

F-313


Table of Contents

Chilkoot Design Ltd.

Notes to Financial Statements

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

1    Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

Chilkoot Design Ltd. (“the company”) is a consulting firm. The company provides consulting services in project management, systems integration, and software development.

Property, Plant and Equipment, and Depreciation

Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged against income using the declining balance method in amounts sufficient to amortize the cost of property, plant and equipment over their estimated useful lives at the following annual rates:

 

Automobile

   30 %

Computer

   30 %

Equipment

   20 %

A half year of depreciation is taken in the year of acquisition.

Foreign Currency Adjustments

The company’s functional currency for all operations is the Canadian dollar. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical rates and monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the year. Income statement accounts are translated at average rates for the year. Gains and losses from translation of Canadian currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in “Other Comprehensive Income. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in current results of operations.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets, including tax loss and credit carry forwards, and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred income tax expense represents the change during the period in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as current and non-current based on their characteristics. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Estimates

Preparing the company’s financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-314


Table of Contents

Chilkoot Design Ltd.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting stockholders’ equity that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are excluded from net income. For the company, such items consist solely of foreign currency translation gains and losses.

Investment in Significantly Influenced Corporations

Investment companies that are not consolidated, but over which the company exercises significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Whether or not the company exercises significant influence with respect to an Investee depends on an evaluation of several factors including, among others, representation on the Investee company’s board of directors and ownership level, which is generally a 20% to 50% interest in the voting securities of the Investee Company. Under the equity method of accounting, an Investee Company’s accounts are not reflected within the company’s Balance Sheets and Statements of Income; however, the company’s share of the earnings or losses of the Investee Company is reflected in the caption “Equity Earnings in Investee Company Income” in the Statement of Income. The company’s carrying value in an equity method Investee Company is reflected in the caption “Ownership Interests in Investee Companies” in the company’s Balance Sheet.

Revenue Recognition

The company recognizes its share of the earnings or losses of the Investee companies as of the date of the balance sheet.

2    Due from Related Company

The amount due from PBA Engineering Ltd., a company under significant influence, is unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment.

3    Ownership Interests in Investee Companies

The company holds 33.33% of the voting stock of both PBA Engineering Ltd. and 360 Surveillance Inc. These investments are accounted for by the equity method. Information regarding assets, liabilities, results of operations, and cash flows of the Investee companies are reported on separate statements.

4    Property, Plant and Equipment

 

    

Cost

$

  

Accumulated

depreciation

$

  

2004

Net

$

  

2003

Net

$

Automobile

   20,401    18,300    2,101    3,000

Computer

   758    481    277    166

Equipment

   3,110    2,363    747    934
                   
   24,269    21,144    3,125    4,100
                   

 

F-315


Table of Contents

Chilkoot Design Ltd.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

5    Redeemable Preferred Stock

Authorized by the company are 10,000 Class AA non-voting preferred shares with a par value of $.01 each. As at December 31, 2002 10 shares have been issued with a total redemption value of $26,617. These shares are redeemable at the option of the holder.

6    Stockholders’ Loans

The amounts due to the stockholders are unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment.

7    Capital Stock

 

    

2004

$

  

2003

$

Authorized—

     

10,000 Class A common voting shares

     

10,000 Class B common voting shares

     

10,000 Class C common non-voting shares

     

Issued—

     

100 Class A shares

   1    1

100 Class B shares

   1    1

100 Class C shares

     
         
   2    2
         

8    Supplementary Note to Statement of Cash Flows

 

    

2004

$

   

2003

$

Cash received (paid):

    

Income taxes

   (19,510 )   325

9    Financial Instruments

The company’s financial instruments consist of cash, accounts receivable, due from related company, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and income taxes payable.

Interest, Currency and Credit Risk

Unless otherwise noted it is management’s opinion that, under normal circumstances, the company is not exposed to significant interest, currency or credit risks arising from these financial instruments.

 

F-316


Table of Contents

Chilkoot Design Ltd.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

Fair Value

Fair value approximates amounts at which financial instruments could be exchanged between willing parties, based on current markets for instruments of the same risk, principal and remaining maturities. Fair values are based on estimates using present value and other valuation techniques, which are significantly affected by the assumptions used concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and discount rates, which reflect varying degrees of risk. Potential expenses that would be incurred on the disposition of these financial instruments have not been reflected in their fair values. Therefore, due to the use of subjective judgment and uncertainties, the aggregate fair value amount should not be interpreted as being realizable in an immediate settlement of the instruments.

The carrying value of all financial instruments approximates fair value.

 

F-317


Table of Contents

CHILKOOT DESIGN LTD.

Unaudited Financial Statements

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

F-318


Table of Contents

CHILKOOT DESIGN LTD.

Balance Sheets

As of September 30, 2005 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2004 (Audited)

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

     

2005

$

  

2004

$

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash

   $ —      $ 12,570

Accounts receivable

     —        19,780
             
     —        32,350

Due from Related Company

     156,895      73,703

Ownership Interests in Investee Companies

     330,043      330,043

Property, plant and equipment

     —        3,125
             
   $ 486,938    $ 439,221
             

Liabilities

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 440    $ 70,547

Income taxes payable

     7,900      28,146
             
     8,340      98,693

Redeemable Preferred Stock

     26,617      26,617

Stockholders’ Loans

     731      731
             
     35,688      126,041
             

Stockholders’ Equity

     

Capital stock

     2      2

Retained Earnings

     436,629      298,559

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     14,619      14,619
             
     451,250      313,180
             
   $ 486,938    $ 439,221
             

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-319


Table of Contents

CHILKOOT DESIGN LTD.

Unaudited Statements of Income

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2005

$

  

2004

$

Equity Earnings in Investee Company Income    $178,174    $213,993

Expenses

     

Automobile

     2,019      2,495

Bank charges and interest

     —        35

Depreciation

     3,500      871

Management Salaries

     1,779      62,016

Meals and entertainment

     852      590

Office

     1,583      679

Supplies

     —        98

Telephone and utilities

     —        263

Travel

     —        28
             
     9,733      67,075
             

Income before income taxes

     168,441      146,918

Provision for income taxes

     30,371      19,495
             

Net income for the period

     138,070      127,423

Other comprehensive income—

     

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —        3,566
             

Comprehensive income for the period

   $ 138,070    $ 130,989
             

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-320


Table of Contents

CHILKOOT DESIGN LTD.

Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

     

2005

$

   

2004

$

 

Cash Provided from:

    

Operating Activities

    

Comprehensive income for the period

   $ 138,070     $ 130,989  

Item not affecting cash—

    

Depreciation

     3,500       871  
                
     141,570       131,860  

Changes in non-cash working capital balances related to operations—

    

Accounts receivable

     19,780       6,773  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (70,107 )     (778 )

Income taxes

     (20,246 )     20,807  
                
     70,997       158,662  
                

Financing Activities

    

Repayments from (advances to) related company

     (83,192 )     2,341  

Decrease in stockholders’ loans

     —         (130 )
                
     (83,192 )     2,211  
                

Investing Activity

    

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (375 )     (271 )

Increase in ownership interests in investee companies

     —         (163,851 )
                
     (375 )     (164,122 )
                

Increase (Decrease) in Cash

     (12,570 )     (3,249 )

Cash—Beginning of Period

     12,570       10,292  
                

Cash—End of Period

   $ —       $ 7,043  
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-321


Table of Contents

CHILKOOT DESIGN LTD.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

1. Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

Chilkoot Design Ltd. (the “company”) is a consulting firm. The company provides consulting services in project management, systems integration, and software development.

Basis of Presentation

These unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. In the opinion of management, these statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which are not required for interim purposes, have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of the company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any subsequent period or for the year ending December 31, 2005.

Foreign Currency Adjustments

The company’s functional currency for all operations is the Canadian dollar. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical rates and monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the year. Income statement accounts are translated at average rates for the year. Gains and losses from translation of Canadian currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in “Other Comprehensive Income.” Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in current results of operations.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets, including tax loss and credit carry forwards, and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred income tax expense represents the change during the period in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as current and non-current based on their characteristics. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Estimates

Preparing the company’s financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-322


Table of Contents

CHILKOOT DESIGN LTD.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting stockholders’ equity that, under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, are excluded from net income. For the company, such items consist solely of foreign currency translation gains and losses.

Investment in Significantly Influenced Corporations

Investment companies that are not consolidated, but over which the company exercises significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Whether or not the company exercises significant influence with respect to an investee depends on an evaluation of several factors including, among others, representation on the Investee Company’s board of directors and ownership level, which is generally a 20% to 50% interest in the voting securities of the Investee Company. Under the equity method of accounting, an Investee Company’s accounts are not reflected within the company’s balance sheets and income statements; however, the company’s share of the earnings or losses of the Investee Company is reflected in the caption “Equity Earnings in Investee Company Income” in the income statement. The company’s carrying value in an equity method Investee Company is reflected in the caption “Ownership Interests in Investee Companies” in the company’s balance sheet.

Revenue Recognition

The company recognizes its share of the earnings or losses of the Investee Companies as of the date of the balance sheet.

2. Due from Related Company

The amount due from PBA Engineering Ltd., a company under significant influence, is unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment.

3. Ownership Interests in Investee Companies

The company holds 33.33% of the voting stock of both PBA Engineering Ltd. and 360 Surveillance Inc. These investments are accounted for by the equity method. Information regarding assets, liabilities, results of operations, and cash flows of the Investee Companies are reported on separate statements.

4. Stockholders’ Loans

These loans are unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment. It is not the intention of the stockholders to demand repayment of these loans before the next fiscal year-end.

 

F-323


Table of Contents

DAVIDSON TECHNOLOGIES LTD.

Audited Financial Statements

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

F-324


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Stockholders of

Davidson Technologies Ltd.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Davidson Technologies Ltd. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Davidson Technologies Ltd. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

LOGO

CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

Victoria, B.C., Canada
November 18, 2005

 

F-325


Table of Contents

Davidson Technologies Ltd.

Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2004

$

  

2003

$

Assets

     

Current Assets—

     

Cash

   298    2,066

Accounts receivable

   21,845    19,155
         
   22,143    21,221

Due from Related Company (note 2)

   73,785    76,120

Ownership Interests in Investee Companies (note 3)

   330,043    166,192

Property, Plant and Equipment (note 4)

   2, 606    944
         
   428,577    264,477
         

Liabilities

     

Current Liabilities—

     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   6,077    2,288

Wages payable

   54,077    55,148

Income taxes payable

   30,106    4,993
         
   90,260    62,429

Redeemable Preferred Stock (note 5)

   25,938    25,938

Stockholders’ Loans (note 6)

   512    246
         
   116,710    88,613
         

Stockholders’ Equity

     

Capital Stock (note 7)

   2    2

Retained Earnings

   299,054    166,813

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

   12,811    9,049
         
   311,867    175,864
         
   428,577    264,477
         

 

SIGNED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD:

 

Director

 

F-326


Table of Contents

Davidson Technologies Ltd.

Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

Capital
Stock

$

  

Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)

$

   

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

$

  

Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)

$

 

Opening Balance

   2    166,813     9,049    175,864  

Net Income for the Year

      178,081     —      178,081  

Dividends

      (45,840 )   —      (45,840 )

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment

      —       3,762    3,762  
                      

Closing Balance

   2    299,054     12,811    311,867  
                      

 

F-327


Table of Contents

Davidson Technologies Ltd.

Statement of Income

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2004

$

  

2003

$

Equity Earnings in Investee Company Income

   278,677    141,566
         

Expenses

     

Automobile

   7,108    7,909

Bank charges and interest

   451    437

Depreciation

   430    339

Management salaries

   63,502    59,655

Meals and entertainment

   566    559

Office

   522    2,569

Professional fees

   213    382
         
   72,792    71,850
         

Income before Income Taxes

   205,885    69,716

Provision for Income Taxes

   27,804    6,077
         

Net Income for the Year

   178,081    63,639

Other Comprehensive Income—

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   3,762    10,416
         

Comprehensive Income for the Year

   181,843    74,055
         

 

F-328


Table of Contents

Davidson Technologies Ltd.

Statement of Cash Flows

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2004

$

   

2003

$

 

Cash Provided from (Used for):

    

Operating Activities

    

Comprehensive income for the year

   181,843     74,055  

Item not affecting cash—

Depreciation

   430     339  
            
   182,273     74,394  

Changes in non-cash working capital balances related to operations—

    

Accounts receivable

   (2,690 )   (2,741 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   3,789     984  

Wages payable

   (1,071 )   8,875  

Income taxes payable

   25,113     (273 )
            
   207,414     81,239  
            

Financing Activities

    

Advances from (to) related company

   2,335     (7,184 )

Increase (decrease) in stockholders’ loans

   266     (236 )

Dividends

   (45,840 )   (41,381 )
            
   (43,239 )   (48,801 )
            

Investing Activities

    

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

   (2,092 )   —    

Increase in ownership interests in investee companies

   (163,851 )   (35,888 )
            
   (165,943 )   (35,888 )
            

Increase (Decrease) in Cash

   (1,768 )   (3,450 )

Cash—Beginning of Year

   2,066     5,516  
            

Cash—End of Year (note 8)

   298     2,066  
            

 

F-329


Table of Contents

Davidson Technologies Ltd.

Notes to Financial Statements

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

1    Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

Davidson Technologies Ltd. (“the company”) is a consulting firm. The company provides consulting services in project management, systems integration, and software development.

Property, Plant and Equipment, and Depreciation

Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged against income using the declining balance method in amounts sufficient to amortize the cost of property, plant and equipment over their estimated useful lives at the following annual rates:

 

Computers

   30 %

Equipment

   20 %

A half year of depreciation is taken in the year of acquisition.

Foreign Currency Adjustments

The company’s functional currency for all operations is the Canadian dollar. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical rates and monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the year. Income statement accounts are translated at average rates for the year. Gains and losses from translation of Canadian currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in “Other Comprehensive Income”. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in current results of operations.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets, including tax loss and credit carry forwards, and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred income tax expense represents the change during the period in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as current and non-current based on their characteristics. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Estimates

Preparing the company’s financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-330


Table of Contents

Davidson Technologies Ltd.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting stockholders’ equity that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are excluded from net income. For the company, such items consist solely of foreign currency translation gains and losses.

Investment in Significantly Influenced Corporations

Investment companies that are not consolidated, but over which the company exercises significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Whether or not the company exercises significant influence with respect to an Investee depends on an evaluation of several factors including, among others, representation on the Investee Company’s board of directors and ownership level, which is generally a 20% to 50% interest in the voting securities of the Investee Company. Under the equity method of accounting, an Investee Company’s accounts are not reflected within the company’s Balance Sheets and Statements of Income; however, the company’s share of the earnings or losses of the Investee Company is reflected in the caption “Equity Earnings in Investee Company Income” in the Statement of Income. The company’s carrying value in an equity method Investee Company is reflected in the caption “Ownership Interests in Investee Companies” in the company’s Balance Sheet.

Revenue Recognition

The company recognizes its share of the earnings or losses of the Investee companies as of the date of the balance sheet.

2    Due from Related Company

The amount due from PBA Engineering Ltd., a company under significant influence, is unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment.

3    Ownership Interests in Investee Companies

The company holds 33.33% of the voting stock of both PBA Engineering Ltd. and 360 Surveillance Inc. These investments are accounted for by the equity method. Information regarding assets, liabilities, results of operations, and cash flows of the Investee Companies are reported on separate statements.

4    Property, Plant and Equipment

 

    

Cost

$

  

Accumulated
depreciation

$

  

2004
Net

$

  

2003
Net

$

Computers

   3,460    3,051    409    582

Equipment

   3,197    1,000    2,197    362
                   
   6,657    4,051    2,606    944
                   

5    Redeemable Preferred Stock

Authorized by the company are 10,000 Class AA non-voting preferred shares with a par value of $.01 each. As of December 31, 2002 10 shares have been issued with a total redemption value of $25,938. These shares are redeemable at the option of the holder.

 

F-331


Table of Contents

Davidson Technologies Ltd.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

6    Stockholders’ Loans

These loans are unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment. It is not the intention of the stockholders to demand repayment of these loans before the next fiscal year end.

7    Capital Stock

 

    

2004

$

  

2003

$

Authorized—

     

10,000 Class A common voting shares

     

10,000 Class B common voting shares

     

10,000 Class C common non-voting shares

     

Issued—

     

100 Class A shares

   1    1

100 Class B shares

   1    1

100 Class C shares

     
   2    2
         

8    Supplementary Note to Statement of Cash Flows

 

    

2004

$

   

2003

$

 

Cash received (paid):

    

Income taxes

   (27,256 )   (2,390 )

9     Financial Instruments

The company’s financial instruments consist of cash, accounts receivable, due from related company, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, wages payable, and income taxes payable.

Interest, Currency and Credit Risk

Unless otherwise noted it is management’s opinion that, under normal circumstances, the company is not exposed to significant interest, currency or credit risks arising from these financial instruments.

Fair Value

Fair value approximates amounts at which financial instruments could be exchanged between willing parties, based on current markets for instruments of the same risk, principal and remaining maturities. Fair values are based on estimates using present value and other valuation techniques, which are significantly affected by the assumptions used concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and discount rates, which reflect varying degrees of risk. Potential expenses that would be incurred on the disposition of these financial instruments have not been reflected in their fair values. Therefore, due to the use of subjective judgment and uncertainties, the aggregate fair value amount should not be interpreted as being realizable in an immediate settlement of the instruments.

The carrying value of all financial instruments approximates fair value.

 

F-332


Table of Contents

DAVIDSON TECHNOLOGIES LTD.

Unaudited Financial Statements

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

F-333


Table of Contents

DAVIDSON TECHNOLOGIES LTD.

Balance Sheets

As of September 30, 2005 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2004 (Audited)

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2005

$

  

2004

$

     

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash

   $ —      $ 298

Accounts receivable

     —        21,845
             
     —        22,143

Due from Related Company

     157,420      73,785

Ownership Interests in Investee Companies

     330,043      330,043

Property, plant and equipment

     —        2,606
             
   $ 487,463    $ 428,577
             

Liabilities

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 1,054    $ 6,077

Wages payable

     —        54,077

Income taxes payable

     15,779      30,106
             
     16,833      90,260

Redeemable Preferred Stock

     25,938      25,938

Stockholders’ Loans

     —        512
             
     42,771      116,710
             

Stockholders’ Equity

     

Capital stock

     2      2

Retained Earnings

     431,879      299,054

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     12,811      12,811
             
     444,692      311,867
             
   $ 487,463    $ 428,577
             

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-334


Table of Contents

DAVIDSON TECHNOLOGIES LTD.

Unaudited Statements of Income

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2005

$

  

2004

$

Equity Earnings in Investee Company Income

   $ 174,513    $ 209,008
             

Expenses

     

Automobile

     6,287      5,331

Bank charges and interest

     —        338

Depreciation

     2,606      323

Management Salaries

     —        47,627

Meals and entertainment

     276      425

Office

     2,604      389

Professional fees

     849      160
             
     12,622      54,593
             

Income before income taxes

     161,890      154,415

Provision for income taxes

     29,065      20,853
             

Net income for the period

     132,825      133,562

Other comprehensive income—

     

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —        2,822
             

Comprehensive income for the period

   $ 132,825    $ 136,384
             

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-335


Table of Contents

DAVIDSON TECHNOLOGIES LTD.

Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2005

$

   

2004

$

 

Cash Provided from:

    

Operating Activities

    

Comprehensive income for the period

   $ 132,825     $ 136,384  

Item not affecting cash—Depreciation

     2,606       323  
                
     135,431       136,707  

Changes in non-cash working capital balances related to operations—

    

Accounts receivable

     21,845       (2,690 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (5,023 )     3,789  

Wages payable

     (54,077 )     (1,071 )

Income taxes

     (14,327 )     25,113  
                
     83,849       161,848  
                

Financing Activities

    

Repayments from (advances to) related company

     (83,635 )     2,335  

Increase (decrease) in stockholders’ loans

     (512 )     266  
                
     (84,147 )     2,601  
                

Investing Activities

    

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     —         (1,985 )

Increase in ownership interests in investee companies

     —         (163,851 )
                
     —         (165,836)  
                

Decrease in Cash

     (298 )     (1,387 )

Cash—Beginning of Period

     298       2,066  
                

Cash—End of Period

   $ —       $ 679  
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-336


Table of Contents

DAVIDSON TECHNOLOGIES LTD.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

1. Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

Davidson Technologies Ltd. (the “company”) is a consulting firm. The company provides consulting services in project management, systems integration, and software development.

Basis of Presentation

These unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. In the opinion of management, these statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which are not required for interim purposes, have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of the company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any subsequent period or for the year ending December 31, 2005.

Property, Plant and Equipment, and Depreciation

Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged against income using the declining balance method in amounts sufficient to amortize the cost of property, plant and equipment over their estimated useful lives at the following annual rates:

 

 

Computers

   30 %

Equipment

   20 %

A half year of depreciation is taken in the year of acquisition.

Foreign Currency Adjustments

The company’s functional currency for all operations is the Canadian dollar. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical rates and monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the year. Income statement accounts are translated at average rates for the year. Gains and losses from translation of Canadian currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in “Other Comprehensive Income.” Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in current results of operations.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets, including tax loss and credit carry forwards, and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred income tax expense represents the change during the period in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as current and non-current based on their characteristics. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

F-337


Table of Contents

DAVIDSON TECHNOLOGIES LTD.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

Estimates

Preparing the company’s financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting stockholders’ equity that, under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, are excluded from net income. For the company, such items consist solely of foreign currency translation gains and losses.

Investment in Significantly Influenced Corporations

Investment companies that are not consolidated, but over which the company exercises significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Whether or not the company exercises significant influence with respect to an investee depends on an evaluation of several factors including, among others, representation on the Investee Company’s board of directors and ownership level, which is generally a 20% to 50% interest in the voting securities of the Investee Company. Under the equity method of accounting, an Investee Company’s accounts are not reflected within the company’s balance sheets and income statements; however, the company’s share of the earnings or losses of the Investee Company is reflected in the caption “Equity Earnings in Investee Company Income” in the income statement. The company’s carrying value in an equity method Investee Company is reflected in the caption “Ownership Interests in Investee Companies” in the company’s balance sheet.

Revenue Recognition

The company recognizes its share of the earnings or losses of the Investee Companies as of the date of the balance sheet.

2. Due from Related Company

The amount due from PBA Engineering Ltd., a company under significant influence, is unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment.

3. Ownership Interests in Investee Companies

The company holds 33.33% of the voting stock of both PBA Engineering Ltd. and 360 Surveillance Inc. These investments are accounted for by the equity method. Information regarding assets, liabilities, results of operations, and cash flows of the Investee Companies are reported on separate statements.

4. Stockholders’ Loans

These loans are unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment. It is not the intention of the stockholders to demand repayment of these loans before the next fiscal year-end.

 

F-338


Table of Contents

PETER BOUDREAU & ASSOCIATES LTD.

Audited Financial Statements

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

F-339


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Stockholders of

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

LOGO
CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS
Victoria, B.C., Canada
November 18, 2005

 

F-340


Table of Contents

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd.

Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2004

$

  

2003

$

Assets

     

Current Assets—

     

Cash

   625    27,477

Due from Investors Group

   29,218    —  

Accounts receivable

   18,923    17,952

Income taxes recoverable

   —      6,284
         
   48,766    51,713

Due from Related Company (note 2)

   73,648    75,993

Ownership Interests in Investee Companies (note 3)

   343,797    179,946

Property, Plant and Equipment (note 4)

   522    262
         
   466,733    307,914
         

Liabilities

     

Current Liabilities—

     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   3,837    18,496

Income taxes payable

   18,438    —  
         
   22,275    18,496

Redeemable Preferred Stock (note 5)

   39,337    39,337

Stockholder’s Loan (note 6)

   19,633    11,374
         
   81,245    69,207
         

Stockholders’ Equity

     

Capital Stock (note 7)

   1    1

Retained Earnings

   366,201    225,198

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

   19,286    13,508
         
   385,488    238,707
         
   466,733    307,914
         

 

SIGNED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD:

 

Director

 

F-341


Table of Contents

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd.

Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

Capital

Stock

$

  

Retained
Earnings

$

  

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

$

  

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

$

Opening Balance

   1    225,198    13,508    238,707

Net Income for the Year

      141,003    —      141,003

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment

      —      5,778    5,778
                   

Closing Balance

   1    366,201    19,286    385,488
                   

 

F-342


Table of Contents

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd.

Statement of Income

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2004

$

  

2003

$

Equity Earnings in Investee Company Income

   265,825    141,288
         

Expenses

     

Accounting and legal

   191    183

Automobile

   8,966    8,092

Bank charges and interest

   116    68

Depreciation

   143    65

Insurance

   981    911

Management salaries

   79,777    52,661

Meals and entertainment

   2,014    1,708

Office

   869    773

Subcontractors

   11,525    24,974

Travel

   54    1,105
         
   104,636    90,540
         

Income before Income Taxes

   161,189    50,748

Provision for Income Taxes

   20,186    2,929
         

Net Income for the Year

   141,003    47,819

Other Comprehensive Income—

     

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   5,778    16,032
         

Comprehensive Income for the Year

   146,781    63,851
         

 

F-343


Table of Contents

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd.

Statement of Cash Flows

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2004

$

   

2003

$

 

Cash Provided from (Used for):

    

Operating Activities

    

Comprehensive income for the year

   146,781     63,851  

Items not affecting cash—

    

Amortization of deferred charge

   —       694  

Depreciation

   143     65  
            
   146,924     64,610  

Changes in non-cash working capital balances related to operations—

    

Accounts receivable

   (971 )   (4,019 )

Due from Investors Group

   (29,218 )   —    

Prepaid expenses

   —       366  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   (14,659 )   (3,345 )

Income taxes

   24,722     673  
            
   126,798     58,285  
            

Financing Activities

    

Advances from (to) related company

   2,345     (7,180 )

Increase in stockholder’s loan

   8,259     2,748  
            
   10,604     (4,432 )
            

Investing Activities

    

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

   (403 )   —    

Increase in ownership interests in investee companies

   (163,851 )   (35,888 )
            
   (164,254 )   (35,888 )
            

Increase (Decrease) in Cash

   (26,852 )   17,965  

Cash—Beginning of Year

   27,477     9,512  
            

Cash—End of Year (note 8)

   625     27,477  
            

 

F-344


Table of Contents

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd.

Notes to Financial Statements

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

1    Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

Peter Boudreau and Associates Ltd. (“the company”) is an engineering consulting firm. The company provides consulting services in project management, systems integration, and software development.

Property, Plant and Equipment, and Depreciation

Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged against income using the declining balance method in amounts sufficient to amortize the cost of property, plant and equipment over their estimated useful lives at the following annual rates:

 

Furniture and equipment

   20 %

A half year of depreciation is taken in the year of acquisition.

Foreign Currency Adjustments

The company’s functional currency for all operations is the Canadian dollar. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical rates and monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the year. Income statement accounts are translated at average rates for the year. Gains and losses from translation of Canadian currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in other comprehensive income. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in current results of operations.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets, including tax loss and credit carry forwards, and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred income tax expense represents the change during the period in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as current and non-current based on their characteristics. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Estimates

Preparing the company’s financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-345


Table of Contents

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting stockholders’ equity that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are excluded from net income. For the company, such items consist solely of foreign currency translation gains and losses.

Investment in Significantly Influenced Corporations

Investment companies that are not consolidated, but over which the company exercises significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Whether or not the company exercises significant influence with respect to an Investee depends on an evaluation of several factors including, among others, representation on the Investee Company’s board of directors and ownership level, which is generally a 20% to 50% interest in the voting securities of the Investee Company. Under the equity method of accounting, an Investee Company’s accounts are not reflected within the company’s Balance Sheets and Statements of Operations; however, the company’s share of the earnings or losses of the Investee Company is reflected in the caption “Equity Earnings in Investee Company Income” in the Statement of Income. The Company’s carrying value in an equity method Investee Company is reflected in the caption “Ownership Interests in Investee Companies” in the company’s Balance Sheet.

Revenue Recognition

The company recognizes its share of the earnings or losses of the Investee Companies as of the date of the balance sheet.

2     Due from Related Company

The amount due from PBA Engineering Ltd., a company under significant influence, is unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment.

3    Ownership Interests in Investee Companies

The company holds 33.33% of the voting stock of both PBA Engineering Ltd. and 360 Surveillance Inc. These investments are accounted for by the equity method. Information regarding assets, liabilities, results of operations, and cash flows of the Investee Companies are reported on separate statements.

4    Property, Plant and Equipment

 

    

Cost

$

  

Accumulated
depreciation

$

  

2004
Net

$

  

2003
Net

$

Computer equipment

   403    90    313    —  

Furniture and equipment

   1,252    1,043    209    262
                   
   1,655    1,133    522    262
                   

 

F-346


Table of Contents

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

5    Redeemable Preferred Stock

Authorized by the company are 10,000 Class AA non-voting preferred shares with a par value of $.0067 each. As at December 31, 2002 300 shares have been issued for a total par value of $2. These shares are redeemable at the option of the holder for a total value of $39,337.

6    Stockholder’s Loan

The loan is unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment. It is not the intention of the stockholder to demand repayment of this loan before the next fiscal year end.

7    Capital Stock

 

    

2004

$

  

2003

$

Authorized—

     

10,000 Class A common voting shares

     

10,000 Class B common non-voting shares

     

10,000 Class C common non-voting shares

     

Issued—

     

100 Class A shares

   1    1

100 Class B shares

     

  20 Class C shares

     
         
   1    1
         

8    Supplementary Note to Statement of Cash Flows

 

    

2004

$

   

2003

$

 

Cash received (paid):

    

Income taxes

   (16,107 )   (9,208 )

9    Financial Instruments

The company’s financial instruments consist of cash, due from Investors Group, accounts receivable, due from related company, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and income taxes payable.

Interest, Currency and Credit Risk

Unless otherwise noted it is management’s opinion that, under normal circumstances, the company is not exposed to significant interest, currency or credit risks arising from these financial instruments.

 

F-347


Table of Contents

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

Fair Value

Fair value approximates amounts at which financial instruments could be exchanged between willing parties, based on current markets for instruments of the same risk, principal and remaining maturities. Fair values are based on estimates using present value and other valuation techniques, which are significantly affected by the assumptions used concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and discount rates, which reflect varying degrees of risk. Potential expenses that would be incurred on the disposition of these financial instruments have not been reflected in their fair values. Therefore, due to the use of subjective judgment and uncertainties, the aggregate fair value amount should not be interpreted as being realizable in an immediate settlement of the instruments.

The carrying value of all financial instruments approximates fair value.

 

F-348


Table of Contents

PETER BOUDREAU & ASSOCIATES LTD.

Unaudited Financial Statements

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

F-349


Table of Contents

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd.

Balance Sheets

As of September 30, 2005 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2004 (Audited)

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2005

$

  

2004

$

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash

   $ —      $ 625

Due from Investors Group

     —        29,218

Accounts receivable

     —        18,923
             
     —        48,766

Due from Related Company

     173,998      73,648

Ownership Interests in Investee Companies

     343,797      343,797

Property, plant and equipment

     —        522
             
   $ 517,795    $ 466,733
             

Liabilities

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 1,242    $ 3,837

Income taxes payable

     1,417      18,438
             
     2,659      22,275

Redeemable Preferred Stock

     39,337      39,337

Stockholders’ Loans

     19,633      19,633
             
     61,629      81,245
             

Stockholders’ Equity

     

Capital stock

     1      1

Retained Earnings

     436,879      366,201

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     19,286      19,286
             
     456,166      385,488
             
   $ 517,795    $ 466,733
             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-350


Table of Contents

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd.

Unaudited Statements of Income

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2005

$

  

2004

$

Equity Earnings in Investee Company Income

   $ 164,629    $ 199,369
             

Expenses

     

Accounting and legal

     414      143

Automobile

     5,656      6,725

Bank charges and interest

     —        87

Depreciation

     522      107

Insurance

     777      736

Management salaries

     69,018      59,833

Meals and entertainment

     1,589      1,511

Office

     511      652

Subcontractors

     —        8,644

Travel

     —        41
             
     78,487      78,479
             

Income before income taxes

     86,142      120,890

Provision for income taxes

     15,464      15,140
             

Net income for the period

     70,678      105,750

Other comprehensive income—

     

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —        4,334
             

Comprehensive income for the period

   $ 70,678    $ 110,084
             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-351


Table of Contents

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd.

Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

    

2005

$

   

2004

$

 

Cash Provided from:

    

Operating Activities

    

Comprehensive income for the period

   $ 70,678     $ 110,084  

Item not affecting cash—

    

Depreciation

     522       107  
                
     71,200       110,191  

Changes in non-cash working capital balances related to operations—

    

Accounts receivable

     18,923       3,760  

Due from Investors Group

     29,218       (29,218 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (2,595 )     (14,657 )

Income taxes

     (17,021 )     20,113  
                
     99,725       90,189  
                

Financing Activities

    

Repayments from (advances to) related company

     (100,350 )     38,293  

Increase in stockholders’ loans

     —         8,259  
                
     (100,350 )     46,552  
                

Investing Activity

    

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     —         (367 )

Increase in ownership interests in investee companies

     —         (163,851 )
                
     —         (164,218 )
                

Decrease in Cash

     (625 )     (27,477 )

Cash—Beginning of Period

     625       27,477  
                

Cash—End of Period

   $ —       $ —    
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-352


Table of Contents

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

1. Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

Peter Boudreau and Associates Ltd. (the “company”) is an engineering consulting firm. The company provides consulting services in project management, systems integration, and software development.

Basis of Presentation

These unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. In the opinion of management, these statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which are not required for interim purposes, have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of the company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any subsequent period or for the year ending December 31, 2005.

Foreign Currency Adjustments

The company’s functional currency for all operations is the Canadian dollar. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical rates and monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the year. Income statement accounts are translated at average rates for the year. Gains and losses from translation of Canadian currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in “Other Comprehensive Income.” Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in current results of operations.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets, including tax loss and credit carry forwards, and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred income tax expense represents the change during the period in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as current and non-current based on their characteristics. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Estimates

Preparing the company’s financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-353


Table of Contents

Peter Boudreau & Associates Ltd.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting stockholders’ equity that, under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, are excluded from net income. For the company, such items consist solely of foreign currency translation gains and losses.

Investment in Significantly Influenced Corporations

Investment companies that are not consolidated, but over which the company exercises significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Whether or not the company exercises significant influence with respect to an investee depends on an evaluation of several factors including, among others, representation on the Investee Company’s board of directors and ownership level, which is generally a 20% to 50% interest in the voting securities of the Investee Company. Under the equity method of accounting, an Investee Company’s accounts are not reflected within the company’s balance sheets and income statements; however, the company’s share of the earnings or losses of the Investee Company is reflected in the caption “Equity Earnings in Investee Company Income” in the income statement. The company’s carrying value in an equity method Investee Company is reflected in the caption “Ownership Interests in Investee Companies” in the company’s balance sheet.

Revenue Recognition

The company recognizes its share of the earnings or losses of the Investee Companies as of the date of the balance sheet.

 

2. Due from Related Company

The amount due from PBA Engineering Ltd., a company under significant influence, is unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment.

 

3. Ownership Interests in Investee Companies

The company holds 33.33% of the voting stock of both PBA Engineering Ltd. and 360 Surveillance Inc. These investments are accounted for by the equity method. Information regarding assets, liabilities, results of operations, and cash flows of the Investee Companies are reported on separate statements.

 

4. Stockholders’ Loans

These loans are unsecured, non-interest bearing, and without specific terms of repayment. It is not the intention of the stockholders to demand repayment of these loans before the next fiscal year-end.

 

F-354


Table of Contents

SENSOR TECHNOLOGIES & SYSTEMS, INC.

Audited Financial Statements

Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

 

F-355


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

Board of Directors

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America as established by the Auditing Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

LOGO
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

November 18, 2005 (except for Note 13, as to which the date is December 12, 2005)

Suite 1200

1 Leadership Square

211 N. Robinson

Oklahoma City, OK 73102-7148

T 405.218.2800
F 405.218.2801
W www.grantthornton.com

Grant Thornton LLP

US Member of Grant Thornton International

 

F-356


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Balance Sheets

December 31,

 

     2004     2003  
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 260,932     $ 36,931  

Investments

     2,075,707       —    

Accounts receivable

     716,961       880,055  

Other receivables

     32,042       77,502  

Inventory

     1,395,956       523,103  

Prepaid expenses

     22,476       10,034  
                

Total current assets

     4,504,074       1,527,625  

Property and equipment, net

     266,489       84,684  

Goodwill

     231,611       231,611  

Other non-current assets

     42,859       27,725  
                

Total assets

   $ 5,045,033     $ 1,871,645  
                
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 292,674     $ 868,424  

Accrued liabilities

     735,124       708,215  

Billings in excess of costs

     200,438       70,067  

Income taxes payable

     236,871       —    

Short-term notes payable

     —         180,000  

Current portion of long-term debt

     579,283       281,453  

Current portion of obligations under capital leases

     11,191       10,115  
                

Total current liabilities

     2,055,581       2,118,274  
                

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     60,887       642,309  

Obligations under capital leases, net of current portion

     7,437       20,538  

Commitments and contingencies

    

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock; Series A; $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 118,116 and 37,500, issued and outstanding, respectively (at liquidation value)

     236,231       75,000  

Common stock; $0.001 par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized; 5,146,291, and 5,133,898 shares issued and 5,069,351 and 5,123,048 outstanding respectively.

     5,146       5,134  

Treasury stock; 76,940 and 10,850 common shares held, respectively, at cost

     (152,152 )     (20,709 )

Additional paid-in capital

     3,333,706       3,188,284  

Unearned ESOP shares

     (93,104 )     (142,905 )

Accumulated deficit

     (377,236 )     (4,014,280 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (31,463 )     —    
                

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     2,921,128       (909,476 )
                
   $ 5,045,033     $ 1,871,645  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-357


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Statements of Operations

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

     2004     2003     2002  

Contract revenues

   $ 27,577,973     $ 3,931,488     $ 5,422,292  

Contract costs:

      

Direct labor

     1,311,669       1,078,358       1,388,427  

Material and other direct costs

     15,805,642       1,075,547       1,518,815  

Indirect costs

     2,374,209       1,874,287       2,020,938  
                        

Total contract costs

     19,491,520       4,028,192       4,928,180  

Research and product development costs

     2,196,458       630,831       716,069  

Selling, general and administrative

     932,930       90,840       84,786  
                        
     22,620,908       4,749,863       5,729,035  
                        

Income (loss) from operations

     4,957,065       (818,375 )     (306,743 )

Other Income (expense)

      

Other income

     73,757       889       1,685  

Unearned ESOP compensation

     (324,354 )     (279,144 )     (253,471 )

Interest expense

     (207,553 )     (64,763 )     (72,910 )
                        
     (458,150 )     (343,018 )     (324,696 )
                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     4,498,915       (1,161,393 )     (631,439 )

Income taxes:

      

Federal

     666,851       —         —    

Arizona

     195,020       —         —    
                        
     861,871       —         —    
                        

Net income (loss)

     3,637,044       (1,161,398 )     (631,440 )

Other comprehensive loss

     (31,463 )     —         —    
                        

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 3,605,581     $ (1,161,398 )   $ (631,440 )
                        

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-358


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

   

Series A
Redeemable
Convertible

Preferred
Stock

  Common Stock  

Additional

Paid-In
Capital

   

Treasury

Stock

   

Unearned

ESOP
Shares

   

Accumulated

Deficit

   

Accumulated
Other

Comprehensive
Loss

   

Stockholders’

Equity

 
    Shares   Par
Value
           

Balances at January 1, 2002

  $ —     5,095,164   $ 5,095   $ 2,571,434     $ (20,709 )   $ (242,420 )   $ (2,221,447 )   $ —       $ 91,953  

Issuance of common stock for consulting services

    —     20,614     21     46,382       —         —         —         —         46,403  

Allocation of shares to ESOP

    —     —       —       253,473       —         49,486       —         —         302,959  

Net loss

    —     —       —       —         —         —         (631,440 )     —         (631,440 )
                                                               

Balance at December 31, 2002

    —     5,115,778     5,116     2,871,289       (20,709 )     (192,934 )     (2,852,887 )     —         (190,125 )

Sale of preferred stock

    75,000   —       —       —         —         —         —         —         75,000  

Issuance of common stock for consulting services

    —     18,120     18     37,851       —         —         —         —         37,869  

Allocation of shares to ESOP

    —     —       —       279,144       —         50,029       —         —         329,173  

Net loss

    —     —       —       —         —         —         (1,161,393 )     —         (1,161,393 )
                                                               

Balance at December 31, 2003

    75,000   5,133,898     5,134     3,188,284       (20,709 )     (142,905 )     (4,014,280 )     —         (909,476 )

Sale of preferred stock

    158,280   —       —       —         —         —         —         —         158,280  

Issuance of common stock for consulting services

    —     2,202     2     4,344       —         —         —         —         4,346  

Issuance of common stock

    —     2,030     2     3,998       —         —         —         —         4,000  

Preferred stock dividends

    2,951   —       —       (6,761 )     —         —         —         —         (3,810 )

Common stock dividends

    —     8,161     8     (231,912 )     —         —         —         —         (231,904 )

Purchase of treasury stock

    —     —       —       —         (131,443 )     —         —         —         (131,443 )

Allocation of shares to ESOP

    —     —       —       324,355       —         49,801       —         —         374,156  

Issuance of stock warrants to vendor

    —     —       —       51,398       —         —         —         —         51,398  

Net income

    —     —       —       —         —         —         3,637,044       —         3,637,044  

Unrealized loss on available for sale

                 

Securities

    —     —       —       —         —         —         —         (31,463 )     (31,463 )
                                                               

Balance at December 31, 2004

  $ 236,231   5,146,291   $ 5,146   $ 3,333,706     $ (152,152 )   $ (93,104 )   $ (377,236 )   $ (31,463 )   $ 2,921,128  
                                                               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-359


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

     2004     2003     2002  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,637,044     $ (1,161,393 )   $ (631,440 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     75,386       51,095       62,450  

Issuance of stock for professional services rendered

     4,346       37,869       46,403  

Issuance of common stock warrants to vendor

     51,398       —         —    

Provision for warranty

     165,000       —         —    

ESOP compensation expense

     374,156       329,173       302,959  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     163,094       (138,117 )     459,820  

Other receivables

     45,459       (27,611 )     24,936  

Prepaid expenses

     (12,442 )     53,943       (22,624 )

Inventory

     (872,853 )     (195,511 )     (122,213 )

Other non-current assets

     (15,134 )     (360 )     (4,936 )

Accounts payable

     (575,750 )     565,761       (294,526 )

Accrued liabilities

     (138,090 )     313,599       41,371  

Income taxes payable

     236,871       —         —    

Billings in excess of costs

     130,371       (19,153 )     51,931  
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     3,268,856       (190,705 )     (85,869 )
                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchase of property and equipment

     (257,191 )     (2,978 )     (55,878 )

Purchase of available for sale securities

     (2,107,170 )     —         —    
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,364,361 )     (2,978 )     (55,878 )
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Net (repayments) borrowings of short-term notes payable

     (180,000 )     100,000       65,291  

Borrowings of long-term debt

     —         98,000       —    

Repayments of long-term debt

     (283,592 )     (100,240 )     (65,584 )

Repayments of obligations under capital leases

     (12,025 )     (18,945 )     (16,223 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     4,000       —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     158,280       75,000       —    

Purchase of treasury stock

     (131,443 )     —         —    

Dividends on common stock

     (231,904 )     —         —    

Dividends on preferred stock

     (3,810 )     —         —    
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (680,494 )     153,815       (16,516 )
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     224,001       (39,868 )     (158,263 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     36,931       76,799       235,062  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 260,932     $ 36,931     $ 76,799  
                        

Cash paid for interest

   $ 202,000     $ 33,183     $ 21,522  

Cash paid for federal and state income taxes

     625,000       50       50  

SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH INVESTING FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Purchase of property and equipment—capital lease obligation

     —         2,626       48,076  

Unrealized loss on available for sale securities

     31,463       —         —    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-360


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

Note 1—Description of Business

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc. (“the Company”) operates predominantly in the advanced electronics industry. Operations involve the design, development and testing of a diversified line of products, which include radar, RF systems, subsystems and sensors. Revenues are derived from services and product sales to the U.S. government, commercial and international markets. The Company is headquartered in Scottsdale, Arizona.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For financial reporting purposes, cash includes amounts held in depository accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, there are no investments or other items which might be considered cash equivalents.

Investments

The Company classifies its investments according to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities (“SFAS 115”). Under SFAS 115, securities are classified as either held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. Debt and equity securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified as trading securities and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. Investments in debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity and measured at amortized cost in the balance sheet only if the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold those securities to maturity. Investments not classified as either trading or held-to-maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale securities. Pursuant to SFAS 115, the Company classifies its marketable debt and equity securities as available-for-sale. Securities classified as available-for-sale are carried in the financial statements at fair value. Realized gains and losses, determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method, are included in earnings and unrealized holding gains and losses are reported, net of applicable taxes, as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company purchased available-for-sale equity securities at a cost of $2,107,170 and experienced a decline in the fair market value of these securities in the amount of $31,463, which is included as a component of other comprehensive loss. The fair market value of the available-for-sale equity securities of $2,075,707 has been reflected in the accompanying balance sheet as of December 31, 2004. There were no investments at December 31, 2003.

Accounts Receivable

Trade receivables are recorded at net realizable value or the amount that the Company expects to collect on gross customer trade receivables. The provision for doubtful accounts is determined from an analysis of the collectibility of each account receivable at the balance sheet date using an aging of receivables as well as a review of the customer’s financial condition. Accounts are deemed past due if full payment is not received by the pre-determined due date. Uncollectible accounts receivable are written off when the Company has exhausted all efforts of collection. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, no provision for doubtful accounts was recorded as the Company considered all accounts to be fully collectible.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue based on the performance of several types of contracts with their customers in accordance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Statement of Position

 

F-361


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

No. 81-1 (“SOP 81-1”), Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts, which provides more comprehensive and explicit guidance on the application of generally accepted accounting principles to contract accounting than the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide for Federal Government Contractors. The majority of the Company’s contracts can be classified into three types, which is based upon the pricing methods: (i) fixed-price contracts, (ii) cost-type contracts and (iii) time and material contracts. A fixed-price contract is an agreement whereby the Company agrees to perform all acts under the contract for the customer at a stated price. A cost-type contract is an agreement whereby the Company agrees to perform all acts under a contract for a price determined on the basis of a defined relationship to the costs to be incurred, which is typically expressed as a certain percentage of the costs incurred. A time and material contract is an agreement whereby the Company agrees to perform all acts required under the contract for a price based on fixed hourly rates and the cost of materials.

A significant portion of the Company’s revenues result from contract services performed for the United States Government. The Company believes that it can make reasonably dependable estimates relating to estimates of the extent of progress toward completion, contract revenue and contract costs. In addition, the Company expects that they can perform their contractual obligations, the customer can satisfy their obligations under the contract and the contractual arrangements include applicable terms. Based on the above, the Company recognizes revenues and fees on contracts as services are performed using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Revenues from the sale of prototypes and other products are recorded as costs are incurred, using an estimated profit percentage and are finalized when the products are shipped.

The Company provides for anticipated losses on contracts by a charge to income during the period in which the losses are first identified. Unbilled receivables are stated at estimated realizable value. Contract costs, including an allocation of indirect costs, are subject to audit and adjustment by negotiations between the Company and government representatives. Indirect contract costs have not yet been agreed upon between the Company and government representatives; however, the Company does not believe that any material adjustments will result once agreed upon.

Inventory

Inventory, which consists primarily of acquired products and materials, capitalized labor and indirect cost allocations, are valued at the lower of cost or market on a specific identification method. Management considers all inventory to be work in progress.

The Company writes down inventories for obsolescence equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Any write-downs would be charged to operations as incurred.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets using an accelerated method. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets disposed and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income. Estimated useful lives range from three to seven years.

Goodwill

The Company accounts for goodwill under the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

 

F-362


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

Goodwill is subject to annual assessment for impairment at each year-end and between annual assessments if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below its carrying amount. The Company evaluated its goodwill at each December 31, 2004 and 2003 and determined that there were no indications of impairment of its goodwill.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

In accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 93-6 (“SOP 93-6”), the Company recognizes compensation expense based upon the shares released and the average fair market value of the Company’s shares, as determined by the Company on an annual basis with the assistance of an independent appraiser.

Income Taxes

In accordance with SFAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, the Company recognizes deferred income tax assets and liabilities annually for differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income.

SFAS No. 109 requires a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if, based on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Income tax expense is the tax payable or refundable for the period plus or minus the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash deposits in bank accounts and investments maintained in brokerage accounts. Deposits and investments in excess of amounts insured are exposed to loss in the event of nonperformance by the institution. The Company is also exposed to the inability to collect accounts receivable when due or within a reasonable period of time after they become due or ever. However, the Company believes that it appropriately controls its exposure to credit risk relating to accounts receivable through conducting business with creditworthy customers although collateral is generally not obtained. See also Note 12.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment of Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. If this review reveals an indication of impairment, as determined based on the sum of estimated undiscounted future cash flows, the carrying amount of the related long-lived assets are

 

F-363


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

adjusted to fair value. No impairment losses have been recognized in the accompanying statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

Shipping and Handling Costs

The Company invoices on a pass-through basis for out-bound freight to certain customers in accordance with the contractual agreements. These revenues are recorded as a component of contract revenues and the associated expense has been recorded as a component of contract expenses as is required by Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) No. 00-10, Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs.

Advertising

Advertising costs, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations, are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $101,550, $5,896 and $9,548 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Warranties

The Company records a liability for an estimate of costs that it expects to incur under its warranty program when product revenue is recognized. Factors affecting the Company’s warranty liability include the number of units sold and anticipated rates of claims and costs per claim. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its warranty liability based on changes in these factors. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company’s estimate of its warranty liability of $165,000 and $0, respectively, is reflected in accrued liabilities in the accompanying financial statements.

Research and Product Development Costs

Research and product development costs relating to both future and present products are charged to operations as incurred. The Company routinely enters into contracts with their customers to provide for certain levels of funding for various research and product development projects that the customer and the Company agree to perform. In accordance with the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide for Federal Government Contractors, the Company recognizes the funded portion of their research and product development activities separately as contract revenue and contract costs. In certain circumstances, the Company considers it necessary and beneficial to continue these projects beyond the portion funded by the customer due to the product’s perceived marketability as well as other factors. In these circumstances, the unfunded portion of the projects is classified as research and product development activities in the accompanying statements of operations. The Company recognized approximately $2,196,500, $630,800 and $716,100 of unfunded research and product development costs in the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Note 3—Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of the following at December 31:

 

     2004    2003

Billed amounts

   $ 232,230    $ 348,395

Unbilled amounts:

     

Current billable

     484,731      531,660
             
     716,961      880,055

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     —        —  
             
   $ 716,961    $ 880,055
             

 

F-364


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

The balance of unbilled receivables consists of costs and fees billable on contract completion or other specified events, the majority of which is expected to be collected within one year.

Note 4—Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are summarized by major classification along with their estimated useful lives as follows at December 31:

 

     2004     2003  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment (5 – 7 years)

   $ 437,748     $ 231,338  

Engineering equipment (3 – 5 years)

     240,382       211,684  

Leasehold improvements (5 years or lease term, if less)

     36,392       14,309  
                
     714,522       457,331  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (448,033 )     (372,647 )
                
   $ 266,489     $ 84,684  
                

Depreciation expense, which includes expense attributable to equipment leased under a capital lease, for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 amounted to $75,386, $51,095 and $62,450, respectively.

Note 5—Debt

Lines of credit and long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31:

 

     2004    2003

Note payable to Yazaki North America, Inc. with no interest due until April 1, 2003 (discounted to yield 10.5%) and no principal due until April 1, 2004, then 60 equal monthly payments of approximately $10,000 including interest at prime plus 2.50% (7.75% at December 31, 2004) with all remaining unpaid principal and interest due December 31, 2007; secured by inventory, receivables and equipment

   $ 513,352    $ 513,352

Guaranteed ESOP debt to stockholder (and Company President) due in monthly installments of $968 including interest at prime plus 2% (7.25% at December 31, 2004) through August 15, 2007 at which time all outstanding principal and interest becomes due

     20,405      30,441

Guaranteed ESOP debt due in monthly installments of $5,051 including interest at prime plus 2% (7.25% at December 31, 2004) through August 15, 2007 at which time all outstanding principal and interest becomes due

     106,413      158,727

Installment note payable; paid off in 2004

     —        156,000

Unsecured note payable to an officer/stockholder of the Company; paid off in 2004

     —        65,242
             
     640,170      923,762

Less: current portion

     579,283      281,453
             
   $ 60,887    $ 642,309
             

 

F-365


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

Yazaki Note Payable

Prior to December 31, 2001, the Company received funding in the amount of approximately $930,000 from Yazaki North America, Inc. (“Yazaki”), which was recorded as a demand loan payable with no stated interest rate. During April 2001, the Company executed an agreement (“the agreement”) with Yazaki to convert a portion of the outstanding balance into shares of common stock as well as set forth certain interest and repayment terms. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Yazaki converted approximately $415,000 of the outstanding balance into approximately 413,000 shares of common stock.

In addition, the terms of the agreement included a principal and interest free period from April 1, 2001 through April 1, 2003 with monthly principal and interest payments to be made in 60 equal monthly installments plus interest at the rate of prime plus 2.5% following the interest free period. As a result of the interest free period, the Company recorded a discount on the remaining balance of approximately $513,000 at a yield of 10.5%. The discount of approximately $99,000 was amortized on a straight line basis, which approximated the effective interest method through December 31, 2002.

In April 2003, the Company modified the agreement with Yazaki to provide the Company an additional one-year period through April 1, 2004 in which it was not required to make any principal payments. In November 2004, the Company commenced discussions with Yazaki to attempt to reach a settlement for their outstanding obligation. In April 2005, the Company agreed upon a settlement offer with Yazaki to settle the outstanding obligation in full in exchange for three payments totaling approximately $292,000 as follows: $40,000 in May 2005, $80,000 in June 2005 and $172,000 in July 2005, which was disbursed to Yazaki. The balance of the obligation at this time was approximately $410,000 after making a required payment in January 2005 as requested by Yazaki. In accordance with SFAS 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities, the Company will account for the extinguishment of the Yazaki debt during their fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. As a result of the above, the outstanding obligation has been shown as currently maturing in the accompanying 2004 balance sheet.

Guaranteed ESOP Debt

On August 15, 1997, the Company Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust (ESOP) acquired 103,964 shares of the Advance Product Division (APD) from the owners of Frontier Engineering, Inc. (FEI), a closely held electronics services company. The acquisition was partially financed through the execution of a $365,000 promissory note payable issued by the ESOP to a stockholder of the Company and a $70,000 promissory note payable issued by the ESOP to the president of the Company. The promissory notes payable are subordinated to the Yazaki note payable. In addition, the promissory notes payable are guaranteed by the Company as to payment of principal and interest and, therefore, the unpaid balance has been recorded as long-term debt.

Maturities of long-term debt are as follows at December 31, 2004:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount

2005

   $ 579,283

2006

     60,887

Thereafter

     —  
      
   $ 640,170
      

 

F-366


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

Short-term notes payable consisted of the following at December 31:

 

     2004    2003

Unsecured note payable; paid off in 2004

   $ —      $ 70,000

Unsecured note payable to an officer/stockholder of the

Company; paid off in 2004

     —        30,000

Unsecured note payable to a corporation controlled

by a stockholder; paid off in 2004

     —        75,000

Other notes payable

     —        5,000
             
   $ —      $ 180,000
             

Note 6—Commitments and Contingencies

Legal

From time to time, the Company may become involved in various legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. Management is unaware of any matters requiring accrual for related losses in the financial statements.

Purchase Commitments

The Company has entered into various contracts with their vendors to purchase inventory at an estimated cost of $1,400,000 as determined using the rate per the Company’s respective purchase orders as of December 31, 2004. None of the aforementioned purchase commitments represent amounts in excess of anticipated consumption.

Repurchase Agreement—Common Stock

The Company is obligated, under a repurchase agreement with its stockholders, to acquire their stock in the Company at fair market value upon the occurrence of certain events such as their death, disability or termination of employment. This obligation is contingent upon whether the stockholder exercises this option.

Capital Lease Obligations

The Company leases certain property of equipment under capital leases. Accordingly, the related assets and obligations have been recorded at the lesser of the present value of future minimum lease payments or fair value of the leased property at inception of the lease. The assets are depreciated over the lesser of their related lease terms or their estimated productive lives.

The following is a summary of property held under capital leases as of December 31:

 

     2004     2003  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

   $ 68,839     $ 68,839  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (50,211 )     (38,186 )
                
   $ 18,628     $ 30,653  
                

 

F-367


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under capital leases together with the present value of the payments as of December 31, 2004:

 

     Amount

2005

   $ 12,209

2006

     6,690

2007

     1,078
      

Total minimum lease payments

     19,977

Less: amount representing interest

     1,349
      

Present value of net minimum lease payments

     18,628

Less: current portion

     11,191
      
   $ 7,437
      

Operating Leases

The Company leases office space and certain other office equipment under non-cancelable leases expiring at various dates through 2006. The Company has the option to renew several of their office space leases for an additional lease term. Total lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was approximately $332,700, $276,800 and $268,800, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2004 are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount

2005

   $ 276,850

2006

     20,464
      

Total

   $ 297,314
      

Note 7—Income Taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 consist of the following:

 

     2004    2003    2002

Current:

        

Federal

   $ 666,851    $ —      $ —  

State

     195,020      —        —  
                    
     861,871      —        —  

Deferred:

        

Federal

     —        —        —  

State

     —        —        —  
                    
     —        —        —  
                    
   $ 861,871    $ —      $ —  
                    

 

F-368


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2004     2003     2002  

Deferred tax assets related to:

      

Net operating loss carryforward

   $ —       $ 1,036,805     $ 707,513  

Warranty accrual

     63,614       —         —    

Vacation and sick leave

     106,767       78,492       73,096  

Other

     31,907       30,952       30,843  
                        
     202,288       1,146,249       811,452  

Less valuation

     (180,752 )     (1,146,249 )     (811,452 )

Total deferred tax assets

     21,536       —         —    
                        

Deferred tax liabilities related to:

      

Property and equipment—depreciation expense

     (21,536 )     —         —    
                        

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ —       $ —       $ —    
                        

The deferred tax assets and liabilities result from accrued compensation amounts that are not deductible for tax purposes until paid, operating loss carryforwards, warranty provisions that are not deductible for tax purposes until realized and from the use of accelerated methods of depreciation of property and equipment for tax purposes. At December 31, 2004, the Company fully utilized their net operating loss carryforwards to offset taxable income.

SFAS No. 109 requires a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if, based on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. While the Company realized taxable income in 2004, the Company has historically incurred tax losses. As a result, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance that reduces the total deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not expected to be realized. The net change in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was ($965,497), 334,797 and $139,952, respectively.

Note 8—Employee Stock Ownership Plan

The Company’s ESOP Plan and Trust (“ESOP”) is a stock bonus and employee stock ownership plan under IRS Code sections 401(k) and 4975 (e) (7). The ESOP covers all employees meeting certain eligibility criteria. In general, regular employees participate in the ESOP after completing six months of service with the Company. Participants may also elect to defer up to ten percent of their eligible compensation to an employee savings account, subject to statutory limitations. The Company, at its discretion, may contribute a matching amount. On August 15, 1997, the ESOP received Company shares and assets and liabilities from a spin-off distribution from the Frontier Engineering Stock Ownership Plan and Trust and 401(k) plan (“FEI’s ESOP”). The ESOP completed the acquisition of the Company’s remaining outstanding common shares on August 15, 1997.

Company contributions to the ESOP are used to pay loan principal and interest monthly over a 10-year period. The Company, at its sole discretion, may make contributions in excess of debt service requirements within statutory limitations. As the ESOP debt is repaid, an amount of the Company’s common stock held in the trust is allocated and released to participant accounts based upon the proportion of debt service in a given year in relation to the total expected debt service, expressed as a percentage.

 

F-369


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

Allocations are made simultaneously to the accounts of eligible employees, on the basis of each participant’s compensation in relation to the total compensation of all participants for the plan year. Compensation includes all wages and other payments for services to the employees during the year, including earnings deferred under qualified deferred compensation arrangements. Participants’ accrued benefits derived from employer contributions vest over a five year service schedule.

The following summarizes the status of ESOP shares as of:

 

     December 31,
     2004    2003    2002

Allocated shares

   987,947    844,041    699,477

Committed to be released

   —      —      —  

Unreleased

   269,004    412,910    557,474

In accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 93-6 (“SOP 93-6”), the Company recognized approximately $311,800, $271,400 and $253,100 of compensation expense attributable to released shares for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, based upon the average fair market value of the Company’s shares. Based on the most recent valuation of the Company’s stock price, which was determined by management in conjunction with the assistance of a third party independent valuation appraiser, the Company estimates the fair value of its stock to be $2.62 per share as of December 31, 2004. In accordance with SOP 93-6, the Company reports unearned ESOP shares at their original cost value in 1997, which amounted to approximately $93,100 as of December 31, 2004. Based on the valuation of the Company’s shares as of December 31, 2004, the Company estimates the fair value of unearned and unallocated shares to be approximately $704,800 at December 31, 2004.

Based on the terms of the ESOP plan, the Company is obligated to repurchase shares allocated to participants based on the most recently available valuation. The fair value of shares allocated to participants at December 31, 2004 that are subject to the repurchase obligations based on this valuation is approximately $2,588,400.

Note 9—Employee Benefit Plan

The Company also has a 401(k) plan qualifying employees and accrues a limited matching contribution to the plan based upon the level of individual employee contributions up to 10% of the employee’s qualifying salary. Annual limited matching contributions are discretionary by the Company’s management. Matching contribution expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 was approximately $91,700, $52,100 and $56,500.

Note 10—Major Customer

During the year ended December 31, 2004, revenue from one major customer, which is defined as individually exceeding 10% of revenues, was approximately $22,752,000, representing approximately 82% of total revenue. During the year ended December 31, 2003, revenue from two major customers was approximately $1,392,900, representing approximately 35% of total revenue. During the year ended December 31, 2002, revenue from three major customers was approximately $3,663,800, representing approximately 68% of total revenue.

 

F-370


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

Accounts receivable related to these customers at December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 was approximately $0, $30,000 and $408,191, respectively, and represented approximately 0%, 3%, and 55% of total accounts receivable, respectively.

Note 11—Stockholders’ Equity

In August 2003, the Board of Directors authorized a fifteen for one common stock split. The Articles of Incorporation were amended to increase the authorized shares of common stock to 30,000,000. As a result of the common stock split, all outstanding share amounts have been adjusted. In addition, the Articles of Incorporation were amended to allow for the issuance of 10,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock.

Common Stock

The common stock stockholders in the Company have agreed to restrict the transfer of their common stock. Before shares may be transferred, the majority of common stockholders as well as the Company have the right of first refusal for the purchase of the shares at a mutually negotiated price, or the transferring holder may obtain the consent of a majority of the common stockholders to transfer the shares.

In December 2004, the Company with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors paid a dividend on each share of issued and outstanding common stock at the rate of $0.05 per share, or approximately $253,000 some of which was reinvested. There were no unpaid dividends on common stock as of December 31, 2004.

In addition, the Company issued approximately 2,200, 18,100 and 20,600 shares of common stock as settlement for liabilities associated with consulting services rendered during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The expense recognized by the Company was based upon the value of the billed services.

Warrant

In June 2004, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 51,361 shares of common stock to their primary contract manufacturer in exchange for their continued relationship with the Company. The warrants can be exercised, at the option of the holder, from the date of issuance through June 1, 2009 at a price equal to $2.00 per share payable in cash. The warrant agreement specifically exclaims the right to vote or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company. No dividends shall be payable to the holder until the warrant has been duly exercised. The warrant is not transferable without the Company’s prior written consent. In accordance with SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, the Company has recorded an expense during the year ended December 31, 2004 in the amount of approximately $51,400, which was based upon the calculated fair value at the date of grant. The Company calculated the fair value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions: (i) no dividend yield for all years, (ii) expected volatility of approximately 74%, risk free interest rate of 3.0% and a three-year expected life. Due to the fact that the Company’s shares are not actively traded in an established market, the Company estimated the volatility for purposes of the warrant valuation using an average of volatility for companies within their peer group.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company issued 37,500 and 80,616 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A”) in exchange for an aggregate purchase price of approximately

 

F-371


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

$236,200, which included value attributable to reinvested dividends of approximately $3,000. The direct issuance costs were insignificant to the financial statements and were therefore not recorded as a discount to the proceeds.

In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or other termination of the Company, Series A stockholders shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets available for distribution to its stockholders, in preference to common stockholders, the fixed amount of $2.00 for each Series A share held by them plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends.

The affirmative vote of two-thirds of the issued and outstanding Series A shares shall be required to approve any amendment to the Articles of Incorporation that would adversely affect the rights and preferences of the Series A shares.

Dividends

The holders of Series A shares, in preference to common shares, shall be entitled to receive when and as declared by the Board of Directors, cash dividends equal to $0.17 per year for each Series A share issued and outstanding, which is payable on a quarterly basis. However, during the first year that dividends are paid on any Series A share, the Company will only pay dividends equal to $0.06 per share per year. The remaining dividend of $0.11 per share for the first year will accrue to the value of Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock in the accompanying balance sheets and be paid out over the next four years. Dividends are cumulative on each Series A share for five years from the date of issuance and are not cumulative thereafter.

Conversion Rights

At any time, holders of Series A shares may convert each Series A share into one common share of the Company. In addition, at the Company’s election, Series A shares may be automatically converted into one share of the Company upon the occurrence of certain events such as a public stock offering at more than $2.00 per share. There was no beneficial conversion feature related to the Series A shares due to the fact that the conversion price was equivalent to the value of common shares at the date of issuance.

Redemption Rights

Series A shares may be redeemed, at the option of the holder, on or after five years from the date of issuance and on or after thirty days thereafter, at a price equal to $2.50 per share. In addition, the Company, at its option, may redeem Series A shares at a redemption price equal to the greater of: (i) $2.50 per share or (ii) if a transaction is pending which would establish a higher value for the common shares into which the Series A shares would convert, that higher value, plus accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends.

The accretion attributable to the difference between the redemption price of $2.50 and the issue price of $2.00 is accreted by the Company over the period from issuance to the earliest redemption date of the holder.

Note 12—Related Party Transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company recognized contract revenue of approximately $1,605,500 related to a research and product development contract with Yazaki, a minority stockholder. There were no amounts outstanding for billed and unbilled trade receivables under this contract as of December 31, 2004 and 2003.

During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company purchased inventory and other items totaling approximately $15,311,200, $307,500 and $15,600, respectively, from their primary contract

 

F-372


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

manufacturer who holds stock purchase warrants (see Note 12). As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company owed this vendor approximately $73,200 and $309,300, respectively, for related purchases and interest accrued thereon.

Note 13—Subsequent Events

On December 12, 2005, ICX Technologies, Inc. completed an agreement and plan of merger to acquire all of the outstanding shares of the Company, including all common and preferred shares. All preferred stockholders as of the closing date received an amount equal to the sum of $2.50 plus the amount of aggregate accrued but unpaid dividends per share in cash. In addition, all common stockholders as of the closing date received an amount equal to the aggregate initial consideration of $5,750,157 divided by the fully converted shares of common shares of approximately 5,175,298, or $1.11 per share. In connection with the merger, the outstanding warrants to their primary contract manufacturer were cancelled and the holder received a cash payment equal to the difference between the exercise price that would have been paid by such holder and the purchase price, to be adjusted for any earn-out consideration. The purchase price attributable to common stockholders is subject to adjustment based upon earn-out consideration, as defined in the agreement and plan of merger.

 

F-373


Table of Contents

SENSOR TECHNOLOGIES & SYSTEMS, INC.

Unaudited Financial Statements

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

 

 

F-374


Table of Contents

SENSOR TECHNOLOGIES & SYSTEMS, INC.

Balance Sheets

As of September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004

 

    

Unaudited

2005

    2004  
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 275,647     $ 260,932  

Investments

     —         2,075,707  

Accounts receivable

     2,027,313       716,961  

Other receivables

     80,527       32,042  

Inventory

     1,293,103       1,395,956  

Prepaid expenses

     69,654       22,476  
                

Total current assets

     3,746,244       4,504,074  

Property and equipment, net

     197,123       266,489  

Goodwill

     231,611       231,611  

Other non-current assets

     28,786       42,859  
                

Total assets

   $ 4,203,764     $ 5,045,033  
                
Liabilities     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,190,950     $ 292,674  

Accrued liabilities

     829,570       735,124  

Billings in excess of costs

     —         200,438  

Income taxes payable

     15,174       236,871  

Short-term notes payable

     1,365,217       —    

Current portion of long-term debt

     —         579,283  

Current portion of obligations under capital leases

     500       11,191  
                

Total current liabilities

     3,401,411       2,055,581  
                

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     —         60,887  

Obligations under capital leases, net of current portion

     —         7,437  

Commitments and contingencies

    
Stockholders’ equity     

Stockholders’ equity

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock; Series A; $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 121,920 and 118,116, issued and outstanding, respectively (at liquidation value)

     243,840       236,231  

Common stock; $0.001 par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized; 5,151,546 and 5,146,291 shares issued and 5,074,606 and 5,069,351 outstanding, respectively

     5,151       5,146  

Treasury stock; 76,940 common shares held at cost

     (152,152 )     (152,152 )

Additional paid-in capital

     3,345,251       3,333,706  

Unearned ESOP shares

     —         (93,104 )

Accumulated deficit

     (2,639,737 )     (377,236 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     —         (31,463 )
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     802,353       2,921,128  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 4,203,764     $ 5,045,033  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-375


Table of Contents

SENSOR TECHNOLOGIES & SYSTEMS, INC.

Unaudited Statements of Operations

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

     2005     2004  

Contract revenues

   $ 4,885,589     $ 26,351,264  

Contract costs:

    

Direct labor

     971,665       809,787  

Material and other direct costs

     2,254,181       14,423,872  

Indirect costs

     2,713,071       1,366,046  
                

Total contract costs

     5,938,917       16,599,705  

Research and product development costs

     714,192       2,013,033  

Selling, general and administrative costs

     577,410       534,897  
                
     7,230,519       19,147,635  
                

Income (loss) from operations

     (2,344,930 )     7,203,629  

Other income (expense)

    

Other income

     (43,197 )     4,896  

Interest expense

     (215,525 )     (195,924 )

Gain on extinguishment of debt

     154,509       —    
                
     (104,213 )     (191,028 )
                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (2,449,143 )     7,012,601  

Income taxes:

    

Federal

     (203,703 )     1,028,457  

Arizona

     —         300,298  
                
     (203,703 )     1,328,755  
                

Net income (loss)

   $ (2,245,440 )   $ 5,683,846  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-376


Table of Contents

SENSOR TECHNOLOGIES & SYSTEMS, INC.

Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

     2005     2004  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (2,245,440 )   $ 5,683,846  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     83,313       31,366  

Realized loss on sale of available for sale securities

     31,463       —    

Gain on extinguishment of debt

     (154,509 )     —    

Changes in assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     (1,310,352 )     (2,950,002 )

Other receivables

     (48,485 )     (8,051 )

Prepaid expenses

     (47,178 )     (203 )

Inventory

     102,853       (1,285,617 )

Other non-current assets

     14,074       (14,693 )

Accounts payable

     898,277       572,610  

Accrued liabilities

     94,445       (29,595 )

Income taxes payable

     (221,697 )     1,328,755  

Billings in excess of costs

     (200,438 )     (43,650 )
                

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (3,003,674 )     3,284,766  
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (13,947 )     (162,022 )

Proceeds from sale of available for sale securities

     2,075,707       —    

Purchase of available for sale securities

     —         (2,524,294 )
                

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     2,061,760       (2,686,316 )
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net (repayments) borrowings of short-term notes payable

     1,365,217       (180,000 )

Borrowings of long-term debt

     —         (221,344 )

Repayments of long-term debt

     (392,557 )     —    

Repayments of obligations under capital leases

     (18,128 )     (29,155 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     11,550       8,346  

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     7,608       160,485  

Purchase of treasury stock

     —         (131,443 )

Dividends on preferred stock

     (17,061 )     (4,994 )
                

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     956,629       (398,105 )
                

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     14,715       200,345  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     260,932       36,931  
                

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 275,647     $ 237,276  
                

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 54,905     $ 195,924  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-377


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

Note 1—Description of Business

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc. (“the Company”) operates predominantly in the advanced electronics industry. Operations involve the design, development and testing of a diversified line of products, which include radar, RF systems, subsystems and sensors. Revenues are derived from services and product sales to the U.S. government, commercial and international markets. The Company is headquartered in Scottsdale, Arizona.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

These unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. In the opinion of management, these statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which are not required for interim purposes, have been condensed or omitted. These financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of the company’s management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any subsequent period or for the year ending December 31, 2005.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue based on the performance of several types of contracts with their customers in accordance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Statement of Position No. 81-1 (“SOP 81-1”), Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts, which provides more comprehensive and explicit guidance on the application of generally accepted accounting principles to contract accounting than the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide for Federal Government Contractors. The majority of the Company’s contracts can be classified into three types, which is based upon the pricing methods: (i) fixed-price contracts, (ii) cost-type contracts and (iii) time and material contracts. A fixed-price contract is an agreement whereby the Company agrees to perform all acts under the contract for the customer at a stated price. A cost-type contract is an agreement whereby the Company agrees to perform all acts under a contract for a price determined on the basis of a defined relationship to the costs to be incurred, which is typically expressed as a certain percentage of the costs incurred. A time and material contract is an agreement whereby the Company agrees to perform all acts required under the contract for a price based on fixed hourly rates and the cost of materials.

A significant portion of the Company’s revenues result from contract services performed for the United States Government. The Company believes that it can make reasonably dependable estimates relating to estimates of the extent of progress toward completion, contract revenue and contract costs. In addition, the Company expects that they can perform their contractual obligations, the customer can satisfy their obligations under the contract and the contractual arrangements include applicable terms. Based on the above, the Company recognizes revenues and fees on contracts as services are performed using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Revenues from the sale of prototypes and other products are recorded as costs are incurred, using an estimated profit percentage and are finalized when the products are shipped.

The Company provides for anticipated losses on contracts by a charge to income during the period in which the losses are first identified. Unbilled receivables are stated at estimated realizable value. Contract costs,

 

F-378


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

including an allocation of indirect costs, are subject to audit and adjustment by negotiations between the Company and government representatives. Indirect contract costs have not yet been agreed upon between the Company and government representatives; however, the Company does not believe that any material adjustments will result once agreed upon.

Goodwill

The Company accounts for goodwill under the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

Goodwill is subject to annual assessment for impairment at each year-end and between annual assessments if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below its carrying amount. The Company evaluated its goodwill at December 31, 2004, and determined that there were no indications of impairment of its goodwill.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

In accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 93-6 (“SOP 93-6”), the Company recognizes compensation expense based upon the shares released and the average fair market value of the Company’s shares, as determined by the Company on an annual basis with the assistance of an independent appraiser.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Warranties

The Company records a liability for an estimate of costs that it expects to incur under its warranty program when product revenue is recognized. Factors affecting the Company’s warranty liability include the number of units sold and anticipated rates of claims and costs per claim. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its warranty liability based on changes in these factors. As of September 30, 2005, and December 31, 2004, the Company’s estimate of its warranty liability of $165,000, is reflected in accrued liabilities in the accompanying financial statements.

Research and Product Development Costs

Research and product development costs relating to both future and present products are charged to operations as incurred. The Company routinely enters into contracts with their customers to provide for certain levels of funding for various research and product development projects that the customer and the Company agree to perform. In accordance with the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide for Federal Government Contractors, the Company recognizes the funded portion of their research and product development activities separately as contract revenue and contract costs. In certain circumstances, the Company considers it necessary and beneficial to continue these projects beyond the portion funded by the customer due to the product’s

 

F-379


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

perceived marketability as well as other factors. In these circumstances, the unfunded portion of the projects is classified as research and product development activities in the accompanying statements of operations. The Company recognized approximately $577,000 and $535,000 of unfunded research and product development costs in the periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Note 3—Debt

Notes Payable

On May 31, 2005, the Company borrowed $300,000 from a stockholder. The note bears interest at 11.5% and matures on December 1, 2005. On June 19, 2005, the Company borrowed $400,000 from another stockholder. The note bears interest at 0.33% per day and is due 180 days from the date of borrowing (December 16, 2005).

On August 19, 2005, the Company signed a $1,000,000 promissory note payable to ICx Technologies, Inc. (“ICx”). At September 30, 2005, the Company had borrowed $500,000 under the promissory note with interest at 18% and principal and interest due on the earlier of December 20, 2005 or completion of a merger with ICx (see Note 7). The promissory note is collateralized by all accounts of the Company.

In April 2003, the Company modified an agreement with Yazaki North America, Inc. (“Yazaki”) to provide the Company an additional one-year period through April 1, 2004 in which it was not required to make any principal payments on a demand loan payable. In November 2004, the Company commenced discussions with Yazaki to attempt to reach a settlement for their outstanding obligation. In April 2005, the Company agreed upon a settlement offer with Yazaki to settle the outstanding obligation in full in exchange for three payments totaling approximately $292,000 as follows: $40,000 in May 2005, $80,000 in June 2005 and $172,000 in July 2005, which was disbursed to Yazaki. The balance of the obligation at this time was approximately $410,000 after making a required payment in January 2005 as requested by Yazaki. At September 30, 2005, the obligation under the Yazaki note had been satisfied with $154,509 recorded as gain on extinguishment of debt.

Note 4—Commitments and Contingencies

Legal

From time to time, the Company may become involved in various legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. Management is unaware of any matters requiring accrual for related losses in the financial statements.

Repurchase Agreement—Common Stock

The Company is obligated, under a repurchase agreement with its stockholders, to acquire their stock in the Company at fair market value upon the occurrence of certain events such as their death, disability or termination of employment. This obligation is contingent upon whether the stockholder exercises this option.

Note 5—Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

The common stock stockholders in the Company have agreed to restrict the transfer of their common stock. Before shares may be transferred, the majority of common stockholders as well as the Company have the right of first refusal for the purchase of the shares at a mutually negotiated price, or the transferring holder may obtain the consent of a majority of the common stockholders to transfer the shares.

 

F-380


Table of Contents

Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc.

Unaudited Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2004

 

The Company issued approximately 5,300 and 2,200 shares of common stock as settlement for liabilities associated with consulting services rendered during the periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The expense recognized by the Company was based upon the value of the billed services.

Warrant

In June 2004, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 51,361 shares of common stock to their primary contract manufacturer in exchange for their continued relationship with the Company. The warrants can be exercised, at the option of the holder, from the date of issuance through June 1, 2009 at a price equal to $2.00 per share payable in cash. The warrant agreement specifically exclaims the right to vote or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company. No dividends shall be payable to the holder until the warrant has been duly exercised. The warrant is not transferable without the Company’s prior written consent. In accordance with SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, the Company recorded an expense during the year ended December 31, 2004, in the amount of approximately $51,400, which was based upon the calculated fair value at the date of grant. The Company calculated the fair value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions: (i) no dividend yield for all years, (ii) expected volatility of approximately 74%, risk free interest rate of 3.0% and a three-year expected life. Due to the fact that the Company’s shares are not actively traded in an established market, the Company estimated the volatility for purposes of the warrant valuation using an average of volatility for companies within their peer group.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

During the periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, the Company issued 3,804 and 80,242 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A”) in exchange for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $7,600 and $160,000, which included value attributable to reinvested dividends of approximately $7,600 and $2,200. The direct issuance costs were insignificant to the financial statements and were therefore not recorded as a discount to the proceeds.

Note 6—Related Party Transactions

During the periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, the Company purchased inventory and other items totaling approximately $1,246,000 and $11,280,000, respectively, from their primary contract manufacturer who holds stock purchase warrants (see Note 5). As of September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004, the Company owed this vendor approximately $61,000 and $73,200, respectively, for related purchases and interest accrued thereon. Also see Note 3 regarding notes payable to stockholders.

Note 7—Subsequent Event

On December 12, 2005, ICX completed an agreement and plan of merger to acquire all of the outstanding shares of the Company, including all common and preferred shares. All preferred stockholders as of the closing date received an amount equal to the sum of $2.50 plus the amount of aggregate accrued but unpaid dividends per share in cash. In addition, all common stockholders as of the closing date received an amount equal to the aggregate initial consideration of $5,750,157 divided by the fully converted shares of common shares of approximately 5,175,298, or $1.11 per share. In connection with the merger, the outstanding warrants to their primary contract manufacturer were cancelled and the holder received a cash payment equal to the difference between the exercise price that would have been paid by such holder and the purchase price, to be adjusted for any earn-out consideration. The purchase price attributable to common stockholders is subject to adjustment based upon earn-out consideration, as defined in the agreement and plan of merger. Also, as a result of the merger the Company’s ESOP was terminated subject to IRS and ERISA regulations.

 

F-381


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

             Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 


PROSPECTUS

                        , 2007


 

LEHMAN BROTHERS

 


GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

JPMORGAN

MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY, INC.

NEEDHAM & COMPANY, LLC


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the expenses payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee and The NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 

     Amount
to be
Paid

SEC registration fee

  

NASD filing fee

  

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

  

Accounting fees and expenses

  

Legal fees and expenses

  

Blue Sky fees and expenses

  

Transfer agent fees

  

Printing and engraving expenses

  

Miscellaneous

  
    

Total

  
    

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted under similar standards, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to be indemnified for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law further provides that: (i) to the extent that a former or present director or officer of a corporation has been successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith; (ii) indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the indemnified party may be entitled; and (iii) the corporation may purchase and maintain

 

II-1


Table of Contents

insurance on behalf of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or any person who at the request of the corporation was serving in such capacity for another entity against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by him or her in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liabilities under Section 145.

Article IX of our certificate of incorporation to be filed on the closing of this offering provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, none of our directors shall be personally liable to us or to any of our stockholders for monetary damages arising out of that director’s breach of fiduciary duty as one of our directors. No amendment to or repeal of the provisions of Article IX shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or the alleged liability of any of our directors with respect to any act or failure to act of that director occurring before the amendment or repeal. A principal effect of Article IX is to limit or eliminate the potential liability of our directors for monetary damages arising from breaches of their duty of care.

The preceding discussion gives effect to amendments of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective upon completion of the offering contemplated by this Registration Statement.

In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. These agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request and to indemnify our directors and executive officers in accordance with our bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers, subject to certain exclusions.

Please see Section          of the underwriting agreement relating to the offering, filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement, for indemnification arrangements between us and the underwriters.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since our inception through the date of this Registration Statement, we have issued and sold the following unregistered securities:

We issued 32,299,122 shares of Series A preferred stock for cash consideration of $161,145,610 to accredited investors.

On December 15, 2005, we issued 30,200 shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $151,000 to accredited investors.

On February 3, 2006, we issued a warrant to purchase 750,000 shares of our common stock to an accredited investor at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $5,625,000.

On March 15, 2007, we issued 513,123 restricted stock units to certain of our employees and consultants.

Since July 7, 2005, we have issued the following unregistered securities in connection with separate acquisition transactions:

On July 7, 2005, we issued 2,265,447 shares of our common stock and 691,353 shares of our Series A preferred stock in connection with our acquisition of Amphitech Holding Corp.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

On August 24, 2005, we issued 2,237,367 shares of our common stock and 800,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock in connection with our acquisition of Digital Infrared Imaging, Inc.

On August 24, 2005, we issued 3,240,239 shares of our common stock and 2,268,340 shares of our Series A preferred stock in connection with our acquisition of Nomadics, Inc.

On August 24, 2005, we issued 522,155 shares of our common stock and 2,861,908 shares of our Series A preferred stock in connection with our acquisition of Nuvonyx, Inc.

On August 24, 2005, we issued 999,997 shares of our common stock in connection with our acquisition of New Heights Manufacturing, Inc.

On September 6, 2005, we issued 895,381 shares of our common stock in connection with our acquisition of Agentase, LLC.

On October 7, 2005, we issued 856,878 shares of our Series A preferred stock in connection with our acquisition of Ion Optics, Inc.

On November 8, 2005, we issued 1,190,941 shares of our common stock and 877,287 shares of our Series A preferred stock in connection with our acquisition of Griffin Analytical Technologies, Inc.

On November 15, 2005, we issued 1,476,200 shares of our common stock in connection with our acquisition of Target Instruments, Inc.

On December 9, 2005, we issued 550,800 shares of our common stock in connection with our acquisition of PBA Engineering Ltd. and 360 Surveillance Inc.

On December 15, 2006, we issued 1,075,543 shares of our common stock in connection with our acquisition of GHC Technologies, Inc.

The issuance of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and other instruments issued in such transactions. The sales of these securities were made without general solicitation or advertising. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

We issued an aggregate of 382,016 shares of our common stock under our 2005 Stock Plan to employees, consultants and directors for cash consideration in an aggregate amount of $320,635.35 upon the exercise of stock options.

On September 9, 2005, we granted a stock option covering an aggregate of 80,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $400,000.

Since our inception through the date of this Registration Statement, we have granted the following options to purchase common stock to employees, directors and consultants under our 2005 Stock Plan:

On October 1, 2005, we granted a stock option covering 1,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $5,000.

On October 11, 2005, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 857,806 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $4,289,030.

On October 31, 2005, we granted an option to purchase 89,797 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $448,985.

On November 18, 2005, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 366,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $1,830,000.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

On December 1, 2005 and December 22, 2005 we granted stock options covering 8,000 and 5,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $40,000 and $25,000 respectively.

On December 29, 2005, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 510,890 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $2,554,450.

On February 1, 2006, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 489,100 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $2,445,500.

On February 1, 2006, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 219,600 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $1,647,000.

On February 3, 2006, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 180,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $1,350,000.

On February 15, 2006, we granted stock options covering 7,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $56,250.

On March 7, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

On March 9, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

On March 13, 2006, we granted stock options covering 5,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $37,500.

On March 22, 2006, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 63,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per shares and an aggregate price of $315,000.

On March 27, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

On April 1, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

On April 5, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

On April 12, 2006, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 180,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per shares and an aggregate price of $1,350,000.

On April 17, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $10,000.

On April 18, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

On May 10, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

On May 24, 2006, we granted stock options covering 5,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $37,500.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

On June 1, 2006, we granted stock options covering 4,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $20,000.

On June 15, 2006, we granted stock options covering 3,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $15,000.

On July 26, 2006, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 274,833 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $2,061,247.50.

On August 1, 2006, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 20,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $100,000.

On August 10, 2006, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 201,400 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $1,007,000. These options were exchanged on a one-for-one basis with previously issued and outstanding options being cancelled pursuant to our sale of the Little Optics division of Ion Optics, Inc.

On August 18, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

On August 22, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

On August 31, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

On September 29, 2006, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 18,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per shares and an aggregate price of $90,000.

On October 1, 2006, we granted stock options covering 1,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $7,500.

On November 7, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

On November 12, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

On November 22, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

On November 23, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

On November 25, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

On November 27, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

On November 28, 2006, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

On December 1, 2006, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 12,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $62,500.

On December 31, 2006, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 25,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $125,000.

On January 4, 2007, we granted stock options covering 2,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.50 per share and an aggregate price of $18,750.

The foregoing grants, and our issuances of common stock upon exercise thereunder, if applicable, were exempt from registration under the Securities Act, pursuant to Rule 701 thereof on the basis that the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

Since September 9, 2005, we have granted the following options to purchase common stock to employees, directors and consultants outside of our 2005 Stock Plan:

On September 9, 2005, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 362,445 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $1,812,225.

On October 31, 2005, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 89,797 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $448,985.

On February 3, 2006, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 1,320,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $5.00 per share and an aggregate price of $6,600,000.

The issuance of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of securities in each such transaction agreed that such securities would not be transferable, other than by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the underlying shares of common stock for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and that appropriate legends would be affixed to the stock certificates and other instruments issued upon exercise of such securities. The sales of these securities were made without general solicitation or advertising. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

None of the sales of the securities we issued have involved the use of an underwriter, and no commissions were paid in connection with the sale of any of the securities we issued.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Schedules.

 

  (a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number
  

Exhibit Title

  1.1*    Proposed form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1*    Agreement and Plan of Merger between Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc. and ICx Technologies, Inc.
  3.1    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ICx Technologies, Inc.
  3.2    Certificate of Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ICx Technologies, Inc., filed January 12, 2006

 

II-6


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  

Exhibit Title

  3.3    Certificate of Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ICx Technologies, Inc., filed September 19, 2006
  3.4    Certificate of Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ICx Technologies, Inc., filed December 19, 2006
  3.5*    Proposed form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ICx Technologies, Inc. (to become effective as of the closing of the offering)
  3.6    Bylaws of ICx Technologies, Inc.
  3.7*    Proposed form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of ICx Technologies, Inc. (to become effective as of the closing of the offering)
  4.1*    Specimen certificate for common stock of ICx Technologies, Inc.
  4.2    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of ICx Technologies, Inc., issued February 3, 2006
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1    Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated July 26, 2005
10.2    Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan
10.3    2007 Equity Incentive Plan
10.4    2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.5    Employment Agreement between ICx Technologies, Inc. and Hans Kobler dated October 1, 2005, as amended by that First Amendment, dated April 26, 2007
10.6    Employment Extension Agreement between ICx Technologies, Inc. and Hans Kobler, effective October 1, 2007
10.7    Employment Agreement between ICx Technologies, Inc. and Mark Mills, dated January 1, 2007
10.8    Employment Agreement between Nomadics, Inc. and Colin J. Cumming, dated August 24, 2005
10.9    Offer Letter Agreement with Daniel L. Manitakos, dated April 17, 2006
10.10    Offer Letter Agreement With Douglas A. Knight, dated May 24, 2007
10.11    Offer Letter Agreement with Kenneth P. Rapuano, dated July 10, 2007
10.12    Termination Agreement between ICx Technologies, Inc. and Ronald Spoehel, dated June 30, 2006
10.13    Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.14    Administrative Services Agreement between ICx Technologies, Inc. and Wexford Capital LLC, dated October 1, 2005, as amended by that First Amendment, dated October 1, 2006
21.1    List of Subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.2    Consent of Elstein & Friedman, P.C.
23.3    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.4    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.5    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.6    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.7    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.8    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.9    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.10    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP

 

II-7


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  

Exhibit Title

23.11    Consent of Grant Thornton GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft
23.12    Consent of Grant Thornton GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft
23.13    Consent of Norgaard Neale Camden Ltd.
23.14    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
24.1    Powers of Attorney (See Page II-9)

* To be filed by amendment.

 

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in our financial statements and related notes.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

We undertake to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against those liabilities (other than our payment of expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors, officers or controlling persons of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by our directors, officers or controlling persons in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether that indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and we will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

We undertake that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus we filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, ICx Technologies, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Washington, D.C., as of August 3, 2007.

 

ICX TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Hans C. Kobler

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Hans C. Kobler and Daniel T. Mongan, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same Offering covered by this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the indicated capacities as of August 3, 2007.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Hans C. Kobler

Hans C. Kobler

   Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   August 3, 2007

/s/ Deborah D. Mosier

Deborah D. Mosier

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   August 3, 2007

/s/ Mark P. Mills

Mark P. Mills

   Chairman of the Board   August 3, 2007

/s/ E. Spencer Abraham

E. Spencer Abraham

   Director   August 3, 2007

/s/ Colin J. Cumming

Colin J. Cumming

   Director   August 3, 2007

/s/ Joseph M. Jacobs

Joseph M. Jacobs

   Director   August 3, 2007

/s/ Robert A. Maginn, Jr.

Robert A. Maginn, Jr.

   Director   August 3, 2007

/s/ Mark L. Plaumann

Mark L. Plaumann

   Director   August 3, 2007

/s/ Rodney E. Slater

Rodney E. Slater

   Director   August 3, 2007

 

II-9


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number
  

Exhibit Title

  1.1*    Proposed form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1*    Agreement and Plan of Merger between Sensor Technologies & Systems, Inc. and ICx Technologies, Inc.
  3.1    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ICx Technologies, Inc.
  3.2    Certificate of Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ICx Technologies, Inc., filed January 12, 2006
  3.3    Certificate of Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ICx Technologies, Inc., filed September 19, 2006
  3.4    Certificate of Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ICx Technologies, Inc., filed December 19, 2006
  3.5*    Proposed form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ICx Technologies, Inc. (to become effective as of the closing of the offering)
  3.6    Bylaws of ICx Technologies, Inc.
  3.7*    Proposed form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of ICx Technologies, Inc. (to become effective as of the closing of the offering)
  4.1*    Specimen certificate for common stock of ICx Technologies, Inc.
  4.2    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of ICx Technologies, Inc., issued February 3, 2006
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1    Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated July 26, 2005
10.2    Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan
10.3    2007 Equity Incentive Plan
10.4    2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.5    Employment Agreement between ICx Technologies, Inc. and Hans Kobler dated October 1, 2005, as amended by that First Amendment, dated April 26, 2007
10.6    Employment Extension Agreement between ICx Technologies, Inc. and Hans Kobler, effective October 1, 2007
10.7    Employment Agreement between ICx Technologies, Inc. and Mark Mills, dated January 1, 2007
10.8    Employment Agreement between Nomadics, Inc. and Colin J. Cumming, dated August 24, 2005
10.9    Offer Letter Agreement with Daniel L. Manitakos, dated April 17, 2006
10.10    Offer Letter Agreement With Douglas A. Knight, dated May 24, 2007
10.11    Offer Letter Agreement with Kenneth P. Rapuano, dated July 10, 2007
10.12    Termination Agreement between ICx Technologies, Inc. and Ronald Spoehel, dated June 30, 2006
10.13    Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.14    Administrative Services Agreement between ICx Technologies, Inc. and Wexford Capital LLC, dated October 1, 2005, as amended by that First Amendment, dated October 1, 2006
21.1    List of Subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.2    Consent of Elstein & Friedman, P.C.
23.3    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.4    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.5    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  

Exhibit Title

23.6    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.7    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.8    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.9    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.10    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
23.11    Consent of Grant Thornton GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft
23.12    Consent of Grant Thornton GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft
23.13    Consent of Norgaard Neale Camden Ltd.
23.14    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
24.1    Powers of Attorney (See Page II-9)

* To be filed by amendment.